Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment Study Guide-McGraw-Hill (2015)
Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment Study Guide-McGraw-Hill (2015)
Mexico City
Copyright 2016 by McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be
reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher, with the exception that the
program listings may be entered, stored, and executed in a computer system, but they may not be reproduced for publication.
ISBN: 978-0-07-184804-6
MHID: 0-07-184804-5
The material in this eBook also appears in the print version of this title: ISBN: 978-0-07-184805-3,
MHID: 0-07-184805-3.
eBook conversion by codeMantra
Version 1.0
All trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners. Rather than put a trademark symbol after every occurrence of a trademarked name, we use names in an editorial fashion
only, and to the bene t of the trademark owner, with no intention of infringement of the trademark. Where such designations appear in this book, they have been printed with
initial caps.
McGraw-Hill Education eBooks are available at special quantity discounts to use as premiums and sales promotions or for use in corporate training programs. To contact a
representative, please visit the Contact Us page at www.mhprofessional.com.
Notice
Medicine is an ever-changing science. As new research and clinical experience broaden our knowledge, changes in treatment and drug therapy are required. Th e authors and
publisher of this work have checked with sources believed to be reliable in their eff orts to provide information that is complete and generally in accord with the standards accepted
at the time of publication. However, in view of the possibility of human error or changes in medical sciences, neither the authors nor the publisher nor any other party who has been
involved in the preparation or publication of this work warrants that the information contained herein is in every respect accurate or complete, and they disclaim all responsibility
for any errors or omissions or for the results obtained from use of the information contained in this work. Readers are encouraged to con rm the information contained herein
with other sources. For example and in particular, readers are advised to check the product information sheet included in the package of each drug they plan to administer to be
certain that the information contained in this work is accurate and that changes have not been made in the recommended dose or in the contraindications for administration. Th is
recommendation is of particular importance in connection with new or infrequently used drugs.
TERMS OF USE
This is a copyrighted work and McGraw-Hill Education and its licensors reserve all rights in and to the work. Use of this work is subject to these terms. Except as permitted under
the Copyright Act of 1976 and the right to store and retrieve one copy of the work, you may not decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, reproduce, modify, create derivative
works based upon, transmit, distribute, disseminate, sell, publish or sublicense the work or any part of it without McGraw-Hill Educations prior consent. You may use the work
for your own noncommercial and personal use; any other use of the work is strictly prohibited. Your right to use the work may be terminated if you fail to comply with these terms.
THE WORK IS PROVIDED AS IS. McGRAW-HILL EDUCATION AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES AS TO THE ACCURACY,
ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF OR RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED FROM USING THE WORK, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT CAN BE ACCESSED
THROUGH THE WORK VIA HYPERLINK OR OTHERWISE, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. McGraw-Hill Education and its licensors do not warrant
or guarantee that the functions contained in the work will meet your requirements or that its operation will be uninterrupted or error free. Neither McGraw-Hill Education nor
its licensors shall be liable to you or anyone else for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in the work or for any damages resulting therefrom. McGraw-Hill
Education has no responsibility for the content of any information accessed through the work. Under no circumstances shall McGraw-Hill Education and/or its licensors be liable
for any indirect, incidental, special, punitive, consequential or similar damages that result from the use of or inability to use the work, even if any of them has been advised of the
possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall apply to any claim or cause whatsoever whether such claim or cause arises in contract, tort or otherwise.
Contents
Preface
Skin Disorders
1. Atopic Dermatitis
2. Contact Dermatitis
3. Psoriasis
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose,
and Throat Disorders
4. Asthma
5. Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease
6. Cough
7. Dyspnea
8. Lung Cancer
9. Pharyngitis
10. Pneumonia
11. Pulmonary Embolism
12. Sinusitis (Bacterial)
1
2
7
12
17
86
94
99
105
111
117
126
140
145
149
Hematologic Disorders
155
29
37
43
48
56
60
70
79
85
Gastrointestinal/Liver/
Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic
Disorders
18
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid
Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
42. Low Back Pain
43. Gout
44. Knee Pain
45. Rheumatoid Arthritis
46. Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
47. Glomerulonephritis
48. Hypokalemia
49. Hyponatremia
50. Acute Kidney Injury
51. Chronic Kidney Disease
52. Kidney Stone Disease
53. Metabolic Acidosis
54. Nephrotic Syndrome
Nervous System/Psychiatric
Disorders
156
164
168
175
179
180
185
193
iii
199
205
216
221
226
241
248
255
263
264
274
280
284
291
292
298
304
313
321
329
330
338
342
349
354
361
367
373
379
380
387
394
401
408
415
420
426
435
441
iv
CONTENTS
Endocrine/Metabolic
Disorders
65. Adrenocortical Insu ciency
66. Cushing Syndrome
67. ype 1 Diabetes Mellitus
68. ype 2 Diabetes Mellitus
69. Hyperaldosteronism (Aldosteronism)
70. Hypercalcemia
71. Primary Hyperparathyroidism
72. Hyperthyroidism
73. Hypothyroidism
447
448
456
463
470
482
487
492
499
506
74. Obesity
75. Osteoporosis
Infectious Disorders
512
518
525
76. Fever
77. HIV-AIDS
78. Healthcare-Associated In ections
79. In ective Endocarditis
80. Sepsis
526
532
547
553
561
Index
567
Preface
Medical and nursing students, physicians assistants,
nurse practitioners, house o cers, and practicing physicians will nd the clear organization and current literature re erences use ul in devising proper management
or patients with these conditions
Purpose
Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment (CMDT) is the
leading internal medicine textbook known or its comprehensive coverage o current inpatient and outpatient
care with diagnostic tools relevant to day-to-day practice.
Facilitating its use ulness, this CMDT Study Guide, second
edition, directs readers through a case analysis o 80 o the
most common topics in internal medicine. T e CMDT
Study Guide provides a comprehensive and clearly organized synopsis o each medical topic that helps the reader
review and study or a variety o examinations, such as the
medicine clerkship shel exam, USMLE Step 2 examinations, ABIM internal medicine boards, and recerti cation
examinations. As such it will be very use ul to medical,
nursing (Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner Certi cation
Exam), pharmacy, and other health pro essional students,
Physician Assistant National Certi ying Exam (PANCE),
to house o cers, and to practicing physicians. T e CMDT
Study Guide is engaging and patient-centered since each o
the 80 topics begins with presentation o a typical patient
to help the reader think in a step-wise ashion through the
various clinical problem-solving aspects o the case. For
each topic, the CMDT Study Guide provides PubMeds
re erences to the most current and pertinent MEDLINE
articles or that topic. Each re erence provides PMID numbers to acilitate retrieval o the relevant articles.
Organization
T e CMDT Study Guide provides comprehensive yet
succinct in ormation. Each CMDT Study Guide topic
begins with a patient presentation, ollowed by Learning
Objectives and 9 Questions to help the learner work
through the topic in the context o the patient presented.
Answers to the 9 questions are organized as Salient
Features, How to T ink T rough the Problem, Key
Features (which contain Essentials o Diagnosis, General
Considerations, and Demographics), Symptoms and
Signs, Dif erential Diagnosis, Laboratory, Imaging, and
Procedural Findings, reatments, Outcomes, and When
to Re er and When to Admit. Re erences are then provided that contain current literature citations complete
with PubMed (PMID) numbers. T e CMDT Study Guide
is a complete source o patient care in ormation or these
80 most common clinical problems! T e 80 topics in the
CMDT Study Guide were selected as the core topics or
the learner because o their importance to the eld o
internal medicine.
T e CMDT Study Guide ollows the organization
o Quick Medical Diagnosis and Treatment (QMDT)
(or Quick Dx & Rx at www.accessmedicinemhmedical.
com) and the QMDT App, and is divided into 11 sections:
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, & T roat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
In ectious Disorders
Outstanding Features
Eighty common internal medicine topics use ul to
learners and practitioners or patient care and to prepare or examinations
Material drawn rom the expert source, Current Medical
Diagnosis and Treatment 2016, including tables about
laboratory tests and treatments
In-depth, consistent, and readable ormat organized
in a way that allows or quick study and easy access to
in ormation
Emphasis on a standard approach to clinical problemsolving with Learning Objectives, Salient Features,
Symptoms and Signs, reatment, Outcomes, When to
Re er and When to Admit, and Re erences
vi
PREFACE
Intended Audience
Acknowledgments
Skin Disorders
Musculoskeletal
Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear,
Nose and Throat
Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte
Disorders
Heart/
Hypertension/
Lipid Disorders
Nervous System/
Psychiatric
Disorders
Hematologic
Disorders
Endocrine/
Metabolic
Disorders
Gastrointestinal/
Liver/Pancreas
Disorders
Infectious
Disorders
Gynecologic/
Urologic
Disorders
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, and Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
Atopic Dermatitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o atopic dermatitis, and the
f ndings that distinguish it rom other skin conditions
Understand the associated diseases that predispose to atopic dermatitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o atopic dermatitis
Learn the treatments or each clinical pattern o atopic dermatitis
Know which patients are likely to have recurrent atopic dermatitis and how to prevent ares
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o atopic dermatitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o atopic dermatitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o atopic dermatitis?
What are the laboratory f ndings in atopic dermatitis?
What are the treatments or atopic dermatitis?
What are the outcomes, including complications, prognosis, and prevention, o atopic
dermatitis?
When should patients with atopic dermatitis be re erred to a specialist?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Pruritic rash in distribution o hands, wrists, antecubital olds; similar symptoms starting
in childhood; personal history o atopic conditions (asthma, allergic rhinitis); plaques with
exudates and without scale; eosinophilia; and elevated serum IgE levels
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Pruritic, exudative, or lichenif ed eruption on ace, neck, upper trunk, wrists, hands, and
antecubital and popliteal olds
Personal or amily history o allergies or asthma
endency to recur
Onset in childhood in most patients; onset a er age 30 is very uncommon
General Considerations
Also known as eczema
Looks di erent at di erent ages and in people o di erent races
Diagnostic criteria include
Pruritus
ypical morphology and distribution ( exural lichenif cation, hand eczema, nipple
eczema, and eyelid eczema in adults)
Onset in childhood
Chronicity
Also diagnostically help ul are
Personal history o asthma or allergic rhinitis
Family history o atopic disease (asthma, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis)
Xerosis ichthyosis
Facial pallor with in raorbital darkening
Elevated serum IgE
Repeated skin in ections
SKIN DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Seborrheic dermatitis
Impetigo
Secondary staphylococcal in ections
Psoriasis
Lichen simplex chronicus (circumscribed neurodermatitis)
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
Eosinophilia and increased serum IgE levels may be present
7. Treatments
Medications
Local reatments
Corticosteroids
For treatment o lesions on the body (excluding genitalia, axillary or crural olds),
begin with triamcinolone 0.1% ointment or a stronger corticosteroid, then taper
to hydrocortisone 1% ointment or another slightly stronger mild corticosteroid
(alclometasone 0.05% or desonide 0.05% ointment)
Apply sparingly once or twice daily
aper o corticosteroids and substitute emollients as the dermatitis clears to avoid the
side e ects o corticosteroids and rebound
acrolimus and pimecrolimus
Do not appear to cause corticosteroid side e ects
Sa e on the ace and eyelids
Use sparingly and or as brie a time as possible
Avoid in patients at high risk or lymphoma (ie, those with HIV, iatrogenic immunosuppression, prior lymphoma)
acrolimus 0.03% and 0.1% ointment applied twice daily
E ective as a f rst-line steroid-sparing agent
Burning on application occurs in about hal but may resolve with continued
treatment
Pimecrolimus 1% cream applied twice daily is similar but burns less
Systemic and Adjuvant T erapies
Prednisone
Start at 40 to 60 mg orally daily
aper to nil over 2 to 4 weeks
Use as long-term maintenance therapy is not recommended
Bedtime doses o hydroxyzine, diphenhydramine, or doxepin may be help ul via their
sedative properties in reducing perceived pruritus
Antistaphylococcal antibiotics
Should only be used i indicated by bacterial culture
First-generation cephalosporins may be help ul
Doxycycline, i methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus is suspected
Phototherapy
Oral cyclosporine, mycophenolate mo etil, methotrexate, inter eron gamma, dupilumab,
or azathioprine may be used or the most severe and recalcitrant cases
reatment by Pattern and Stage of Dermatitis
Acute weeping lesions
Staphylococcal or herpetic superin ection should be excluded
Use saline or aluminum subacetate solution (Domeboro tablets) or colloidal oatmeal
(Aveeno) as soothing or wet dressings or astringent soaks or 10 to 30 minutes two to
our times a day
Lesions on the extremities may be bandaged or protection at night
Use high-potency corticosteroids a er soaking but spare the ace and body olds
acrolimus may not be tolerated; systemic corticosteroids are last resort
Subacute or scaly lesions (lesions are dry but still red and pruritic)
Mid- to high-potency corticosteroids
In ointment orm i toleratedcreams, i not
Should be continued until scaling and elevated skin lesions are cleared and itching is
decreased
T en, begin a 2- to 4-week taper with topical corticosteroids
Chronic, dry lichenif ed lesions (thickened and usually well demarcated)
High-potency to ultrahigh-potency corticosteroid ointments
Nightly occlusion or 2 to 6 weeks may enhance the initial response
Occasionally, adding tar preparations such as liquor carbonis detergens 10% in
Aquaphor or 2% crude coal tar may be benef cial
Maintenance treatment
Constant application o e ective moisturizers is recommended to prevent ares
In patients with moderate disease, topical anti-in ammatory agents can be used on
weekends only or three times weekly to prevent ares
8. Outcomes
Complications
reatment complications
Monitor or skin atrophy
Eczema herpeticum, a generalized herpes simplex in ection mani ested by monomorphic
vesicles, crusts, or scalloped erosions superimposed on atopic dermatitis or other
extensive eczematous processes
Smallpox vaccination is absolutely contraindicated in patients with atopic dermatitis or a
history thereo because o the risk o eczema vaccinatum
Prognosis
Runs a chronic or intermittent course
A ected adults may have only hand dermatitis
Poor prognostic actors or persistence into adulthood: onset early in childhood, early
generalized disease, and asthma; only 40% to 60% o these patients have lasting remissions
Prevention
Avoid things that dry or irritate the skin: low humidity and dry air
Other triggers: sweating, overbathing, animal danders, scratchy abrics
Do not bathe more than once daily and use soap only on armpits, groin, and eet
A er rinsing, pat the skin dry (not rub) and then, be ore it dries completely, cover with a
thin f lm o emollient such as Aquaphor, Eucerin, petrolatum, Vanicream
SKIN DISORDERS
9. When to Refer
I there is a question about the diagnosis, recommended therapy is ine ective, or
specialized treatment is necessary
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Beck LA et al. Dupilumab treatment in adults with moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis. N Engl J Med.
2014 Jul 10;371(2):130139. [PMID: 25006719]
Coenraads PJ. Eczema. N Engl J Med. 2012 Nov;367(19):18291837. [PMID: 23134383]
Eichen ield LF et al. Guidelines o care or the management o atopic dermatitis: section 1. Diagnosis
and assessment o atopic dermatitis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014 Feb;70(2):338351. [PMID:
24290431]
Eichen ield LF et al. Guidelines o care or the management o atopic dermatitis: section 2. Guidelines
o care or the management and treatment o atopic dermatitis with topical therapies. J Am Acad
Dermatol. 2014 Jul;71(1):116132. [PMID: 24813302]
Kwatra SG et al. he in ra-auricular issure: a bedside marker o disease severity in patients with atopic
dermatitis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012 Jun;66(6):10091010. [PMID: 2258371]
Roekevisch E et al. E icacy and sa ety o systemic treatments or moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis:
a systematic review. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2014 Feb;133(2):429438. [PMID: 24269258]
Sidbury R et al. Guidelines o care or the management o atopic dermatitis: section 3. Management and
treatment with phototherapy and systemic agents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014 Aug;71(2):327349.
[PMID: 24813298]
Sidbury R et al. Guidelines o care or the management o atopic dermatitis: Section 4. Prevention o
disease lares and use o adjunctive therapies and approaches. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014 Dec;
71(6):12181233. [PMID: 25264237]
Sugerman D . JAMA patient page. Atopic eczema. JAMA. 2014 Feb;311(6):636. [PMID: 24519314]
Contact Dermatitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and morphologic type o eruption in contact dermatitis
Understand the actors that predispose to contact dermatitis
Know the dif erential diagnosis o contact dermatitis
Learn the treatments or contact dermatitis by its severity
Understand how to prevent contact dermatitis rom recurring
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o contact dermatitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o contact dermatitis?
What is the dif erential diagnosis o contact dermatitis?
What are the laboratory and procedural ndings in contact dermatitis?
What are the treatments or contact dermatitis?
What are the outcomes, including prognosis and prevention, o contact dermatitis?
When should patients with contact dermatitis be re erred to a specialist?
SKIN DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Itchy erythematous rash; history o pre-eruption exposure to the outdoors; previous initial
exposure to same antigen; weeping, vesicles, and bullae in allergic type
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Erythema and edema, with pruritus, o en ollowed by vesicles and bullae in an area o
contact with a suspected agent
Later, weeping, crusting, or secondary in ection
A history o previous reaction to suspected contactant
Patch test with agent positive
General Considerations
An acute or chronic dermatitis that results rom direct skin contact with chemicals or
allergens
Irritant contact dermatitis
Eighty percent o cases are due to excessive exposure to or additive ef ects o universal
irritants such as soaps, detergents, or organic solvents
Appears red and scaly but not vesicular
Allergic contact dermatitis
Most common causes are poison ivy, oak, or sumac; topically applied antimicrobials
(especially bacitracin and neomycin), anesthetics (benzocaine); haircare products;
preservatives; jewelry (nickel); rubber; essential oils; propolis ( rom bees); vitamin E;
and adhesive tape
Occupational exposure is an important cause
Weeping and crusting are typically due to allergic and not irritant dermatitis
T e pattern o the eruption may be diagnostic (eg, typical linear streaked vesicles on the
extremities in poison oak or ivy dermatitis)
T e location will o en suggest the cause
Scalp involvement suggests hair dyes or shampoos
Face involvement, creams, cosmetics, soaps, shaving materials, nail polish; neck
involvement, jewelry, hair dyes
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Impetigo
Cellulitis
Scabies
Dermatophytid reaction (allergy or sensitivity to ungi)
Atopic dermatitis
Pompholyx
Asymmetric distribution, blotchy erythema around the ace, linear lesions, and a history
o exposure help distinguish contact dermatitis rom other skin lesions
T e most commonly con used diagnosis is impetigo, in which case Gram stain and culture
will rule out impetigo or secondary in ection (impetiginization)
7. Treatments
able 2-1
Vesicular and weepy lesions o en require systemic corticosteroid therapy
Localized involvement (except on the ace) can o en be managed with topical agents
Irritant contact dermatitis is treated by protection rom the irritant and use o topical
corticosteroids as or atopic dermatitis
Local Measures
Acute weeping dermatitis
Compresses are most o en used
Lesions on the extremities may be bandaged with wet dressings or 30 to 60 minutes
several times a day
Calamine or zinc oxide paste can be used between wet dressings, especially or intertriginous areas or when oozing is not marked
High-potency topical corticosteroids in gel or cream orm ( uocinonide, clobetasol, or
halobetasol) may help suppress acute contact dermatitis and relieve itching
T en, taper the number o high-potency topical steroid applications per day or use a
mid-potency corticosteroid, such as triamcinolone 0.1% cream to prevent rebound o
the dermatitis
A soothing ormulation is 2 oz 0.1% triamcinolone acetonide cream in 7.5 oz Sarna
lotion (0.5% camphor, 0.5% menthol, 0.5% phenol)
Subacute dermatitis (subsiding)
Mid-potency (triamcinolone 0.1%) to high-potency corticosteroids (clobetasol 0.05%,
uocinonide 0.05%, desoximetasone 0.05%0.25%) are the mainstays o the therapy
Chronic dermatitis (dry and licheni ed)
High- to super-potency corticosteroids are used in ointment orm
10
SKIN DISORDERS
Table 2-1. Useful topical dermatologic therapeutic agents for contact dermatitis.
Agent
Corticosteroids
Hydrocortisone acetate
Formulations,
Strengths, and Pricesa
Apply
Potency Class
Comments
Cream1%
Ointment 1%
Lotion 1%
Twice daily
Low
Cream2.5%
Twice daily
Low
Twice daily
Low
Twice daily
Low
Three times
daily
Twice daily
Medium
Twice daily
Medium
Twice daily
Medium
Twice daily
Medium
Once daily
Medium
Twice daily
High
Twice daily
High
Twice daily
High
Economical generics
Lidexcreamcan cause stinging on eczema
Lidexemollient creampreferred
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Halobetasol propionate
(Ultravate)
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Flurandrenolide
Tape: 3roll
(Cordran)
Lotion 0.05%
Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents
Tacrolimusa (Protopic)
Ointment 0.1%
Ointment 0.03%
Pimecrolimusa (Elidel)
Cream1%
Every12 h
Ultra-high
Twice daily
N/A
Twice daily
N/A
Alclometasone
Cream0.05%
dipropionate (Aclovate) Ointment 0.05%
Desonide
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Lotion 0.05%
Clocortolone (Cloderm) Cream0.1%
Prednicarbate
(Dermatop)
Emollient cream0.1%
Ointment 0.1%
Medium
Systemic T erapy
For acute severe cases, give oral prednisone or 12 to 21 days
Prednisone, 60 mg or 4 to 7 days, 40 mg or 4 to 7 days, and 20 mg or 4 to 7 days without
a urther taper is one use ul regimen or dispense 78 prednisone 5-mg pills to be taken 12
the rst day, 11 the second day, and so on
T e key is to use enough corticosteroid (and as early as possible) to achieve a clinical ef ect
and to taper slowly enough to avoid rebound
A Medrol Dosepak (methylprednisolone) with 5 days o medication is inappropriate on
both counts
8. Outcomes
Prognosis
Sel -limited i reexposure is prevented but o en takes 2 to 3 weeks or ull resolution
Prevention
Prompt and thorough removal o the causative oil by washing with liquid dishwashing
soap (eg, Dial Ultra) may be ef ective i done within 30 minutes a er exposure to poison
oak or ivy
Goop and ecnu oil-removing skin cleansers are also ef ective but much more costly
without increased e cacy
T e most ef ective over-the-counter barrier creams that are applied prior to exposure and
prevent or reduce the severity o the dermatitis are
Stokogard
Hollister Moisture Barrier
Hydropel
T e mainstay o prevention is identi cation o the agent causing the dermatitis and
avoidance o exposure or use o protective clothing and gloves
9. When to Refer
Occupational allergic contact dermatitis should be re erred to a dermatologist
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Fonacier LS et al. Allergic contact dermatitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2014 Jul;113(1):912.
[PMID: 24950843]
Holness DL. Occupational skin allergies: testing and treatment (the case o occupational allergic contact
dermatitis). Curr Allergy Asthma Rep. 2014 Feb;14(2):410. [PMID: 24408535]
an CH et al. Contact dermatitis: allergic and irritant. Clin Dermatol. 2014 JanFeb;32(1):116124.
[PMID: 24314385]
Wol R et al. Contact dermatitis: acts and controversies. Clin Dermatol. 2013 JulAug;31(4):467478.
[PMID: 23806164]
Wol R et al. Patch testing: acts and controversies. Clin Dermatol. 2013 JulAug;31(4):479486. [PMID:
23806165]
11
12
Psoriasis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and morphologic type o eruption in psoriasis
Understand the actors that predispose to psoriasis
Know the dif erential diagnosis o psoriasis
Learn the treatments or psoriasis by its severity
Understand the complications and prognosis o psoriasis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o psoriasis?
What are the symptoms and signs o psoriasis?
What is the dif erential diagnosis o psoriasis?
What are the procedural ndings in psoriasis?
What are the treatments or psoriasis?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o psoriasis?
When should patients with psoriasis be re erred to a specialist?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Progressive rash; mild itching; plaque-like lesions; extensor sur aces o extremities and
scalp distribution; sharp margins with silvery scales
CHAPTER 3 PSORIASIS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Silvery scales on bright red, well-demarcated plaques, usually on the knees, elbows, and scalp
Nail ndings include pitting and onycholysis (separation o the nail plate rom the bed)
Mild itching (usually)
May be associated with psoriatic arthritis
Patients with psoriasis are at increased risk or metabolic syndrome and lymphoma
Histopathology is not o en use ul and can be con using
General Considerations
A common benign, chronic in ammatory skin disease with both a genetic basis and
known environmental triggers
Injury or irritation o normal skin tends to induce lesions o psoriasis at the site (Koebner
phenomenon)
Obesity worsens psoriasis, and signi cant weight loss in persons with high body mass
index may lead to substantial improvement
Psoriasis has several variantsthe most common is the plaque type
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Atopic dermatitis (eczema)
Contact dermatitis
Nummular eczema (discoid eczema, nummular dermatitis)
inea
Candidiasis
Intertrigo
13
14
SKIN DISORDERS
Seborrheic dermatitis
Pityriasis rosea
Secondary syphilis
Pityriasis rubra pilaris
Onychomycosis (nail ndings)
Cutaneous eatures o reactive arthritis
Cutaneous eatures o reactive lupus
Cutaneous -cell lymphoma (mycosis ungoides)
6. Procedural Findings
Diagnostic Procedures
T e combination o red plaques with silvery scales on elbows and knees, with scaliness in
the scalp or nail pitting or onycholysis, is diagnostic
Psoriasis lesions are well demarcated and af ect extensor sur acesin contrast to atopic
dermatitis, with poorly demarcated plaques in exural distribution
In body olds and groin, scraping and culture or Candida and examination o scalp and
nails will distinguish inverse psoriasis rom intertrigo and candidiasis
7. Treatments
Certain drugs, such as -blockers, antimalarial agents, statins, and lithium, may are or
worsen psoriasis
Even tiny doses o systemic corticosteroids given to psoriasis patients may lead to severe
rebound ares o their disease
Never use systemic corticosteroids to treat ares o psoriasis
Medications
opical corticosteroid cream or ointment ( able 3-1)
Limited disease (< 10% o the body sur ace)
Restrict the highest potency corticosteroids to 2 to 3 weeks o twice daily use; then
three or our times on weekends or switch to a mid-potency corticosteroid
Rarely induce a lasting remission
Calcipotriene ointment 0.005% or calcitriol ointment 0.003%, both vitamin D analogs, is
used twice daily
Initial treatment regimen: corticosteroids twice daily plus a vitamin D analog twice daily
Once lesions are cleared, vitamin D analog is used alone, once daily, and with corticosteroids, once daily, or several weeks
T en, once- or twice-daily application o the vitamin D analog is continued long term
and topical corticosteroids are stopped
Calcipotriene usually cannot be applied to the groin or the ace because o irritation
Calcipotriene is incompatible with many topical corticosteroids; it must be applied at
a dif erent time
Maximum dose or calcipotriene is 100 g/week and or calcitriol is 200 g/week
Occlusion alone clears isolated plaques in 30% to 40% o patients
T in, occlusive hydrocolloid dressings are placed on the lesions and le undisturbed
or 5 to 7 days and then replaced
Responses may be seen within several weeks
For the scalp
Start with a tar shampoo once daily
T ick scales: 6% salicylic acid gel (eg, Keralyt), P & S solution (phenol, mineral oil,
and glycerin), or oil-based uocinolone acetonide 0.01% (Derma-Smoothe/FS) under
a shower cap at night, ollowed by a shampoo in the morning
In order o increasing potency, triamcinolone 0.1%, or uocinolone, betamethasone
dipropionate, uocinonide or amcinonide, and clobetasol are available in solution
orm or use on the scalp twice daily
CHAPTER 3 PSORIASIS
Formulations, Strengths
Application
Potency Class
Comments
Diflorasone
diacetate
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Twice daily
High
Amcinonide
(Cyclocort)
Cream0.1%
Ointment 0.1%
Twice daily
High
Fluocinonide (Lidex)
Cream0.05%
Gel 0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Solution 0.05%
Twice daily
High
Economical generics
Lidexcreamcan cause stinging on
eczema
Lidexemollient creampreferred
Betamethasone
dipropionate
(Diprolene)
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Lotion 0.05%
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Clobetasol
propionate
(Temovate)
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Lotion 0.05%
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Halobetasol
propionate
(Ultravate)
Cream0.05%
Ointment 0.05%
Twice daily
Ultra-high
Flurandrenolide
(Cordran)
Tape: 80 3roll
Lotion 0.05%: 60 mL
Every12 hours
Ultra-high
15
16
SKIN DISORDERS
Severe disease unresponsive to UV light may be treated in a psoriasis day care center
with the Goeckerman regimen, using crude coal tar or many hours and exposure to
UVB light; this of ers the best chance or prolonged remissions
PUVA (psoralen plus ultraviolet A) may be ef ective even i standard UVB treatment
has ailed; may be used with other therapy, eg, acitretin
8. Outcomes
Complications
reatment with calcipotriene may result in hypercalcemia
Long-term use o PUVA (> 250 doses) is associated with an increased risk o skin cancer
(especially squamous cell carcinoma and perhaps melanoma)
Prognosis
T e course tends to be chronic and unpredictable, and the disease may be re ractory to
treatment
Patients (especially those > 40 years o age) should be monitored or metabolic syndrome,
which correlates with the severity o skin disease
9. When to Refer
I there is a question about the diagnosis, i recommended therapy is inef ective, or i
specialized treatment is necessary
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Armstrong AW et al. Combining biologic therapies with other systemic treatments in psoriasis:
evidence-based, best-practice recommendations rom the Medical Board o the National Psoriasis
Foundation. JAMA Dermatol. 2015 Apr;151(4):432438 [PMID: 25517130]
Armstrong AW et al. Psoriasis and the risk o diabetes mellitus: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
JAMA Dermatol. 2013 Jan;149(1):8491. [PMID: 23407990]
Coumbe AG et al. Cardiovascular risk and psoriasis: beyond the traditional risk actors. Am J Med. 2014
Jan;127(1):1218. [PMID: 24161194]
Debbaneh M et al. Diet and psoriasis, part I: impact o weight loss interventions. J Am Acad Dermatol.
2014 Jul;71(1):133140. [PMID: 24709272]
Gel and JM et al. Comparative e ectiveness o commonly used systemic treatments o phototherapy or
moderate to severe plaque psoriasis in the clinical practice setting. Arch Dermatol. 2012
Apr;148(4):487494. [PMID: 22508874]
Hendriks AG et al. Combinations o classical time-honoured topicals in plaque psoriasis: a systematic
review. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2013 Apr;27(4):399410. [PMID: 22779910]
Hsu S et al. Consensus guidelines or the management o plaque psoriasis. Arch Dermatol. 2012
Jan;148(1):95102. [PMID: 22250239]
Kim IH et al. Comparative e icacy o biologics in psoriasis: a review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2012 Dec
1;13(6):365374. [PMID: 22967166]
Kupetsky EA et al. Psoriasis vulgaris: an evidence-based guide or primary care. J Am Board Fam Med.
2013 NovDec;26(6):787801. [PMID: 24204077]
Lynch M et al. reating moderate to severe psoriasisbest use o biologics. Expert Rev Clin Immunol.
2014 Feb;10(2):269279. [PMID: 24372444]
Mason A et al. opical treatments or chronic plaque psoriasis: an abridged Cochrane Systematic
Review. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013 Nov;69(5):799807. [PMID: 24124809]
Reich K et al. E icacy o biologics in the treatment o moderate to severe psoriasis: a network metaanalysis o randomized controlled trials. Br J Dermatol. 2012 Jan;166(1):179188. [PMID: 21910698]
Richard MA et al. Evidence-based recommendations on the role o dermatologists in the diagnosis and
management o psoriatic arthritis: systematic review and expert opinion. J Eur Acad Dermatol
Venereol. 2014 Aug;28(suppl 5):312. [PMID: 24985557]
Samarasekere EJ et al. opical therapies or the treatment o plaque psoriasis: systematic review and
network meta-analyses. Br J Dermatol. 2013 May;168(5):954967. [PMID: 23413913]
Weigle N et al. Psoriasis. Am Fam Physician. 2013 May;87(9):626633. [PMID: 23668525]
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, and Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
18
Asthma
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the lini al mani estati ns and bje tive f ndings
Understand the a t rs that predisp se t asthma
Kn w the di erential diagn sis asthma
Learn the treatments r asthma
Learn h w t prevent asthma exa erbati ns
asthma
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures this patients pr blem?
2. H w d y u think thr ugh her pr blem?
3. What are the key eatures, in luding essentials diagn sis, general
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
CHAPTER 4 ASTHMA
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Intermittent sh rtness breath and hest tightness; envir nmental triggers; amily hist ry;
wheezing n physi al examinati n
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Epis di r hr ni sympt ms air w bstru ti n
Reversibility air w bstru ti n, either sp ntane usly r a er br n h dilat r therapy
Sympt ms requently w rse at night r in the early m rning
Pr l nged expirati n and di use wheezes n physi al examinati n
Limitati n
air w n pulm nary un ti n testing r p sitive br n h pr v ati n
hallenge
General Considerations
A e ts 8% t 10% the p pulati n
A unts r 1.75 milli n emergen y department visits, 480,000 h spital admissi ns, and
> 3000 death annually in the United States
Prevalen e, h spitalizati ns, and atal asthma have all in reased in the United States ver
the past 20 years
Demographics
Slightly m re mm n in b ys (< 14 years ld) and in w men
H spitalizati n rates have been highest am ng bla ks and hildren
Death rates r asthma are nsistently highest am ng bla ks aged 15 t 24 years
19
20
Moderate
Severe
Respiratory Arrest
Imminent
Symptoms
Breathlessness
While walking
At rest, limits
activity
Talks in
Sentences
Phrases
Words
Silent
Alertness
Maybe agitated
Usuallyagitated
Usuallyagitated
Drowsyor confused
Respiratoryrate
Increased
Increased
Bodyposition
Prefers sitting
Sits upright
Unable to recline
Use of accessorymuscles;
suprasternal retractions
Usuallynot
Commonly
Usually
Paradoxical thoracoabdominal
movement
Wheeze
Loud; throughout
exhalation
Usuallyloud; throughout
inhalation and
exhalation
Absent
Pulse/minute
< 100
100120
> 120
Bradycardia
Pulsus paradoxus
Maybe present
1025 mmHg
Often present,
>25 mmHg
70%
40%69%
< 40%
> 25%
Normala
60a
PCO2 (mmHg)
< 42 mmHga
< 42 mmHga
to 42a
to 42a
> 95%a
90%95%a
< 90%a
< 90%a
Signs
Functional Assessment
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Upper Airway Disorders
V al rd paralysis
V al rd dys un ti n syndr me
F reign b dy aspirati n
Laryng tra heal mass
CHAPTER 4 ASTHMA
21
22
A p sitive metha h line test is def ned as a 20% all in the FEV1 at exp sure t a
n entrati n 16 mg/mL r less
A negative test has a negative predi tive value r asthma 95%
Exer ise hallenge testing may be use ul in patients with sympt ms exer ise-indu ed
br n h spasm
Skin testing r sensitivity t envir nmental allergens may be use ul in persistent asthma
7. Treatments
Medications
L ng-term ntr l therapy (see ables 4-3 and 4-4)
Inhaled rti ster ids
Systemi
rti ster ids
Inhaled l ng-a ting 2-ag nists
Anti h linergi s
C mbinati n medi ati ns (inhaled rti ster id and l ng-a ting 2-ag nist)
Leuk triene m dif ers
Mediat r inhibit rs
Ph sph diesterase inhibit rs
Quick-Relief T erapy
Sh rt-a ting inhaled 2-ag nists ( able 4-5)
Inhaled anti h linergi s
Systemi
rti ster ids
Antimi r bials
N r le in r utine asthma exa erbati ns
May be benef ial when asthma is a mpanied by ever and purulent sputum r
eviden e pneum nia r ba terial sinusitis
Acute Exacerbations
Repetitive r ntinu us use inhaled sh rt-a ting 2-ag nist
Early administrati n systemi
rti ster ids
reatment r rem val any identif ed trigger t the exa erbati n
Mild exa erbati ns (PEFR 70% predi ted r pers nal best)
Many patients resp nd qui kly and ully t an inhaled sh rt-a ting 2-ag nist al ne
H wever, an inhaled sh rt-a ting 2-ag nist may need t be ntinued at in reased
d ses, eg, every 3 t 4 h urs r 24 t 48 h urs
In patients n t taking an inhaled rti ster id, nsider starting this agent
In patients already taking an inhaled rti ster id, a 7-day urse
ral rti ster ids
(0.51.0 mg/kg/d) may be ne essary
D ubling the d se inhaled rti ster id is n t e e tive and is n t re mmended in
the Nati nal Asthma Edu ati n and Preventi n Pr gram 3 guidelines
M derate exa erbati ns (PEFR 40%69% predi ted r pers nal best)
C ntinu us administrati n an inhaled sh rt-a ting 2-ag nist
Early administrati n systemi
rti ster ids
Severe exa erbati ns (PEFR < 40% predi ted r pers nal best)
Immediate treatment with xygen, t maintain an Sao 2 > 90% r a Pao 2 > 60 mm Hg
High d ses an inhaled sh rt-a ting 2-ag nist (at least three metered-d se inhaler
[MDI] r nebulizer treatments in the f rst h ur; therea er, treatment requen y
depends n impr vement in air w)
Systemi
rti ster ids
Ipratr pium br mide redu es the rate h spital admissi ns when added t inhaled
sh rt-a ting 2-ag nists
I FEV1 < 25% predi ted n presentati n, r ailure t resp nd t initial treatment,
intraven us magnesium sul ate (2 g intraven usly ver 20 minutes) pr du es a dete table impr vement in air w and may redu e h spitalizati n rates
23
CHAPTER 4 ASTHMA
Dosage Form
Inhaled Corticosteroids
Systemic Corticosteroids
Methylprednisolone 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 mg
tablets
Prednisolone
Adult Dose
Comments
Prednisone
DPI 50 g/blister
DPI 12 g /single-use
capsule
Combined Medication
Fluticasone/
DPI
Salmeterol
100 g/50 g,
250 g/50 g, or
500 g/50 g
1 capsule every12 h
100/50 DPI or 45/21 HFAfor patient not controlled on low- to medium-dose inhaled
corticosteroids.
1 blister every12 h
250/50 DPI or 115/21 HFAfor patients not controlled on medium- to high-dose inhaled
corticosteroids.
Budesonide/
Formoterol
HFA
45 g/21 g
115 g/21 g
230 g/21 g
HFAMDI
80 g/4.5 g
160 g/4.5 g
One dose before exercise or allergen exposure provides effective prophylaxis for 12 h.
Not as effective for EIBas SABA.
Once control is achieved, the frequencyof dosing maybe reduced.
Should not be used for symptom relief or exacerbations.
Use with inhaled corticosteroids.
10 mg tablet
10 or 20 mg tablet
1 blister daily
Exhibits a flat dose-response curve. Doses > 10 mg will not produce a greater response
in adults.
24
Dosage Form
5-Lipoxygenase Inhibitor
Zileuton
600 mg tablet
Methylxanthines
Theophylline
Immunomodulator
Omalizumab
Adult Dose
Comments
Liquids, sustained
release tablets, and
capsules
Subcutaneous injection,
150 mg/1.2 mL
following reconstitution
with 1.4 mLsterile water
for injection
Monitor for anaphylaxis for 2 h following at least the first three injections.
DPI, dry power inhaler; EIB, exercise-induced bronchospasm; HFA, hydrofluoroalkaline; MDI, metered-dose inhaler; SABA, short-acting 2-agonist.
Table 4-4. Estimated comparative daily dosages for inhaled corticosteroids for asthma.
Drug
Beclomethasone HFA
40 or 80 g/puff
80240 g
> 240480 g
> 480 g
Budesonide DPI
90, 180, or 200 g/inhalation
180600 g
> 6001200 g
> 1200 g
Flunisolide
250 g/puff
5001000 g
> 10002000 g
> 2000 g
Flunisolide HFA
80 g/puff
320 g
> 320640 g
> 640 g
Fluticasone
HFA/MDI: 44, 110, or 220 g/puff
88264 g
> 264440 g
> 440 g
100300 g
> 300500 g
> 500 g
Mometasone DPI
200 g/puff
200 g
400 g
> 400 g
Triamcinolone acetonide
75 g/puff
300750 g
> 7501500 g
> 1500 g
25
CHAPTER 4 ASTHMA
Dosage Form
Adult Dose
Comments
MDI
90 g /puff, 200 puffs/canister
Albuterol HFA
Pirbuterol CFC
Levalbuterol HFA
Nebulizer solution
Albuterol
Levalbuterol
(R-albuterol)
0.63 mg/3 mL
1.25 mg/3 mL
2.5 mg/3 mL
5 mg/mL(0.5%)
0.31 mg/3 mL
0.63 mg/3 mL
1.25 mg/0.5 mL
1.25 mg/3 mL
1.255 mg in 3 mLof
saline every48 h as
needed
Compatible with budesonide inhalant suspension. The product is a sterilefilled, preservative-free, unit dose vial.
23 puffs every6 h
Anticholinergics
MDI
IpratropiumHFA
0.25 mg every6 h
MDI
Ipratropiumwith
albuterol
18 g /puff of ipratropiumbromide
and 90 g /puff of albuterol
200 puffs/canister
23 puffs every6 h
Nebulizer solution
0.5 mg/3 mLipratropiumbromide and
2.5 mg/3 mLalbuterol
3 mLevery46 h
Methylprednisolone
2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 mg tablets
Prednisolone
Prednisone
240 mg IMonce
Systemic Corticosteroids
Repositoryinjection
(Methylprednisolone
acetate)
40 mg/mL
80 mg/mL
CFC, chlorofluorocarbon; EIB, exercise-induced bronchospasm; HFA, hydrofluoroalkane; IM, intramuscular; MDI, metered-dose inhaler; PEF, peak
expiratory flow.
Adapted from National Asthma Education and Prevention Program. Expert Panel Report 3: Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of
Asthma. National Institutes of Health Pub. No. 08-4051. Bethesda, MD, 2007. http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-pro/guidelines/current/asthmaguidelines/
26
Impairment
Well Controlled
Symptoms
2 d/wk
> 2 d/wk
Nighttime awakenings
2/mo
13/wk
4/wk
None
Some limitation
Extremelylimited
2 d/wk
> 2 d/wk
Several times/d
FEV1 or peakflow
60%80%predicted/personal
best
ATAQ
ACQ
ACT
0
0.75a
20
12
1.5
1619
34
N/A
15
01/y
Medication side effects can varyin intensityfromnone to verytroublesome and worrisome. The level of intensity
does not correlate to specific levels of control but should be considered in the overall assessment of risk
Validated questionnaires
Risk
Chronic Asthma
reatment is guided by an assessment asthma severity ( able 4-6)
Mild intermittent asthma treatment
Sh rt-a ting 2-ag nists
C ntr l therapy added i > 2 uses/wk
Mild persistent asthma treatment
Daily use either l w-d se inhaled rti ster id or r m lyn r ned r mil
Sustained-release the phylline r a leuk triene m dif er is less desirable
Sh rt-a ting 2-ag nists
CHAPTER 4 ASTHMA
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Patient sel -assessment is a primary meth d m nit ring
PEFR m nit ring an pr vide bje tive measurement t guide treatment
A 20% hange in PEFR r m day t day r r m m rning t night suggests inadequate
ntr l
PEFR < 200 L/min indi ates severe bstru ti n
F ll w-up visits sh uld be at least biannual t maintain ntr l and evaluate medi ati n
adjustments
Repeat spir metry at least every 1 t 2 years a er sympt ms have stabilized
Complications
Exhausti n, dehydrati n, and tussive syn pe
Airway in e ti n
A ute hyper apni and hyp xi respirat ry ailure in severe disease
Pneum th rax (rare)
Prognosis
G d with regular
Prevention
Patients sh uld be taught t re gnize early sympt ms an exa erbati n and initiate a
predetermined a ti n plan
Pneum
al and annual in uenza va inati ns
Envir nmental measures t redu e exp sure t allergens
27
28
Any li e-threatening asthma exa erbati n r exa erbati n requiring h spitalizati n in the
past 12 m nths
Presen e s ial r psy h l gi al issues inter ering with asthma management
When to Admit
Patients with a ute exa erbati ns wh have an inadequate resp nse t initial therapy
T e durati n and severity sympt ms, as well as severity pri r exa erbati ns and
psy h s ial issues, sh uld be taken int a unt
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Gibs n PG et al. Asthma in lder adults. Lancet. 2010 Sep 4;376(9743):803813. [PMID: 20816547]
H pkin JM. he diagn sis asthma, a lini al syndr me. Thorax. 2012 Jul;67(7):660662. [PMID:
22561527]
Lazarus SC. Clini al pra ti e. Emergen y treatment
asthma. N Engl J Med. 2010 Aug19;363(8):
755764. [PMID: 20818877]
Mannam P et al. Analyti review: management li e-threatening asthma in adults. J Intensive Care
Med. 2010 JanFeb;25(1):315. [PMID: 20085924]
Nati nal Asthma Edu ati n and Preventi n Pr gram: Expert panel rep rt III: Guidelines r the diagn sis and management asthma. Bethesda, MD: Nati nal Heart, Lung, and Bl d Institute, 2007.
(NIH publi ati n N . 08-4051). http://www.nhlbi.nih.g v/guidelines/asthma/asthgdln.htm
29
Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the lini al mani estati ns and bje tive f ndings
hr ni bstru tive pulm nary
disease, and what distinguishes hr ni br n hitis r m emphysema
Understand the a t rs that predisp se t hr ni bstru tive pulm nary disease
Kn w the di erential diagn sis
hr ni bstru tive pulm nary disease
Re gnize the spir metri and ABG f ndings suggestive hr ni bstru tive pulm nary
disease
Learn the treatments that de rease m rtality and ntr l the sympt ms
hr ni
bstru tive pulm nary disease
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures this patients pr blem?
2. H w d y u think thr ugh his pr blem?
3. What are the key eatures, in luding essentials diagn sis and general
hr ni bstru tive pulm nary disease?
4. What are the sympt ms and signs
hr ni
nsiderati ns,
30
5.
6.
7.
8.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
In reasing dyspnea n exerti n; hange in ugh and sputum; h me xygen requirement;
100-pa k-year sm king hist ry; bstru tive pattern n spir metry; wheezing and respirat ry
distress; stable, n t w rsened l wer extremity edema; a idemia with partially mpensated
respirat ry a id sis; impr vement n n ninvasive p sitive pressure ventilati n
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hist ry
igarette sm king
Chr ni
ugh, dyspnea, and sputum pr du ti n
Rh n hi, de reased intensity
breath s unds, and pr l nged expirati n n physi al
examinati n
Air w limitati n n pulm nary un ti n testing
General Considerations
Air w bstru ti n due t hr ni br n hitis r emphysema; m st patients have eatures
b th
Obstru ti n
Is pr gressive
May be a mpanied by airway hyperrea tivity
May be partially reversible
Chr ni br n hitis is hara terized by ex essive mu us se reti ns with pr du tive ugh
r 3 m nths r m re in at least 2 nse utive years
Emphysema is abn rmal enlargement
air spa es distal t terminal br n hi le, with
destru ti n br n hial walls with ut f br sis
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Asthma
Br n hie tasis, whi h eatures re urrent pneum nia and hem ptysis, with distin t radi graphi f ndings
Br n h pulm nary my sis
Central air w bstru ti n
Severe 1-antipr tease def ien y
Cysti f br sis, whi h is usually f rst seen in hildren and y ung adults
31
32
Historyand physical
examination
Laboratorystudies
Pulmonaryfunction
tests
V/Qmatching
Hemodynamics
Nocturnal ventilation
Special Evaluations
Exercise ventilation
Increased minute ventilation for level of oxygen consumption. PaO2 tends to Decreased minute ventilation for level of oxygen consumption. PaO2 may
fall; PaCO2 rises slightly.
rise; PaCO2 mayrise significantly.
DLCO, single-breath diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide; V/Q, ventilation-perfusion.
7. Treatments
Medications
Supplemental xygen
Hyp xemi patients with pulm nary hypertensi n, hr ni
r pulm nale, erythr yt sis, impaired gnitive un ti n, exer ise int leran e, n turnal restlessness, r
m rning heada he are likely t benef t r m h me xygen therapy
Benef ts h me xygen therapy in patients with hyp xemia in lude l nger survival,
redu ed h spitalizati ns, and better quality li e
Unless therapy is intended nly r nighttime r exer ise use, 15 h urs nasal xygen
per day is required
33
34
Dosage Form
Adult Dose
Comments
Should not be used for symptom relief or exacerbations.
Salmeterol
DPI 50 g/blister
1 blister every12 h
Formoterol
1 capsule every12 h
Albuterol HFA
2 puffs every46 h as
needed
Pirbuterol CFC
Nebulizer Solution
Albuterol
0.63 mg/3 mL
1.25 mg/3 mL
2.5 mg/3 mL
5 mg/mL(0.5%)
1.255 mg in 3 mLof
saline every48 h as
needed
Levalbuterol
(R-albuterol)
0.31 mg/3 mL
0.63 mg/3 mL
1.25 mg/0.5 mL
1.25 mg/3 mL
0.63 mg1.25 mg
every8 h as needed
Anticholinergics
Tiotropium
Should not be used for symptom relief or exacerbations. Use with inhaled
corticosteroids.
DPI 18 g/blister
1 blister daily
IpratropiumHFA
MDI
17 g/puff, 200 puffs/canister
23 puffs every6 h
Nebulizer Solution
0.25 mg/mL(0.025%)
0.25 mg every6 h
Ipratropium
with albuterol
MDI
18 g/puff of ipratropiumbromide
and 90 g/puff of albuterol
200 puffs/canister
23 puffs every6 h
Nebulizer solution
0.5 mg/3 mLipratropiumbromide
and 2.5 mg/3 mLalbuterol
3 mLevery46 h
Contains EDTAto prevent discolorations of the solution. This additive does not induce
bronchospasm.
Starting dose
10 mg/kg/d up to
300 mg maximum;
usual maximumdose
800 mg/d
Methylxanthines
Theophylline
EDTA, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; EIB, exercise-induced bronchospasm; HFA, hydrofluoroalkane; MDI, metered dose inhaler.
Adapted from National Asthma Education and Prevention Program. Expert Panel Report 3: Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma.
National Institutes of Health Pub. No. 08-4051. Bethesda, MD, 2007. http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-pro/guidelines/current/asthma-guidelines/.
In patients subje t t requent exa erbati ns despite ptimal medi al therapy, azithr myin (daily r thri e weekly) and m xi xa in (a 5-day urse 1 week in 8 ver 48 weeks)
were m destly e e tive in lini al trials at redu ing the requen y exa erbati ns
Opi ids: severe dyspnea in spite
ptimal management may warrant a trial an pi id
(eg, m rphine 5 t 10 mg rally every 3 t 4 h urs, xy d ne 5 t 10 mg rally every 4 t
6 h urs, sustained-release m rphine 10 mg rally n e daily)
Sedative-hypn ti drugs (diazepam 5 mg three times daily rally) may benef t very
anxi us patients with intra table dyspnea
Surgery
Lung transplantati n ers substantial impr vement in pulm nary un ti n and exer ise
per rman e; 2-year survival is 75%
Lung v lume redu ti n surgery in highly sele ted patients results in m dest impr vements in pulm nary un ti n, exer ise per rman e, and dyspnea; surgi al m rtality
rates at experien ed enters are 4% t 10%
Bulle t my is used r palliati n dyspnea in patients with severe bull us emphysema;
m st mm nly pursued when a single bulla
upies at least 30% t 50% the hemith rax
T erapeutic Procedures
Sm king essati n is the single m st imp rtant g al
Simply telling a patient t quit su eeds 5% the time
Behavi ral appr a hes, ranging r m lini ian advi e t intensive gr up pr grams, may
impr ve essati n rates
Pharma l gi therapy in ludes bupr pi n, ni tine repla ement (transdermal
pat h, gum, l zenge, inhaler, r nasal spray), vareni line (a partial ag nist ni tini
a etyl h line re ept rs), and yt sine
One trial sh wed ele tr ni igarettes t be n nin eri r t ni tine transdermal pat hes,
th ugh m st pulm n l gists d n t re mmend ele tr ni igarettes as a t ba
essati n aid
C ugh suppressants and sedatives sh uld be av ided as r utine measures
Graded physi al exer ise pr grams
Measure the phylline levels in h spitalized patients wh have already been taking
the phylline; it sh uld n t be started in the a ute setting
N ninvasive p sitive pressure ventilati n
Redu es the need r intubati n
Sh rtens ICU lengths stay
May redu e the risk health are-ass iated in e ti n and antibi ti use
8. Outcomes
Complications
Otherwise stable COPD may be made w rse by
A ute br n hitis
Pneum nia
Pulm nary thr mb emb lism
Atrial dysrhythmias, su h as atrial f brillati n, atrial utter, and multi al atrial ta hy ardia
C n mitant le ventri ular ailure
Pulm nary hypertensi n, r pulm nale, and hr ni respirat ry ailure are mm n in
advan ed disease
Sp ntane us pneum th rax
urs in a small ra ti n emphysemat us patients
Hem ptysis may result r m hr ni br n hitis r br n h geni ar in ma
Prevention
Largely preventable by eliminating hr ni exp sure t t ba
sm ke
Sm king essati n sl ws the de line in FEV1 in middle-age sm kers with mild airways
bstru ti n
Va inati ns against in uenza and pneum
al in e ti n
35
36
Prognosis
Median survival patients with FEV1 < 1 L is 4 years
Degree dys un ti n at present ati n is the m st imp rtant predi t r survival
A multidimensi nal index (the BODE index), whi h in ludes b dy mass index (BMI),
airway bstru ti n (FEV1), dyspnea (Medi al Resear h C un il dyspnea s re), and
exer ise apa ity, predi ts death and h spitalizati n better than FEV1 al ne
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Leuppi JD et al. Sh rt-term vs nventi nal glu
rti id therapy in a ute exa erbati ns
hr ni
bstru tive pulm nary disease: the REDUCE rand mized lini al trial. JAMA. 2013 Jun
5;309(21):22232231. [PMID: 23695200]
Qaseem A et al. Diagn sis and management stable hr ni bstru tive pulm nary disease: a lini al
pra ti e guideline update r m the Ameri an C llege
Physi ians, Ameri an C llege
Chest
Physi ians, Ameri an h ra i S iety, and Eur pean Respirat ry S iety. Ann Intern Med. 2011
Aug 2;155(3):179191. [PMID: 21810710]
rpy JM et al. JAMA patient page. Chr ni bstru tive pulm nary disease. JAMA. 2012 Sep
26;308(12):1281. [PMID: 23011720]
Walker N et al. Cytisine versus ni tine r sm king essati n. N Engl J Med. 2014 De 18;371(25):
23532362. [PMID: 25517706]
Walters JA et al. Systemi
rti ster ids r a ute exa erbati ns
hr ni bstru tive pulm nary
disease. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009 Jan 21;(1):CD001288. [PMID: 19160195]
37
Cough
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the classif cation o cough
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings that help di erentiate the causes
o cough
Recognize when to pursue imaging and other diagnostic procedures in patients with
cough
Know the pulmonary and nonpulmonary causes o both acute and persistent cough
Learn the treatments or the common causes o cough
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
o cough?
What are the symptoms and signs o cough?
What is the di erential diagnosis o cough?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in cough?
What are the treatments or cough?
When should patients with cough be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
38
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Four week time course; recent viral illness with resolution o all symptoms except cough;
no shortness o breath, evers, weight loss; nonsmoker; normal vital signs and physical
examination
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Inquire about
Age
Duration o cough
Dyspnea (at rest or with exertion)
obacco use history
Vital signs (temperature, respiratory rate, heart rate)
Chest examination f ndings
General Considerations
Cough results rom stimulation o mechanical or chemical a erent nerve receptors in the
bronchial tree
Cough illness syndromes are def ned as acute (< 3 weeks), persistent (38 weeks), or
chronic (> 8 weeks)
Postin ectious cough lasting 3 to 8 weeks also called subacute cough to distinguish this
distinct clinical entity rom acute and chronic cough
T e prevalence o pertussis in ection in adults with a cough lasting > 3 weeks is 20%,
although exact prevalence is di cult to ascertain due to the limited sensitivity o diagnostic
tests
CHAPTER 6 COUGH
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Acute Cough
Viral upper respiratory in ection or postviral in ection cough (most common)
Postnasal drip (allergic rhinitis)
Pneumonia
Pulmonary edema
Pulmonary embolism
Aspiration pneumonia
39
40
Persistent Cough
op three causes: postnasal drip, asthma, GERD
Pulmonary in ection
Postviral
Pertussis
Bronchiectasis
Eosinophilic bronchitis
uberculosis
Cystic f brosis
Mycobacterium avium complex
Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, respiratory syncytial virus (underrecognized in adults)
Pulmonary nonin ectious
Asthma (cough-variant asthma)
COPD
ACE inhibitors
Environmental exposures (eg, cigarette smoking, air pollution)
Endobronchial lesion (eg, tumor)
Interstitial lung disease
Sarcoidosis
Chronic microaspiration
-blockers causing asthma
Nonpulmonary
GERD
Postnasal drip (allergic rhinitis)
Sinusitis
HF
Laryngitis
Ear canal or tympanic membrane irritation
Psychogenic or habit cough
CHAPTER 6 COUGH
Postnasal drip
Asthma
2-agonist
GERD
Proton-pump inhibitors
Esophageal pHmonitoring
7. Treatments
Medications
Acute Cough
reatment should target
T e underlying cause o the illness
T e cough re ex itsel
Any additional actors that exacerbate the cough
Oseltamivir and zanamivir are equally e ective (1 less day o illness) when initiated within
30 to 48 hours o onset o in uenza
Macrolide or doxycycline are f rst-line antibiotics or documented Chlamydia or
Mycoplasma in ection
In patients diagnosed with acute bronchitis, inhaled 2-agonist therapy reduces severity
and duration o cough in some patients; antibiotics do not improve cough severity or
duration in acute uncomplicated bronchitis
Dextromethorphan has a modest benef t on the severity o cough due to acute respiratory
tract in ections
Empiric treatment trial or postnasal drip (with antihistamines, decongestants, and/or
nasal steroids) or asthma (with 2-agonist) or GERD (with proton-pump inhibitors [or
H2-blockers]), when accompanying acute cough illness, can also be help ul
Zinc lozenges > 75 mg/d, when initiated within 24 hours o symptom onset, may reduce
the duration and severity o cold symptoms
Vitamin C and echinacea are not e ective in reducing the severity o acute cough illness
a er it develops
Persistent Cough
I due to pertussis, macrolide antibiotic therapy to reduce transmission
Azithromycin, 500 mg on day 1, then 250 mg once daily or days 2 to 5
Clarithromycin, 500 mg twice daily or 7 days
Erythromycin, 250 mg our times daily or 14 days
When pertussis in ection has lasted > 7 to 10 days, antibiotic treatment does not a ect the
duration o coughwhich can last up to 6 months
Nebulized lidocaine therapy or oral codeine (1560 mg orally 4 times daily) or morphine
sul ate (510 mg orally twice daily) or idiopathic persistent cough
41
42
When to Admit
Patient at high risk or tuberculosis or whom compliance with respiratory precautions is
uncertain
Need or urgent bronchoscopy, such as suspected oreign body
Smoke or toxic ume inhalational injury
Intractable cough despite treatment, when cough impairs gas exchange or in patients at
high risk or barotraumas (eg, recent pneumothorax)
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Benich JJ 3rd, et al. Evaluation o the patient with chronic cough. Am Fam Physician. 2011 Oct
15;84(8):887892. [PMID: 22010767]
Broekhuizen BD et al. Undetected chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and asthma in people over 50
years with persistent cough. Br J Gen Pract. 2010 Jul;60(576):489494. [PMID: 20594438]
Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Updated recommendations or use o tetanus
toxoid, reduced diphtheria toxoid, and acellular pertussis ( dap) vaccine in adults aged 65 years and
olderAdvisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), 2012. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly
Rep. 2012 Jun 29;61(25):468470. Erratum in: MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012 Jul 13;61(27):515.
[PMID: 22739778]
Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Updated recommendations or use o tetanus
toxoid, reduced diphtheria toxoid and acellular pertussis vaccine ( dap) in pregnant women and
persons who have or anticipate having close contact with an in ant aged < 12 monthsAdvisory
Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), 2011. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2011 Oct
21;60(41):14241426. [PMID: 22012116]
Chang CC et al. Over-the-counter (O C) medications to reduce cough as an adjunct to antibiotics or
acute pneumonia in children and adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Mar 10;3:CD006088.
[PMID: 24615334]
Held U et al. Diagnostic aid to rule out pneumonia in adults with cough and eeling o ever. A validation study in the primary care setting. BMC Infect Dis. 2012 Dec 17;12:355. [PMID: 23245504]
Iyer VN et al. Chronic cough: an update. Mayo Clin Proc. 2013 Oct;88(10):11151126. [PMID:
24079681]
Johnstone KJ et al. Inhaled corticosteroids or subacute and chronic cough in adults. Cochrane Database
Syst Rev. 2013 Mar 28;3:CD009305. [PMID: 23543575]
Kline JM et al. Pertussis: a reemerging in ection. Am Fam Physician. 2013 Oct 15;88(8):507514.
Erratum in: Am Fam Physician. 2014 Mar 1;89(5):317. [PMID: 24364571]
Lim KG et al. Long-term sa ety o nebulized lidocaine or adults with di icult-to-control chronic cough:
a case series. Chest. 2013 Apr;143(4):10601065. [PMID: 23238692]
van Vugt SF et al. Use o serum C reactive protein and procalcitonin concentrations in addition to
symptoms and signs to predict pneumonia in patients presenting to primary care with acute cough:
diagnostic study. BMJ. 2013 Apr 30;346: 2450. [PMID: 23633005]
43
Dyspnea
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estati ns and bjective f ndings dyspnea that help di erentiate
its cause
Understand the act rs that predisp se t the di erent causes dyspnea
Kn w the di erential diagn sis
dyspnea, including the li e-threatening causes that
must be identif ed quickly
Learn the ways that lab rat ry, imaging, and diagn stic pr cedures can help diagn se the
cause dyspnea
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures this patients pr blem?
2. H w d y u think thr ugh her pr blem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials diagn sis and general c nsiderati ns,
4.
5.
6.
7.
dyspnea?
What are the sympt ms and signs dyspnea?
What is the di erential diagn sis dyspnea?
What are the lab rat ry, imaging, and pr cedural f ndings in dyspnea?
What are the treatments r dyspnea?
44
8. What are the utc mes, including preventi n and pr gn sis, dyspnea?
9. When sh uld patients with dyspnea be re erred t a specialist r admitted t the h spital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Premen pausal w man; gradual nset
dyspnea; 6 m nths durati n; exerti nal;
n nsm ker; n chest pain, c ugh, wheeze; heavy menses; severe anemia; n rmal chest x-ray
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Inquire ab ut
Fever, c ugh, chest pain; nset, durati n, severity, and peri dicity sympt ms
Vital sign measurement and pulse ximetry
Cardiac and chest examinati n f ndings
Chest radi graphy f ndings; arterial bl d gas measurement in selected patients
General Considerations
Dyspnea is the subjective percepti n unc m rtable breathing
Can result r m psych genic rigins r r m c nditi ns that
Increase the mechanical e rt breathing (eg, chr nic bstructive pulm nary disease
[COPD], restrictive lung disease, respirat ry muscle weakness)
Pr duce c mpensat ry tachypnea (eg, hyp xemia r acid sis)
T e ll wing act rs play a r le in h w and when dyspnea presents in patients:
Rate
nset
Previ us dyspnea
Medicati ns
C m rbidities
Psych l gical pr f le
Severity underlying dis rder
CHAPTER 7 DYSPNEA
> 40-pack-ysmoking
Age 45 y
Maximumlaryngeal height 4 cm
All three factors
Factor Absent
11.6
0.9
1.4
0.5
3.6
0.7
58.5
0.3
Reproduced, with permission, from Straus SE et al. The accuracy of patient history, wheezing, and laryngeal
measurements in diagnosing obstructive airway disease. CARE-COAD1 Group. Clinical Assessment of the
Reliability of the ExaminationChronic Obstructive Airways Disease. JAMA. 2000;283(14):18531857.
Pulm nary emb lism sh uld be suspected with risk act rs r deep vein thr mb sis such
as imm bilizati n r h spitalizati n, estr gen therapy, cancer, besity, r l wer extremity
trauma
C ugh and ever suggest pulm nary disease, particularly in ecti ns, my carditis, r
pericarditis
Wheezing suggests acute br nchitis, chr nic bstructive pulm nary disease (COPD)
( able 7-1), asthma, reign b dy, r v cal c rd dys uncti n
Pr minent dyspnea with n acc mpanying eatures suggests n ncardi pulm nary causes
such as anemia, metab lic acid sis, panic dis rder, neur muscular dis rders, chr nic
pulm nary emb lism, r ther causes impaired xygen delivery (eg, methem gl binemia, CO p is ning)
Observati n
respirat ry pattern can suggest bstructive airway disease (pursed-lip
breathing, access ry respirat ry muscle use, barrel-shaped chest), asymmetric expansi n
(pneum th rax), r metab lic acid sis (deep Kussmaul respirati ns)
F cal wheezing may suggest reign b dy r br nchial bstructi n
Pulm nary hypertensi n r pulm nary emb lism may have an accentuated pulm nic
sec nd heart s und (l ud P2)
Orth pnea (dyspnea that ccurs in recumbency) and par xysmal n cturnal dyspnea
(sh rtness breath that ccurs abruptly 30 minutes t 4 h urs a er g ing t bed and is
relieved by sitting r standing up) suggests cardiac disease and heart ailure (HF); ther
f ndings suggestive elevated LV end-diast lic pressure are summarized in able 7-2
Table 7-2. Clinical findings suggesting increased left ventricular end-diastolic pressure.
Tachycardia
Systolichypotension
Jugular venous distention (> 57 cmH2O)a
Hepatojugular reflux(> 1 cm)b
Crackles, especiallybibasilar
Third heart soundc
Lower extremityedema
Radiographicpulmonaryvascular redistribution or cardiomegalya
a
45
46
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Acute
Asthma, pneum nia, pulm nary edema, pneum th rax, pulm nary emb lus,
metab lic acid sis, acute respirat ry distress syndr me, panic attack
Pulm nary
Air w bstructi n (asthma, chr nic bstructive pulm nary disease, upper airway bstructi n), restrictive lung disease (interstitial lung disease, pleural thickening r e usi n, respirat ry muscle weakness, besity), pneum nia, pneum th rax,
pulm nary emb lism, aspirati n, acute respirat ry distress syndr me
Cardiac
My cardial ischemia, HF, valvular bstructi n, arrhythmia, cardiac tamp nade
Metab lic
Acid sis, hypercapnia, sepsis, CO p is ning
Hemat l gic
Anemia, methem gl binemia
Psychiatric
Anxiety
7. Treatments
Medications
reatment sh uld be aimed at the underlying cause (eg, trans usi n and ir n repleti n r
severe anemia due t bl d l ss; inhaled 2-ag nist, antich linergic, and c rtic ster id
r asthma)
Opi id therapy can relieve dyspnea that ccurs in patients nearing the end li e
T erapeutic Procedures
Supplemental xygen r patients with hyp xemia; such supplementati n in severe COPD
with hyp xemia c n ers a m rtality benef t
Pulm nary rehabilitati n in patients with COPD r interstitial pulm nary f br sis
47
CHAPTER 7 DYSPNEA
8. Outcomes
Prevention
Sm king cessati n can prevent many causes
COPD
Prognosis
Depends n underlying cause
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Burri E et al. Value arterial bl d gas analysis in patients with acute dyspnea: an bservati nal study.
Crit Care. 2011;15(3):R145. [PMID: 21663600]
Jang B et al. he predictive value physical examinati n indings in patients with suspected acute
heart ailure syndr me. Intern Emerg Med. 2012 Jun;7(3):271274. [PMID: 22094407]
Junker C et al. Are arterial bl d gases necessary in the evaluati n acutely dyspneic patients? Crit
Care. 2011 Aug 2;15(4):176. [PMID: 21892979]
Kline JA et al. Multicenter, rand mized trial quantitative pretest pr bability t reduce unnecessary
medical radiati n exp sure in emergency department patients with chest pain and dyspnea. Circ
Cardiovasc Imaging. 2014 Jan;7(1):6673. [PMID: 24275953]
Lin RJ et al. Dyspnea in palliative care: expanding the r le
c rtic ster ids. J Palliat Med. 2012
Jul;15(7):834837. [PMID: 22385025]
Mastandrea P. he diagn stic utility brain natriuretic peptide in heart ailure patients presenting with
acute dyspnea: a meta-analysis. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2013 Jun;51(6):11551165. [PMID: 23152414]
Parshall MB et al; American h racic S ciety C mmittee n Dyspnea. An icial American h racic
S ciety statement: update n the mechanisms, assessment, and management dyspnea. Am J Respir
Crit Care Med. 2012 Feb 15;185(4):435452. [PMID: 22336677]
Shreves A et al. Emergency management
dyspnea in dying patients. Emerg Med Pract. 2013
May;15(5):120. [PMID: 23967787]
Smith A et al. he use n n-invasive ventilati n r the relie dyspn ea in exacerbati ns chr nic
bstructive pulm nary disease; a systematic review. Respirology. 2012 Feb;17(2):300307. [PMID:
22008176]
Ur nis H et al. Sympt matic xygen r n n-hyp xaemic chr nic bstructive pulm nary disease.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011 Jun 15;(6):CD006429. [PMID: 21678356]
48
Lung Cancer
A 73-year-old man presents to his primary care clinician with a new cough
productive of blood. He reports gradual weight loss of approximately
15 pounds over the past 6 months. He has smoked two packs of cigarettes per
day for the past 50 years. On physical examination, he has decreased breath
sounds and dullness to percussion at the left lung base. His chest radiograph
shows a left-sided pleural e usion and consolidation in the left lung.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o lung cancer
Understand the risk actors that predispose to lung cancer
Know the di erential diagnosis o lung cancer
Learn the treatment or each type and stage o lung cancer
Know the common paraneoplastic syndromes associated with lung cancer
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Older patient; new cough and hemoptysis; weight loss; heavy cigarette smoking history;
dull lung base with likely malignant e usion; consolidation on chest radiograph
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
New cough or change in chronic cough
Dyspnea, hemoptysis, anorexia, weight loss
Enlarging nodule or mass, persistent opacity, atelectasis, or pleural e usion on chest
radiograph or C scan
Cytologic or histologic f ndings o lung cancer in sputum, pleural uid, or biopsy specimen
General Considerations
Leading cause o cancer deaths in both men and women
Cigarette smoking causes 85% to 90% o lung cancers
Small cell lung cancer (SCLC) (13% o lung cancer cases)
Bronchial origin, begins centrally, and inf ltrates submucosally
Prone to early hematogenous spread
Is rarely amenable to resection
Has an aggressive course
Non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
Spreads more slowly
Early disease may be cured with resection
Histologic types
Squamous cell carcinoma (22% o cases) arises rom bronchial epithelium; it is usually centrally located and intraluminal
Adenocarcinoma (42% o cases) arises rom mucous glands as a peripheral nodule
or mass
Large cell carcinoma (2% o cases) is a heterogeneous group and presents as a central
or peripheral mass
Adenocarcinoma in situ ( ormerly bronchioloalveolar cell carcinoma) (2% o cases)
arises rom epithelial cells distal to the terminal bronchiole and spreads along
preexisting alveolar structures (lepidic growth) without evidence o invasion
Demographics
Median age at diagnosis in the United States is 70 years; it is unusual under age 40
Environmental risk actors include
obacco smoke
Radon gas
Asbestos
49
50
Metals
Industrial carcinogens
A amilial predisposition is recognized
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary f brosis, asbestosis, and sarcoidosis
are associated with an increased risk o lung cancer
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Pneumonia
uberculosis
Hypercalcemia
++
Cushing syndrome
++
SIADH
++
++
Gonadotropin secretion
++
++
++
++
Dermatomyositis
++
Acanthosis nigricans
Hypertrophicosteoarthropathy
++
++
51
52
7. Treatments
Medications
ables 8-2 and 8-3
Neoadjuvant chemotherapy in NSCLC
Administration in advance o surgery or radiation therapy
T ere is no consensus on the survival impact in stages I and II disease but it is widely used
in stage IIIA and IIIB disease
Adjuvant chemotherapy in NSCLC
Administration o drugs af er surgery or radiation therapy
Cisplatinum-containing therapy con ers a 5% 5-year survival benef t in at least stage II
disease and possibly a subset o stage IB disease; there is no benef t (and may be detrimental)
in patients with poor per ormance status (Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Score 2)
argeted therapies with tyrosine kinase inhibitors (erlotinib, gef tinib, crizotinib, ceritinib)
can be help ul depending upon tumor molecular prof le
Early stage NSCLC
Stereotactic body radiotherapy is an option or those patients who are not candidates or
surgery because o signif cant comorbidity or surgical contraindication
Stages IIIA and IIIB NSCLC
Improved survival when treated with concurrent chemotherapy and radiation therapy
in those cannot be treated surgically (compared with no therapy, radiation alone, or
sequential chemotherapy and radiation)
Stages IIIB and IV NSCLC
Increase in survival rom 5 months to 7 to 11 months in those with good per ormance
status who are treated with chemotherapy; platinum-based regimen is most o en used
Survival benef t with the addition o bevacizumab (antibody to vascular endothelial
growth actor) to a platinum doublet regimen
Erlotinib (epidermal growth actor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor) improves survival as
second-line treatment or advanced NSCLC; especially e ective in women, nonsmokers,
Asians, adenocarcinoma and bronchioalveolar carcinoma histology
Chemotherapy in SCLC
80% to 90% response to cisplatin/etoposide in limited stage disease (50%76% complete
response)
60% to 80% response to cisplatin/etoposide in extensive disease (15%20% complete
response)
Remissions last a median o 6 to 8 months
Median survival is 3 to 4 months a er recurrence
Surgery
Resection o solitary brain metastases
Does not improve survival
May improve quality o li e in combination with radiation therapy
53
Table 8-3. Chemotherapeutic agents for lung cancer: Dosage and toxicity.
Chemotherapeutic Agent
Acute Toxicity
Delayed Toxicity
Cisplatin (Platinol)
AntimetabolitesFolate Antagonists
Pemetrexed (Alimta)
AntimetabolitesPyrimidine Analogs
Gemcitabine (Gemzar)
AntimicrotubulesVinca Alkaloids
Vincristine (Oncovin)
Constipation, nausea
Vinorelbine (Navelbine)
Nausea, vomiting
Docetaxel (Taxotere)
Paclitaxel (Taxol)
Paclitaxel protein-bound
(Abraxane)
AntimicrotubulesTaxanes
Enzyme InhibitorsAnthracyclines
Doxorubicin (Adriamycin)
Etoposide phosphate
(Etopophos)
Irinotecan (Camptosar)
Diarrhea, cholinergicsyndrome,
nausea, vomiting
Topotecan (Hycamtin)
Infusion-related reaction
Cetuximab (Erbitux)
Erlotinib (Tarceva)
54
NSCLC
Stages I and II are treated with surgical resection where possible
Stage IIIA disease should be treated with multimodal protocols
Selected patients with stage IIIB who undergo resection a er multimodal therapy have
shown long-term survival
Patients with stage IV disease are treated palliatively
T erapeutic Procedures
Radiation therapy is used as part o multimodal regimens in NSCLC
Intraluminal radiation (brachytherapy) is an alternative approach to endobronchial
disease
Palliative care
Pain control at the end o li e is essential
External-beam radiation therapy is used to control
Dyspnea
Hemoptysis
Pain rom bony metastases
Obstruction rom SVC syndrome
Solitary brain metastases
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Depends on type and stage o cancer as well as the patients unctional status and comorbid
conditions
Complications
SVC syndrome
Paraneoplastic syndromes
Venous thrombosis
Postobstructive pneumonia
Prevention
Smoking cessation
Screening current and ormer heavy smokers with annual low-dose helical C scans
has been shown to improve mortality rates or lung cancer and is recommended by the
USPS F; studies on the cost-e ectiveness o screening are ongoing
Prognosis
able 8-4
T e overall 5-year survival rate is approximately 17%
Predictors o survival
ype o tumor (SCLC vs NSCLC)
Molecular typing
Stage o the tumor
Patients per ormance status, including weight loss in the past 6 months
Table 8-4. Approximate survival rates following treatment for lung cancer.a
Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer: Mean 5-y Survival Following Resection
Stage
5080
73
IB(T2aN0M0)
47
58
IIA(T1a/T1b,N1M0)
36
46
IIB(T2bN1M0, T3N0M0)
26
36
19
24
13
IA(T1a/T1b,N0M0)
Limited
2040
1520
Extensive
813
Data from multiple sources. Modified and reproduced, with permission, from Tsim S et al. Staging of non-smallcell lung cancer (NSCLC): a review. Respir Med. 2010 Dec;104(12):17671774; Goldstraw P et al. The IASLC Lung
Cancer Staging Project: proposals for the revision of the TNM stage groupings in the forthcoming (seventh)
edition of the TNM Classification of malignant tumours. J Thorac Oncol. 2007 Aug;2(8):706714; and
Van Meerbeeck JP et al. Small-cell lung cancer. Lancet. 2011 Nov 12;378(9804):17411755.
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Gould MK. Clinical practice. Lung-cancer screening with low-dose computed tomography. N Engl J
Med. 2014 Nov 6;371(19):18131820. [PMID: 25372089]
Hornbech K et al. Current status o pulmonary metastasectomy. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg. 2011
Jun;39(6):955962. [PMID: 21115259]
Hornbech K et al. Outcome a ter pulmonary metastasectomy: analysis o 5 years consecutive surgical
resections 20022006. J Thorac Oncol. 2011 Oct;6(10):17331740. [PMID: 21869715]
Howington JA et al. reatment o stage I and II non-small cell lung cancer: diagnosis and management
o lung cancer, 3rd ed: American College o Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2013 May;143(5 suppl):e278Se313S. [PMID: 23649443]
Jett JR et al. reatment o small cell lung cancer: diagnosis and management o lung cancer, 3rd ed:
American College o Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2013
May;143(5 suppl):e400S19S. [PMID: 23649448]
P annschmidt J et al. Surgical intervention or pulmonary metastases. Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2012
Oct;109(40):645651. [PMID: 23094000]
Ramnath N et al. reatment o stage III non-small cell lung cancer: diagnosis and management o lung
cancer, 3rd ed: American College o Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines.
Chest. 2013 May;143(5 suppl):e314Se340S. [PMID: 23649445]
Silvestri GA et al. he stage classi ication o lung cancer: diagnosis and management o lung cancer, 3rd
edition: American College o Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest.
2013 May;143(5 suppl):e191Se210S. [PMID: 23649438]
Socinski MA et al. reatment o stage IV non-small cell lung cancer: diagnosis and management o lung
cancer, 3rd ed: American College o Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines.
Chest. 2013 May;143(5 suppl):e341Se368S. [PMID: 23649446]
55
56
Pharyngitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o pharyngitis and how to
distinguish group A -hemolytic streptococcal (GABHS) in ections
Learn the Centor criteria or group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus in ection and how
they relate to the clinical diagnosis and rapid streptococcal tests
Understand the public health concerns regarding pharyngitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o pharyngitis including acute HIV in ection
Learn the treatment or pharyngitis and the complications that it prevents
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o pharyngitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o pharyngitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o pharyngitis?
What are laboratory f ndings in pharyngitis?
What are the treatments or pharyngitis?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o pharyngitis?
When should patients with pharyngitis be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young age; sick contact; 4/4 Centor criteria: sore throat; ever, lack o cough, cervical
adenopathy, exudative tonsils
CHAPTER 9 PHARYNGITIS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Sore throat
Fever
Anterior cervical adenopathy
onsillar exudate
Focus is to treat group A -hemolytic streptococcus in ection to prevent rheumatic
sequelae
General Considerations
Group A -hemolytic streptococci (Streptococcus pyogenes) are the most common
bacterial cause o exudative pharyngitis
T e main concern is to determine whether the cause is GABHS, because o the
complications o rheumatic ever and glomerulonephritis
A second public health policy concern is to reduce the extraordinary cost (in both dollars
and the development o antibiotic-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae in the United States)
associated with unnecessary antibiotic use
About one-third o patients with in ectious mononucleosis have secondary streptococcal
tonsillitis requiring treatment
Ampicillin should routinely be avoided i mononucleosis is suspected because it commonly
induces a rash
Demographics
Pharyngitis and tonsillitis account or > 10% o all o ce visits to primary care clinicians
and 50% o outpatient antibiotic use
57
58
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Viral pharyngitis
EBV/in ectious mononucleosis
Primary HIV in ection
Candidiasis
Necrotizing ulcerative gingivostomatitis (Vincent usospirochetal disease)
Retropharyngeal abscess
Diphtheria
Neisseria gonorrhoeae
Mycoplasma
Anaerobic streptococci
Corynebacterium haemolyticum
Epiglottitis
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
T e presence o the 4 Centor diagnostic criteria strongly suggests GABS
When 3 o the 4 Centor criteria are present, there is an intermediate likelihood o
GABHS
When 2 or 3 Centor criteria are present, throat cultures or rapid antigen detection testing
o a throat swab should be obtained
When 0 or 1 Centor criterion is present, GABS in ection is unlikely; throat culture or rapid
antigen detection testing o a throat swab is not necessary
A single-swab throat culture is 90% to 95% sensitive and the rapid antigen detection
testing (RAD ) is 90% to 99% sensitive or GABHS
With about 90% sensitivity, lymphocyte to white blood cell ratios o > 35% suggest EBV
in ection and not tonsillitis
Consider HIV antibody or viral load testing or acute HIV in ection
7. Treatments
Patients with 0 or 1 Centor criterion should not receive antibiotics
Patients with 2 or 3 Centor criteria whose throat cultures or rapid antigen detection testing
show positive results should receive antibiotic treatment
Patients who have 4 Centor criteria can receive empiric therapy without throat culture or
rapid antigen detection testing
Medications
Benzathine penicillin intramuscular injection
1.2 million units once is optimal but pain ul
Use or noncompliant patients
Oral antibiotics
Penicillin V potassium (250 mg three times daily or 500 mg twice daily orally or
10 days) or ce uroxime axetil (250 mg twice daily orally, 510 days)
E cacy o 5-day penicillin V is similar to 10-day course: 94% clinical response, 84%
eradication
Erythromycin (500 mg our times daily orally) or azithromycin (500 mg once daily
orally or 3 days) or penicillin-allergic patients
Macrolide antibiotics have been reported to be success ul in shorter duration regimens
Cephalosporins more e ective than penicillin or bacterial cure (eg, ce podoxime and
ce uroxime or 5 days)
Analgesic, anti-in ammatory drugs (aspirin, acetaminophen, corticosteroids)
CHAPTER 9 PHARYNGITIS
reatment ailure
Second course with the same drug
Penicillin alternatives: cephalosporins (eg, ce uroxime), dicloxacillin, amoxicillinclavulanate
Erythromycin resistance ( ailure rates o ~25%) increasing
With severe penicillin allergy, avoid cephalosporins; cross-reaction common ( 8%)
Surgery
Remove tonsils in cases o recurrent abscess
T erapeutic Procedures
Saltwater gargling may be soothing
Anesthetic gargles and lozenges (eg, benzocaine) or additional symptomatic relie
Avoidance o contact sports in mononucleosis (risk o splenic rupture)
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Patients who have had rheumatic ever should be treated with a continuous course o
antimicrobial prophylaxis (erythromycin, 250 mg twice daily orally, or penicillin G,
500 mg once daily orally) or at least 5 years
Complications
Low (10%20%) incidence o treatment ailures (positive culture a er treatment despite
symptomatic resolution) and recurrences
Rheumatic myocarditis
Glomerulonephritis
Scarlet ever
Local abscess ormation
Prognosis
Streptococcal pharyngitis usually resolves a er 1 week
Spontaneous resolution o symptoms without treatment still leaves the risk o rheumatic
complications
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Alweis R et al. An initiative to improve adherence to evidence-based guidelines in the treatment o
URIs, sinusitis, and pharyngitis. J Community Hosp Intern Med Perspect. 2014 Feb 17;4. [PMID:
24596644]
Hayward G et al. Corticosteroids as standalone or add-on treatment or sore throat. Cochrane Database
Syst Rev. 2012 Oct 17;10:CD008268. [PMID: 23076943]
Kociolek LK et al. In the clinic. Pharyngitis. Ann Intern Med. 2012 Sep 4;157(5):I C3-116. [PMID:
22944886]
Randel A; In ectious Disease Society o America. IDSA updates guideline or managing group A streptococcal pharyngitis. Am Fam Physician. 2013 Sep 1;88(5):338340. [PMID: 24010402]
van Driel ML et al. Di erent antibiotic treatments or group A streptococcal pharyngitis. Cochrane
Database Syst Rev. 2010 Oct 6;(10):CD004406. [PMID: 20927734]
Weber R. Pharyngitis. Prim Care. 2014 Mar;41(1):9198. [PMID: 24439883]
59
60
10
Pneumonia
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o pneumonia and how to
distinguish community-acquired rom hospital-acquired pneumonia
Know which diagnostic tests are help ul or the diagnosis o pneumonia and which can
guide treatment
Understand the actors that predispose to pneumonia and the ways to prevent the disease
Know the di erential diagnosis o pneumonia
Learn the treatments or pneumonia by patient risk actors
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o pneumonia?
What are the symptoms and signs o pneumonia?
What is the di erential diagnosis o pneumonia?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in pneumonia?
What are the treatments or pneumonia?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prognosis, and prevention,
o pneumonia?
When should patients with pneumonia be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
CHAPTER 10 PNEUMONIA
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
History o alcoholism predisposing to aspiration; ever and chills; rigors; shortness o breath;
cough with purulent sputum; tachypnea; consolidation on examination and radiograph;
leukocytosis
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Fever or hypothermia, tachypnea, cough with or without sputum, dyspnea, chest
discom ort, sweats, or rigors (or both)
Bronchial breath sounds or inspiratory crackles on chest auscultation
Leukocytosis
Purulent sputum
Parenchymal opacity on chest radiograph
CAP occurs outside o the hospital or within 48 hours o hospital admission in a patient
not residing in a long-term care acility
Hospital-acquired pneumonia (HAP) occurs more than 48 hours a er admission to the
hospital or other health care acility and excludes any in ection present at the time o admission
Ventilation-associated pneumonia (VAP) develops in a mechanically ventilated patient
more than 48 hours a er endotracheal intubation
Health care-associated pneumonia (HCAP) occurs in community members whose
extensive contact with health care has changed their risk or virulent and drug-resistant
organisms
General Considerations
T e most deadly in ectious disease in the United States and the eighth leading cause o
death overall
Mortality rate is 10% to 12% among hospitalized patients
Prospective studies ail to identi y the cause in 40% to 60% o cases, although bacteria are
more commonly identif ed than viruses
T e most common bacterial pathogens in CAP
Streptococcus pneumoniae (two-thirds o cases)
Haemophilus inf uenzae
61
62
Mycoplasma pneumonia
Chlamydophila pneumoniae
Staphylococcus aureus
Neisseria meningitidis
Moraxella catarrhalis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Common viral causes
In uenza
Respiratory syncytial virus
Adenovirus
Parain uenza virus
Most common organisms in HAP
S aureus (both methicillin-sensitive S aureus and methicillin-resistant S aureus)
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Gram-negative rods including non-extended spectrum -lactamase (ESBL)-producing
and ESBL-producing (Enterobacter species, K pneumoniae, and Escherichia coli)
Organisms seen in VAP
Acinetobacter species
Stenotrophomonas maltophilia
Assessment o epidemiologic risk actors may help in diagnosing pneumonia due to the
ollowing
Chlamydophila psittaci (psittacosis)
Coxiella burnetii (Q ever)
Francisella tularensis (tularemia)
Endemic ungi (Blastomyces, Coccidioides, and Histoplasma)
Sin Nombre virus (hantavirus pulmonary syndrome)
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Aspiration pneumonia or pneumonitis
Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia (PCP)
Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS)
Bronchitis
Lung abscess or obstructing neoplasm
uberculosis
Pulmonary emboli
Myocardial in arction
63
CHAPTER 10 PNEUMONIA
Heart ailure
Sarcoidosis
Interstitial lung disease
Hypersensitivity pneumonitis
Bronchiolitis, cryptogenic (bronchiolitis obliterans) organizing pneumonitis
Drug reactions
Pulmonary hemorrhage
Atelectasis
Clinical Settings
Complications
Empyema, endocarditis
Empyema, cavitation
Cavitation, empyema
Empyema
Cavitation
ARDS, acute respiratory distress syndrome; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
64
7. Treatments
Medications
See able 10-2 or dosages o recommended empiric antibiotics or CAP by setting o care
See able 10-3 or dosages o recommended empiric antibiotics or HAP, VAP, or HCAP
CHAPTER 10 PNEUMONIA
See able 10-4 or drugs o f rst choice and alternatives by suspected or proved microbial
pathogen
Outpatient therapy
For previously healthy patients with no recent use o antibiotics: a macrolide
(clarithromycin or azithromycin) or doxycycline
In patients at risk or drug resistance:
A respiratory uoroquinolone (eg, moxi oxacin, gemi oxacin, or levo oxacin) or
A macrolide plus a -lactam (high-dose amoxicillin and amoxicillin-clavulanate are
pre erred to ce podoxime and ce uroxime)
65
66
Table 10-3. Recommended empiric antibiotics for hospital-acquired, ventilator-associated, or health care-associated
pneumonias.
When there is lowriskfor multiple drug-resistant pathogens, use one of the following:
Ceftriaxone, 12 g intravenouslyevery1224 h
Gemifloxacin, 320 mg orallydaily
Moxifloxacin, 400 mg orallyor intravenouslydaily
Levofloxacin, 750 mg orallyor intravenouslydaily
Ciprofloxacin, 400 mg intravenouslyevery812 h
Ampicillin-sulbactam, 1.53 g intravenouslyevery6 h
Piperacillin-tazobactam3.3754.5 g intravenouslyevery6 h
Ertapenem, 1 g intravenouslydaily
When there is higher riskfor multiple drug-resistant pathogens, use one agent fromeach of the following categories:
1. Antipseudomonal coverage
a. Cefepime, 12 g intravenouslytwice a dayor ceftazidime, 12 g intravenouslyevery8 h
b. Imipenem, 0.51 g intravenouslyevery68 h or meropenem, 1 g intravenouslyevery8 h
c. Piperacillin-tazobactam, 3.3754.5 g intravenouslyevery6 h
d. For penicillin allergicpatients, aztreonam, 12 g intravenouslyevery612 h
2. Asecond antipseudomonal agent
a. Levofloxacin, 750 mg intravenouslydailyor ciprofloxacin, 400 mg intravenouslyevery812 h
b. Intravenous gentamicin, tobramycin, amikacin, all weight-based dosing administered dailyadjusted to appropriate trough levels
3. Coverage for MRSAif appropriate with either
a. Intravenous vancomycin (interval dosing based on renal function to achieve serumtrough concentration 1520 g/mL)
or
b. Linezolid, 600 mg intravenouslytwice a day
MRSA, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.
Adapted with permission of the American Thoracic Society. Copyright American Thoracic Society. American Thoracic Society, Infectious Diseases
Society of America. Guidelines for the management of adults with hospital-acquired, ventilator-associated and healthcare-associated pneumonia.
Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2005;171(4):388416. [PMID: 15699079]
Table 10-4. Drugs of choice for suspected or proved microbial pathogens causing pneumonia, 2014.a
Suspected or Proved
Etiologic Agent
Alternative Drug(s)
Gram-positive cocci
Streptococcus pneumoniaeg
(pneumococcus)
Penicillinf
Staphylococcus, methicillinresistant
Vancomycin
Staphylococcus, nonpenicillinase-producing
Penicillinf
Acephalosporin,h clindamycin
Staphylococcus, penicillinaseproducing
Penicillinase-resistant penicillini
Gram-negative cocci
Moraxella catarrhalis
Cefuroxime, a fluoroquinoloneb
Gram-negative rods
Acinetobacter
Imipenem, meropenem
Clindamycin
Metronidazole
(continued )
67
CHAPTER 10 PNEUMONIA
Table 10-4. Drugs of choice for suspected or proved microbial pathogens causing pneumonia, 2014.a (continued)
Suspected or Proved
Etiologic Agent
Alternative Drug(s)
Escherichia coli
Cefotaxime, ceftriaxone,
Haemophilus (respiratory
infections, otitis)
TMP-SMZe
Klebsiellak
Acephalosporin
Doxycycline rifampin
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Piperacillin-tazobactamor ceftazidime or
cefepime, or imipenemor meropenemor
doripenem aminoglycosidej
Acid-fast rods
Mycobacteriumtuberculosisl
Streptomycin
Mycobacteriumaviumcomplex
Amikacin, ciprofloxacin
Nocardia
TMP-SMZe
Afluoroquinolone,b erythromycinc
Cpsittaci
Doxycycline
Chloramphenicol
Cpneumoniae
Doxycyclined
Mycoplasmas
Mycoplasma pneumoniae
Chlamydiae
68
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Chest radiograph 6 weeks a er therapy
Complications
Parapneumonic e usionsimple or complicated
Empyema
Sepsis
Respiratory ailure or ARDS, or both
Pneumatocele
Lung abscess
Focal bronchiectasis
Prognosis
Excellent or CAP with appropriate antimicrobial and supportive care
HAP is the second most common cause o in ection among hospital inpatients and is
the leading cause o hospital death due to in ection with mortality rates ranging rom
20% to 50%
Prevention
Polyvalent pneumococcal vaccine
Can prevent or lessen the severity o pneumococcal in ections
Indications are age 65 or any chronic illness increasing the risk o CAP
In uenza vaccine
E ective at preventing primary in uenza pneumonia and secondary bacterial pneumonia
Given annually to patients who are age 65, are residents o long-term care acilities,
have cardiopulmonary disease, or were recently hospitalized with chronic metabolic
disorders
Hospitalized patients who would benef t rom vaccine should receive it in hospital
Pneumococcal and in uenza vaccines can be given simultaneously and may be
administered as soon as the patient has stabilized
Sucral ate use or gastric ulcer prophylaxis (rather than H 2-receptor antagonists or protonpump inhibitors) may reduce the incidence o VAP
Hand washing in patient care areas
CHAPTER 10 PNEUMONIA
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bartlett JG. Anaerobic bacterial in ection o the lung. Anaerobe. 2012 Apr;18(2):235239. [PMID:
22209937]
Desai H et al. Pulmonary emergencies: pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lung abscess,
and empyema. Med Clin North Am. 2012 Nov;96(6):11271148. [PMID: 23102481]
Kwong JC et al. New aspirations: the debate on aspiration pneumonia treatment guidelines. Med J Aust.
2011 Oct 3;195(7):380381. [PMID: 21978335]
Madaras-Kelly KJ et al. Guideline-based antibiotics and mortality in healthcare-associated pneumonia.
J Gen Intern Med. 2012 Jul;27(7):845852. [PMID: 22396110]
Mandell LA et al. In ectious Diseases Society o America/American horacic Society consensus guidelines on the management o community-acquired pneumonia in adults. Clin In ect Dis. 2007 Mar
1;44(Suppl 2):S27S72. [PMID: 17278083]
Marik PE. Aspiration syndromes: aspiration pneumonia and pneumonitis. Hosp Pract (Minneap). 2010
Feb;38(1):3542. [PMID: 20469622]
Restrepo MI et al. Severe community-acquired pneumonia. In ect Dis Clin North Am. 2009
Sep;23(3):503520. [PMID: 19665080]
Richards G et al. CURB-65, PSI, and APACHE II to assess mortality risk in patients with severe sepsis
and community acquired pneumonia in PROWESS. J Intensive Care Med. 2011 JanFeb;26(1):3440.
[PMID: 21341394]
Waterer GW et al. Management o community-acquired pneumonia in adults. Am J Respir Crit Care
Med. 2011 Jan 15;183(2):157164. [PMID: 20693379]
Watkins RR et al. Diagnosis and management o community-acquired pneumonia in adults. Am Fam
Physician. 2011 Jun 1;83(11):12991306. [PMID: 21661712]
69
70
11
Pulmonary Embolism
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the common and uncommon clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o
pulmonary embolism
Know the options or diagnosing pulmonary embolism
Understand the actors that predispose to pulmonary embolism
Know the di erential diagnosis o pulmonary embolism
Learn the treatment options and duration or pulmonary embolism
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o pulmonary embolism?
What are the symptoms and signs o pulmonary embolism?
What is the di erential diagnosis o pulmonary embolism?
What are laboratory and imaging f ndings in pulmonary embolism?
What are the treatments or pulmonary embolism?
What are the outcomes, including complications, prevention, and prognosis, o
pulmonary embolism?
When should patients with pulmonary embolism be re erred to a specialist or admitted
to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Recent surgery; acute shortness o breath; pleuritic chest pain; tachypnea and tachycardia;
hypoxia and oxygen desaturation; symptoms and signs o deep venous thrombosis (DV )
with unilateral cal tenderness; and edema
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Predisposition to venous thrombosis, usually o the lower extremities
Usually dyspnea, chest pain, hemoptysis, or syncope
Concern or PE
Dichotomous Clinical
Probability Assessment
PE unlikely
Negative
PE likely
Helical CT-PA
Positive
Indeterminate study or PE
Findings o PE
PE excluded
Search or alternative
diagnoses
Follow of anticoagulation
LE US or PA
Diagnosis
established
Treat or PE
VTE excluded
Search or alternative
diagnoses
Follow of anticoagulation
Figure 11-1. D-dimer and helical CT-PA based diagnostic algorithm for PE. CT-PA, CT pulmonary
angiogram; PE, pulmonary embolism; ELISA, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay; VTE, venous
thromboembolic disease; LE US, lower extremity venous ultrasound for deep venous thrombosis;
PA, pulmonary angiogram. (Reproduced, with permission, from van Belle A, et al. Effectiveness of managing
suspected pulmonary embolism using an algorithm combining clinical probability, D-dimer testing, and
computed tomography. JAMA. 2006;295(2):172179.)
71
72
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Myocardial in arction (heart attack)
Pneumonia
Pericarditis
Heart ailure
Pleuritis (pleurisy)
Pneumothorax
Pericardial tamponade
Table 11-1. Frequency of specific symptoms and signs in patients at risk for pulmonary
thromboembolism.
UPETa PE+ (n = 327)
PIOPEDIb PE (n = 248)
Dyspnea
84%
73%
72%
Respirophasicchest pain
74%
66%
59%
Cough
53%
37%
36%
Nr
26%
24%
Hemoptysis
30%
13%
8%
Palpitations
Nr
10%
18%
Wheezing
Nr
9%
11%
14%
4%
6%
92%
70%
68%
Crackles (rales)
58%
51%
40%c
44%
30%
24%
Nr
24%
13%c
53%
23%
13%c
T 37.5CUPET, 38.5CPIOPED
43%
7%
12%
Homans sign
Nr
4%
2%
Nr
3%
2%
Nr
3%
4%
19%
1%
2%
Symptoms
Leg pain
Anginal pain
Signs
Cyanosis
Nr, not reported; PE+, confirmed diagnosis of pulmonary embolism; PE, diagnosis of pulmonary embolism
ruled out.
a
Data from the Urokinase-Streptokinase Pulmonary Embolism Trial, as reported in Bell WR, et al. The clinical
features of submassive and massive pulmonary emboli. Am J Med. 1977;62(3):355360. [PMID: 842555]
b
Data from patients enrolled in the PIOPED I study, as reported in Stein PD et al. Clinical, laboratory,
roentgenographic, and electrocardiographic findings in patients with acute pulmonary embolism and no
preexisting cardiac or pulmonary disease. Chest. 1991;100(3):598603. [PMID: 1909617]
c
P < .05 comparing patients in the PIOPED I study.
73
74
Points
Clinical symptoms and signs of deep venous thrombosis (DVT) (leg swelling and pain with palpation of deep
veins)
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
Hemoptysis
1.0
1.0
Score
High
> 6.0
Moderate
2.06.0
Low
< 2.0
Score
PElikely
> 4.0
PEunlikely
< or = 4.0
Data from Wells PS, et al. Derivation of a simple clinical model to categorize patients probability of pulmonary
embolism: increasing the models utility with the SimpliRED D-dimer. Thromb Haemost. 2000;83(3):416420.
[PMID: 10744147]
7. Treatments
Medications
See able 11-3.
Full anticoagulation with heparin should begin with the diagnostic evaluation in patients
with a moderate to high clinical likelihood o PE and no contraindications
Once the diagnosis o proximal DV or PE is established, it is critical to ensure adequate
therapy
LMWHs are as e ective as un ractionated heparin
Administered in dosages determined by body weight once or twice daily without the
need or coagulation monitoring
Subcutaneous administration appears to be as e ective as the intravenous route
75
DVT, Upper
Extremity
PE
VTE, with
Concomitant Severe
Renal Impairment b
Anticoagulant
Dose/Frequency
VTE,
CancerRelated
Comment
Unfractionated Heparin
Bolus maybe omitted if riskof bleeding is
perceived tobe elevated. Maximumbolus, 10000
units. Requires aPTTmonitoring. Most patients:
begin warfarin at time of initiation of heparin
Fixed-dose; no aPTTmonitoring required
1 mg/kg SCq12h
Fondaparinux
DVT, deep venous thrombosis; IV, intravenously; PE, pulmonary embolism; SC, subcutaneously; VTE, venous thromboembolic disease (includes DVT
and PE).
Note: An denotes appropriate use of the anticoagulant.
a
Obtain baseline hemoglobin, platelet count, aPTT, PT/INR, creatinine, urinalysis, and hemoccult prior to initiation of anticoagulation. Anticoagulation
is contraindicated in the setting of active bleeding.
b
Defined as creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min.
c
Body weight < 50 kg: reduce dose and monitor anti-Xa levels.
War arin
Initial dose: 2.5 to 10 mg/d
Usually requires 5 to 7 days to become therapeutic; there ore, heparin is generally
continued or 5 days
Maintenance therapy usually requires 2 to 15 mg/d
Contraindicated in pregnancy; LMWHs are sa e alternatives
New (novel) oral anticoagulants such as the actor Xa inhibitors (eg, rivaroxaban) are
alternatives to war arin
Guidelines or the duration o ull anticoagulation
3 months o anticoagulation a er a f rst episode provoked by a surgery or a transient
nonsurgical risk actor
612 months or unprovoked or recurrent episode with a low to moderate risk o bleeding
6 months or an initial episode with a reversible risk actor
12 months a er an initial, idiopathic episode
6 to 12 months to indef nitely in patients with irreversible risk actors or recurrent disease
T rombolytic therapy accelerates resolution o thrombi when compared with heparin, but
does not improve mortality
Carries 10- old greater risk o intracranial hemorrhage compared with heparin
(0.2%2.1%)
Indicated in patients who are hemodynamically unstable while on heparin
76
Dose
40 mg
Frequency
Once daily
Clinical Scenario
Most medical inpatients and
critical care patients
Surgical patients (moderate risk
for VTE)
Comment
Abdominal/pelviccancer
surgery
30 mg
Dalteparin
2500 units
5000 units
Twice daily
Bariatric surgery
Twice daily
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Major trauma
Once daily
Once daily
Abdominal surgery(moderate
riskfor VTE)
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Medical inpatients
Fondaparinux
2.5 mg
Once daily
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Rivaroxaban
10 mg
Once daily
Apixaban
2.5 mg orally
Twice daily
Unfractionated
heparin
5000 units
Includes gynecologicsurgeryfor
malignancyand urologicsurgery,
medical patients with multiple
riskfactors for VTE
5000 units
Twice daily
Hospitalized patients at
intermediate riskfor VTE
Patients with epidural catheters
Patients with severe kidney
diseasec
Includes gynecologicsurgery
(moderate risk)
LMWHs usuallyavoided due to
riskof spinal hematoma
LMWHs contraindicated
(variable)
Once daily
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Warfarin
HFS, hip fracture surgery; LMWH, low-molecular-weight heparin; THR, total hip replacement; TKA, total knee
arthroplasty; VTE, venous thromboembolic disease.
a
All regimens administered subcutaneously, except for warfarin.
b
Includes TKA, THR, and HFS.
c
Defined as creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min.
In erior venal caval (IVC) interruption (IVC f lters) may be indicated when a signif cant
contraindication to anticoagulation exists or when recurrence occurs despite adequate
anticoagulation
IVC f lters decrease the short-term incidence o PE, but increase the long-term rate o
recurrent DV ; thus, provision should be made at insertion or their subsequent removal
Surgery
Pulmonary embolectomy is an emergency procedure with a high mortality rate per ormed
at ew centers
T erapeutic Procedures
Catheter devices that ragment and extract thrombus have been used on small numbers
o patients
Platelet counts should be monitored or the f rst 14 days o UFH due to the risk o immunemediated thrombocytopenia
War arin has interactions with many drugs
8. Outcomes
Complications
Immune-mediated thrombocytopenia occurs in 3% o patients taking UFH
Hemorrhage is the major complication o anticoagulation with heparin: risk o any
hemorrhage is 0% to 7%; risk o atal hemorrhage is 0% to 2%
Risk o hemorrhage with war arin therapy is 3% to 4% per patient year, but correlates with
INR
Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension occurs in about 1% o patients;
selected patients may benef t rom pulmonary endarterectomy
Prevention
See able 11-4
Prognosis
Overall prognosis depends on the underlying disease rather than the thromboembolic
event
Death rom recurrent PE occurs in only 3% o cases; 6 months o anticoagulation therapy
reduces the risk o recurrent thrombosis and death by 80% to 90%
Per usion de ects resolve in most survivors
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
American College o Emergency Physicians Clinical Policies Subcommittee on Critical Issues in the
Evaluation and Management o Adult Patients Presenting to the Emergency Department With
Suspected Pulmonary Embolism; Fesmire FM et al. Critical issues in the evaluation and management
o adult patients presenting to the emergency department with suspected pulmonary embolism. Ann
Emerg Med. 2011 Jun;57(6):628652.e75. [PMID: 21621092]
Burns SK, et al. Diagnostic imaging and risk strati ication o patients with acute pulmonary embolism.
Cardiol Rev. 2012 JanFeb;20(1):1524. [PMID: 22143281]
Goldhaber SZ, et al. Pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis. Lancet. 2012 May
12;379(9828):18351846. [PMID: 22494827]
77
78
Ja MR, et al. American Heart Association Council on Cardiopulmonary, Critical Care, Perioperative
and Resuscitation; American Heart Association Council on Peripheral Vascular Disease; American
Heart Association Council on Arteriosclerosis, hrombosis and Vascular Biology. Management o
massive and submassive pulmonary embolism, ilio emoral deep vein thrombosis, and chronic
thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: a scienti ic statement rom the American Heart
Association. Circulation. 2011 Apr 26;123(16):17881830. [PMID: 21422387]
Kearon C, et al. Antithrombotic therapy or V E disease: Antithrombotic herapy and Prevention o
hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice
Guideline. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 Suppl):e419Se494S. [PMID: 22315268]
Lucassen W, et al. Clinical decision rules or excluding pulmonary embolism: a meta-analysis. Ann
Intern Med. 2011 Oct 4;155(7):448460. [PMID: 21969343]
Merrigan JM, et al. JAMA patient page. Pulmonary embolism. JAMA. 2013 Feb 6;309(5):504. [PMID:
23385279]
79
Sinusitis (Bacterial)
12
A 25-year-old man presents to the urgent care clinic with 3 weeks of facial
pain and pressure. He describes the pain as a right-sided fullness and
tenderness over his cheek. He has yellow-green drainage from his nose
along with subjective fevers, halitosis, and malaise. He felt as though he
was getting better 1 week ago, but then his symptoms returned worse
than before. On physical examination, his right maxillary sinus is tender to
palpation and percussion.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o sinusitis or the various sinuses
Understand how to di erentiate between viral and bacterial sinusitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o sinusitis
Learn the diagnostic imaging modalities or sinusitis and when to use them
Know the f rst- and second-line treatments or sinusitis, and patient actors that may help
guide choice o agent
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o sinusitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o sinusitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o sinusitis?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in sinusitis?
What are the treatments or sinusitis?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o sinusitis?
When should patients with sinusitis be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Unilateral acial pain, pressure, and ullness; purulent drainage; evers and halitosis; partial
resolution with subsequent worsening; tender maxillary sinus on examination
80
3. Key Features
Essentials o Diagnosis
Purulent yellow-green nasal discharge or expectoration
Facial pain or pressure over the a ected sinus or sinuses
Nasal obstruction
Acute onset o symptoms (between 1 and 4 weeks duration)
Associated symptoms, including cough, malaise, ever, and headache
General Considerations
Usually results rom impaired mucociliary clearance and obstruction o the ostiomeatal
complex, or sinus pore
Edematous mucosa causes obstruction o the complex, resulting in the accumulation o
mucous secretion in the sinus cavity that becomes secondarily in ected by bacteria
T e typical pathogens are the same as those that cause acute otitis media
S pneumoniae
Other streptococci
H inf uenzae
Less commonly, S aureus and M catarrhalis
About 25% o healthy asymptomatic individuals may, i sinus aspirates are cultured,
harbor these bacteria
Discolored nasal discharge and poor response to decongestants suggest sinusitis
Demographics
Uncommon compared with viral rhinitis, but still a ects nearly 20 million Americans
annually
Minor symptoms
Headache
Otalgia
Halitosis
Dental pain
Fatigue
More specif c signs and symptoms may be related to the a ected sinuses
Maxillary sinusitis
Unilateral acial ullness, pressure, and tenderness over the cheek
Pain may re er to the upper incisor and canine teeth
May result rom dental in ection, and tender teeth should be care ully examined or abscess
Bacterial rhinosinusitis can be distinguished rom viral rhinitis when symptoms last
> 10 days a er onset or worsen within 10 days a er initial improvement
Nonspecif c symptoms include ever, malaise, halitosis, headache, hyposmia, and cough
Ethmoid sinusitis
Usually accompanied by maxillary sinusitis; the symptoms o maxillary sinusitis generally predominate
Pain and pressure over the high lateral wall o the nose between the eyes that may radiate to the orbit
Sphenoid sinusitis
Usually seen in the setting o pansinusitis, or in ection o all the paranasal sinuses on
at least one side
T e patient may complain o a headache in the middle o the head and o en points
to the vertex
Frontal sinusitis
May cause pain and tenderness o the orehead
T is is most easily elicited by palpation o the orbital roo just below the medial end o
the eyebrow
Hospital-acquired sinusitis
May present without any symptoms in head and neck
Common source o ever in critically ill patients
O en associated with prolonged presence o nasogastric or, rarely, nasotracheal tube
Pansinusitis on side o tube commonly seen on imaging studies
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Upper respiratory tract in ection
Viral rhinitis
Allergic rhinitis
Nasal polyposis
Dental abscess
Rhinocerebral mucormycosis
Otitis media
Pharyngitis
Dacryocystitis
Paranasal sinus cancer
81
82
7. Treatments
Medications
Criteria or Antibiotic T erapy
Symptoms lasting more than 10 days
Severe symptoms, including ever, acial pain, and periorbital swelling
First-line Antibiotic T erapy
Amoxicillin, 1000 mg three times daily orally or 7 to 10 d
MP-SMZ
160/800 mg twice daily orally or 7 to 10 days
Suitable in penicillin allergy
Doxycycline
200 mg once daily orally 1 day, then 100 mg twice daily orally therea er or 7 to 10 days
Suitable in penicillin allergy
Broad-spectrum antibiotics given or hospital-acquired in ections
First-line T erapy af er Recent Antibiotic Use
Levo oxacin, 500 mg once daily orally or 10 days
Amoxicillin-clavulanate, 875/125 mg twice daily orally or 10 days
Second-line Antibiotic T erapy
Amoxicillin-clavulanate
1000/62.5 mg two extended-release tablets twice daily orally or 10 days
Consider i no improvement a er 3 days o f rst-line therapy
Moxi oxacin
400 mg once daily orally or 10 days
Consider i no improvement a er 3 days o f rst-line therapy
Decongestants
For symptom improvement, use oral or nasal decongestants or both
Oral pseudoephedrine, 30 to 120 mg/dose, up to 240 mg/d
Nasal oxymetazoline, 0.05%, or xylometazoline, 0.05% to 0.1%, one or two sprays in
each nostril every 6 to 8 hours or up to 3 days
Intranasal corticosteroids
High-dose mometasone uroate (200 mcg each nostril twice daily) or 21 days
All clinical practice guidelines recommend using intranasal corticosteroids
NonFDA-labeled indication
T erapeutic Procedures
For hospital-acquired sinusitis
Remove nasogastric tube
Improve nasal hygiene (saline sprays, humidif cation o supplemental nasal oxygen,
nasal decongestants)
Endoscopic or transantral cultures (particularly in HIV-in ected or other immunocompromised patients or in complicated cases) may help direct antibiotic therapy
8. Outcomes
Complications
Orbital cellulitis and abscess
Osteomyelitis
Intracranial extension
Cavernous sinus thrombosis
Prognosis
40% to 69% o untreated patients will improve symptomatically within 2 weeks
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bhattacharyya N et al. Patterns o care be ore and a ter the adult sinusitis clinical practice guideline.
Laryngoscope. 2013 Jul;123(7):15881591. [PMID: 23417327]
Hayward G et al. Intranasal corticosteroids in management o acute sinusitis: a systematic review and
meta-analysis. Ann Fam Med. 2012 MayJun;10(3):241249. [PMID: 22585889]
Lemiengre MB et al. Antibiotics or clinically diagnosed acute rhinosinusitis in adults. Cochrane
Database Syst Rev. 2012 Oct 17;10:CD006089. [PMID: 23076918]
Meltzer EO et al. Rhinosinusitis diagnosis and management or the clinician: a synopsis o recent consensus guidelines. Mayo Clin Proc. 2011 May;86(5):427443. [PMID: 21490181]
83
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
86
13
Acute Myocardial
Infarction
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o acute MI
Know the di erential diagnosis o the chest pain associated with acute MI
Learn the medical and procedural treatments or acute MI
Understand the complications o acute MI
Know how to prevent acute MI
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o acute MI?
What are the symptoms and signs o acute MI?
What is the di erential diagnosis o acute MI?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in acute MI?
What are the treatments or acute MI?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prevention, and prognosis,
o acute MI?
When should patients with acute MI be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Advanced age; sudden onset o substernal chest pain radiating to arms; pain worse with
exertion; cardiac risk actors o diabetes mellitus, smoking, and amily history; S4 gallop and
crackles consistent with pulmonary edema; ECG with S elevations in an in erior distribution
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Sudden but not instantaneous development o prolonged (> 30 minutes) anterior chest
discom ort (sometimes elt as gas or pressure)
Sometimes painless, masquerading as acute HF, syncope, stroke, or shock
ECG: S -segment elevation or new le bundle branch block occur with S EMI; new right
bundle branch block in S EMI is a poor prognostic sign; ECG may show S depressions
or no changes in NS EMI
Immediate reper usion treatment is warranted in S EMI
PCI within 90 minutes o f rst medical contact is the goal and is superior to f brinolytic
therapy
I PCI is unavailable within 90 minutes, f brinolytic therapy within 30 minutes o
hospital presentation is the goal, and reduces mortality i given within 12 hours o
onset o symptoms; f brinolysis is harm ul in NS EMI and unstable angina
An early invasive strategy o reper usion with PCI may be indicated in NS EMI, depending on clinical actors
General Considerations
Acute MI results, in most cases, rom an occlusive coronary thrombus at the site o a
preexisting (though not necessarily severe) atherosclerotic plaque
More rarely, may result rom prolonged vasospasm, inadequate myocardial blood ow
(eg, hypotension), or excessive metabolic demand
Very rarely, may be caused by embolic occlusion, vasculitis, aortic root or coronary artery
dissection, or aortitis
Cocaine use may cause MI and should be considered in young individuals without risk actors
87
88
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Unstable angina without MI
Aortic dissection
Pulmonary embolism
ension pneumothorax
Pericarditis
Esophageal rupture
Stress cardiomyopathy ( ako- subo cardiomyopathy or apical ballooning syndrome)
roponins may remain elevated or 5 to 7 days and are there ore less use ul or the
evaluation o suspected early rein arction
Imaging Studies
Chest radiograph: signs o HF, o en lagging behind the clinical f ndings
Echocardiography: assesses global and regional LV unction, wall motion
Doppler echocardiography: can diagnose postin arction mitral regurgitation or ventricular
septal de ect
T allium-201 or technetium scintigraphy: does not distinguish recent rom old MI
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG
Extent o abnormalities, especially the sum o the total amount o S -segment deviation,
is a good indicator o extent o acute in arction and risk o subsequent adverse events
T e classic evolution o changes is rom peaked (hyperacute) waves, to S -segment
elevation, to Q wave development, to wave inversion; this may occur over a ew
hours to several days
T e evolution o new Q waves (> 30 milliseconds in duration and 25% o the R wave
amplitude) is diagnostic, but Q waves do not occur in 30% to 50% o acute in arctions
(non-Q wave in arctions)
Cardiac catheterization and coronary angiography can demonstrate coronary artery
occlusions and allow PCI
Echocardiography or le ventriculography can demonstrate akinesis or dyskinesis and
measure ejection raction
Swan-Ganz hemodynamic measurements can be invaluable in managing suspected
cardiogenic shock
7. Treatments
Medications
Aspirin
All patients with def nite or suspected acute MI should receive aspirin at a dose o
162 mg or 325 mg at once, regardless o whether f brinolytic therapy is being considered or the patient has been taking aspirin
Chewable aspirin provides more rapid blood levels
Statin
Atorvastatin 80 mg orally should be given initially and continued once daily, based on
the benef ts seen in the PROVE I - IMI 22 and MIRACL trials
P2Y12 inhibitor (eg, prasugrel, ticagrelor, or clopidogrel)
Given to patients with a def nite aspirin allergy
P2Y12 inhibitors, in combination with aspirin, have been shown to be benef cial to
patients with acute S EMI
Guidelines call or a P2Y12 inhibitor to be added to aspirin to all patients with S EMI,
regardless o whether reper usion is given, and continued or at least 14 days, and
generally or 1 year
Prasugrel and ticagrelor are pre erred; both have shown superior outcomes compared
to clopidogrel
All patients who receive a coronary stent should be discharged with both aspirin and
a P2Y12 inhibitor
Prasugrel
Dose is 60 mg orally on day 1, then 10 mg daily
In the RI ON study, prasugrel was shown to be o greater benef t than clopidogrel in
reducing thrombotic events in the subgroup o patients with S EMI, including a 50%
reduction in stent thrombosis
Contraindicated in patients with history o stroke or who are older than age 75 years
89
90
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
icagrelor
Dose is 150 mg orally on day 1, then 90 mg twice daily
In the PLA O trial, ticagrelor was shown to be o greater benef t than clopidogrel in
reducing cardiovascular death, myocardial in arction, and stroke as well as in reducing
stent thrombosis
Clopidogrel
Loading dose o 600 mg orally (or 300 mg) results in aster onset o action than standard
75 mg maintenance dose
Nitroglycerin
Agent o choice or continued or recurrent ischemic pain and is use ul in lowering BP
or relieving pulmonary congestion
Morphine sul ate, 4 to 8 mg intravenously, or meperidine, 50 to 75 mg intravenously, i
nitroglycerin alone does not relieve pain
Enoxaparin reduced death and MI at day 30 (compared with un ractionated heparin) at
the expense o a modest increase in bleeding
Give as a 30-mg intravenous bolus and 1 mg/kg every 12 hours or patients under age
75 years
Give with no bolus and 0.75 mg/kg intravenously every 12 hours or patients age
75 years
Fondaparinux reduced death and rein arction (compared with un ractionated heparin
when indicated, otherwise placebo) with less bleeding
Dose: 2.5 mg once daily subcutaneously
Not recommended as sole anticoagulant during PCI due to risk o catheter thrombosis
Fibrinolytic therapy ( able 13-1)
Reduces mortality and limits in arct size in patients with acute MI associated with
S -segment elevation (def ned as 0.1 mV in two in erior or lateral leads or two
contiguous precordial leads), or with le bundle branch block
Greatest benef t occurs i initiated within the f rst 3 hours, when up to a 50% reduction
in mortality rate can be achieved
T e magnitude o benef t declines rapidly therea er, but a 10% relative mortality
reduction can be achieved up to 12 hours a er the onset o chest pain
Fibrinolytic therapy should not be used in NSTEMI or unstable angina
Reteplase
Tenecteplase
(TNK-t-PA)
Streptokinasea
Source
Recombinant DNA
Recombinant DNA
Recombinant DNA
Group CStreptococcus
Half-life
5 min
15 min
20 min
20 min
Usual dose
100 mg
20 units
40 mg
Administration
Single weight-adjusted
bolus, 0.5 mg/kg
Anticoagulation after
infusion
Clot selectivity
High
High
High
Low
Fibrinogenolysis
+++
Bleeding
Hypotension
+++
Allergicreactions
++
Reocclusion
10%to 30%
5%to 20%
5%to 20%
Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors, specif cally abciximab, have been shown to reduce major
thrombotic events, and possibly mortality, or patients undergoing primary PCI
T erapeutic Procedures
S elevation connotes an acute total coronary occlusion with transmural ischemia and
in arction and thus warrants immediate reper usion therapy
NS EMI connotes subendocardial ischemia and in arction and may be treated with an
early conservative or early invasive approach with cardiac catheterization and PCI (see
able 13-2)
In patients with cardiogenic shock, early catheterization and percutaneous or surgical
revascularization are the pre erred management and have been shown to reduce
mortality
For patients who have received f brinolytic therapy but will undergo angiography in the
f rst day or two, the early benef ts o a P2Y12 inhibitor need to be weighed against the
Class IIa
Class III
Extensive comorbidities in patients in whombenefits of revascularization are not likelyto outweigh the risks
Acute chest pain with lowlikelihood of ACS
Cardiogenicshockor acute severe heart failure that develops after initial presentation
Intermediate or high-riskfindings on predischarge noninvasive ischemia testing
Spontaneous or easilyprovoked myocardial ischemia
Class IIa
Class IIa
Stableb patients after successful fibrinolysis, before discharge and ideallybetween 3 and 24 h
Class I indicates treatment is useful and effective, IIa indicates weight of evidence is in favor of usefulness/
efficacy, class IIb indicates weight of evidence is less well established, and class III indicates intervention is not
useful/effective and may be harmful. Level of evidence A recommendations are derived from large-scale
randomized trials, and B recommendations are derived from smaller randomized trials or carefully conducted
observational analyses.
b
Although individual circumstances will vary, clinical stability is defined by the absence of low output, hypotension,
persistent tachycardia, apparent shock, high-grade ventricular or symptomatic supraventricular tachyarrhythmias,
and spontaneous recurrent ischemia.
ACCF/AHA, American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association; ACS, acute coronary
syndrome; AMI, acute myocardial infarction; CABG, coronary artery bypass grafting; HF, heart failure; EF, ejection
fraction; LVEF, left ventricular ejection fraction; MI, myocardial infarction; PCI, percutaneous coronary intervention.
Source: OGara PT et al. 2013 ACCF/AHA guideline for the management of ST-elevation myocardial infarction: a
report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice
Guidelines. Circulation. 2013;127.
91
92
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
For nonhypotensive patients with low ejection ractions, large in arctions, or clinical
evidence o HF, start angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor on f rst postin arction day; titrate and continue long term
Patients with recurrent ischemic pain prior to discharge should undergo catheterization
and, i indicated, revascularization
Complications
Myocardial dys unction, HF, hypotension, cardiogenic shock
Postin arction ischemia
Sinus bradycardia, sinus tachycardia
Supraventricular premature beats
Atrial f brillation, ventricular f brillation
Ventricular premature beats
Ventricular tachycardia
Accelerated idioventricular rhythm
Right bundle branch block (RBBB) or le bundle branch block (LBBB) or ascicular
blocks
Second- or third-degree AV block
Rupture o a papillary muscle, interventricular septum, or LV ree wall
LV aneurysm
Pericarditis, Dressler syndrome
Mural thrombi
Prevention
Smoking cessation
reat hyperlipidemia
Control HBP
-blockers
Antiplatelet agents
Exercise training and cardiac rehabilitation programs
Prognosis
Killip classif cation classif es HF in patients with acute MI and has power ul prognostic
value
Class I is absence o rales and S3
Class II is rales that do not clear with coughing over one-third or less o the lung f elds
or presence o an S3
Class III is rales that do not clear with coughing over more than one-third o the lung
f elds
Class IV is cardiogenic shock (rales, hypotension, and signs o hypoper usion)
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Armstrong PW et al. S REAM Investigative eam. Fibrinolysis or primary PCI in S -segment elevation
myocardial in arction. N Engl J Med. 2013 Apr 11;368(15):13791387. [PMID: 23473396]
OGara P et al. 2013 ACCF/AHA guideline or the management o S -elevation myocardial in arction:
executive summary: a report o the American College o Cardiology Foundation/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines: developed in collaboration with the American
College o Emergency Physicians and Society or Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions.
Catheter Cardiovasc Interv. 2013 Jul 1;82(1):E1E27. [PMID: 23299937]
Shahzad A et al. HEA -PPCI trial investigators. Un ractionated heparin versus bivalirudin in primary
percutaneous coronary intervention (HEA -PPCI): an open-label, single centre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014 Nov 22;384(9957):18491858. [PMID: 25002178]
Sinnaeve P et al. ASSEN -2 Investigators. One-year ollow-up o the ASSEN -2 trial: a double-blind,
randomized comparison o single-bolus tenecteplase and ront-loaded alteplase in 16,949 patients
with S -elevation acute myocardial in arction. Am Heart J. 2003 Jul;146(1):2732. [PMID: 12851604]
Steg PG et al. ESC Guidelines or the management o acute myocardial in arction in patients presenting
with S -segment elevation: the ask Force on the management o S -segment elevation acute myocardial in arction o the European Society o Cardiology (ESC). Eur Heart J. 2012 Oct;33(20):
25692619. [PMID: 22922416]
amis-Holland JE et al. Highlights rom the 2013 ACCF/AHA guidelines or the management o
S -elevation myocardial in arction and beyond. Clin Cardiol. 2014 Apr;37(4):252259. [PMID:
24523153]
orpy JM et al. JAMA patient page. Myocardial in arction. JAMA. 2008 Jan 30;299(4):476. [PMID:
18230786]
93
94
14
Aortic Regurgitation
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations, objective f ndings, and unique physical examination
characteristics o AR
Understand the actors that predispose to AR and the most common causes o AR
Know the di erential diagnosis o AR
Learn the treatments or AR including in which patients surgery is indicated
Understand the risks and benef ts o aortic replacement surgery
Know the di erence between chronic and acute AR
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
o AR?
What are the symptoms and signs o AR?
What is the di erential diagnosis o AR?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in AR?
What are the treatments or AR?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Progressive shortness o breath on exertion; paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, orthopnea,
pulmonary edema, and cardiomegaly indicating heart ailure; wide pulse pressure; hyperdynamic or water hammer pulses; early diastolic murmur and diastolic rumble at apex
(Austin Flint murmur); LV hypertrophy and dilation; echocardiogram is diagnostic
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Usually asymptomatic until middle age, then presents with le -sided HF or chest pain
Wide pulse pressure
Hyperactive, enlarged LV
Diastolic murmur along the le sternal border
ECG shows le ventricular hypertrophy (LVH); radiograph shows LV dilation
Echocardiography with Doppler is diagnostic
General Considerations
Rheumatic heart disease as a cause is less common since the advent o antibiotics
Nonrheumatic causes now predominate
Congenitally bicuspid valve
In ective endocarditis
Hypertension
Mar an syndrome
Aortic dissection
Ankylosing spondylitis
Reactive arthritis ( ormerly Reiter syndrome)
Aortic root disease
95
96
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Aortic dissection
Graham Steel murmur (pulmonary insu iciency secondary to pulmonary
hypertension)
Mitral stenosis
ricuspid stenosis
Docks murmur o stenotic le anterior descending artery
Asymptomatic
Abnormal LVEF< 50%
CLASS1 LOEB
CLASS1 LOEC
CLASS2a LOEB
CLASS2a LOEC
CLASS2b LOEC
LVEDD, left ventricular end-diastolic dimension; LVEF, left ventricular ejection fraction; LVESD, left ventricular
end-systolic dimension.
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG shows LV hypertrophy
Cardiac catheterization
Can help quanti y severity
Can evaluate the coronary and aortic root anatomy preoperatively
7. Treatments
See able 14-1
Medications
Medications that decrease a erload can reduce regurgitation severity
Current recommendations advocate a erload reduction only when there is associated
systolic hypertension (systolic BP > 140 mm Hg)
Angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs)
Pre erred over -blockers as additions to medical therapy in patients with Mar an
disease
Reduce aortic sti ness (by blocking GF-) and slow the rate o aortic dilation
Surgery
Elective surgery is indicated
Once AR causes symptoms
Be ore symptoms emerge or those who have an ejection raction < 50% or increasing
end-systolic or end-diastolic LV volume
For asymptomatic ascending aneurysm indicated when maximal dimension > 5.0 cm
(> 4.5 cm in patients with Mar an syndrome)
Urgent surgery is indicated in acute AR (usually due to endocarditis or dissection)
Mechanical valves last longer than tissue valves, but require anticoagulation
8. Outcome
Prognosis
Operative mortality is usually 3% to 5%
Following surgery the LV size usually decreases and LV unction generally improves
9. When to Refer
Patients with audible AR should be seen, at least initially, by a cardiologist and decision
made as to how o en the patient needs ollow-up
Patients with a dilated aortic root should be monitored by a cardiologist, since imaging
studies other than the chest radiograph or echocardiogram may be required to decide
surgical timing
97
98
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bonow RO. Chronic mitral regurgitation and aortic regurgitation: have indications or surgery
changed? J Am Coll Cardiol. 2013 Feb 19;61(7):693701. [PMID: 23265342]
Brooke BS et al. Angiotensin II blockade and aortic-root dilation in Mar ans syndrome. N Engl J Med.
2008 Jun 26;358(26):27872795. [PMID: 18579813]
Elder DH et al. he impact o renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system blockade on heart ailure outcomes
and mortality in patients identi ied to have aortic regurgitation: a large population study. J Am Coll
Cardiol. 2011 Nov 8;58(20):20842091. [PMID: 22051330]
Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC guideline or the management o patients with valvular heart
disease: executive summary: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):24382488.
Erratum in: J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):2489. [PMID: 24603192]
Vahanian A et al; Joint ask Force on the Management o Valvular Heart Disease o the European
Society o Cardiology (ESC); European Association or Cardio- horacic Surgery (EAC S).
Guidelines on the management o valvular heart disease (version 2012). Eur Heart J. 2012
Oct;33(19):24512496. [PMID: 22922415]
99
Aortic Stenosis
15
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o aortic stenosis (AS)
Understand the actors that predispose to AS in both middle-aged and elderly patients
Know the di erential diagnosis o AS
Learn the options or treatment o AS including percutaneous valvular replacement
Know which patients require surgical intervention and the risks associated with surgical
procedures
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
o AS?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o AS?
100
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Syncope without prodrome or postictal period; angina pectoris; no signs o heart ailure
(as yet); narrow pulse pressure; pulsus parvus (weak) et tardus (late); systolic murmur at the
base radiating to the carotids; an S4 gallop and electrocardiogram suggest le ventricular
hypertrophy; lack o atherosclerotic risk actors, middle age, and history o childhood murmur.
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Diminished and delayed carotid pulses (pulsus parvus et tardus)
So , absent, or paradoxically split S2
Harsh systolic murmur, classically crescendodecrescendo, along the le sternal border,
o en radiating to the neck and sometimes associated with a thrill
ECG with LVH; calcif ed valve on radiography
Echocardiography is diagnostic
Visual observation o immobile aortic valve plus a valve area o < 1.0 cm 2 def ne severe
disease; low gradient but severe AS can thus be recognized.
General Considerations
In middle-aged persons congenital bicuspid valve is the most common cause, and is
usually asymptomatic until middle or old age
May be accompanied by dilated ascending aorta or coarctation o the aorta
In the elderly valvular degeneration caused by progressive valvular calcif cation (sclerosis
precedes stenosis)
About 25% o patients age > 65 and 35% o those age > 70 have evidence o aortic sclerosis
About 10% to 20% o these will progress to hemodynamically signif cant AS over 10 to
15 years
Risk actors are the same as or atherosclerosishypertension, hypercholesterolemia,
smoking
In developed countries, AS is most common valve lesion requiring surgery
Much more requent in men, smokers, and patients with hypercholesterolemia and
hypertension
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Other causes or angina or chest pain, eg, coronary artery disease, coronary vasospasm,
and pulmonary embolism
Table 15-1. Summary of 2014 AHA/ACC guideline definitions of severe aortic stenosis.
Category of Severe Aortic Stenosisa
Properties
High gradient
Super severe
Lowflow
All categories of severe aortic stenosis have abnormal systolic opening of the aortic valve and an aortic valve
area < 1.0 cm 2.
LVEF, left ventricular ejection fraction.
101
102
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Other causes o syncope, eg, cardiac arrhythmia, vasovagal syncope, and seizure
Other causes o heart ailure
Systolic murmur o a di erent cause
Pulmonary hypertension
Aortic sclerosis without stenosis
Coarctation o the aorta
7. Treatments
See able 15-2 and Figure 15-1.
Medications
Medical treatment may stabilize heart ailure, but surgical intervention is def nitive
Lipid lowering therapy has not shown to slow progression o AS, though longer-term
studies are pending
Control o systemic hypertension is important to reduce excess a erload
T erapeutic Procedures and Surgery
able 15-2 outlines the ACCF/ACC guidelines or surgical indications in aortic stenosis
Balloon valvuloplasty has a small role in young and adolescent patients, but ine ective
long-term in adults and is only used as a temporizing measure
ype o prosthetic valve depends on patient age and risk o anticoagulation with
war arin
Pericardial valves appear to last longer than porcine valves; neither require war arin
Mechanical valves have longest li e, but require war arin therapy; use o valve-in-valve
procedures or bioprosthetic valves may decrease mechanical valve use
Patients with bicuspid aortic valves may have coincident aortic root dilatation that may
require replacement, especially i the dimension exceeds 5.0 cm
ranscutaneous aortic valve replacement ( AVR) using either the FDA-approved
Edwards-Sapien or CoreValve device is being per ormed widely through a number o
implantation routes, and trials o other device brands are ongoing
AVR can also be used in a valve-in-valve procedure or patients with prosthetic valve
stenosis (regardless o whether in the aortic, mitral, tricuspid, or pulmonary position)
able 15-3 outlines recommendations or the use o AVR
103
Table 15-2. 2014 ACCF/ACC guidelines for surgical indications in aortic stenosis.
Recommendations
COR
LOE
AVRis recommended for asymptomatic patients with severe AS(stage C2 or D) and LVEF< 50%
AVRis indicated for patients with severe AS(stage Cor D) when undergoing other cardiacsurgery
AVRis reasonable for asymptomaticpatients with verysevere AS(aorticvelocity 5 m/s) (stage C2) and lowsurgical risk
IIa
AVRis reasonable in asymptomatic patients (stage C1) with severe ASand an abnormal exercise test
IIa
AVRis reasonable in symptomaticpatients with low-flow/low-gradient severe ASwith reduced LVEF(stage S1) with a low-dose dobutamine stress
studythat shows an aortic velocity 4 m/s (or mean gradient 40 mmHg) with a valve area 1.0 cm2 at anydobutamine dose
IIa
AVRis reasonable for patients with moderate AS(stage B) (velocity3.03.9 m/s) who are undergoing other cardiacsurgery
IIa
AVRmaybe considered for asymptomatic patients with severe AS(stage C1) and rapid disease progression and lowsurgical risk
IIb
AVRmaybe considered in symptomaticpatients who have low-flow/low-gradient severe AS(stage S2) who are normotensive and have an LVEF
50%if clinical, hemodynamic, and anatomic data support valve obstruction as the most likelycause of symptoms
IIb
AS, aortic stenosis; AVR, aortic valve replacement; COR, class of recommendation; LOE, level of evidence; LVEF, left ventricular ejection fraction; N/A,
not applicable.
Reproduced, with permission, from Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC Guideline for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease: A
Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 10;129(23):e521
e643. [PMID: 24589853]
Class I
Class IIa
Vmax 4 m/s
Pmean 40 mm Hg
Symptomatic
(stage D)
Class IIb
Asymptomatic
(stage C)
Asymptomatic
(stage B)
Symptomatic
Yes
Other cardiac
surgery
Abnormal ETT
Vmax 5 m/s
Pmean 60 mm Hg
low-surgical risk
Stage S2*
AVA 1.0 cm 2 and
LVEF 50%
Other cardiac
surgery
AS likely cause
of symptoms
AVR (I)
AVR (IIa)
Yes
AVR (IIb)
No
Periodic monitoring
*AVR should be considered with stage S2 AS only if valve obstruction is the most likely cause of symptoms, stroke
volume index is < 35 mL/m 2, indexed AVA is 0.6 cm 2/m 2 and data are recorded when the patient is normotensive (systolic
BP < 140 mm Hg).
AS, aortic stenosis; AVA, aortic valve area; AVR, aortic valve replacement; BP, blood pressure; DSE, dobutamine
stress echocardiography; ETT, exercise treadmill test; LVEF, left ventricular ejection fraction; Pmean , mean pressure gradient;
Vmax, maximum velocity.
Figure 151. Algorithm for the management of aortic valve stenosis. (Reproduced, with permission from, Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC
Guideline for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart
Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 10;129(23):e521e643. [PMID: 24589853])
104
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
COR
LOE
I
I
I
A
B
C
IIa
IIb
B
C
III: No benefit
AS, aortic stenosis; AVR, aortic valve replacement; COR, class of recommendation; LOE, level of evidence; N/A, not applicable; NYHA. New York Heart
Association; TVAR, transcatheter aortic valve replacement.
Reproduced, with permission, from Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC Guideline for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease: A
Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 10;129(23):
e521e643. [PMID: 24589853]
8. Outcome
Prognosis
A er onset o heart ailure, angina pectoris, or syncope, the mortality rate without surgery
is 50% within 3 years
Surgical mortality rate is low (2%5%), even in the elderly
AVR signif cantly reduces mortality in patients who cannot undergo surgical AVR
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Goel SS et al. Severe aortic stenosis and coronary artery diseaseimplications or management in the
transcatheter aortic valve replacement era: a comprehensive review. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2013 Jul
2;62(1):110. [PMID: 23644089]
Herrmann HC et al. Predictors o mortality and outcomes o therapy in low- low severe aortic stenosis:
a Placement o Aortic ranscatheter Valves (PAR NER) trial analysis. Circulation. 2013 Jun
11;127(23):23162326. [PMID: 23661722]
Holmes DR Jr et al. 2012 ACCF/AA S/SCAI/S S expert consensus document on transcatheter aortic
valve replacement. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2012 Mar 27;59(13):12001254. [PMID: 22300974]
Lindman BR et al. Current management o calci ic aortic stenosis. Circ Res. 2013 Jul 5;113(2):223237.
[PMID: 23833296]
Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC guideline or the management o patients with valvular heart
disease: executive summary: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):24382488.
Erratum in: J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):2489. [PMID: 24603192]
Puskas J et al; PROAC Investigators. Reduced anticoagulation a ter mechanical aortic valve replacement: interim results rom the prospective randomized on-X valve anticoagulation clinical trial
randomized Food and Drug Administration investigational device exemption trial. J Thorac
Cardiovasc Surg. 2014 Apr;147(4):12021210. [PMID: 24512654]
Vahanian A et al; Joint ask Force on the Management o Valvular Heart Disease o the European
Society o Cardiology (ESC); European Association or Cardio- horacic Surgery (EAC S).
Guidelines on the management o valvular heart disease (version 2012). Eur Heart J. 2012
Oct;33(19):24512496. [PMID: 22922415]
Webb JG et al. ranscatheter aortic valve replacement or bioprosthetic aortic valve ailure: the valvein-valve procedure. Circulation. 2013 Jun 25;127(25):25422550. [PMID: 23797741]
105
Chest Pain
16
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the important historical eatures that need to be obtained in a patient with chest
pain
Understand the actors that predispose to certain causes o chest pain
Know the possible causative organ systems and dif erential diagnosis o chest pain
Learn the characteristic symptoms and signs that suggest the cause o chest pain
Know which diagnostic tests can be help ul in distinguishing the causes o chest pain
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
o chest pain?
What are the symptoms and signs o chest pain?
What is the dif erential diagnosis o chest pain?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural ndings in chest pain?
What are the treatments or chest pain?
When should patients with chest pain be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
106
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Middle-aged man; intermittent pain with exercise and relieved with rest; substernal location
with radiation to the arm; risk actors: hyperlipidemia, hypertension, amily history, cigarette smoking; normal vital signs; overall picture is suggestive o stable angina pectoris
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Inquire about
Chest pain onset, character, location/size, duration, periodicity, and exacerbators
Presence o shortness o breath
Vital signs
Chest and cardiac examination ndings
ECG
Cardiac biomarkers
General Considerations
Chest pain is a common symptom and can occur as a result o cardiovascular, pulmonary/
pleural, esophageal/gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal, or psychiatric/anxiety disorders
Li e-threatening causes o chest pain include acute coronary syndromes (ACS), pericarditis,
aortic dissection, pulmonary emboli, pneumonia, and esophageal per oration
In ammatory conditions predisposing patients to coronary artery disease include HIV,
systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis
Risk actors or pulmonary emboli rom venous thromboembolism include cancer,
trauma, recent surgery, immobilization or hospitalization, pregnancy, oral contraceptives, heart ailure (HF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and amily or
personal history o thrombosis
Table 16-1. Likelihood ratios (LRs) for clinical features associated with acute myocardial
infarction.
Clinical Feature
LR+ (95%CI)
History
Chest pain that radiates to the left arm
2.3 (1.73.1)
2.9 (1.43.0)
7.1 (3.614.2)
0.2 (0.20.3)
0.3 (0.20.5)
0.3 (0.20.4)
0.20.41
Nausea or vomiting
1.9 (1.72.3)
Diaphoresis
2.0 (1.92.2)
Physical examination
Systolicblood pressure 80 mmHg
3.1 (1.85.2)
Pulmonarycrackles
2.1 (1.43.1)
3.2 (1.66.5)
Electrocardiogram
11.2 (7.117.8)
AnyST-segment depression
3.2 (2.54.1)
AnyQwave
3.9 (2.77.7)
Anyconduction defect
2.7 (1.45.4)
5.753.91
NewST-segment depressiona
3.05.21
NewQwavea
5.324.81
Newconduction defect
6.3 (2.515.7)
107
108
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Emergency/dont miss
Myocardial ischemia
Pericarditis
Aortic dissection
Pulmonary emboli
ension pneumothorax
Esophageal rupture
Cardiovascular
Myocardial ischemia (angina or ACS)
Pericarditis
Aortic stenosis
Aortic dissection
Pulmonary emboli
Cardiomyopathy
Myocarditis
Mitral valve prolapse
Pulmonary hypertension
Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy (HOCM)
Carditis (eg, acute rheumatic ever)
Aortic insu ciency
Right ventricular hypertrophy
Pulmonary
Pneumonia
Pleuritis
Bronchitis
Pneumothorax
umor
Gastrointestinal
Esophageal rupture
Gastroesophageal re ux disease (GERD)
Esophageal spasm
MalloryWeiss tear
Peptic ulcer disease
Biliary disease
Pancreatitis
Functional gastrointestinal pain
Musculoskeletal
Cervical or thoracic disk disease or arthritis
Shoulder arthritis
Costochondritis (anterior chest wall syndrome or ietze syndrome)
Subacromial bursitis
Other
Anxiety or panic attack
Herpes zoster
Breast disorders
Chest wall tumors
T oracic outlet syndrome
Mediastinitis
7. Treatments
Medications
reatment must be guided by underlying etiology
Short-acting PRN nitroglycerin, daily aspirin, -blocker, long-acting nitrate, statin or
stable angina pectoris
Empiric trial o high-dose proton-pump inhibitor therapy has been reported to improve
symptoms in patients with noncardiac chest pain o unknown etiology
Antidepressants may have modest bene t in reducing noncardiac chest pain
A meta-analysis o 15 trials suggested psychological interventions (especially cognitivebehavioral) may have modest-to-moderate bene t
Hypnotherapy may have some bene t
109
110
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ayloo A et al. Evaluation and treatment o musculoskeletal chest pain. Prim Care. 2013 Dec;40(4):
863887, viii. [PMID: 24209723]
Bandstein N et al. Undetectable high-sensitivity cardiac troponin level in the emergency department
and risk o myocardial in arction. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 17;63(23):25692578. [PMID:
24694529]
Collinson P et al. Comparison o contemporary troponin assays with the novel biomarkers, heart atty
acid binding protein and copeptin, or the early con irmation or exclusion o myocardial in arction
in patients presenting to the emergency department with chest pain. Heart. 2014 Jan;100(2):140145.
[PMID: 24270743]
Ho mann U et al; ROMICA -II Investigators. Coronary C angiography versus standard evaluation in
acute chest pain. N Engl J Med. 2012 Jul 26;367(4):299308. [PMID: 22830462]
Holly J et al. Prospective evaluation o the use o the hrombolysis In Myocardial In arction score as a
risk strati ication tool or chest pain patients admitted to an ED observation unit. Am J Emerg Med.
2013 Jan;31(1):185189. [PMID: 22944539]
Kisely SR et al. Psychological interventions or symptomatic management o non-speci ic chest pain in
patients with normal coronary anatomy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012 Jun 13;6:CD004101.
[PMID: 22696339]
Kosowsky JM. Approach to the ED patient with low risk chest pain. Emerg Med Clin North Am. 2011
Nov;29(4):721727. [PMID: 22040703]
McConaghy JR et al. Outpatient diagnosis o acute chest pain in adults. Am Fam Physician. 2013 Feb
1;87(3):177182. [PMID: 23418761]
Ranasinghe AM et al. Acute aortic dissection. BMJ. 2011 Jul 29;343:d4487. [PMID: 21803810]
Rogers IS et al. Use ulness o comprehensive cardiothoracic computed tomography in the evaluation o
acute undi erentiated chest discom ort in the emergency department (CAP URE). Am J Cardiol.
2011 Mar 1;107(5):643650. [PMID: 21247533]
Scheuermeyer FX et al. Sa ety and e iciency o a chest pain diagnostic algorithm with selective outpatient stress testing or emergency department patients with potential ischemic chest pain. Ann Emerg
Med. 2012 Apr;59(4):256264. [PMID: 22221842]
han M et al. A 2-hour diagnostic protocol or possible cardiac chest pain in the emergency department: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med. 2014 Jan;174(1):5158. [PMID: 24100783]
111
Dyslipidemia
17
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o dyslipidemia and the criteria
or the diagnosis o the metabolic syndrome
Understand the actors that predispose to dyslipidemia and how to recognize those
patients who may have a amilial genetic lipid disorder
Know the causes o cholesterol and triglyceride lipid abnormalities
Learn the treatments or dyslipidemia and their side e ects
Know which patients need screening or dyslipidemia
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o dyslipidemia?
What are the symptoms and signs o dyslipidemia?
What is the di erential diagnosis o dyslipidemia?
What are laboratory f ndings in dyslipidemia?
What are the treatments or dyslipidemia?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o dyslipidemia?
When should patients with lipid abnormalities be re erred to a specialist?
112
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Obese man; large waist circum erence, elevated blood pressure, elevated triglycerides, low
HDL cholesterol, and insulin resistance consistent with the metabolic syndrome
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Elevated serum total cholesterol or LDL cholesterol, low serum HDL cholesterol, or
elevated serum triglycerides
Usually asymptomatic
In severe cases associated with metabolic abnormalities, superf cial lipid deposition occurs
General Considerations
Cholesterol and triglycerides are the two main circulating lipids
Elevated levels o LDL cholesterol are associated with increased risk o atherosclerotic
heart disease
High levels o HDL cholesterol are associated with lower risk o atherosclerotic heart
disease
T e exact mechanism by which LDL and HDL a ect atherosclerosis is not ully
delineated
Familial genetic disorders are an uncommon, but o en lethal, cause o elevated cholesterol
Familial genetic disorders should be considered in patients who have onset o
atherosclerosis in their 20s or 30s
Demographics
Dyslipidemia is more common in men than women be ore age 50
More common in women than men a er age 50
More common in whites and Hispanics than among blacks
CHAPTER 17 DYSLIPIDEMIA
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Hypercholesterolemia (elevated serum cholesterol)
Hypothyroidism
Diabetes mellitus
Cushing syndrome
Obstructive liver disease
Nephrotic syndrome
Chronic kidney disease
Anorexia nervosa
Familial, eg, amilial hypercholesterolemia
Drugs
Oral contraceptives
T iazides (short-term e ect)
-blockers (short-term e ect)
Corticosteroids
Cyclosporine
Idiopathic
Hypertriglyceridemia (elevated serum triglycerides)
Alcohol intake
Obesity
Metabolic syndrome
Diabetes mellitus
Chronic renal insu ciency
Pregnancy
Lipodystrophy, eg, protease inhibitor therapy
Familial
Drugs
Oral contraceptives
T iazides (short-term e ect)
-blockers (short-term e ect)
Corticosteroids
Bile-acid binding resins
Isotretinoin
6. Laboratory Findings
Screen or lipid disorders in
Patients with coronary heart disease (CHD), diabetes mellitus, peripheral vascular
disease, aortic aneurysm, cerebrovascular disease, chronic renal insu ciency, heart
ailure, or a amily history o premature CHD
113
114
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Treatment Recommendation
High-intensitystatin
Age 4075
Presence of diabetes
LDL 70 mg/dL( 1.81 mmol/L)
Age 4075
No clinical atheroscleroticcardiovascular disease or diabetes
LDL70189 mg/dL(1.814.91 mmol/L)
Estimated 10-year CVDrisk 7.5%
ACC/AHA, American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association; CVD, cardiovascular disease; HDL, highdensity lipoprotein; LDL, low-density lipoprotein.
7. Treatments
Medications
Choice o whether to initiate drug therapy should be based on overall risk o cardiovascular events, using a risk calculator such as the Framingham calculator or the AHA/ACC
CV Risk Calculator, and LDL cholesterol level
Indications or high-intensity and moderate-intensity statins have been ormulated by the
American Heart Association and American College o Cardiology ( able 17-1)
reatment guidelines no longer recommend treating to a goal LDL level, but rather
selecting a statin intensity or each given risk level ( able 17-2)
HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (statins, eg, atorvastatin, uvastatin, lovastatin, pitavastatin, pravastatin, rosuvastatin, and simvastatin)
Potent impact on reducing LDL
Minimal impact on increasing HDL
Best data or reducing coronary events, mortality
Niacin
Moderate impact on reducing LDL and increasing HDL
Reduces triglycerides and has mortality benef t
High rates o intolerance ( ushing), which can be improved with use o extendedrelease niacin and concomitant aspirin use
Bile acid binding resins (eg, cholestyramine, colestipol, and colesevelam)
Moderate impact on reducing LDL
Minimal impact on increasing HDL
Reduce coronary events but not mortality
CHAPTER 17 DYSLIPIDEMIA
LDL
HDL
Triglyceride
Maximum Daily
Dose
Atorvastatin (Lipitor)
25%to 40%
+5%10%
10 mg once
80 mg once
Cholestyramine
(Questran, others)
15%to 25%
+5%
4 g twice a day
24 g divided
Colesevelam(WelChol)
10%to 20%
+10%
625 mg, 67
tablets once
Colestipol (Colestid)
15%to 25%
+5%
5 g twice a day
30 g divided
Ezetimibe (Zetia)
20%
+5%
10 mg once
10 mg once
10%to 15%
+15%to +25%
48 mg once
145 mg once
Fenofibricacid (Trilipix)
10%to 15%
+15%to +25%
45 mg once
135 mg once
Fluvastatin (Lescol)
20%to 30%
+5%to +10%
20 mg once
40 mg once
10%to 15%
+15%to +20%
600 mg once
1200 mg divided
Lovastatin (Mevacor,
others)
25%to 40%
+5%to +10%
10 mg once
80 mg divided
15%to 25%
+25%to +35%
100 mg once
3 g to 4.5 g divided
Pitavastatin (Livalo)
30%to 40%
+10%to +25%
2 mg once
4 mg once
Pravastatin (Pravachol)
25%to 40%
+5%to +10%
20 mg once
80 mg once
Rosuvastatin (Crestor)
40%to 50%
+10%to 15%
10 mg once
40 mg once
25%to 40%
+5%to +10%
5 mg once
80 mg once
HDL, high-density lipoprotein; LDL, low-density lipoprotein; OTC, over the counter; , variable; others, indicates
availability of less-expensive generic preparations.
Mainly gastrointestinal side e ects; can block the absorption o at-soluble vitamins
Sa e in pregnancy
Fibric acid derivatives (eg, gemf brozil, enof brate)
Moderate impact on reducing LDL and increasing HDL
Reduce triglycerides
Reduce coronary events but not mortality
Side e ects increased when taken with statins
When treating with statins, there is no evidence that combination with other classes o
agents leads to better outcomes and such combination may increase side e ects, even i
cholesterol levels are reduced
T erapeutic Procedures
For hypercholesterolemia, low- at diets may produce a moderate (5%10%) decrease in
LDL cholesterol
More restricted, plant-based diets may lower LDL cholesterol substantially more
Low- at diet may also lower HDL cholesterol
Substituting monounsaturated ats or saturated ats can lower LDL without a ecting HDL
In diabetics, control o hyperglycemia can improve lipid prof le, particularly triglycerides
Exercise and moderate alcohol consumption can increase HDL levels
For hypertriglyceridemia, primary therapy is dietary, including reducing alcohol, atty
ood and excess dietary carbohydrate intake; and controlling hyperglycemia in diabetics
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Fasting lipid panel 3 to 6 months a er initiation o therapy
Annual or biannual screening depending on risk actors
Monitoring or side e ects o therapy, such as liver enzyme elevation or myopathy in those
on statins
115
116
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Complications
Atherosclerotic: myocardial in arction, stroke, and other vascular diseases
Nonatherosclerotic: xanthomas and pancreatitis
Metabolic syndrome patients are at increased risk or cardiovascular events
Very high triglyceride levels ( asting serum triglycerides greater than 2000 mg/dL)
increase the risk o pancreatitis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Berglund L et al. Evaluation and treatment o hypertriglyceridemia: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012 Sep;97(9):29692989. [PMID: 22962670]
Eckel RH et al. 2013 AHA/ACC Guideline on Li estyle Management to Reduce Cardiovascular Risk: a
report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart Association ask Force on Practice
Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 24;129(25 suppl 2):S76S99. [PMID: 24222015]
Kavousi M et al. Comparison o application o the ACC/AHA guidelines, Adult reatment Panel III
guidelines, and European Society o Cardiology guidelines or cardiovascular disease prevention in a
European cohort. JAMA. 2014 Apr 9;311(14):14161423. [PMID: 24681960]
Keaney JF Jr et al. A pragmatic view o the new cholesterol treatment guidelines. N Engl J Med. 2014 Jan
16;370(3):275278. [PMID: 24283199]
Krumholz HM. arget cardiovascular risk rather than cholesterol concentration. BMJ. 2013 Nov
27;347: 7110. [PMID: 24284344]
Lavigne PM et al. he current state o niacin in cardiovascular disease prevention: a systematic review
and meta-regression. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2013 Jan 29;61(4):440446. [PMID: 23265337]
Nordestgaard BG et al. riglycerides and cardiovascular disease. Lancet. 2014 Aug 16;384(9943):
626635. [PMID: 25131982]
Pencina MJ et al. Application o new cholesterol guidelines to a population-based sample. N Engl J Med.
2014 Apr 10;370(15):14221431. [PMID: 24645848]
Rader DJ et al. HDL and cardiovascular disease. Lancet. 2014 Aug 16;384(9943):618625. [PMID:
25131981]
Rees K et al. Mediterranean dietary pattern or the primary prevention o cardiovascular disease.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013 Aug 12;8:CD009825. [PMID: 23939686]
Ridker PM. LDL cholesterol: controversies and uture therapeutic directions. Lancet. 2014 Aug
16;384(9943):607617. [PMID: 25131980]
Ridker PM et al. A trial-based approach to statin guidelines. JAMA. 2013 Sep 18:310(11):11231124.
[PMID: 23942579]
Schae er EW et al. Management o severe hypertriglyceridemia in the hospital: a review. J Hosp Med.
2012 MayJun;7(5):431438. [PMID: 22128096]
Singh A et al. What should we do about hypertriglyceridemia in coronary artery disease patients? Curr
Treat Options Cardiovasc Med. 2013 Feb;15(1):104117. [PMID: 23109123]
Sniderman AD et al. he severe hypercholesterolemia phenotype: clinical diagnosis, management, and
emerging therapies. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 May 20;63(19):19351947. [PMID: 24632267]
Stone NJ et al. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the treatment o blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic
cardiovascular risk in adults: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jul 1;63(25 pt B):28892934.
[PMID: 24239923]
Stone NJ et al. reatment o blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease risk in
adults: synopsis o the 2013 American College o Cardiology/American Heart Association cholesterol
guideline. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Mar 4;160(5):339343. [PMID: 24474185]
Wang X et al. Cholesterol levels and risk o hemorrhagic stroke: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
Stroke. 2013 Jul;44(7):18331839. [PMID: 23704101]
117
Heart Failure
18
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o le - and right-sided heart
ailure
Understand the causes o heart ailure
Know the di erential diagnosis heart ailure
Learn the treatment or systolic and diastolic heart ailure
Know which patients need consideration or advanced therapies or heart ailure such as
implantable def brillators and inotropic agents
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, and general considerations
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o heart ailure?
What are the symptoms and signs o heart ailure?
What is the di erential diagnosis o heart ailure?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in heart ailure?
What are the treatments or heart ailure?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prevention, and prognosis,
o heart ailure?
When should patients with heart ailure be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
118
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Elderly man with CAD and previous MI; shortness o breath; orthopnea; lung crackles rom
le -sided ailure; elevated jugular venous pressure (JVP) and lower extremity edema rom
right-sided ailure
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Le ventricular (LV) ailure
Due to systolic or diastolic dys unction
Predominant symptoms are those o low cardiac output and congestion including
dyspnea
Right ventricular (RV) ailure
Usually secondary to LV ailure
Predominant symptoms are those o uid overload
Assessment o LV unction is a crucial part o diagnosis and management
Optimal management o chronic heart ailure includes combination medical therapies
such as ACE inhibitors, aldosterone antagonists, and -blockers
General Considerations
Heart ailure (HF) occurs as a result o depressed contractility with uid retention and/or
impaired cardiac output, or diastolic dys unction with uid retention
Acute exacerbations o chronic HF are caused by patient nonadherence to or alterations in
therapy, excessive salt and uid intake, arrhythmias, excessive activity, pulmonary emboli,
intercurrent in ection, progression o the underlying disease
High-output HF is caused by thyrotoxicosis, beriberi, severe anemia, arteriovenous
shunting, and Paget disease
Systolic dys unction is caused by MI, ethanol abuse, long-standing hypertension, viral
myocarditis (including HIV), Chagas disease, and idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy
Diastolic dys unction is associated with abnormal f lling o a sti LV caused by chronic
hypertension, LV hypertrophy, and diabetes
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
Pneumonia
Cirrhosis
Peripheral venous insu ciency
Nephrotic syndrome
119
120
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Imaging Studies
Chest radiograph shows
Cardiomegaly
Dilation o the upper lobe veins
Perivascular or interstitial edema
Alveolar uid
Bilateral or right-sided pleural e usions
Echocardiography can assess
Ventricular size and unction
Valvular abnormalities
Pericardial e usions
Intracardiac shunts
Segmental wall motion abnormalities
Radionuclide angiography and cardiac MRI: measure LV ejection raction and assess
regional wall motion
Stress imaging: indicated i ECG abnormalities or suspected myocardial ischemia
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG helps rule out
Valvular lesions
Myocardial ischemia
Arrhythmias
Alcohol- or drug-induced myocardial depression
Intracardiac shunts
High-output states
Hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism
Medications
Hemochromatosis
Sarcoidosis
Amyloidosis
Le heart catheterization
o exclude signif cant valvular disease
o delineate presence and extent o CAD
Right heart catheterization: to select and monitor therapy in patients not responding to
standard therapy
7. Treatments
Medications
Systolic dysfunction: a diuretic and an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor (or angiotensin receptor blocker [ARB]) with subsequent addition o a -blocker and
aldosterone blocker (i tolerated)
Diuretics ( able 18-1)
T iazide
Loop
T iazide and loop
T iazide and spironolactone
Aldosterone blockers ( able 18-1)
Spironolactone, 25 mg once daily orally (may decrease to 12.5 mg or increase to 50 mg
depending on kidney unction, K+, and symptoms)
Eplerenone, 25 to 50 mg once daily orally
ACE inhibitors ( able 18-2): start at low doses and titrate to higher dosages; proved
e ective in clinical trials over 1 to 3 months; eg, to
Captopril, 50 mg three times daily orally
Enalapril, 10 mg twice daily orally
Lisinopril, 20 mg once daily orally
121
Proprietary Names
Dosage Range
Adverse Effects
Comments
Esidrix, Microzide
Chlorthalidone
Thalitone
Metolazone
Zaroxolyn
Indapamide
Lozol
Furosemide
Lasix
20 mg twice daily
40320 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Ethacrynic acid
Edecrin
50 mg once daily
Bumetanide
Bumex
0.510 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Torsemide
Demadex
Aldactone
Amiloride
Midamor
5 mg once daily
Eplerenone
Inspra
25 mg once daily
Hydrochlorothiazide
and triamterene
Hydrochlorothiazide
and amiloride
Hydrochlorothiazide
and
spironolactone
Aldactazide (25/25
mg; 50/50 mg)
Hyperkalemia, metabolicacidosis,
gynecomastia
Combination products
122
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Table 18-2. Renin and ACE inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers.
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Adverse Effects
Comments
Renin inhibitors
Aliskiren
Tekturna
Tekturna HCT
150 mg/12.5 mg
once daily
Lotensin
10 mg once daily
540 mg in 1 or 2 doses
5 mg/6.25 mg to 20 mg/25 mg
Benazepril and
amlodipine
Lotrel
10 mg/2.5 mg to 40 mg/10 mg
Captopril
Capoten
25 mg twice daily
50450 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Capozide
25 mg/15 mg to 50 mg/25 mg
Enalapril
Vasotec
5 mg once daily
540 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Vaseretic
5 mg/12.5 mg to 10 mg/25 mg
Fosinopril
Monopril
10 mg once daily
1080 mg in 1 or 2 doses
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/12.5 mg
Lisinopril
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/12.5 mg
to 20 mg/25 mg
Moexipril
7.530 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Perindopril
Aceon
4 mg once daily
416 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Quinapril
Accupril
10 mg once daily
1080 mg in 1 or 2 doses
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/25 mg
Ramipril
Altace
2.520 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Trandolapril
Mavik
1 mg once daily
18 mg once daily
Trandolapril and
verapamil
Tarka
2 mg/180 mg ER
once daily
Angioedema, hypotension,
hyperkalemia.
Contraindicated in pregnancy
Probablymetabolized byCYP3A4.
Absorption is inhibited byhigh-fat
meal
Hyperkalemia, kidney
dysfunction, rare angioedema.
Combinations have additional
side effects. Contraindicated in
pregnancy
ACEinhibitors
Benazepril
Prinivil, Zestril
Univasc
Atacand
16 mg once daily
Candesartan
cilexetil/HCTZ
Atacand HCT
Eprosartan
Teveten
400800 mg in 12 doses
Eprosartan/HCTZ
Teveten HCT
Irbesartan
Avapro
Losartan
Cozaar
50 mg once daily
25100 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Hyzaar
Olmesartan
Benicar
20 mg once daily
Olmesartan and
HCTZ
Benicar HCT
20 mg/12.5 mg to 40 mg/25 mg
once daily
Olmesartan and
amlodipine
Azor
20 mg/5 mg to 40 mg/10 mg
(continued )
123
Table 18-2. Renin and ACE inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers. (continued)
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Olmesartan and
amlodipine and
HCTZ
Tribenzor
20 mg/5 mg/12.5 mg to
40 mg/10 mg/25 mg once daily
Telmisartan
Micardis
40 mg once daily
Telmisartan and
HCTZ
Micardis HCT
40 mg/12.5 mg to 80 mg/25 mg
once daily
Telmisartan and
amlodipine
Twynsta
Valsartan
Diovan
80 mg once daily
Valsartan and
amlodipine
Exforge
Adverse Effects
Hyperkalemia, kidney
dysfunction, rare angioedema.
Combinations have additional
side effects. Contraindicated in
pregnancy
Valturna
Angioedema, hypotension,
hyperkalemia. Contraindicated in
pregnancy
Amlodipine/HCTZ/
valsartan
Exforge HCT
5 mg/12.5 mg/160 mg
once daily
Angioedema, hypotension,
hyperkalemia. Contraindicated in
pregnancy
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Monitor patients taking diuretics and ACE inhibitors or hypokalemia, acute kidney injury
Case management, home monitoring o weight and clinical status, and patient adjustment
o diuretics can prevent rehospitalizations
Comments
124
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Initial Oral
Dosage
Dosage Range
1
Selectivitya
ISA
Lipid
MSA Solubility
Renal vs
Hepatic
Elimination
Commentsd
Acebutolol
Sectral
2001200 mg in
1 or 2 doses
H> R
Atenolol
Tenormin
25 mg once daily
25100 mg once
daily
Betaxolol
Kerlone
10 mg once daily
1040 mg once
daily
H> R
Bisoprolol and
hydrochlorothiazide
Ziac
2.5 mg/6.25 mg
once daily
2.5 mg/6.25 mg to
10 mg/6.25 mg once
daily
R= H
Low-dose combination
approved for initial therapy.
Bisoprolol also effective for
heart failure
Carvedilol
Coreg
6.25 mg twice
daily
12.550 mg in
2 doses
+++
H> R
:-Blockingactivity1:9;may
causeorthostaticsymptoms;
effectiveforheart failure. Nitric
oxidepotentiatingvasodilatory
activity
Labetalol
Normodyne,
Trandate
0/+
++
: -blocking activity1:3;
more orthostatichypotension,
fever, hepatotoxicity
Metoprolol
Lopressor
50 mg twice daily
50200 mg twice
daily
+++
25400 mg once
daily
Metoprolol and
hydrochlorothiazide
Lopressor
HCT
50 mg/25 mg once
daily
50 mg/25 mg
200 mg/50 mg
+++
Nadolol
Corgard
20 mg once daily
20320 mg once
daily
Nebivolol
Bystolic
5 mg once daily
40 mg once daily
++
Penbutolol
Levatol
20 mg once daily
++
R> H
Pindolol
Visken
5 mg twice daily
1060 mg in 2 doses
++
H> R
In adults, 35%renal
clearance
Propranolol
Inderal
20 mg twice daily
40640mg in
2doses
++
+++
Once-dailySRpreparationalso
available. Alsoindicatedfor
angina pectorisandpost-MI
Timolol
Blocadren
5 mg twice daily
1060 mg in 2 doses
++
H> R
Nitricoxide potentiating
vasodilatoryactivity
ANA, antinuclear antibody; ISA, intrinsic sympathomimetic activity; LE, lupus erythematosus; MI, myocardial infarction; MSA, membrane-stabilizing
activity; SR, sustained release; 0, no effect; +, some effect; ++, moderate effect; +++, most effect.
a
Agents with 1 selectivity are less likely to precipitate bronchospasm and decreased peripheral blood flow in low doses, but selectivity is only relative.
b
Agents with ISA cause less resting bradycardia and lipid changes.
c
MSA generally occurs at concentrations greater than those necessary for -adrenergic blockade. The clinical importance of MSA by -blockers has
not been defined.
d
Adverse effects of all -blockers: bronchospasm, fatigue, sleep disturbance and nightmares, bradycardia and atrioventricular block, worsening of
heart failure, cold extremities, gastrointestinal disturbances, erectile dysfunction, triglycerides, HDL cholesterol, rare blood dyscrasias.
Complications
Myocardial ischemia in patients with underlying CAD
Asymptomatic and symptomatic arrhythmias, especially nonsustained ventricular
tachycardia
Sudden death and unexplained syncope
Prevention
Antihypertensive therapy
Antihyperlipidemic therapy
reat valvular lesions (aortic stenosis and mitral and aortic regurgitation) early
Prognosis
HF carries a poor prognosis with both reduced and preserved ejection raction
Five-year mortality is approximately 50%
Mortality rates vary rom < 5% per year in those with no or ew symptoms to > 30% per
year in those with severe and re ractory symptoms
Higher mortality is related to
Older age
Lower le ventricular ejection raction
More severe symptoms
Renal insu ciency
Diabetes
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Brignole M et al. 2013 ESC Guidelines on cardiac pacing and cardiac resynchronization therapy: the ask
Force on cardiac pacing and resynchronization therapy o the European Society o Cardiology (ESC).
Developed in collaboration with the European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA). Eur Heart J. 2013
Aug;34(29):22812329. [PMID: 23801822]
Ezekowitz JA et al. Standardizing care or acute decompensated heart ailure in a large megatrial: the
approach or the Acute Studies o Clinical E ectiveness o Nesiritide in Subjects with Decompensated
Heart Failure (ASCEND-HF). Am Heart J. 2009 Feb;157(2):219228. [PMID: 19185628]
Hunt SA et al. 2009 ocused update incorporated into the ACC/AHA 2005 Guidelines or the Diagnosis
and Management o Heart Failure in Adults: a report o the American College o Cardiology
Foundation/American Heart Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines: developed in collaboration with the International Society or Heart and Lung ransplantation. Circulation. 2009 Apr
14;119(14):e391e479. [PMID: 19324966]
McMurray JJ et al. ESC guidelines or the diagnosis and treatment o acute and chronic heart ailure
2012: the ask Force or the Diagnosis and reatment o Acute and Chronic Heart Failure 2012 o the
European Society o Cardiology. Eur J Heart Fail. 2012 Aug;14(8):803869. [PMID: 22828712]
Pitt B et al; OPCA Investigators. Spironolactone or heart ailure with preserved ejection raction.
N Engl J Med. 2014 Apr 10;370(15):13831392. [PMID: 24716680]
roughton RW et al. E ect o B-type natriuretic peptide-guided treatment o chronic heart ailure on
total mortality and hospitalization: an individual patient meta-analysis. Eur Heart J. 2014 Jun
14;35(23):15591567. [PMID: 24603309]
Velazquez EJ et al; S ICH Investigators. Coronary-artery bypass surgery in patients with le t ventricular
dys unction. N Engl J Med. 2011 Apr 28;364(17):16071616. [PMID: 21463150]
125
126
19
Hypertension
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the classif cation and clinical mani estations o hypertension
Understand the identif able causes o hypertension, including the causes o hypertension
resistant to treatment
Know the di erential diagnosis o hypertension
Learn which laboratory tests are recommended or evaluation or patients newly
diagnosed with hypertension
Learn the treatments or hypertension, including modif cations or compelling diseasespecif c indications
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o hypertension?
What are the symptoms and signs o hypertension?
What is the di erential diagnosis o hypertension?
What laboratory tests are indicated in hypertension?
What are the treatments or hypertension?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up and complications, o hypertension?
When should patients with hypertension be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Elevated BP on multiple occasions and a er resting; A rican American race; no temporary cause
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Usually asymptomatic
In severe hypertension, occipital headache at awakening and blurry vision may occur
General Considerations
Mild-to-moderate hypertension is nearly always asymptomatic
Severe hypertension is usually due to
Parenchymal renal disease
Endocrine abnormalities
Primary hyperaldosteronism
Cushing syndrome
Pheochromocytoma
Renal artery stenosis
Abrupt cessation o antihypertensive medications (rebound)
Medication or illicit drug use
Adequate blood pressure control reduces the incidence o acute coronary syndrome by
20% to 25%, stroke by 30% to 35%, and heart ailure by 50%
Figure 19-1 provides an approach to the expedited assessment and diagnosis o patients
with hypertension
able 19-1 summarizes potential identif able causes o hypertension
Resistant hypertension is def ned as ailure to reach BP control in patients adherent to ull
doses o a 3-drug regimen (including a diuretic)
able 19-2 summarizes reasons or ailure to reach BP control
Demographics
About 71 million Americans are hypertensive
Hal o those a ected are uncontrolled
36% o those that are uncontrolled are unaware o their condition
60% o patients who are being treated or hypertension are controlled
Incidence o hypertension increases with age and varies by sex and ethnicity
More men than women in early li e
More women than men later in li e
More common in A rican Americans (up to 25%)
127
128
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Elevated
out-o -the-o ce
BP measurement
Elevated random
o ce BP
measurement
Hypertension visit 1
Hypertensive
urgency/
emergency
BP measurement,
history, and physical examination
Diagnostic tests ordered
at visit 1 or 2
Hypertension visit 2
Within 1 month
BP 180/110 mm Hg OR
BP 140179/90109 mm Hg with
target-organ damage, diabetes
mellitus, or chronic kidney disease
Yes
Diagnosis
o hypertension
No
BP: 140179/90109 mm Hg
Of ce BP Monitoring
Hypertension visit 3
Diagnosis
o
hypertension
160 systolic BP or
100 diastolic BP
< 160/100
mm Hg
or
Hypertension visit 45
140 mm Hg systolic BP
or 90 mm Hg
diastolic BP
< 140/90 mm Hg
Ambulatory BP
monitoring
or home BP
monitoring
i available
Diagnosis
o hypertension
Ambulatory BP Monitoring
(i available)
Awake BP
Awake BP
< 135/85 mm Hg
or
135 mm Hg systolic BP
or 85 mm Hg diastolic BP
24-hour
24-hour
< 130/80 mm Hg
Continue to
ollow-up
130 mm Hg systolic BP
or 80 mm Hg
diastolic BP
Diagnosis o
hypertension
Home BP Monitoring
(i available)
< 135/85 mm Hg
135/85 mm Hg
Conf rm with
repeat home BP
monitoring
or ambulatory
BP monitoring
Continue to
ollow-up
Diagnosis
o hypertension
Continue to
ollow-up
Figure 19-1. The Canadian Hypertension Education Program expedited assessment and diagnosis of patients with hypertension: Focus on
validated technologies for blood pressure (BP) assessment. (Reprinted, with permission, from the Canadian Hypertension Education Program.
The 2012 Canadian Hypertension Education Program recommendations for the management of hypertension: blood pressure management,
diagnosis, assessment of risk, and therapy.)
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Primary (Essential) Hypertension
White-coat hypertension
BP cu too small
Secondary Hypertension
See able 19-1
Adrenal
Primary hyperaldosteronism
Cushing syndrome
Pheochromocytoma
Renal
Chronic kidney disease
Renal artery stenosis (atherosclerotic or f bromuscular dysplasia)
Other
Oral contraceptives
Alcohol
NSAIDs
Pregnancy associated
Hypercalcemia
Hyperthyroidism
Obstructive sleep apnea
Obesity
Coarctation o the aorta
Acromegaly
Increased intracranial pressure
Cocaine or amphetamine use
6. Laboratory Tests
Urinalysis
Serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen
Serum potassium
129
130
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
7. Treatments
T e blood pressure goals or most patients should be SBP < 140 mm Hg and diastolic BP
(DBP) < 90 mm Hg
T e JNC 8 guidelines suggested that nondiabetic patients age 60 years or older have a goal
o a SBP < 150 mm Hb and DBP < 90 mm Hg, though most clinical guidelines still suggest
a goal o SBP < 140 mm Hg and DBP < 90 mm Hg in patients age 6080 years
Elderly patients (older than age 80 years) should be treated with more moderation; a goal
o SBP < 150 mm Hg and DBP < 90 mm Hg may be more reasonable
Medications
Initiation o drug therapy based on level o BP, cardiovascular risk actors, presence o
target-organ damage ( able 19-3), and demographic considerations ( able 19-4)
Major risk actors include
Smoking
Dyslipidemia
Diabetes mellitus
Age > 60 years
Family history o cardiovascular disease
Table 19-3. Cardiovascular risk factors.
Major risk factors
Hypertensiona
Cigarette smoking
Obesity(BMI 30)a
Physical inactivity
Dyslipidemiaa
Diabetes mellitusa
Microalbuminuria or estimated GFR< 60 mL/min
Age ( > 55 years for men, > 65 years for women)
Familyhistoryof premature cardiovascular disease (men < 55 years or women < 65 years)
Target-organ damage
Heart
Left ventricular hypertrophy
Angina or prior myocardial infarction
Prior coronaryrevascularization
Heart failure
Brain
Stroke or transient ischemicattack
Chronic kidneydisease
Peripheral arterial disease
Retinopathy
a
131
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
First-line
CCBor diuretic
CCBor diuretice
Second-line
Vasodilating -blockerf
Alternatives
-Agonist or -antagonistg
-Agonist or -antagonist
-Agonist or -antagonistg
Resistant hypertension
ACE, angiotensin-converting enzyme; ARB, angiotensin II receptor blocker; CCB, calcium channel blocker.
a
Compelling indications may alter the selection of an antihypertensive drug.
b
Start with full dose of one agent, or lower doses of combination therapy. In stage 2 hypertension, consider initiating therapy with a fixed dose
combination.
c
Women of childbearing age should avoid ACE and ARB or discontinue as soon as pregnancy is diagnosed.
d
The adverse metabolic effects of thiazide diuretics and -blockers should be considered in younger patients but may be less important in the
older patient.
e
For patients with significant renal impairment, use loop diuretic instead of thiazide.
f
There are theoretical advantages in the use of vasodilating -blockers such as carvedilol and nebivolol.
g
-Antagonists may precipitate or exacerbate orthostatic hypotension in the elderly.
> 180/110
160179
100109
Unless malignant
phase o hypertensive emergency,
conf rm over 12
weeks then treat
I cardiovascular complications,
target-organ damage, or diabetes
is present, conf rm over 34
weeks then treat; i absent,
remeasure weekly and treat i
blood pressure persists at these
levels over 412 weeks
160/100
Treat
a
140159
9099
130139
8589
I cardiovascular complications,
target-organ damage, or diabetes is
present, conf rm over 12 weeks then
treat; i absent, remeasure monthly
and treat i these levels are
maintained and i estimated 10-year
CVD risk is 20%
140159
9099
< 140/90
No target-organ damage
and
no cardiovascular complications
and
no diabetes
and
10-year CVD riska < 20%
Treat
Observe, reassess
CVD risk yearly
Treat
< 130/85
Reassess
in 5 years
Reassess
yearly
Figure 19-2. British Hypertension Society algorithm for diagnosis and treatment of hypertension, incorporating total cardiovascular risk in
deciding which prehypertensive patients to treat. CVD, cardiovascular disease. CVD risk chart available at qrisk.org. (Reproduced, with
permission, from Guidelines for management of hypertension: report of the Fourth Working Party of the British Hypertension Society, 2004-BHS
IV. J Hum Hypertens. 2004 Mar;18(3):139185.)
132
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Drugs
Dosage Range
Adverse Effects
Comments
K+, Mg2+,
Ca2+, Na+, uric acid, glucose,
LDLcholesterol,
triglycerides; rash, erectile dysfunction
Esidrix, Microzide
Chlorthalidone
Thalitone
Metolazone
Zaroxolyn
Indapamide
Lozol
Furosemide
Lasix
20 mg twice daily
40320 mg in 2 or 3
doses
Ethacrynic acid
Edecrin
50 mg once daily
Bumetanide
(generic)
0.25 mg twicedaily
0.510 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Torsemide
Demadex
Loop diuretics
Aldactone
Amiloride
(generic)
5 mg once daily
Eplerenone
Inspra
25 mg once daily
Hyperkalemia, metabolicacidosis,
gynecomastia
Combination products
HCTZand
triamterene
Dyazide, Maxzide
(25/37.5 mg)
HCTZand
amiloride
(generic)
(50/5 mg)
HCTZand
spironolactone
Aldactazide
(25/25 mg)
Renal vs
Lipid
Hepatic
ISAb MSAc Solubility Elimination
2001200 mg in 1 or 2
doses
H> R
25 mg once daily
Tenoretic
50 mg/25 mg once
daily
50/25100/25 mg once
daily
Betaxolol
Kerlone
10 mg once daily
H> R
Bisoprolol
Zebeta
5 mg once daily
R= H
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Acebutolol
Sectral
Atenolol
Tenormin
Atenolol/
chlorthalidone
Drug
Commentsd
133
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
Table 19-6. Antihypertensive drugs: -adrenergic blocking agents. (continued)
Special Properties
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
1
Selectivitya
Renal vs
Lipid
Hepatic
b
c
ISA MSA Solubility Elimination
Commentsd
Ziac
2.5 mg/6.25 mg
once daily
2.5 mg/6.25 mg to
10 mg/25 mg once daily
R= H
Low-dose combination
approved for initial therapy.
Carvedilol
Coreg
Coreg CR
12.550 mg in 2 doses
2080 mg ERonce daily
+++
H> R
: -blocking activity1:9;
maycause orthostatic
symptoms; effective for
heart failure. Nitricoxide
potentiating vasodilatory
activity
Labetalol
Trandate
2002400 mg in 2 doses
0/+
++
: -blocking activity1:3;
more orthostatic
hypotension, fever,
hepatotoxicity
Metoprolol
Lopressor
50 mg twice daily
+++
Metoprolol and
HCTZ
50 mg/25 mg to 200
mg/50 mg
+++
Nadolol
Corgard
20 mg once daily
Nadolol and
Corzide
bendroflumethiazide
40 mg/5 mg once
daily
40 mg/5 mg 80 mg/
5 mg once daily
Nebivolol
Bystolic
5 mg once daily
40 mg once daily
++
Penbutolol
Levatol
20 mg once daily
++
R> H
Pindolol
Visken
5 mg twice daily
1060 mg in 2 doses
++
H> R
In adults, 35%renal
clearance
Propranolol
Inderal
Inderal LA
20 mg twice daily
80 mg ERonce daily
++
+++
InnoPran XL
80 mg ERonce
nightly
40640 mg in 2 doses
120640 mg ERonce
daily
80120 mg ERonce
nightly
Propranolol and
HCTZ
(Generic)
40 mg/25 mg twice
daily
++
+++
Timolol
Blocadren
5 mg twice daily
1060 mg in 2 doses
++
H> R
Nitricoxide potentiating
vasodilatoryactivity
ANA, antinuclear antibody; HCTZ, hydrochlorothiazide; ISA, intrinsic sympathomimetic activity; LE, lupus erythematosus; MI, myocardial infarction;
MSA, membrane-stabilizing activity; SR, sustained release; 0, no effect; +, some effect; ++, moderate effect; +++, most effect.
a
Agents with 1 selectivity are less likely to precipitate bronchospasm and decreased peripheral blood flow in low doses, but selectivity is only
relative.
b
Agents with ISA cause less resting bradycardia and lipid changes.
c
MSA generally occurs at concentrations greater than those necessary for -adrenergic blockade. The clinical importance of MSA by -blockers has
not been defined.
d
Adverse effects of all -blockers: bronchospasm, fatigue, sleep disturbance and nightmares, bradycardia and atrioventricular block, worsening of
heart failure, cold extremities, gastrointestinal disturbances, erectile dysfunction, triglycerides, HDL cholesterol, rare blood dyscrasias.
134
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Table 19-7. Antihypertensive drugs: Renin and ACE inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers.
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Adverse Effects
Comments
Renin inhibitors
Aliskiren
Tekturna
Tekturna HCT
Tekamlo
Azilsartan
Edarbi
40 mg once daily
Benazepril
Lotensin
10 mg once daily
540 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Lotensin HCT
5 mg/6.25 mg to 20 mg/25 mg
Lotrel
10 mg/2.5 mg to 40 mg/10 mg
Captopril
Capoten
25 mg twice daily
50450 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Capozide
25 mg/15 mg to 50 mg/25 mg
Enalapril
Vasotec
5 mg once daily
540 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Vaseretic
5 mg/12.5 mg to 10 mg/25 mg
Fosinopril
Monopril
10 mg once daily
1080 mg in 1 or 2 doses
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/12.5 mg
Lisinopril
Prinivil, Zestril
Prinzide or
Zestoretic
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/12.5 mg to
20 mg/25 mg
Moexipril
Univasc
7.530 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Uniretic
Perindopril
Aceon
4 mg once daily
416 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Coveram
Quinapril
Accupril
10 mg once daily
1080 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Accuretic
10 mg/12.5 mg to 20 mg/25 mg
Ramipril
Altace
2.520 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Trandolapril
Mavik
1 mg once daily
18 mg once daily
Tarka
Angioedema, hypotension,
hyperkalemia.
Contraindicated in
pregnancy
Probablymetabolized by
CYP3A4. Absorption is
inhibited byhigh-fat meal
Cough, hypotension,
dizziness, kidney
dysfunction, hyperkalemia,
angioedema; taste
alteration and rash (maybe
more frequent with
captopril); rarely,
proteinuria, blood
dyscrasia. Contraindicated
in pregnancy
Hyperkalemia, kidney
dysfunction, rare
angioedema.
Combinations have
additional side effects.
Contraindicated in
pregnancy
ACEinhibitors
Edarbychlor
Candesartan cilexitil
Atacand
16 mg once daily
Atacand HCT
Eprosartan
Teveten
400800 mg in 12 doses
Eprosartan/HCTZ
Teveten HCT
Irbesartan
Avapro
Avalide
Losartan
Cozaar
50 mg once daily
25100 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Hyzaar
Olmesartan
Benicar
20 mg once daily
Benicar HCT
(continued )
135
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
Table 19-7. Antihypertensive drugs: Renin and ACE inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers. (continued)
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Olmesartan and
amlodipine
Azor
20 mg/5 mg to 40 mg/10 mg
Olmesartan and
amlodipine and HCTZ
Tribenzor
Telmisartan
Micardis
40 mg once daily
Micardis HCT
Telmisartan and
amlodipine
Twynsta
Valsartan
Diovan
80 mg once daily
Diovan HCT
Exforge
Amturnide
Valturna
Amlodipine and
Valsartan and HCTZ
Exforge HCT
5 mg/160 mg/12.5 mg
once daily
Adverse Effects
Hyperkalemia, kidney
dysfunction, rare
angioedema.
Combinations have
additional side effects.
Contraindicated in
pregnancy
Comments
136
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Drug
Proprietary
Name
Dosage Range
Cardiac
Automaticity
Peripheral
and
Vasodilation Conduction Contractility
Adverse Effects
Comments
Nondihydropyridine agents
Diltiazem
CardizemLA
CardizemCD
Cartia XT
Dilacor XR
Diltia CD
Diltia XT
Tiazac
Taztia XT
90 mg twice daily
180 mg ERonce daily
180 or 240 mg ERonce daily
180 or 240 mg ERonce daily
180 or 240 mg ERonce daily
180 or 240 mg ERonce daily
120 or 240 mg ERonce daily
120 or 180 mg ERonce daily
++
180360 mg in 2 doses
180360 mg ERonce daily
180480 mg ERonce daily
180540 mg ERonce daily
180480 mg ERonce daily
180540 mg ERonce daily
120540 mg ERonce daily
120540 mg ERonce daily
Edema, headache,
bradycardia, GI
disturbances,
dizziness, AVblock,
heart failure, urinary
frequency
Also
approved
for angina
Verapamil
Calan
Calan SR
Same as diltiazem
but more likelyto
cause constipation
and heart failure
Verelan
Verelan PM
80480 mg in 3 divided
++
doses
180480 mg ERin 1 or 2
doses
240480 mg ERonce daily
100400 mg ERonce daily
Also
approved
for angina
and
arrhythmias
Norvasc
+++
/0
/0
Amlodipine Caduet
and
atorvastatin
+++
/0
/0
Amlodipine,
nicardipine,
and
nifedipine
also
approved
for angina
Felodipine
Plendil
5 mg ERonce daily
+++
/0
/0
Isradipine
DynaCirc
+++
/0
Nicardipine
Cardene
Cardene SR
/0
Edema, dizziness,
palpitations, flushing,
headache,
hypotension,
tachycardia, GI
disturbances, urinary
frequency, worsening
of heart failure (may
be less common with
felodipine, amlodipine)
Myopathy,
hepatotoxicity, edema
with amlodipine and
atorvastatin
Nifedipine
Adalat CC
Afeditab CR
Nifediac CC
Nifedical XL
Procardia XL
30 mg ERonce daily
30 mg ERonce daily
30 mg ERonce daily
30 mg ERonce daily
30 or 60 mg ERonce daily
+++
Nisoldipine
Sular
17 mg once daily
1734 mg daily
+++
/0
Dihydropyridines
Amlodipine
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Frequent visits until BP is controlled
Once controlled, visits can be in requent, with limited ollow-up laboratory tests
Lipid monitoring every year
ECG every 2 to 4 years, depending on initial ECG
Complications
Stroke
Dementia
Myocardial in arction
Heart ailure
137
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
Table 19-9. -Adrenoceptor blocking agents, sympatholytics, and vasodilators.
Drug
Proprietary Names
Initial Dosage
Dosage Range
Adverse Effects
Comments
Reboundhypertension may
occur even after gradual
withdrawal.
A0.09 mg /mLERoral
suspension is available. Its
initial dose should be given at
bedtime
-Adrenoceptor blockers
Doxazosin
Cardura
Cardura XL
1 mg at bedtime
4 mg ERonce daily
Prazosin
Minipress
1 mg at bedtime
220 mg in 2 or 3 doses
Terazosin
Hytrin
1 mg at bedtime
120 mg in 1 or 2 doses
Central sympatholytics
Clonidine
Catapres
Catapres TTS
(transdermal patch)
Nexiclon XR
(suspension)
Clonidine and
chlorthalidone
Clorpres
0.1 mg/15 mg
1to 3 times daily
Guanabenz
Wytensin
4 mg twice daily
864 mg in 2 doses
Guanfacine
Tenex
1 mg once daily
13 mg once daily
Methyldopa
Aldochlor
5002000 mg in 2 doses
(Generic)
Hydralazine
Apresoline
25 mg twice daily
50300 mg in 24 doses
GI disturbances, tachycardia,
headache, nasal congestion, rash,
LE-like syndrome
Mayworsen or precipitate
angina
Minoxidil
(Generic)
5 mg once daily
Should be used in
combination with -blocker
and diuretic
Direct vasodilators
Recommendation
Approximate Systolic BP
Reduction, Range
Weight reduction
Consume a diet rich in fruits, vegetables, and low-fat dairyproducts with a reduced content of saturated fat
and total fat
814 mmHg
Dietarysodiumreduction
28 mmHg
Physical activity
Engage in regular aerobic physical activitysuch as briskwalking (at least 30 min/d, most days of the week)
49 mmHg
Moderation of alcohol
consumption
Limit consumption to no more than two drinks per day(1 oz or 30 mLethanol [eg, 24 ozbeer, 10 ozwine, or
3 oz80-proof whiskey]) in most men and no more than one drinkper dayin women and lighter-weight persons
24 mmHg
BMI, body mass index calculated as weight in kilograms divided by the square of height in meters; BP, blood pressure; DASH, Dietary Approaches
to Stop Hypertension.
a
For overall cardiovascular risk reduction, stop smoking. The effects of implementing these modifications are dose and time dependent and could
be higher for some individuals.
Data from Chobanian AV et al. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High
Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA. 2003;289(19):256072.
138
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Table 19-11. Clinical trial and guideline basis for compelling indications for individual drug classes.a
Recommended Drugs
High-Risk Conditions with
Compelling Indicationb
Heart failure
Post-myocardial infarction
Diabetes mellitus
Chronic kidneydisease
Recurrent stroke prevention
PROGRESS
AASK, African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension; ACC/AHA, American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association; ACE,
angiotensin converting enzyme; AIRE, Acute Infarction Ramipril Efficacy; ALLHAT, Antihypertensive and Lipid-Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart
Attack Trial; ANBP2, Second Australian National Blood Pressure Study; ARB, angiotensin receptor blocker; BHAT, -Blocker Heart Attack Trial; CCB,
calcium channel blocker; CIBIS, Cardiac Insufficiency Bisoprolol Study; CONVINCE, Controlled Onset Verapamil Investigation of Cardiovascular End
Points; COPERNICUS, Carvedilol Prospective Randomized Cumulative Survival Study; EPHESUS, Eplerenone Post-acute Myocardial Infarction Heart
Failure Efficacy and Survival Study; HOPE, Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation Study; IDNT, Irbesartan Diabetic Nephropathy Trial; LIFE, Losartan
Intervention For Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension Study; MERIT-HF, Metoprolol CR/XL Randomized Intervention Trial in Heart Failure; NKF-ADA,
National Kidney FoundationAmerican Diabetes Association; PROGRESS, Perindopril Protection Against Recurrent Stroke Study; RALES, Randomized
Aldactone Evaluation Study; REIN, Ramipril Efficacy in Nephropathy Study; RENAAL, Reduction of Endpoints in Noninsulin-Dependent Diabetes
Mellitus with the Angiotensin II Antagonist Losartan Study; SAVE, Survival and Ventricular Enlargement Study; SOLVD, Studies of Left Ventricular
Dysfunction; TRACE, Trandolapril Cardiac Evaluation Study; UKPDS, United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study; ValHEFT, Valsartan Heart Failure Trial.
a
Compelling indications for antihypertensive drugs are based on benefits from outcome studies or existing clinical guidelines; the compelling
indication is managed in parallel with the blood pressure.
b
Conditions for which clinical trials demonstrate benefit of specific classes of antihypertensive drugs.
Data from Chobanian AV et al. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High
Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA. 2003;289(19):256072.
Step 1
Ca
Step 2
A+ C
Step 3
A+ C+ D
Step 4
Resistant hypertension
A + C + D + consider urther
diureticb or alpha-or
beta-blocker c
Consider seeking expert advice
a A CCB is pre erred but consider a thiazide-like diuretic i
o a thiazide-like diuretic.
cConsider an alpha- or beta-blocker i urther diuretic
Figure 19-3. Hypertension treatment guidelines from the United Kingdoms National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Guidelines
identify angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs), or calcium channel blockers (CCB) as firstline medications and suggest a sequence of escalating drug therapy depending on blood pressure response. As noted, the choice of the
initial agent is influenced by patient demographics. In Step 4, higher doses of thiazide-type diuretics may be used as long as serum
potassium levels exceed 4.5 mmol/L. A, ACE inhibitor or ARB; C, calcium channel blocker; D, diuretic, thiazide-like. (Modified, with
permission, from the 2013 hypertension guidelines published by the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. https://www.nice.org.uk/
guidance/cg127/evidence/cg127-hypertension-full-guideline3)
CHAPTER 19 HYPERTENSION
Retinal vasculopathy
Aortic dissection
Kidney disease, including proteinuria and nephrosclerosis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Brook RD et al. American Heart Association Pro essional Education Committee o the Council or
High Blood Pressure Research, Council on Cardiovascular and Stroke Nursing, Council on
Epidemiology and Prevention, and Council on Nutrition, Physical Activity. Beyond medications and
diet: alternative approaches to lowering blood pressure: a scienti ic statement rom the American
Heart Association. Hypertension. 2013 Jun;61(6):13601383. [PMID: 23608661]
Carter BL et al. E icacy and sa ety o nighttime dosing o antihypertensives: review o the literature and
design o a pragmatic clinical trial. J Clin Hypertens (Greenwich). 2014 Feb;16(2):115121. [PMID:
24373519]
Dasgupta K et al. he 2014 Canadian Hypertension Education Program recommendations or blood
pressure measurement, diagnosis, assessment o risk, prevention, and treatment o hypertension. Can
J Cardiol. 2014 May;30(5):485501. [PMID: 24786438]
Howard G et al. Racial di erences in the impact o elevated systolic blood pressure on stroke risk. JAMA
Intern Med. 2013 Jan 14;173(1):4651. [PMID: 23229778]
James PA et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline or the management o high blood pressure in adults:
report rom the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA.
2014 Feb 5;311(5):507520. [PMID: 24352797]
Lipsitz LA. A 91-year-old woman with di icult-to-control hypertension: a clinical review. JAMA. 2013
Sep 25;310(12):12741280. [PMID: 24065014]
McCormack et al. Management o hypertension in adults in primary care: NICE guideline. Br J Gen
Pract. 2012 Mar;62(596):163164. [PMID: 22429432]
Stern HR. he new hypertension guidelines. J Clin Hypertens (Greenwich). 2013 Oct;15(10):748751.
[PMID: 24088284]
extor SC. Secondary hypertension: renovascular hypertension. J Am Soc Hypertens. 2014 Dec;8(12):943
945. [PMID: 25492839]
139
140
20
Mitral Regurgitation
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o acute and chronic mitral
regurgitation
Understand the causes that predispose to mitral regurgitation
Know the di erential diagnosis o mitral regurgitation
Learn the treatment or mitral regurgitation depending upon the cause
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
o mitral regurgitation?
What are the symptoms and signs o mitral regurgitation?
What is the di erential diagnosis o mitral regurgitation?
What are the laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in mitral regurgitation?
What are the treatments or mitral regurgitation?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Crushing chest pain; shortness o breath; crackles and dullness to percussion with chest
radiograph indicating acute pulmonary edema; hyperdynamic LV, brisk carotid upstroke,
and S3 gallop; pansystolic murmur at apex radiating to the axilla; ECG with in erior S
elevations indicating myocardial in arction; echocardiography is diagnostic
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
T e cause o mitral regurgitation determines the clinical presentation
May be asymptomatic or many years (or or li e) or may cause le -sided heart ailure
Pansystolic murmur at the apex, radiating into the axilla; associated with an S3 gallop
when regurgitant volume is great
ECG shows LA abnormality or atrial f brillation and le ventricular hypertrophy (LVH);
chest radiograph shows LA and LV enlargement
Echocardiographic f ndings are diagnostic and can help decide when to operate
General Considerations
Mitral regurgitation results rom
Ischemia at base or rupture o papillary muscle (myocardial ischemia or in arction or
in ection [endocarditis])
Displacement o papillary muscles (dilated cardiomyopathy)
Excessive length o chordae or myxomatous degeneration o lea ets (mitral valve
prolapse)
Noncontraction o annulus (annular calcif cation)
Scarring (rheumatic ever, calcif c invasion)
Places a volume load on heart (increased preload), but reduces a erload, resulting in
enlarged LV and initial increase in ejection raction (EF)
Over time, myocardial contractile unction is reduced and EF drops
Calculated regurgitant orif ce areas 40 mm 2 by echocardiogram are considered severe
141
142
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Aortic stenosis
Aortic sclerosis
ricuspid regurgitation
Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy (HOCM)
Atrial septal de ect
Ventricular septal de ect
143
Exercise hemodynamics with either Doppler echocardiography or cardiac catheterization may be use ul when the symptoms do not f t the anatomic severity o mitral
regurgitation
Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) may be use ul i searching or specif c causes
o dilated cardiomyopathy such as amyloid or myocarditis, or i assessment o myocardial
viability is needed prior to deciding i coronary artery bypass gra ing should be added to
mitral valve repair
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG shows le atrial abnormality or atrial f brillation and LV hypertrophy
Coronary angiography is o en indicated (especially a er age 45) to determine the presence
o CAD be ore valve surgery
7. Treatments
Medications
Vasodilators may be used to stabilize acute mitral regurgitation while awaiting or surgery
by decreasing the systemic vascular resistance and there ore reducing the amount o
regurgitant ow
A erload reduction in chronic mitral regurgitation is controversial; -blockade may be
benef cial
Class I
Class IIa
Mitral regurgitation
Class IIb
Secondary
MR
Primary MR
Progressive MR
(stage B)
Vena contracta < 0.7 cm
RVol < 60 mL
RF < 50%
ERO < 0.40 cm 2
Severe MR
Vena contracta 0.7 cm
RVol 60 mL
RF 50%
ERO 0.4 cm 2
LV dilation
Symptomatic
(stage D)
Symptomatic
severe MR
(stage D)
Asymptomatic
(stage C)
LVEF 30%59%
LVESD 40 mm or
PASP > 50 mm Hg
(stage C2)
Yes
CAD Rx
HF Rx
consider CRT
Progressive
MR (stage B)
Persistent
NYHA class
III/IV
symptoms
Asymptomatic
severe MR
(stage C)
New onset
AF
No
Yes
MV surgerya
(IIb)
MV surgerya
(I)
MV repaira
(IIa)
No
Periodic monitoring
MV surgerya
(IIb)
Periodic monitoring
a Mitral valve
Figure 20-1. The 2014 AHA/ACC guidelines for intervention in mitral regurgitation. (Reproduced with permission from Nishimura RA et al.
2014 AHA/ACC Guideline for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American
Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 10;129(23):e521e643. [PMID: 24589853]
144
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Surgery
Acute mitral regurgitation resulting rom endocarditis, myocardial in arction, and
ruptured chordae tendineae o en requires emergent surgery
Chronic mitral regurgitation usually requires surgery when symptoms develop or in
asymptomatic patients when the LV end-systolic dimension is 40 mm or EF is < 60%
Calculated regurgitant orif ce areas 40 mm 2 by echocardiogram are considered severe
Surgical valve repair
Pre erred in mitral prolapse and in some with endocarditis
Essentially all patients who undergo valve repair also get mitral annular rings placed
Also used in patients with cardiomyopathy
Mitral valve replacement uses mechanical or bioprosthetic valves
See Figure 20-1.
T erapeutic Procedures
Patients with cardiomyopathy may improve with cardiac resynchronization therapy rom
a biventricular pacemaker; guidelines recommend biventricular pacing prior to surgical
repair in those patients with have unctional MR due to cardiomyopathy.
Percutaneous, cathetered based interventions or mitral valve repair and replacement
have been developed and continue to be explored, including
Mitral clipping devices to create a double orif ce valve and reduce regurgitation
Catheters to reduce the mitral annular area
Devices to reduce the septal-lateral ventricular size and consequently the mitral orif ce
size
ranscatheter stented valves or valve replacement
Percutaneous approaches tend to be reserved or patients in whom surgical risk is
excessive or are otherwise not candidates or surgery
8. Outcome
Prognosis
When mitral regurgitation is due to papillary muscle dys unction, it may subside as the
ischemia is treated, the in arction heals or the LV dilation diminishes
9. When to Refer
All patients with more than mild mitral regurgitation should be re erred to a cardiologist or an evaluation. Serial examinations and echocardiograms (usually yearly) should
be obtained, and re erral made i there is any increase in the LV end-systolic dimensions, a
all in the EF to < 60%, pulmonary hypertension, new atrial f brillation, or any symptoms
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ahmed MI et al. A randomized controlled phase IIb trial o beta(1)-receptor blockade or chronic
degenerative mitral regurgitation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2012 Aug 28;60(9):833838. [PMID: 22818065]
Mauri L et al; EVERES II Investigators. 4-year results o a randomized controlled trial o percutaneous
repair versus surgery or mitral regurgitation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2013 Jul 23;62(4):317328. [PMID:
23665364]
Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC guideline or the management o patients with valvular heart
disease: executive summary: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):24382488.
Erratum in: J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):2489. [PMID: 24603192]
Suri RM et al. Association between early surgical intervention vs watch ul waiting and outcomes or mitral
regurgitation due to lail mitral valve lea lets. JAMA. 2013 Aug 14;310(6):609616. [PMID: 23942679]
Vahanian A et al; Joint ask Force on the Management o Valvular Heart Disease o the European
Society o Cardiology (ESC); European Association or Cardio- horacic Surgery (EAC S).
Guidelines on the management o valvular heart disease (version 2012). Eur Heart J. 2012
Oct;33(19):24512496. [PMID: 22922415]
Whitlow PL et al; EVERES II Investigators. Acute and 12-month results with catheter-based mitral
valve lea let repair: he EVERES II (Endovascular Valve Edge-to-Edge Repair) High Risk Study.
J Am Coll Cardiol. 2012 Jan 10;59(2):130139. [PMID: 22222076]
145
Mitral Stenosis
21
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o mitral stenosis depending on
disease severity
Understand the actors and patient history that predispose to mitral stenosis
Know the di erential diagnosis o mitral stenosis
Learn the treatments or mitral stenosis and how to choose between di erent surgical
options
Know the mortality risk o valve replacement and valvuloplasty
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o mitral stenosis?
What are the symptoms and signs o mitral stenosis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o mitral stenosis?
What are imaging and procedural f ndings in mitral stenosis?
What are the treatments or mitral stenosis?
What are the outcomes, including prevention and prognosis, o mitral stenosis?
When should patients with mitral stenosis be re erred to a specialist?
146
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Dyspnea; palpitations and irregularly irregular heartbeat with atrial f brillation on ECG;
possible rheumatic ever as a child; tachycardia; jugular venous distension and pulmonary
edema; diastolic decrescendo murmur at the apex in the le lateral decubitus position; le
atrial enlargement
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Exertional dyspnea, orthopnea, and paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea when the stenosis
becomes severe
Symptoms o en precipitated by onset o atrial f brillation or pregnancy
Prominent mitral f rst sound, opening snap (usually), and apical diastolic rumble
ECG shows le atrium (LA) abnormality and, commonly, atrial f brillation
Echocardiography/Doppler is diagnostic
Intervention indicated or symptoms or evidence o pulmonary hypertension. Most
symptomatic patients have a valve area < 1.5 cm 2
General Considerations
Underlying rheumatic heart disease in almost all patients (although history o rheumatic
ever is o en absent)
May also occur due to congenital disease, calcif cation o the annulus invading the lea ets,
or prosthetic valve annular ring mismatch
Mild to Moderate stenosis (valve area 1.51.0 cm 2): LA pressure and cardiac output may
be essentially normal; patient may be asymptomatic or have dyspnea and atigue with
exertion, especially with tachycardia
Severe stenosis (valve area < 1.0 cm 2): pulmonary hypertension, dyspnea, atigue, rightsided heart ailure, orthopnea, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, and occasional hemoptysis
Sudden increase in heart rate may precipitate pulmonary edema
Paroxysmal or chronic atrial f brillation develops in ~50% to 80%, may precipitate dyspnea
or pulmonary edema
May be accompanied by mitral regurgitation; i a regurgitant murmur is audible, valve
replacement is usually required
Mitral stenosis may be present or a li etime with ew symptoms, or it may become severe
over a ew years
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Mitral valve prolapse
Atrial myxoma
Cor triatriatum (congenital atrial anomaly)
7. Treatments
Medications
Control heart rate to allow or more diastolic f lling o the le ventricle (LV)
Once atrial f brillation occurs, provide li elong anticoagulation with war arin, even i sinus
rhythm is restored (newer oral anticoagulants are not yet approved or stroke prevention
in valvular atrial f brillation)
Surgery
Intervention to relieve stenosis indicated or symptoms (eg, pulmonary edema, decline in
exercise capacity) or evidence o pulmonary hypertension
Surgical valve replacement is done in combined stenosis and regurgitation or when the
mitral valve is signif cantly distorted and calcif ed
Women o childbearing age with moderate to severe mitral stenosis should have the
condition corrected prior to becoming pregnant i possible; third trimester surgery or
balloon valvuloplasty is also possible
See Figure 21-1.
T erapeutic Procedures
Attempt conversion o atrial f brillation with appropriate anticoagulation and imaging
prior to procedure
Percutaneous balloon valvuloplasty can be done when there is no signif cant mitral
regurgitation
147
148
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Class I
Rheumatic MS
Class IIb
Very severe MS
MVA 1.0 cm 2
Pmean > 10 mm Hg
T1/ 2 220 msec
Severe MS
MVA 1.5 cm 2
Pmean > 5 mm Hg
T1/ 2 150 msec
Asymptomatic
(stage C)
Symptomatic
(stage D)
New onset AF
Favorable valve
morphology
No LA clot
No or mild MR
Favorable valve
morphology
No LA clot
No or mild MR
Favorable valve
morphology
No LA clot
No or mild MR
NO
YES
NO
YES
Progressive MS
MVA > 1.5 cm 2
Pmean 5 mm Hg
T1/ 2 < 150 msec
Asymptomatic
(stage B or C)
YES
Symptomatic with
no other cause
PCWP > 25 mm Hg
Pmean > 15 mm Hg
with exercise
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
Periodic
monitoring
PBMC (I)
MVR (I)
PBMC (IIb)
Periodic monitoring
AF, atrial f brillation; LA, le t atrial; MR, mitral regurgitation; MS, mitral stenosis; MVA, mitral valve area; MVR, mitral valve
replacement; NYHA, New York Heart Association; PBMC, percutaneous balloon mitral commissurotomy; PCWP, pulmonary
capillary wedge pressure; Pmean , mean pressure gradient; T1/ 2 , hal -li e.
Figure 211. The 2014 AHA/ACC guidelines for intervention in mitral stenosis. (Reproduced, with permission, from Nishimura RA et al. 2014
AHA/ACC guideline for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart
Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014 Jun 10;129(23):e521e643. [PMID: 24589853])
8. Outcomes
Prevention
Endocarditis prophylaxis is indicated or patients with prosthetic valves
Prognosis
Percutaneous mitral valvuloplasty has a mortality rate o < 0.5% and a morbidity rate o
3% to 5%
Operative mortality rate is ~1% to 3% or valve replacement
9. When to Refer
Patients with mitral stenosis should be monitored with yearly examinations and echocardiograms, and should be ordered more requently as the severity o obstruction increases
All patients should initially be seen by a cardiologist, who can then decide how o en the
patient needs ollow-up
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Nishimura RA et al. 2014 AHA/ACC guideline or the management o patients with valvular heart
disease: executive summary: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart
Association ask Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):24382488.
Erratum in: J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014 Jun 10;63(22):2489. [PMID: 24603192]
Vahanian A et al; Joint ask Force on the Management o Valvular Heart Disease o the European
Society o Cardiology (ESC); European Association or Cardio- horacic Surgery (EAC S).
Guidelines on the management o valvular heart disease (version 2012). Eur Heart J. 2012
Oct;33(19):24512496. [PMID: 22922415]
149
Shock
22
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o shock
Learn a classif cation or the di erent types o shock
Understand the actors that predispose to each type o shock
Learn the treatment or shock
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
o shock?
What are the symptoms and signs o shock?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in shock?
What are the treatments or shock?
What is the outcome, including prognosis, o shock?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
rauma; tachycardia and hypotension; altered mental status; tense abdomen in the setting
o trauma, suggesting internal bleeding; cool extremities suggesting high systemic vascular
resistance (SVR); suspicion o hypovolemia due to blood loss
150
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hypotension; tachycardia; oliguria; altered mental status; cool, clammy extremities
Peripheral hypoper usion and impaired oxygen delivery
General Considerations
Can be classif ed as
Hypovolemic
Cardiogenic
Obstructive
Distributive, including septic, anaphylactic, neurogenic, and other
Hypovolemic
Results rom decreased intravascular volume secondary to loss o blood or uids and
electrolytes
A loss o > 15% in intravascular volume can result in hypotension and progressive
tissue hypoxia
Cardiogenic
Results rom cardiac ailure with the resultant inability o the heart to maintain
adequate tissue per usion
Clinical def nition: evidence o tissue hypoxia due to decreased cardiac output (cardiac
index < 2.2 L/min/m 2) in the presence o adequate intravascular volume
Most o en caused by myocardial in arction but can also be due to cardiomyopathy,
myocardial contusion, valvular incompetence or stenosis, or arrhythmias
Obstructive
Results rom acute decrease in cardiac output due to cardiac tamponade, tension
pneumothorax, or massive pulmonary embolism
Distributive
Causes include sepsis (most common), systemic in ammatory response syndrome
produced by severe pancreatitis or burns, anaphylaxis, trauma, or ischemia
Reduction in SVR results in inadequate cardiac output and tissue hypoper usion
despite normal circulatory volume.
Septic shock
Gram-positive or gram-negative organisms most common cause, with a growing
incidence o multidrug-resistant organisms
CHAPTER 22 SHOCK
151
152
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Imaging Studies
Chest radiograph
ransesophageal echocardiography shows
Reduced le ventricular f lling in hypovolemic and obstructive shock
Enlarged le ventricle in cardiogenic shock
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG
Arterial line should be placed or blood pressure and arterial oxygen monitoring
Foley catheter should be inserted to monitor urinary output
Pulmonary artery catheter
Can distinguish cardiogenic rom septic shock
Can monitor e ects o volume resuscitation or pressor medications
CVP
< 5 mm Hg suggests hypovolemia
> 18 mm Hg suggests volume overload, cardiac ailure, tamponade, or pulmonary
hypertension
Cardiac index
< 2 L/min/m 2 indicates need or inotropic or ventricular support
4 L/min/m 2 in a hypotensive patient is consistent with early septic shock
SVR
Low (< 800 dynes s/cm 5) in septic and neurogenic shock
High (> 1500 dynes s/cm 5) in hypovolemic and cardiogenic shock
6. Treatments
Volume Replacement
Critical in initial management o shock
Hemorrhagic shock
Rapid in usions o type-specif c or type O negative packed red blood cells (PRBC) or
whole blood, which also provides extra volume and clotting actors
Each unit o PRBC or whole blood is expected to raise the hematocrit by 3%
Hypovolemic shock secondary to dehydration: rapid boluses o isotonic crystalloid,
usually in 1 L increments
Cardiogenic shock in absence o uid overload: requires smaller uid challenges usually
in increments o 250 mL
Septic shock
Usually requires large volumes o uid or resuscitation
Use o unwarmed uids can produce hypothermia, which can lead to hypothermiainduced coagulopathy; warming uids be ore administration can avoid this complication
Early goal-directed therapy uses a set protocol or the treatment o septic shock by
adjusting the use o uids, vasopressors, inotropes, and blood trans usions to meet
hemodynamic targets (MAP > 65 mmHg, CVP 812mm Hg, ScvO 2 > 70%,) and
provides a signif cant mortality benef t
Medications
Norepinephrine
Generally used or vasodilatory shock
Initial dosage: 1 to 2 g/min as an intravenous in usion, titrated to maintain the mean
arterial blood pressure o at least 65 mm Hg
Usual maintenance dosage: 2 to 4 g/min (maximum dose is 30 g/min)
Patients with re ractory shock may require dosages o 10 to 30 g/min
Epinephrine
reatment o choice in anaphylactic shock
Initial dosage: 0.1 to 0.5 mg o 1:1000 solution subcutaneously or intramuscularly
every 5 to 15 minutes as needed or 0.1 to 0.25 mg o 1:10 000 solution intravenously
every 5 to 15 minutes as needed
CHAPTER 22 SHOCK
153
154
HEART/HYPERTENSION/LIPID DISORDERS
Surgery
ranscutaneous or transvenous pacing or placement o an intra-arterial balloon pump or
cardiogenic shock
Emergent revascularization by percutaneous angioplasty or coronary artery bypass
surgery appears to improve long-term outcome
T erapeutic Procedures
IV access and uid resuscitation should be instituted along with cardiac monitoring and
assessment o hemodynamic parameters such as blood pressure and heart rate
reatment is directed at maintaining a
CVP o 8 to 12 mm Hg
Mean arterial pressure o 65 to 90 mm Hg
Cardiac index o 2 to 4 L/min/m 2
Central venous oxygen saturation > 70%
Pulmonary artery catheter is most use ul in managing cardiogenic shock
Central venous catheter may be adequate in other types o shock
In obstructive shock, pericardiocentesis or pericardial window, chest tube placement, or
catheter-directed thrombolytic therapy can be li esaving
Urgent hemodialysis or continuous venovenous hemof ltration may be indicated or maintenance o uid and electrolyte balance during acute kidney injury resulting rom shock
Lactate clearance o > 10% can be used as a potential substitute or central venous oxygen
saturation (ScvO2) criteria i ScvO2 monitoring is not available
7. Outcome
Prognosis
Septic shock mortality is 20% to 50%
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Annane D et al; COII SS Study Investigators. Corticosteroid treatment and intensive insulin therapy
or septic shock in adults: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2010 Jan 27;303(4):341348. [PMID:
20103758]
As ar P et al; SEPSISPAM Investigators. High versus low blood-pressure target in patients with septic
shock. N Engl J Med. 2014 Apr 24;370(17):15831593. [PMID: 24635770]
Caironi P et al; ALBIOS Study Investigators. Albumin replacement in patients with severe sepsis or
septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2014 Apr 10;370(15):14121421. [PMID: 24635772]
De Backer D et al; SOAP II Investigators. Comparison o dopamine and norepinephrine in the treatment o shock. N Engl J Med. 2010 Mar 4;362(9):779789. [PMID: 20200382]
Dellinger RP et al; Surviving Sepsis Campaign Guidelines Committee including the Pediatric Subgroup.
Surviving Sepsis Campaign: international guidelines or management o severe sepsis and septic
shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013 Feb;41(2):580637. [PMID: 23353941]
Patel GP et al. E icacy and sa ety o dopamine versus norepinephrine in the management o septic
shock. Shock. 2010 Apr;33(4):375380. [PMID: 19851126]
Patel GP et al. Systemic steroids in severe sepsis and septic shock. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2012 Jan
15;185(2):133139. [PMID: 21680949]
Peake SL et al; ARISE Investigators; ANZICS Clinical rials Group. Goal-directed resuscitation or
patients with early septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2014 Oct 16;371(16):14961506. [PMID: 25272316]
Prondzinsky R et al. Intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation in patients with acute myocardial in arction
complicated by cardiogenic shock: the prospective, randomized IABP SHOCK rial or attenuation
o multiorgan dys unction syndrome. Crit Care Med. 2010 Jan;38(1):152160. [PMID: 19770739]
Rivers E et al. Early goal-directed therapy in the treatment o severe sepsis and septic shock. N Engl J
Med. 2001 Nov;345(19):13681377. [PMID: 11794169]
Russell JA et al; VASS Investigators. Vasopressin versus norepinephrine in usion in patients with septic
shock. N Engl J Med. 2008 Feb 28;358(9):877887. [PMID: 18305265]
Sprung CL et al. Hydrocortisone therapy or patients with septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2008
Jan;358(2):111124. [PMID: 18184957]
hiele H et al; IABP-SHOCK II rial Investigators. Intraaortic balloon support or myocardial in arction with cardiogenic shock. N Engl J Med. 2012 Oct 4;367(14):12871296. [PMID: 22920912]
Yealy DM et al; ProCESS Investigators. A randomized trial o protocol-based care or early septic shock.
N Engl J Med. 2014 May 1;370(18):16831693. [PMID: 24635773]
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
156
23
Hypercoagulable States
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings that may suggest a hypercoagulable
state
Understand the di erent types o hypercoagulable states and the actors that predispose
to them
Know the di erential diagnosis o a patient who has a hypercoagulable state
Understand how to diagnose hypercoagulable states, including presence o a lupus anticoagulant
Learn the treatment or hypercoagulable states with single and recurrent thrombosis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
o hypercoagulable states?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o hypercoagulable states?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young woman; acute onset shortness o breath; pleuritic chest pain; personal and amily
history o DV ; tachycardia; respiratory distress; normal chest x-ray; PE on VQ scan
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Recurrent thrombosis, o en in the venous (eg, deep veins o the legs) or sometimes in the
arterial circulation
Personal or amily history o clotting, presence o systemic disease, or no provoking actor
associated with thrombosis are clues to a hypercoagulable state
Pregnancy complications, specif cally pregnancy losses a er the f rst trimester, with the
antiphospholipid syndrome
Prolonged clotting times in some diseases
General Considerations
Hypercoagulable states may be inherited or acquired
Inherited causes
Activated protein C resistance (Factor V Leiden)
Protein C def ciency
Protein S def ciency
A def ciency
Hyperprothrombinemia (prothrombin 20212AG mutation)
Hyperhomocysteinemia
157
158
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
Dysf brogenemia
Abnormal plasminogen
Activated protein C resistance (Factor V Leiden) is the most common inherited
hypercoagulable state; the trait is ound in ~3% o American men and in 20% to 40% o
patients with unprovoked venous thrombosis. Activated protein C-resistant patients who
are heterozygote have a f ve old increased thrombosis risk; homozygotes have a 30- old
increased risk
Protein C de iciency is common; up to 1 o every 200 individuals in the population in
a heterozygote; type I de iciency re ers to individuals with decreased levels o protein
C; type II de iciency denotes cases with normal protein C levels but low protein C
activity
Protein S def ciency is an uncommon and also heterogeneous disorder; type I def ciency
re ers to cases with low ree and total protein S levels, type II def ciency (least common)
re ers to an abnormally unctioning protein S; type III def ciency re ers to only low levels
o ree protein S
Homozygous protein C or protein S def ciencies are the most severe, causing thrombosis
early in li e that is o en atal
Antithrombin (A ) def ciency is less common (about 1 in 2000 cases in the general population have one o the more than 100 mutations reported) but it causes a 10- old increased
risk o thrombosis; type I de ects involve a parallel decrease in antigen and activity, type
II de ects involve a dys unctional molecule that has normal or near-normal antigen levels
but decreased activity
Hyperprothrombinemia is due to a mutation in the 20210AG region o the prothrombin
gene associated with elevated plasma prothrombin ( actor II) levels; it is probably the
second most common hereditary hypercoagulable state. A ected individuals are usually
heterozygotes and have a three old higher risk o thrombosis
Acquired causes and risk actors
Immobility: bedrest (especially postoperative), stroke, obesity
Cancer
In ammatory disorders, eg, ulcerative colitis
Myeloproli erative disorder, eg, polycythemia vera causing hyperviscosity or essential
thrombocytosis
Estrogens (oral contraceptives, hormone replacement)
Pregnancy (increased central venous pressures)
Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
Lupus anticoagulant
Nephrotic syndrome
Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
Heart ailure, low cardiac output
Acute illness with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC)
Lupus anticoagulants, one o the range o antiphospholipid antibodies, prolong clotting
times by binding phospholipid associated proteins, which are necessary components o
coagulation reactions
Lupus anticoagulants were named because o their increased prevalence among patients
with connective tissue disease; however, they may occur in individuals with underlying
in ection, in ammation, or malignancy, or in asymptomatic patients
Primary antiphospholipid syndrome (APS) is diagnosed in patients who have
Venous or arterial occlusions
Recurrent etal loss
T rombocytopenia in the presence o persistent antiphospholipid antibodies but not
other eatures o systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)
Catastrophic APS
Occurs in < 1% o patients with antiphospholipid antibodies
Leads to di use thromboses, thrombotic microangiopathy, and multiorgan system ailure
Patients with nephrotic syndrome, particularly those with membranous nephropathy, have
urinary losses o A , protein C, and protein S, along with increased platelet activation, and
are thus prone to renal vein thrombosis, PE, and DV
Patients with a thrombosis and history o recurrent thrombosis; serious thrombosis;
amily history o thrombosis; or young patients without risk actors should be evaluated
or hypercoagulable states
Similarly, patients without thrombosis (DV or PE) who have systemic lupus
erythematosus, recurrent spontaneous abortions, or a relative with an inherited hypercoagulable state should be evaluated or hypercoagulable states
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Acquired causes o hypercoagulability
Immobility: bedrest (especially postoperative), stroke, obesity
Cancer
In ammatory disorders, eg, ulcerative colitis
Myeloproli erative disorder, eg, polycythemia vera causing hyperviscosity or essential
thrombocytosis
Estrogens (oral contraceptives, hormone replacement)
Pregnancy (increased central venous pressures)
Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
Lupus anticoagulant
Nephrotic syndrome
159
160
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
T e diagnosis o APS requires two positive antiphospholipid antibody test results at least
12 weeks apart since transient positive results can occur
Specialized testing or lupus anticoagulant conf rmation
Hexagonal phase phospholipid neutralization assay
Dilute Russell viper venom time
Platelet neutralization assays
Imaging Studies
Patients with symptoms or signs o DV should receive ultrasound with Doppler to assess
lower extremity venous system
Patients with symptoms or signs o pulmonary embolism may be diagnosed with helical
chest C scanning or lung ventilationper usion scanning
7. Treatments
Medications
In patients with hypercoagulable states, anticoagulation with war arin or heparin in
standard doses and duration or most patients with f rst thrombosis
Un ractionated heparin therapy is di cult to monitor in lupus anticoagulant because o
the in vitro prolongation o the aP
in that condition; there ore, low-molecular-weight
heparin (LMWH) is pre erred
New (or noval) oral anticoagulants (NOACs) have a predictable dose e ect, ew drug
drug interactions, rapid onset o action, and reedom rom laboratory monitoring.
Dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban are approved or treatment o acute DV and
PE. While rivaroxaban and apixaban can be used as monotherapy immediately ollowing diagnosis, patients who will be treated with dabigatran must f rst receive 5 to 10
days o parenteral anticoagulation then transition to the oral agent. When compared
to war arin and LMWH, the NOACs are all nonin erior with respect to prevention o
recurrent V E and both rivaroxaban and apixaban boast a lower bleeding risk.
Agent selection or acute treatment o V E should be individualized; consider kidney
unction, concomitant medications, ability to use LMWH bridge therapy, cost, and adherence
In patients with catastrophic APS, a three-pronged approach is taken in the acute
setting
Intravenous heparin
High doses o corticosteroids
Either intravenous immune globulin or plasmapheresis
Patients with major removable or reversible risk actors or hypercoagulation typically
receive 3 to 6 months o anticoagulation therapy
I thrombosis is recurrent, li elong anticoagulation is usually recommended.
LMWH is still the pre erred agent or treatment o cancer-related V E
Patients with APS should be anticoagulated or li e
reat nonpregnant patients with APS with war arin to maintain an INR o 2.0 to 3.0
Patients who have recurrent thrombotic events at this level o anticoagulation may
require higher doses o war arin aiming or INRs > 3.0, but bleeding risk increases
substantially
Pregnant women (or women o childbearing age) with APS are anticoagulated with
subcutaneous heparin and low-dose aspirin (81 mg orally daily because o the teratogenic e ects o war arin)
In women with APS and recurrent pregnancy loss, un ractionated heparin and lowdose aspirin can reduce risk o spontaneous abortion
A er the f rst trimester, heparin is generally continued through pregnancy and the
early postpartum period or thromboprophylaxis
Although LMWH has also been used or this indication, it is not clear that it has the
same benef cial e ect on reducing the risk o recurrent abortion as un ractionated
heparin
161
162
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
T erapeutic Procedures
In erior vena cava f lters may be placed in patients with lower extremity DV with temporary contraindication to anticoagulation; however, i not removed promptly these f lters
become a nidus or thrombosis
8. Outcomes
Complications
DV
PE
Paradoxical embolism with patent oramen ovale
Renal vein thrombosis
Recurrent abortion
Prevention
Anticoagulation and mechanical devices (intermittent pneumatic compression devices,
venous oot pumps, graduated compression stockings) may prevent recurrent thrombosis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Agnelli G et al; AMPLIFY Investigators. Oral apixaban or the treatment o acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2013 Aug 29;369(9):799808. [PMID: 23808982]
Barbar S et al. A risk assessment model or the identi ication o hospitalized medical patients at risk or
venous thromboembolism: the Padua Prediction Score. J Thromb Haemost. 2010 Nov;8(11):2450
2457. [PMID: 20738765]
Brighton A et al. ASPIRE Investigators. Low-dose aspirin or preventing recurrent venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2012 Nov 22;367(21):19791987. [PMID: 23121403]
Castellucci LA et al. Clinical and sa ety outcomes associated with treatment o acute venous thromboembolism: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2014 Sep 17;312(11):11221135. [PMID:
25226478]
Erkens PM et al. Does the Pulmonary Embolism Severity Index accurately identi y low risk patients
eligible or outpatient treatment? Thromb Res. 2012 Jun;129(6):710714. [PMID: 21906787]
Falck-Ytter Y et al. Prevention o V E in orthopedic surgery patients: Antithrombotic herapy and
Prevention o hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical
Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 Suppl):e278Se325S. [PMID: 22315265]
Gould MK et al. Prevention o V E in nonorthopedic surgical patients: Antithrombotic herapy and
Prevention o hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical
Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 Suppl):e227Se277S. Erratum in: Chest. 2012
May;141(5):1369. [PMID: 22315263]
Heidbuchel H et al. European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use o new oral anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial ibrillation. Europace. 2013 May;15(5):625651.
[PMID: 23625942]
Jimnez D et al. Simpli ication o the Pulmonary Embolism Severity Index or prognostication in
patients with acute symptomatic pulmonary embolism. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170(15):13831389.
[PMID: 20696966]
Kaatz S et al. Reversal o target-speci ic oral anticoagulants. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2013 Aug;36(2):195
202. [PMID: 23657589]
Kahn SR et al. Prevention o V E in nonsurgical patients: Antithrombotic herapy and Prevention o
hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice
Guidelines. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 suppl):e195Se226S. [PMID: 2231526]
Kearon C et al. Antithrombotic therapy or V E disease: Antithrombotic herapy and Prevention o
hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice
Guidelines. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 suppl):e419Se494S. [PMID: 22315268]
Kearon C et al. Duration o anticoagulant therapy or deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.
Blood. 2014 Mar 20;123(12):17941801. [PMID: 24497538]
Neumann I et al. Oral direct Factor Xa inhibitors versus low-molecular-weight heparin to prevent
venous thromboembolism in patients undergoing total hip or knee replacement: a systematic review
and meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med. 2012 May 15;156(10):710719. [PMID: 22412038]
Qaseem A et al. Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in hospitalized patients: a clinical practice
guideline rom the American College o Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2011 Nov 1;155(9):625632.
[PMID: 22041951]
Scherz N et al. Prospective, multicenter validation o prediction scores or major bleeding in elderly
patients with venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Haemost. 2013 Mar;11(3):435443. [PMID:
23279158]
163
164
24
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Know the underlying diseases that may cause iron def ciency anemia
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o iron def ciency anemia
Know the di erential diagnosis o iron def ciency anemia
Learn the treatment or iron def ciency anemia
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Fatigue, weakness, and dyspnea o insidious onset; pale on physical examination; guaiacpositive stool; and microcytic anemia
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Iron def ciency is present i serum erritin is < 12 g/L or < 30 g/L i also anemic
Caused by bleeding in adults unless proved otherwise
Response to iron therapy
General Considerations
Most common cause o anemia worldwide
Causes
Blood loss (GI, menstrual, repeated blood donation)
Dietary iron-def ciency
Decreased absorption o iron
Increased requirements (pregnancy, lactation)
Celiac disease (gluten enteropathy)
Hemoglobinuria
Iron sequestration (pulmonary hemosiderosis)
Women with heavy menstrual losses may require more iron than can readily be absorbed;
thus, they o en become iron def cient
Pregnancy and lactation also increase requirement or iron, necessitating medicinal iron
supplementation
Long-term aspirin use may cause GI blood loss even without documented structural
lesion
Search or a source o GI bleeding i other sites o blood loss (menorrhagia, other uterine
bleeding, and repeated blood donations) are excluded
Demographics
More common in women as a result o menstrual losses
165
166
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Microcytic anemia resulting rom other causes
T alassemia
Anemia o chronic disease
Sideroblastic anemia
Lead poisoning
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
Diagnosis can be made by
Laboratory conf rmation o an iron-def cient state
Evaluation o response to a therapeutic trial o iron replacement
T e reticulocyte count is low or inappropriately normal
A erritin value < 12 g/L is a highly reliable indicator o depletion o iron stores
However, because serum erritin levels may rise in response to in ammation or other
stimuli, a normal erritin level does not exclude a diagnosis o iron def ciency
A erritin level o < 30 g/L almost always indicates iron def ciency in anyone who is
anemic
As iron def ciency progresses, serum iron values decline to < 30 g/dL and trans errin
levels rise to compensate, leading to trans errin saturations o < 15%
As def ciency progresses, anisocytosis (variation in red blood cell [RBC] size) and
poikilocytosis (variation in RBC shape) develop
Abnormal peripheral blood smear: markedly hypochromic cells, target cells, hypochromic
pencil-shaped or cigar-shaped cells, and occasionally small numbers o nucleated RBCs
in severe iron def ciency; platelet count is commonly increased, but it usually remains
< 800,000/L
Bone marrow biopsy or evaluation o iron stores
Rarely per ormed
I done, shows the absence o iron in erythroid progenitor cells by Prussian blue staining
As the MCV alls (ie, microcytosis), the blood smear shows hypochromic microcytic cells
Low hepcidin level in isolated iron def ciency anemia; however, this is not yet a clinically
available test
7. Treatments
Medications
Ferrous sul ate, 325 mg orally three times daily
aken on an empty stomach, it provides 180 mg o iron daily, o which up to 10 mg is
absorbed
reatment o choice
Nausea and constipation limit patient compliance
Extended-release errous sul ate with mucoprotease is the best tolerated oral
preparation
Compliance improved by introducing the medicine slowly in gradually escalating doses
aking errous sul ate with ood reduces side e ects and but also its absorption
8. Outcome
Follow-Up
Recheck complete blood cell count to observe or response to iron replacement by return
o hematocrit to hal way toward normal within 3 weeks and ully to baseline a er 2 months
Iron supplementation during pregnancy and lactation: included in prenatal vitamins
9. When to Refer
No response to iron therapy
I suspected diagnosis is not conf rmed
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Cancelo-Hildago MJ et al. olerability o di erent oral iron supplements: a systematic review. Curr Med
Res Opin. 2013 Apr;29(4):291303. [PMID: 23252877]
Donker AE et al. Practice guidelines or the diagnosis and management o microcytic anemias due to
genetic disorders o iron metabolism or heme synthesis. Blood. 2014 Jun 19;123(25):38733886.
[PMID: 24665134]
Hershko C et al. How I treat unexplained re ractory iron de iciency anemia. Blood. 2014 Jan
16;123(3):326333. [PMID: 24215034]
Kautz L et al. Molecular liaisons between erythropoiesis and iron metabolism. Blood. 2014 Jul
24;124(4):479482. [PMID: 24876565]
Larson DS et al. Update on intravenous iron choices. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2014 Mar;23(2):
186191. [PMID: 24401789]
167
168
25
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o deep venous thrombosis
(DV ) and thromboembolism
Understand the actors that predispose to DV and thromboembolism and how those
actors relate to risk o recurrence
Know the di erential diagnosis o DV and thromboembolism
Learn the initial and subsequent treatment regimens or DV and thromboembolism
Understand how to prevent DV and thromboembolism in hospitalized patients
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o DV and thromboembolism?
What are the symptoms and signs o DV and thromboembolism?
What is the di erential diagnosis o DV and thromboembolism?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in DV and thromboembolism?
What are the treatments or DV and thromboembolism?
What are the outcomes, including complications, prevention, and prognosis, o DV
and thromboembolism?
When should patients with DV and thromboembolism be re erred to a specialist or
admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Recent orthopedic surgery; acute shortness o breath, pleuritic chest pain, tachycardia,
and tachypnea suggesting PE; amily history o thrombosis; lower extremity with edema,
tenderness, erythema, and warmth
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Predisposition to venous thrombosis
Pain, swelling, and redness below the level o the thrombus
Presence o thromboembolic disease such as PE
General Considerations
DV and PE are two mani estations o the same disease
DV is the most common source o PE
DV may be in the upper or lower extremity, though most commonly in the legs
Deep venous thrombi conf ned to the cal rarely embolize; however, 20% o cal thrombi
propagate proximally to the popliteal and ilio emoral veins
Fi y to sixty percent o patients with proximal DV will have pulmonary emboli; hal o
these pulmonary emboli are asymptomatic
Fi y to seventy percent o patients with symptomatic PE will have lower extremity DV
Risk actors include venous stasis, injury to the vessel wall, and hypercoagulability
Venous stasis causes
Immobility, eg, bed rest, obesity, or stroke
Hyperviscosity, eg, polycythemia
Increased central venous pressures, eg, low cardiac output, pregnancy
Hypercoagulability causes
Oral contraceptives
Hormone replacement therapy
Malignancy
Surgery
Inherited hypercoagulable state
Vessel injury includes surgery or placement o oreign material such as central venous
catheters
169
170
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Muscular strain
Baker cyst
Achilles tendon rupture
Cellulitis
Superf cial thrombophlebitis
Lymphatic obstruction (eg, rom pelvic tumor)
Re ex sympathetic dystrophy
umor or f brosis obstructing venous ow
MayT urner syndrome (le iliac vein compressed by right common iliac artery)
7. Treatments
Medications
Anticoagulant therapy is the cornerstone o medical therapy
LMWHs are more e ective than un ractionated heparin in the immediate treatment o
DV and PE and are pre erred because o predictable pharmacokinetics.
Fondaparinux (a actor Xa inhibitor) may be used or immediate treatment and shows
no increase in bleeding risk. Its lack o reversibility, long hal -li e, and primarily kidney
clearance are limitations to its use.
A er initial therapy with either LMWH or ondaparinux, oral anticoagulation is started
with a vitamin K antagonist (eg, war arin) with dose adjustment based on a target INR
value o 2.0 to 3.0
T e target-specif c oral anticoagulants rivaroxaban and apixaban are approved as monotherapy immediately ollowing diagnosis and eliminate the need or parenteral therapy.
Dabigatran requires 5 to 10 days o parenteral anticoagulation ollowed by transition
to this oral agent. All three are approved and nonin erior to LMWH and war arin with
171
DVT, Lower
Extremity
DVT,
Upper
Extremity
VTE, With
Concomitant
Severe Renal
PE Impairment b
Anticoagulant
Dose/Frequency
VTE,
CancerRelated
Comment
Unfractionated heparin
Unfractionated
heparin
LMWHand fondaparinux
Enoxaparinc
1 mg/kg subcutaneouslyevery12 h
Dalteparinc
Fondaparinux
Apixaban
Dabigatran
DVT, deep venous thrombosis; LMWH, low-molecular-weight heparin; PE, pulmonary embolism; VTE, venous thromboembolic disease (includes
DVT and PE).
Note: An denotes appropriate use of the anticoagulant.
a
Obtain baseline hemoglobin, platelet count, aPTT, PT/INR, creatinine, urinalysis, and stool occult blood test prior to initiation of anticoagulation.
Anticoagulation is contraindicated in the setting of active bleeding.
b
Defined as creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min.
c
Body weight < 50 kg: reduce dose and monitor anti-Xa levels.
172
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
Suggested Duration of
Therapy
Comments
At least 3 mo
At least 3 mo
Cancer-related
36 mo or as long as cancer
active, whichever is longer
Unprovoked thrombosis
Recurrent unprovoked
Indefinite
Indefinite
Graduated compression stockings may provide symptomatic relie rom swelling but
have ailed to show a decrease in the likelihood o post-thrombotic syndrome (swelling,
pain, and skin ulceration) and are contraindicated in patients with peripheral arterial
disease.
Directed thrombolytic therapies may be used or large thromboses with high-risk, massive
PE (hemodynamic instability). T rombolytic therapy has been used in selected patients
with intermediate-risk, submassive PE (without hemodynamic instability but with evidence o right ventricular compromise and myocardial injury). A sa e dose o tPA
( 50% o the standard dose [100 mg]) shows similar e cacy and a better sa ety prof le
in small trials
8. Outcomes
Complications
PE
Paradoxical embolism with patent oramen ovale
Prevention
Prophylactic therapy is e ective and underused in hospitalized patients, in which
thromboembolic disease is common ( ables 25-3 and 25-4)
Prognosis
Prognosis and recurrence is based on clinical scenario in which disease occurred
Provoked disease recurrence is 3%; unprovoked disease recurs 8% o the time; patients
with cancer have > 20% recurrence rates
Death rom thromboemboli is uncommon, occurring in < 3%
Dose
40 mg
Frequency
Once daily
Clinical Scenario
Comment
Surgical patients
(moderate riskfor VTE)
Abdominal/pelviccancer
surgery
30 mg
Dalteparin
2500 units
5000 units
Twice daily
Bariatric surgery
Twice daily
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Major trauma
Once daily
Once daily
Abdominal surgery
(moderate riskfor VTE)
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Abdominal surgery
(higher riskfor VTE)
Medical inpatients
Fondaparinux
2.5 mg
Once daily
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Rivaroxaban
10 mg
Once daily
Orthopedicsurgery
total hip and total knee
replacement
Apixaban
2.5 mg orally
Twice daily
Unfractionated
heparin
5000 units
Three times
daily
5000 units
Twice daily
Hospitalized patients at
intermediate riskfor VTE
LMWHs contraindicated
Orthopedicsurgeryb
Warfarin
Variable
Once daily
HFS, hip fracture surgery; LMWH, low-molecular-weight heparin; THR, total hip replacement; TKA, total knee
arthroplasty; VTE, venous thromboembolic disease.
a
All regimens administered subcutaneously, except for warfarin.
b
Includes TKA, THR, and HFS.
c
Defined as creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min.
When to Admit
Documented or suspected PE that is not considered low risk
DV with poorly controlled pain, high bleeding risk, or contraindications to LMWH
Large ilio emoral DV
Acute DV with absolute contraindication to anticoagulation or IVC f lter placement
173
174
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
Table 25-4. Contraindications to VTE prophylaxis for medical or surgical hospital inpatients
at high risk for VTE.
Absolute contraindications
Acute hemorrhage fromwounds or drains or lesions
Intracranial hemorrhage within prior 24 h
Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) considering using fondaparinux
Severe trauma to head or spinal cord or extremities
Epidural anesthesia/spinal blockwithin 12 h of initiation of anticoagulation (concurrent use of an epidural catheter and LMWH
thromboprophylaxis should require approval byservice who performed the epidural or spinal procedure, eg, anesthesia/pain service)
Currentlyreceiving warfarin or heparin or LMWHor direct thrombin inhibitor for other indications
Relative contraindications
Coagulopathy(INR> 1.5)
Intracranial lesion or neoplasm
Severe thrombocytopenia (platelet count < 50 000/L)
Intracranial hemorrhage within past 6 mo
Gastrointestinal or genitourinaryhemorrhage within past 6 mo
INR, international normalized ratio; LMWH, low-molecular-weight heparin; VTE, venous thromboembolism.
Adapted from Guidelines used at the VA Medical Center, San Francisco, CA.
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
American College o Emergency Physicians Clinical Policies Subcommittee on Critical Issues in the
Evaluation and Management o Adult Patients Presenting to the Emergency Department With
Suspected Pulmonary Embolism, Fesmire FM et al. Critical issues in the evaluation and management
o adult patients presenting to the emergency department with suspected pulmonary embolism. Ann
Emerg Med. 2011 Jun;57(6):628652.e75. [PMID: 21621092]
Burns SK et al. Diagnostic imaging and risk strati ication o patients with acute pulmonary embolism.
Cardiol Rev. 2012 JanFeb;20(1):1524. [PMID: 22143281]
Goldhaber SZ et al. Pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis. Lancet. 2012 May
12;379(9828):18351846. [PMID: 22494827]
Hunt JM et al. Clinical review o pulmonary embolism: diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment. Med Clin
North Am. 2011 Nov;95(6):12031222. [PMID: 22032435]
Ja MR et al. American Heart Association Council on Cardiopulmonary, Critical Care, Perioperative
and Resuscitation; American Heart Association Council on Peripheral Vascular Disease; American
Heart Association Council on Arteriosclerosis, hrombosis and Vascular Biology. Management o
massive and submassive pulmonary embolism, ilio emoral deep vein thrombosis, and chronic
thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: a scienti ic statement rom the American Heart
Association. Circulation. 2011 Apr 26;123(16):17881830. [PMID: 21422387]
Kearon C et al. Antithrombotic therapy or V E disease: Antithrombotic herapy and Prevention o
hrombosis, 9th ed: American College o Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice
Guideline. Chest. 2012 Feb;141(2 suppl):e419Se494S. [PMID: 22315268]
Lucassen W et al. Clinical decision rules or excluding pulmonary embolism: a meta-analysis. Ann
Intern Med. 2011 Oct 4;155(7):448460. [PMID: 21969343]
Merrigan JM et al. JAMA patient page. Pulmonary embolism. JAMA. 2013 Feb 6;309(5):504. [PMID:
23385279]
Moores LK et al. Current approach to the diagnosis o acute nonmassive pulmonary embolism. Chest.
2011 Aug;140(2):509518. [PMID: 21813530]
Singh B et al. Diagnostic accuracy o pulmonary embolism rule-out criteria: a systematic review and
meta-analysis. Ann Emerg Med. 2012 Jun;59(6):517520. [PMID: 22177109]
apson VF. reatment o pulmonary embolism: anticoagulation, thrombolytic therapy, and complications o therapy. Crit Care Clin. 2011 Oct;27(4):825839. [PMID: 22082516]
175
26
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o vitamin B12 def ciency
Understand the actors that predispose to vitamin B12 def ciency
Know the di erential diagnosis o vitamin B12 def ciency
Learn the treatments or vitamin B12 def ciency
Understand how to prevent vitamin B12 def ciency
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
176
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
8. What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o vitamin
B12 def ciency?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Fatigue, weakness, and dyspnea o insidious onset; neurologic symptoms including
peripheral neuropathy and ataxia; tachycardia and paleness with anemia; glossitis; posterior column neurologic f ndings on examination
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Macrocytic anemia
Megaloblastic peripheral blood smear (macro-ovalocytes and hypersegmented
neutrophils)
Low serum vitamin B12 level
General Considerations
All vitamin B12 is absorbed rom the diet ( oods o animal origin)
A er ingestion, vitamin B12 binds to intrinsic actor, a protein secreted by gastric parietal
cells
Vitamin B12intrinsic actor complex is absorbed in the terminal ileum by cells with
specif c receptors or the complex; it is then transported through the plasma and stored
in the liver
Liver stores are o such magnitude that it takes at least 3 years or vitamin B12 def ciency to
develop a er vitamin B12 absorption ceases
Causes o vitamin B12 def ciency
Decreased intrinsic actor production: pernicious anemia (most common cause),
gastrectomy
Dietary def ciency (rare but seen in vegans)
Competition or B12 in gut: blind loop syndrome, f sh tapeworm (rare)
Decreased ileal B12 absorption: surgical resection, Crohn disease
Pancreatic insu ciency
Helicobacter pylori in ection
ranscobalamin II def ciency (rare)
Pernicious anemia is associated with atrophic gastritis and other autoimmune diseases,
eg, immunoglobulin A (IgA) def ciency, polyglandular endocrine ailure syndromes
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Folic acid def ciency (another cause o megaloblastic anemia)
Myelodysplastic syndrome (another cause o macrocytic anemia with abnormal
morphology)
Other causes o peripheral neuropathy, ataxia, or dementia
7. Treatments
Medications
Intramuscular or subcutaneous injections o 100 g o vitamin B12 are adequate or each
dose
Replacement is usually given daily or the f rst week, weekly or the f rst month, and then
monthly or li e
Oral or sublingual methylcobalamin (1 mg/d) may be used instead o parenteral therapy
once initial correction o the def ciency has occurred
Oral or sublingual replacement is e ective, even in pernicious anemia, since approximately
1% o the dose is absorbed in the intestine via passive di usion in the absence o active
transport
Vitamin B12 replacement must be continued indef nitely and serum vitamin B12 levels
must be monitored to ensure adequate replacement
177
178
HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Pernicious anemia is a li elong disorder; i patients discontinue monthly therapy, the
vitamin def ciency will recur
Brisk reticulocytosis occurs 5 to 7 days a er therapy, and the hematologic picture
normalizes in 2 months
Follow serum vitamin B12 level
Complications
Nervous system complications include a complex neurologic syndrome (eg, altered
cerebral unction and dementia)
Hypokalemia may complicate the f rst several days o parenteral vitamin B12 therapy in
pernicious anemia, particularly i anemia is severe
Prognosis
Patients with pernicious anemia respond to parenteral vitamin B12 therapy with immediate improvement in sense o well-being
Nervous system mani estations are reversible i they are o relatively short duration
(< 6 months) but may be permanent i treatment is not initiated promptly
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bunn HF. Vitamin B12 and pernicious anemiathe dawn o molecular medicine. N Engl J Med. 2014
Feb 20;370(8):773776. [PMID: 24552327]
Oberley MJ et al. Laboratory testing or cobalamin de iciency in megaloblastic anemia. Am J Hematol.
2013 Jun;88(6):522526. [PMID: 23423840]
Stabler SP. Clinical practice. Vitamin B12 de iciency. N Engl J Med. 2013 Jan 10;368(2):149160. [PMID:
23301732]
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
180
27
Acute Cholecystitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o cholecystitis
Understand the actors that predispose to both gallstone and acalculous cholecystitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o cholecystitis
Learn the medical and surgical treatment or cholecystitis, and which patients can avoid
surgery
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o cholecystitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o cholecystitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o cholecystitis?
What are laboratory and imaging f ndings in cholecystitis?
What are the treatments or cholecystitis?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o
cholecystitis?
When should patients with cholecystitis be admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
RUQ abdominal pain; onset a er atty meal; nausea and vomiting; ever and elevated WBC
count; positive Murphy sign; thickened gallbladder and pericholecystic uid on abdominal
ultrasound
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Steady, severe pain and tenderness in the abdominal RUQ or epigastrium
Nausea and vomiting
Fever and leukocytosis
General Considerations
Associated with gallstones in over 90% o cases
Occurs when a stone becomes impacted in the cystic duct and in ammation develops
behind the obstruction
Acalculous cholecystitis should be considered when
Unexplained ever or RUQ pain occurs within 2 to 4 weeks o major surgery
A critically ill patient has had no oral intake or a prolonged period
Acute cholecystitis may be caused by in ectious agents (eg, cytomegalovirus, cryptosporidiosis, or microsporidiosis) in patients with AIDS or by vasculitis (eg, polyarteritis
nodosa, HenochSchnlein purpura)
181
182
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Per orated peptic ulcer
Acute pancreatitis
Appendicitis
Per orated colonic carcinoma or diverticulum o hepatic exure
Acute hepatitis or liver abscess
Pneumonia with pleurisy on right side
Myocardial in arction
Radicular pain in 6 10 dermatome, eg, preeruptive zoster
7. Treatments
Medications
Cholecystitis will usually subside on a conservative regimen (withholding o oral
eedings, intravenous alimentation, analgesics, and antibiotics, eg, ce operazone 1 to 2 g
intravenously every 12 hours)
Meperidine or morphine may be given or pain
Surgery
Cholecystectomy (generally laparoscopic) should be per ormed within 24 hours a er
admission to the hospital or acute cholecystitis because o the high risk o recurrent
attacks (up to 10% by 1 month and over 30% by 1 year)
Compared with delayed surgery, surgery within 24 hours is associated with a reduced risk
o major bile duct injury and death
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
I treating nonsurgically, watch the patient (especially i diabetic or elderly) or
Recurrent symptoms o cholecystitis
Evidence o gangrene o the gallbladder
Cholangitis
Complications
Gangrene of the Gallbladder
A er 24 to 48 hours, the ollowing suggests severe in ammation and possible gangrene
o the gallbladder
Continuation or progression o RUQ abdominal pain
enderness
Muscle guarding
Fever
Leukocytosis
Necrosis may develop without specif c signs in the obese, diabetic, elderly, or immunosuppressed patient
May lead to gallbladder per oration, usually with ormation o a pericholecystic abscess,
and rarely to generalized peritonitis
Other serious acute complications include emphysematous cholecystitis (secondary
in ection with a gas- orming organism) and empyema
Chronic Cholecystitis
Chronic cholecystitis results rom repeated episodes o acute cholecystitis or chronic
irritation o the gallbladder wall by stones
Calculi are usually present
Other Complications
Gallbladder villi may undergo polypoid enlargement due to cholesterol deposition
(strawberry gallbladder, cholesterolosis) (4%5%)
Marked adenomatous hyperplasia o the gallbladder resembles a myoma
(adenomyomatosis)
Hydrops o the gallbladder results when acute cholecystitis subsides but cystic
duct obstruction persists, producing distention o the gallbladder with a clear mucoid
uid
A stone in the neck o the gallbladder may compress the common bile duct and cause
jaundice (Mirizzi syndrome)
Cholelithiasis with chronic cholecystitis may be associated with
Acute exacerbations o gallbladder in ammation
Bile duct stone
Fistulization to the bowel
Pancreatitis
Carcinoma o the gallbladder (rarely)
183
184
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Calcif ed (porcelain) gallbladder may have a high association with gallbladder carcinoma
(particularly when the calcif cation is mucosal rather than intramural) and appears to be
an indication or cholecystectomy
Prognosis
T e mortality rate o cholecystectomy is < 0.2%
Hepatobiliary tract surgery in the elderly has a higher mortality rate
Mortality rate is also higher in patients who have diabetes mellitus
A success ul surgical procedure is generally ollowed by complete resolution o symptoms
9. When to Admit
All patients with acute cholecystitis should be hospitalized
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
de Mestral C et al. Comparative operative outcomes o early and delayed cholecystectomy or acute
cholecystitis: a population-based propensity score analysis. Ann Surg. 2014 Jan;259(1):1015. [PMID:
23979286]
Gutt CN et al. Acute cholecystitis: early versus delayed cholecystectomy, a multicenter randomized trial
(ACDC study, NC 00447304). Ann Surg. 2013 Sep;258(3):385393. [PMID: 24022431]
Hasan MK et al. Endoscopic management o acute cholecystitis. Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am. 2013
Apr;23(2):453459. [PMID: 23540969]
Karamanos E et al. E ect o diabetes on outcomes in patients undergoing emergent cholecystectomy or
acute cholecystitis. World J Surg. 2013 Oct;37(10):22572264. [PMID: 23677561]
Pitt HA. Patient value is superior with early surgery or acute cholecystitis. Ann Surg. 2014
Jan;259(1):1617. [PMID: 24326747]
185
Cirrhosis
28
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o cirrhosis
Understand the actors that predispose to cirrhosis
Know the di erential diagnosis o cirrhosis
Learn what laboratory and diagnostic imaging f ndings are typical o cirrhosis
Learn the treatments or cirrhosis
Understand the complications and prognosis o cirrhosis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
demographics, o cirrhosis?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o cirrhosis?
186
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Chronic alcoholism; ascites, coagulopathy, and thrombocytopenia; peripheral edema,
gynecomastia, spider angiomas, and splenomegaly; ultrasound demonstrating a shrunken
liver
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
End result o injury that leads to both f brosis and regenerating nodules
May be reversible i cause is removed
Clinical eatures result rom hepatic cell dys unction, portosystemic shunting, and portal
hypertension
General Considerations
T e most common histologic classif cation o cirrhosis is micronodular, macronodular,
and mixed
Each orm may be seen at di erent stages o the disease
Risk actors
Chronic viral hepatitis
Alcoholism
Drug toxicity
Autoimmune and metabolic liver diseases
Miscellaneous disorders
Many patients have more than one risk actor (eg, chronic hepatitis and alcoholism)
T ree clinical stages
Compensated
Compensated with varices
Decompensated (ascites, variceal bleeding, encephalopathy, or jaundice)
CHAPTER 28 CIRRHOSIS
Micronodular cirrhosis
Regenerating nodules are < 1 mm
ypical o alcoholic liver disease (Laennec cirrhosis)
Macronodular cirrhosis
Characterized by larger nodules, up to several centimeters in diameter, that may contain
central veins
Corresponds to postnecrotic (posthepatitic) cirrhosis; may ollow episodes o massive
necrosis and stromal collapse
Demographics
wel h leading cause o death in the United States
Mexican Americans and A rican Americans have a higher requency o cirrhosis than
whites because o a higher rate o risk actors
Celiac disease appears to be associated with an increased risk o cirrhosis
187
188
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Chronic viral hepatitis
Alcoholism
Nonalcoholic atty liver disease
Metabolic, eg, hemochromatosis, 1-antiprotease def ciency, Wilson disease, Celiac
disease (gluten enteropathy)
Primary biliary cirrhosis
Secondary biliary cirrhosis (chronic obstruction due to stone, stricture, and neoplasm)
Cryptogenic cirrhosis
Heart ailure or constrictive pericarditis
Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia
CHAPTER 28 CIRRHOSIS
7. Treatments
Medications
Ascites and Edema
Restrict sodium intake to 400 to 800 mg/d
Restrict uid intake (8001000 mL/d) or hyponatremia (sodium < 125 mEq/L)
Ascites may rapidly decrease on bed rest and dietary sodium restriction alone
Use spironolactone (usually with urosemide) i there is no response to salt restriction
T e initial dose o spironolactone is 100 mg daily orally
May be increased by 100 mg every 3 to 5 days (up to a maximal conventional daily dose
o 400 mg/d, though higher doses have been used) until diuresis is achieved, typically
preceded by a rise in the urinary sodium concentration
Monitor or hyperkalemia
Substitute amiloride, 5 to 10 mg daily orally, i pain ul gynecomastia develops rom
spironolactone
Diuresis can be augmented with the addition o urosemide, 40 to 160 mg daily orally.
Monitor blood pressure, urinary output, mental status, and serum electrolytes, especially
potassium
Anemia
Iron def ciency anemia: errous sul ate, 0.3 g enteric-coated tablets, 3 times daily orally
a er meals
Macrocytic anemia associated with alcoholism: olic acid, 1 mg/d once daily orally
Packed red blood cell trans usions may be necessary in GI bleeding to replace blood
loss
Hemorrhagic endency
reat severe hypoprothrombinemia with vitamin K (eg, phytonadione, 5 mg once daily
orally or subcutaneously)
I this treatment is ine ective, use large volumes o resh rozen plasma. Because the e ect
is transient, plasma in usions are indicated only or active bleeding or be ore an invasive
procedure
Use o recombinant actor VII may be an alternative
Hepatic encephalopathy
Lactulose or polyethylene glycol 3350-electrolyte solution
Ri aximin
Surgery
Liver transplantation is indicated in selected cases o irreversible, progressive liver disease
Absolute contraindications include
Malignancy (except small hepatocellular carcinomas in a cirrhotic liver)
Sepsis
Advanced cardiopulmonary disease (except hepatopulmonary syndrome)
T erapeutic Procedures
Most important is abstinence rom alcohol
Diet
Should have adequate calories (2535 kcal/kg/d) in compensated cirrhosis and 35 to
45 kcal/kg/d in those with malnutrition
Protein should include 1.0 to 1.5 g/kg/d in compensated cirrhosis and 1.5 g/kg/d in
those with malnutrition
For hepatic encephalopathy, protein intake should be reduced to 60 to 80 g/d
Vitamin supplementation is desirable
Patients should receive ollowing vaccines
Hepatitis A virus (HAV), hepatitis B virus (HBV)
Pneumococcal
In uenza (yearly)
189
190
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
T e goal o weight loss with ascites without associated peripheral edema should not
exceed 0.5 to 0.7 kg/d
Large-volume paracentesis (> 5 L) is e ective in patients with
Massive ascites and consequent respiratory compromise
Ascites re ractory to diuretics
Intolerable diuretic side e ects
ransjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt ( IPS)
In re ractory ascites, reduces ascites recurrence and the risk o hepatorenal syndrome.
Pre erred to peritoneovenous shunts because o the high rate o complications rom
the latter
Increases the risk o hepatic encephalopathy compared with repeated large-volume
paracentesis
8. Outcomes
Complications
Upper GI tract bleeding may occur rom
Varices
Portal hypertensive gastropathy
Gastroduodenal ulcer
Portal vein thrombosis, which also causes varices
Hepatorenal syndrome occurs in up to 10% o patients with advanced cirrhosis
Spontaneous bacterial peritonitis; per ormance o diagnostic paracentesis in patients with
new ascites and hospitalization can reduce mortality in cirrhosis
Liver ailure may be precipitated by alcoholism, surgery, and in ection
T e risk o carcinoma o the liver is increased greatly in patients with cirrhosis
Hepatic Kup er cell (reticuloendothelial) dys unction and decreased opsonic activity lead
to an increased risk o systemic in ection
Osteoporosis
Prognosis
Prognostic scoring systems or cirrhosis include the Child urcottePugh score
( able 28-1) and the Model or End-Stage Liver Disease (MELD) score
Table 28-1. ChildTurcottePugh and model for end-stage liver disease (MELD) scoring systems
for staging cirrhosis.
ChildTurcottePugh Scoring System
Numerical Score
Parameter
Ascites
None
Slight
Moderate to severe
Encephalopathy
None
Slight to moderate
Moderate to severe
Bilirubin, mg/dL(mol/L)
23 (34.251.3)
Albumin, mg/dL(g/L)
2.83.5 (2835)
13
46
> 6.0
Class
56
79
1015
MELDScoring System
MELD= 11.2 loge (INR) + 3.78 loge (bilirubin [mg/dL]) + 9.57 loge (creatinine [mg/dL]) + 6.43 (range 640).
INR, international normalized ratio.
CHAPTER 28 CIRRHOSIS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Fagundes C et al. A modi ied acute kidney injury classi ication or diagnosis and risk strati ication o
impairment o kidney unction in cirrhosis. J Hepatol. 2013 Sep;59(3):474481. [PMID: 23669284]
Ge PS et al. he changing role o beta-blocker therapy in patients with cirrhosis. J Hepatol. 2014
Mar;60(3):643653. [PMID: 24076364]
Kimer N et al. Systematic review with meta-analysis: the e ects o ri aximin in hepatic encephalopathy.
Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2014 Jul;40(2):123-132. [PMID: 24849268]
Kim JJ et al. Delayed paracentesis is associated with increased in-hospital mortality in patients with
spontaneous bacterial peritonitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2014 Sep;109(9):14361442. [PMID: 25091061]
Machicao VI et al. Pulmonary complications in chronic liver disease. Hepatology. 2014 Apr;59(4):
16271637. [PMID: 24089295]
Mandor er M et al. Nonselective beta blockers increase risk or hepatorenal syndrome and death in
patients with cirrhosis and spontaneous bacterial peritonitis. Gastroenterology. 2014 Jun;146(7):
16801690. [PMID: 24631577]
Martin P et al. Evaluation or liver transplantation in adults: 2013 practice guideline by the American
Association or the Study o Liver Diseases and the American Society o ransplantation. Hepatology.
2014 Mar;59(3):11441165. [PMID: 24716201]
Mullen KD et al. Ri aximin is sa e and well tolerated or long-term maintenance o remission rom
overt hepatic encephalopathy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Aug;12(8):13901397. [PMID:
24365449]
Orman ES et al. Paracentesis is associated with reduced mortality in patients hospitalized with cirrhosis
and ascites. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Mar;12(3):496503. [PMID: 23978348]
191
192
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Poonja Z et al. Patients with cirrhosis and denied liver transplants rarely receive adequate palliative care
or appropriate management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Apr;12(4):692698. [PMID: 23978345]
Rahimi RS et al. Lactulose vs polyethylene glycol 3350-electrolyte solution or treatment o overt hepatic
encephalopathy: the HELP randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med. 2014 Nov 1;174(11):1727
1733. [PMID: 25243839]
Runyon BA et al. Introduction to the revised American Association or the Study o Liver Diseases
Practice Guideline management o adult patients with ascites due to cirrhosis 2012. Hepatology. 2013
Apr;57(4):16511653. [PMID: 23463403]
Salerno F et al. Albumin in usion improves outcomes o patients with spontaneous bacterial peritonitis:
a meta-analysis o randomized trials. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013 Feb;11(2):123130. [PMID:
23178229]
Singal AK et al. Prevalence and in-hospital mortality trends o in ections among patients with cirrhosis:
a nationwide study o hospitalised patients in the United States. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2014
Jul;40(1):105112. [PMID: 24832591]
sochatzis EA et al. Liver cirrhosis. Lancet. 2014 May 17;383(9930):17491761. [PMID: 24480518]
Vilstrup H et al. Hepatic encephalopathy in chronic liver disease: 2014 Practice Guideline by the
American Association or the Study o Liver Diseases and the European Association or the Study o
the Liver. Hepatology. 2014 Aug;60(2):715735. [PMID: 25042402]
193
Colorectal Cancer
29
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn about recommended screening tests or colorectal cancer
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o colorectal cancer
Understand the actors that predispose to colorectal cancer
Know the di erential diagnosis o colorectal cancer
Learn the treatment or colorectal cancer
Know how to prevent colorectal cancer
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients situation?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
194
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Family history o colon cancer at similar age; routine screening a er age 50 years; ecal occult
blood test positive; and subsequent colonoscopy with both an adenoma and a carcinoma
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Personal or amily history o adenomatous polyps or colorectal cancer are important risk
actors
Symptoms or signs depend on tumor location
Proximal colon cancer ecal occult blood, anemia
Distal colon cancerchange in bowel habits, hematochezia
Diagnosis established with colonoscopy
General Considerations
Colon cancers are usually adenocarcinomas
About 50% occur distal to the splenic exure (descending rectosigmoid) within reach o
detection by exible sigmoidoscopy
Most colorectal cancers arise rom malignant trans ormation o an adenomatous polyp
(tubular, tubulovillous, or villous adenoma), serrated polyp (traditional serrated adenoma,
or sessile serrated adenoma), or less commonly, hyperplastic polyp
Up to 5% o colorectal cancers are caused by inherited autosomal dominant germline
mutations resulting in polyposis syndromes or hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal
cancer
Risk actors
Age
History o colorectal cancer or adenomatous polyps
Family history o colorectal cancer
In ammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis and Crohn colitis)
Diets rich in ats and red meat
Race (higher risk in blacks than in whites)
Demographics
Second leading cause o death due to malignancy in the United States
Colorectal cancer will develop in ~6% o Americans and 40% o those will die o the
disease
In 2014, there were an estimated 96,830 new cases o colon cancer and 40,000 new cases
o rectal cancer in the United States, with combined estimated 50,310 deaths
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Diverticulosis or diverticulitis
Hemorrhoids
Adenomatous polyps
Ischemic colitis
In ammatory bowel disease
Irritable bowel syndrome
In ectious colitis
Iron def ciency rom another cause
195
196
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Stage II Disease
Adjuvant chemotherapy is benef cial or persons at high risk or recurrence
Stage III Disease
Postoperative adjuvant chemotherapy
Signif cantly increases disease- ree survival as well as overall survival by up to 30%
Recommended or all f t patients
FOLFOX (oxaliplatin, uorouracil, and leucovorin) is the pre erred adjuvant therapy or
most patients with Stage III disease
T e addition o a biologic agent (bevacizumab or cetuximab) to FOLFOX does not
improve outcomes in the adjuvant setting
Stage IV (Metastatic) Disease
FOLFOX or FOLFIRI (addition o irinotecan to uorouracil and leucovorin)
Pre erred f rst-line regimens
Median survival is improved (1520 months)
Patients progressing with one regimen may respond to the alternative regimen, prolonging
mean survival to > 20 months
A ibercept, a novel antiangiogenic agent, is FDA-approved or use in second-line
colorectal cancer in combination with FOLFIRI
Biological agents (bevacizumab, cetuximab, panitumumab, and ramucirumab,)
demonstrate urther improvement in response rates in stage IV disease
Regora enib, a multitargeted kinase inhibitor, is FDA-approved or patients with
metastatic, re ractory colorectal cancer a er progression on standard regimens
Surgery
Resection o the primary colonic or rectal cancer
Regional lymph node removal to assist in staging
For rectal carcinoma, in selected patients, transanal excision
For all other patients with rectal cancer, low anterior resection with a colorectal anastomosis
or an abdominoperineal resection with a colostomy
For unresectable rectal cancer, diverting colostomy, radiation therapy, laser ulguration,
or placement o an expandable wire stent
For metastatic disease, resection o isolated liver or lung metastases
T erapeutic Procedures
Local ablative techniques (cryosurgery, embolization) or unresectable hepatic
metastases
Following surgical resection with total mesorectal excision, adjuvant 5-FUbased therapy
(generally with the FOLFOX regimen, extrapolating rom its benef t in patients with
similarly staged colon cancers) is recommended or a total o approximately 6 months o
perioperative therapy including any neoadjuvant chemoradiation
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
A er resection surgery, patients should be evaluated every 3 to 6 months or 2 years and
then every 6 months or a total o 5 years with
History
Physical examination
Fecal occult blood testing
Liver tests
Serum CEA level
A rise in CEA level that had normalized initially a er surgery is suggestive o cancer
recurrence
Obtain colonoscopy
welve months a er surgical resection or persons who had complete preoperative
colonoscopy
T ree to six months postoperatively or persons who did not have complete preoperative
colonoscopy
I negative, then repeat every 3 to 5 years therea er
Change in the patients clinical picture, abnormal liver tests, or a rising CEA level warrant
chest radiography and abdominal C
Prognosis
Colorectal cancer mortality has decreased by approximately 35% between 1990 and 2007,
possibly due to improved screening and treatment modalities
Five-year survival rates
Stage I90% to 100%, even with no adjuvant therapy
Stage II (node-negative disease)80%
Stage III (node-positive disease)30% to 50%
Long-term survival rates
Stage I > 90%
Stage II > 70% to 85%
Stage III with ewer than 4 positive lymph nodes67%
Stage III with > 4 positive lymph nodes33%
Stage IV5% to 7%
For each stage, rectal cancers have a worse prognosis
Prevention
Screening or colorectal neoplasms should be o ered to every patient age > 50 years
( able 29-1)
Chemoprevention
Prolonged regular use o aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs may
decrease the risk o colorectal neoplasia
However, routine use as chemoprevention agents is not recommended currently
Prospective studies have not shown a reduction in colon cancer or recurrence o
adenomatous polyps with diets that are low in at or high in f ber, ruits or vegetables or
with calcium, olate, -carotene, or vitamins A, C, D, or E supplements
Joint Guideline from the American Cancer Society, the US Multi-Society Task Force on Colorectal Cancer, and
the American College of Radiology. Gastroenterology. 2008;134(5):1570.
b
American College of Gastroenterology. Guidelines for colorectal cancer screening. Am J Gastroenterol. 2009;
104(3):739.
197
198
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bennouna J et al; ML18147 Study Investigators. Continuation o bevacizumab a ter irst progression in
metastatic colorectal cancer (ML18147): a randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2013 Jan;14(1):2937.
[PMID: 23168366]
Bokemeyer C et al. Addition o cetuximab to chemotherapy as irst-line treatment or KRAS wild-type
metastatic colorectal cancer: pooled analysis o the CRYS AL and OPUS randomised clinical trials.
Eur J Cancer. 2012 Jul;48(10):14661475. [PMID: 22446022]
Brenner H et al. Protection rom colorectal cancer a ter colonoscopy: a population-based, case-control
study. Ann Intern Med. 2011 Jan 4;154(1):2230. [PMID: 21200035]
Grothey A et al; CORREC Study Group. Regora enib monotherapy or previously treated metastatic
colorectal cancer (CORREC ): an international, multicentre, randomised, placebo-controlled, phase
3 trial. Lancet. 2013 Jan 26;381(9863):303312. [PMID: 23177514]
Imperiale F et al. Multitarget stool DNA testing or colorectal-cancer screening. N Engl J Med. 2014
Jul 10;371(2):187188. [PMID: 25006736]
Kahi CJ et al. Screening and surveillance or colorectal cancer: state o the art. Gastrointest Endosc. 2013
Mar;77(3):335350. [PMID: 23410695]
Lee JK et al. Accuracy o ecal immunochemical tests or colorectal cancer: systematic review and metaanalysis. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Feb 4;160(3):171. [PMID: 24658694]
Limketkai BN et al. he cutting edge o serrated polyps: a practical guide to approaching and managing
serrated colon polyps. Gastrointest Endosc. 2013 Mar;77(3):360375. [PMID: 23410696]
Nishihara R et al. Long-term colorectal-cancer incidence and mortality a ter lower endoscopy. N Engl J
Med. 2013 Sep 19;369(12):10951105. [PMID: 24047059]
Quintero E et al; COLONPREV Study Investigators. Colonoscopy versus ecal immunochemical testing
in colorectal-cancer screening. N Engl J Med. 2012 Feb 23;366(8):697706. [PMID: 22356323]
Sauer R et al. Preoperative versus postoperative chemoradiotherapy or locally advanced rectal cancer:
results o the German CAO/ARO/AIO-94 randomized phase III trial a ter a median ollow-up o
11 years. J Clin Oncol. 2012 Jun 1;30(16):19261933. [PMID: 22529255]
Shaukat A et al. Long-term mortality a ter screening or colorectal cancer. N Engl J Med. 2013 Sep
19;369(12):11061114. [PMID: 24047060]
Siegel R et al. Cancer statistics, 2014. CA Cancer J Clin. 2015 JanFeb;65(1):529. [PMID: 25559415]
Singh S et al. Prevalence, risk actors, and outcomes o interval colorectal cancers: a systematic review
and meta-analysis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2014 Sep;109(9):13751389. [PMID: 24957158]
Van Cutsem E et al. Addition o a libercept to luorouracil, leucovorin, and irinotecan improves survival
in a phase III randomized trial in patients with metastatic colorectal cancer previously treated with
an oxaliplatin-based regimen. J Clin Oncol. 2012 Oct 1;30(28):34993506. [PMID: 22949147]
Yang DX et al. Estimating the magnitude o colorectal cancers prevented during the era o screening:
1976 to 2009. Cancer. 2014 Sep 15;120(18):28932901. [PMID: 24894740]
199
Crohn Disease
30
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o Crohn disease and its
complications
Understand the natural history o Crohn disease
Know the di erential diagnosis o Crohn disease
Learn the treatments or chronic mani estations and acute exacerbations o Crohn disease
Know the indications or surgery in Crohn disease
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o Crohn disease?
What are the symptoms and signs o Crohn disease?
What is the di erential diagnosis o Crohn disease?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in Crohn disease?
What are the treatments or Crohn disease?
What are the outcomes, including complications, prognosis, and prevention, o Crohn
disease?
When should patients with Crohn disease be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
200
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Chronic cramping abdominal pain and diarrhea; weight loss; malaise; anemia (presumably
rom poor vitamin B12 absorption in the terminal ileum); and negative stool culture and ova
and parasite testing
3. Key Features
Essentials o Diagnosis
Insidious onset
Intermittent bouts o low-grade ever, diarrhea, and RLQ pain
RLQ mass and tenderness
Perianal disease with abscess, f stulas
Radiographic or endoscopic evidence o ulceration, stricturing, or f stulas o the small
intestine or colon
General Considerations
Crohn disease is a transmural process
Crohn disease may involve
Small bowel only, most commonly the terminal ileum (ileitis), in ~33% o cases
Small bowel and colon, most o en the terminal ileum and adjacent proximal ascending
colon (ileocolitis), in ~50%
Colon alone in 20%
Chronic illness with exacerbations and remissions
One-third o patients have associated perianal disease (f stulas, f ssures, abscesses)
Fewer than 5% o patients have symptomatic involvement o the upper intestinal tract
Smokers are at increased risk
reatment is directed both toward symptomatic improvement and controlling the disease
process
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Ulcerative colitis
Irritable bowel syndrome
Appendicitis
Yersinia enterocolitica enteritis
Mesenteric adenitis
Intestinal lymphoma
Segmental colitis due to ischemic colitis, tuberculosis, amebiasis, and Chlamydia
Diverticulitis with abscess
Nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drug-induced colitis
Perianal f stula due to other cause
201
202
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Imaging Studies
Barium upper gastrointestinal series with small bowel ollow-through
Computed tomography (C ) enterography
Capsuled (video) imaging o small intestine
Diagnostic Procedures
Colonoscopy
Biopsy o intestine reveals granulomas in 25%
7. Treatments
Medications
Symptomatic reatment o Diarrhea
Antidiarrheal agents
Loperamide (2 to 4 mg), diphenoxylate with atropine (one tablet), or tincture o opium
(5 to 15 drops) our times daily as needed
Should not be used in patients with active severe colitis
Broad-spectrum antibiotics i bacterial overgrowth
Cholestyramine 2 to 4 g, colestipol 5 g, or colesevelam 625 mg one to two times daily
be ore meals to bind the malabsorbed bile salts
reatment o Exacerbations
Early introduction o biologic therapy should be strongly considered in patients with risk
actors or aggressive disease, including young age, perianal disease, stricturing disease,
or need or corticosteroids
5-Aminosalicylic acid agents
Mesalamine (Asacol 2.4 to 4.8 g/d orally; Pentasa 4 g/d orally) has long been used as
initial therapy or the treatment o mild to moderately active colonic and ileocolonic
Crohn disease
Current treatment guidelines recommend against use o these agents or Crohn
disease
Antibiotics may reduce in ammation through alteration o gut ora, reduce bacterial
overgrowth, or treat microper orations
Metronidazole, 10 mg/kg/d or 6 to 12 weeks
Cipro oxacin, 500 mg twice daily orally or 6 to 12 weeks
Ri aximin, 400 mg three times daily, or 6 to 12 weeks
Ileal-release preparation o topically active compound budesonide, 9 mg once daily orally
or 8 to 16 weeks, induces remission in 50% to 70% o patients with mild-to-moderate
Crohn disease involving the terminal ileum or ascending colon
A er initial treatment, budesonide is tapered over 2 to 4 weeks in 3 mg increments
Low-dose budesonide (6 mg/d) may be used or up to 1 year to maintain remission
Budesonide is superior to mesalamine but somewhat less e ective than prednisone
Corticosteroids
Prednisone, 40 to 60 mg/d or 2 to 3 weeks
aper by 5 mg/wk until dosage is 20 mg/d, then by 2.5 mg/wk or every other week or
acute episodes o moderate-to-severe disease
Immunomodulatory drugs
Mercaptopurine and azathioprine are more commonly used than methotrexate in the
United States
Methotrexate (25 mg subcutaneously weekly or 12 weeks, ollowed by 12.5 to
15 mg once weekly) is used in patients who are unresponsive to, or intolerant o ,
mercaptopurine or azathioprine
Because oral absorption may be erratic, parenteral administration o methotrexate is
pre erred
T ese agents do not appear to be e ective at inducing remission, thus guidelines
recommend against using thiopurine monotherapy to induce remission
Anti- NF therapies: in iximab, adalimumab, and certolizumab are used to induce and
maintain remission in moderate to severe Crohn disease as well as to treat extraintestinal
mani estations (except optic neuritis)
Induction therapy
In iximab: three-dose regimen o 5 mg/kg at 0, 2, and 6 weeks
Adalimumab: 160 mg at week 0 and 80 mg at week 2
Certolizumab: 400 mg at weeks 0, 2, and 4
Maintenance therapy
In iximab: 5 mg/kg in usion every 8 weeks
Adalimumab: 40 mg subcutaneous in ection every 2 weeks
Certolizumab: 400 mg subcutaneous injection every 4 weeks
Anti-integrins
Due to the recognized risk o reactivation o JC virus and the development o progressive
multi ocal encephalopathy (PML) and the advent o more gut-specif c anti-integrins,
natalizumab has little use in in ammatory bowel disease
Vedolizumab is primarily used in patients with moderate to severe Crohn disease in
whom anti- NF therapy has ailed or is not tolerated
Vedolizumab: 300 mg intravenously at weeks 0 and 2 OR 300 mg intravenously every
8 weeks
Surgery
At least one surgical procedure required by > 50% o patients
Indications or surgery
Intractability to medical therapy
Intra-abdominal abscess
Massive bleeding
Obstruction with f brous stricture
Incision and drainage or abscess
Surgical resection o the stenotic area or stricturoplasty in small bowel obstruction
T erapeutic Procedures
Percutaneous drainage or abscess
Nasogastric suction and intravenous uids or small bowel obstruction
Well-balanced diet
Avoid lactose-containing oods since lactose intolerance is common
Fiber supplementation or patients with colonic involvement
Low-roughage diet or patients with obstructive symptoms
Low- at diet or patients with at malabsorption
Vitamin B12 100 g intramuscularly every month i prior terminal ileal resection
otal parenteral nutrition
Used short term in patients with active disease and progressive weight loss or in
malnourished patients awaiting surgery
Used long term in subset o patients with extensive intestinal resections resulting in
short bowel syndrome with malnutrition
8. Outcomes
Complications
Abscess
Small bowel obstruction
Fistulas
Perianal disease
Carcinoma
Hemorrhage (unusual)
Malabsorption
203
204
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Prognosis
With proper medical and surgical treatment, most patients are able to cope with this
chronic disease and its complications
Few patients die o Crohn disease
Prevention
Annual colonoscopy screening to detect dysplasia or cancer recommended or patients
with a history o 8 years o Crohn colitis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Chei etz AS. Management o active Crohn disease. JAMA. 2013 May 22;309(20):21502158. [PMID:
23695484]
Cho SM et al. Postoperative management o Crohn disease. Med Clin North Am. 2010 Jan;94(1):
179188. [PMID: 19944804]
Colombel JF et al; SONIC Study Group. In liximab, azathioprine, or combination therapy or Crohns
disease. N Engl J Med. 2010 Apr 15;362(15):13831395. [PMID: 20393175]
Cosnes J et al; Groupe dEtude hrapeutique des A ections In lammatoires du ube Digesti
(GE AID). Early administration o azathioprine vs conventional management o Crohns Disease: a
randomized controlled trial. Gastroenterology. 2013 Oct;145(4):758765.e2. [PMID: 23644079]
DHaens GR et al. he London Position Statement o the World Congress o Gastroenterology on
Biological herapy or IBD with the European Crohns and Colitis Organization: when to start, when
to stop, which drug to choose, and how to predict response? Am J Gastroenterol. 2011 Feb;106(2):
199212. [PMID: 21045814]
Ford AC et al. E icacy o 5-aminosalicylates in Crohns disease: systematic review and meta-analysis.
Am J Gastroenterol. 2011 Apr;106(4):617629. [PMID: 21407190]
Ford AC et al. E icacy o biologic therapies in in lammatory bowel disease: systematic review and metaanalysis. Am J Gastroenterol. Apr; 2011;106(4):644659. [PMID: 21407183]
Pans J et al; AZ EC Study Group. Early azathioprine therapy is no more e ective than placebo or
newly diagnosed Crohns disease. Gastroenterology. 2013 Oct;145(4):766774.e1. [PMID: 23770132]
Sandborn WJ et al; GEMINI 2 Study Group. Vedolizumab as induction and maintenance therapy or
Crohns disease. N Engl J Med. 2013 Aug 22;369(8):711721. [PMID: 23964933]
Sands BE et al. E ects o vedolizumab induction therapy or patients with Crohns disease in whom
tumor necrosis actor antagonist treatment ailed. Gastroenterology. 2014 Sep;147(3):618627.e3.
[PMID: 24859203]
Savarino E et al. Adalimumab is more e ective than azathioprine and mesalamine at preventing postoperative recurrence o Crohns disease: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Gastroenterol. 2013
Nov;108(11):17311742. [PMID: 24019080]
erdiman JP et al. American Gastroenterological Association Institute guideline on the use o thiopurines, methotrexate, and anti- NF- biologic drugs or the induction and maintenance o remission in in lammatory Crohns disease. Gastroenterology. 2013 Dec;145(6):14591463. [PMID:
24267474]
205
Diarrhea
31
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the historical actors, symptoms, and signs o diarrhea that help elucidate the cause
o a patients diarrhea
Understand the actors that predispose to the development o rare causes o diarrhea
Know the dif erential diagnosis o the dif erent types o diarrhea
Learn the medical treatments or diarrhea and in which patients antibiotics or
antidiarrheals are contraindicated
Know the warning signs that diarrhea requires urther diagnostic testing
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o diarrhea?
What are the symptoms and signs o diarrhea?
What is the dif erential diagnosis o acute, chronic, and travelers diarrhea?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural ndings in diarrhea?
What are the treatments or diarrhea?
What are the outcomes, including prevention, prognosis, and complications, o
diarrhea?
When should patients with diarrhea be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
206
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Frequent stools; 2-week time course; recent hospitalization and antibiotic use; large-volume
watery stool with blood; no resolution with cipro oxacin; dehydration and abdominal
tenderness
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Acute diarrhea has duration o < 2 weeks
Chronic diarrhea is present or > 4 weeks
ravelers diarrhea is usually a benign, sel -limited disease occurring about a week into
travel
Severity o any diarrhea ranges rom mild and sel -limited to severe and li e-threatening
Be ore embarking on extensive workup, common causes should be excluded, including
medications, chronic in ections, and irritable bowel syndrome
Classi cation
Medications
Osmotic diarrhea
Secretory conditions
In ammatory conditions
Malabsorption conditions
Motility disorders
Acute or chronic in ections
Systemic disorders
Prophylaxis or travelers diarrhea is not recommended unless there is a comorbid disease
(in ammatory bowel syndrome, HIV, and immunosuppressive medication)
Single-dose therapy o a uoroquinolone is usually ef ective or travelers diarrhea i
symptoms develop
General Considerations
Acute diarrhea is most commonly caused by in ectious agents, bacterial toxins ( able 31-1),
or drugs
Recent illnesses in amily members suggest in ectious diarrhea
207
CHAPTER 31 DIARRHEA
Incubation Period
Associated Foods
Diagnosis
Staphylococcus
(preformed toxin)
18 h
+++
Bacillus cereus
(preformed toxin)
18 h
+++
Bcereus (diarrheal
toxin)
1016 h
+++
Clostridiumperfringens
816 h
+++
Clostridiumbotulinum
1272 h
Clostridiumdifficile
Usuallyoccurs after
710 d of antibiotics.
Can occur after a
single dose or several
weeks after
completion of
antibiotics
+++
++
Enterohemorrhagic
Escherichia coli,
including Shiga
toxinproducing E
coli (STEC)
18 d
+++
Shiga-toxin producing
Ecoli can be cultured on
special medium. Other
toxins can be detected in
stool
Enterotoxigenic Ecoli
(ETEC)
13 d
+++
Vibrio
parahaemolyticus
248 h
Undercooked or rawseafood
Vibriocholerae
2472 h
+++
Campylobacter jejuni
25 d
+++
208
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Incubation Period
Associated Foods
Diagnosis
2448 h
Salmonella species
13 d
++
Yersinia enterocolitica
2448 h
Undercooked pork,
contaminated water,
unpasteurized milk, tofu
Rotavirus
13 d
++
+++
Fecallycontaminated foods
touched byinfected food
handlers
Immunoassayon stool
1248 h
++
+++
Community outbreaks (schools, nursing homes, and cruise ships) suggest viral etiology
or common ood source
Ingestion o improperly stored or prepared ood implicates toxin-secreting or invasive
bacteria
Exposure to unpuri ed water suggests Giardia or Cryptosporidium
Large Cyclospora outbreaks have been traced to contaminated produce
Recent travel abroad suggests travelers diarrhea
Antibiotic administration suggests C dif cile colitis
HIV in ection or sexually transmitted diseases suggest AIDS-associated diarrhea
Proctitis and rectal discharge suggest gonorrhea, syphilis, lymphogranuloma venereum
(LGV), and herpes simplex
Acute nonin ammatory diarrhea
Fecal leukocytes and blood are absent
Diarrhea may be voluminous with periumbilical cramps, bloating, nausea, or vomiting
Usually arises rom small bowel due to a toxin-producing bacterium or other agents
(viruses, Giardia)
Prominent vomiting suggests viral enteritis or Staphylococcus aureus ood poisoning
May cause dehydration, hypokalemia, and metabolic acidosis
Acute in ammatory diarrhea
Fecal leukocytes are present; blood mixed with stool may also be present (dysentery)
Diarrhea usually arises rom colon, is small volume (< 1 L/d), with le lower quadrant
cramps, urgency, and tenesmus
CHAPTER 31 DIARRHEA
209
210
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
In ammatory conditions
Abdominal pain
Fever
Weight loss
Hematochezia
Malabsorption syndromes
Weight loss
Osmotic diarrhea
Steatorrhea
Nutritional de ciencies
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Acute Diarrhea
In ectious: nonin ammatory (nonbloody)
Viruses: Norwalk virus, rotavirus, adenoviruses, astrovirus, and coronavirus
Pre ormed toxin ( ood poisoning): S aureus, Bacillus cereus, Clostridium per ringens
oxin production: enterotoxigenic E coli, Vibrio cholerae, and V parahaemolyticus
Protozoa: Giardia lamblia, Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, and Isospora
In ectious: invasive or in ammatory
Shigella, Salmonella, Campylobacter, enteroinvasive E coli, Shiga toxin-producing
E coli, Yersinia enterocolitica, C dif cile (eg, pseudomembranous colitis), Entamoeba
histolytica, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, and Listeria monocytogenes
Associated with unprotected anal intercourse
N gonorrhoeae
Syphilis
LGV
Herpes simplex
Nonin ectious
Drug reaction, especially antibiotics
Ulcerative colitis, Crohn disease (in ammatory)
Ischemic colitis (in ammatory)
Fecal impaction (stool may leak around impaction)
Laxative abuse
Radiation colitis (in ammatory)
Emotional stress
Chronic Diarrhea
Common
Irritable bowel syndrome
Parasites
Caf eine
Laxative abuse
Osmotic
Lactase de ciency
Medications: antacids, lactulose, sorbitol, and olestra
Factitious: magnesium-containing antacids or laxatives
Secretory
Hormonal: ZollingerEllison syndrome (gastrinoma), carcinoid, VIPoma, medullary
thyroid carcinoma, and adrenal insu ciency
Laxative abuse: cascara, senna
Medications
In ammatory conditions
In ammatory bowel disease
Microscopic colitis (lymphocytic or collagenous)
CHAPTER 31 DIARRHEA
211
212
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Exposure to antibiotics
Systemic illness
T ree stool examinations or ova and parasites to look or amebiasis should be obtained i
diarrhea persists > 10 days, in those who engage in oralanal sexual practices, and those
with recent travel to amebiasis endemic areas
Stool C dif cile toxin assay i recent history o antibiotic exposure or hospitalization
Rectal swab cultures or Chlamydia, N gonorrhoeae, and herpes simplex virus in sexually
active patients with suspected proctitis
Chronic Diarrhea
A complete blood cell count, serum electrolytes, liver biochemical tests, calcium,
phosphorus, albumin, and thyroid-stimulating hormone; prothrombin time/INR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and C-reactive protein should be obtained in most patients
Serologic testing or celiac disease (gluten enteropathy) with serum IgA tissue transglutaminase test may be recommended or most patients with chronic diarrhea and all patients
with signs o malabsorption
Stool studies or chronic diarrhea
Analyze stool sample or ova and parasites, electrolytes (to calculate osmotic gap),
qualitative staining or at (Sudan stain), occult blood, and leukocytes or lacto errin
T e presence o ecal leukocytes or lacto errin may suggest in ammatory bowel disease
T e presence o Giardia and E histolytica may be detected in wet mounts; however,
ecal antigen detection tests are a more sensitive and speci c detection method
Cryptosporidium and Cyclospora are ound with modi ed acid- ast staining
An increased osmotic gap suggests an osmotic diarrhea or disorder o malabsorption
A positive ecal at stain suggests a disorder o malabsorption
wenty- our-hour stool collection or weight and quantitative ecal at
Stool weight < 200 to 300 g/24 h excludes diarrhea and suggests a unctional disorder
such as irritable bowel syndrome
Stool weight > 200 g/24 h con rms diarrhea
Stool weight > 1000 to 1500 g/24 h suggests secretory diarrhea, including
neuroendocrine tumors
Fecal at > 10 g/24 h indicates a malabsorption syndrome
I malabsorption is suspected
Obtain serum olate, B12, iron, vitamin A and D levels, prothrombin time
Serologic tests or celiac disease: serum IgA tissue transglutaminase antibody
I a secretory cause is suspected
Obtain serum VIP ( or VIPoma), chromogranin A (carcinoid), calcitonin (medullary
thyroid carcinoma), gastrin (ZollingerEllison syndrome), and glucagon (glucagonoma)
Obtain urine 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid ( or carcinoid)
ravelers Diarrhea
A stool culture is indicated or patients with ever and bloody diarrhea, but in most cases
cultures are reserved or those who do not respond to antibiotics
Imaging Studies
Abdominal computed tomography (C ) or suspected chronic pancreatitis, pancreatic
cancer, and neuroendocrine tumors
Small intestinal imaging with barium, C , or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is
help ul in the diagnosis o Crohn disease, small bowel lymphoma, carcinoid, and jejunal
diverticula
Somatostatin receptor scintigraphy in suspected neuroendocrine tumors
Diagnostic Procedures
In > 90% o cases, acute diarrhea is mild and sel -limited, and diagnostic investigation is
unnecessary
CHAPTER 31 DIARRHEA
7. Treatments
Medications
Opioid agents help decrease the stool number and liquidity and control ecal urgency
Antidiarrheal agents may be used sa ely in mild-to-moderate nonin ammatory diarrhea
Loperamide, 4 mg orally initially, ollowed by 2 mg a er each loose stool (maximum:
16 mg/24 h)
Bismuth subsalicylate (Pepto-Bismol), 2 tablets or 30 mL our times daily orally
Diphenoxylate with atropine (anticholinergic) contraindicated in acute diarrhea because
o the rare precipitation o toxic megacolon; 1 tablet three to our times daily in chronic
diarrhea
Codeine 15 to 60 mg every 4 hours orally; tincture o opium, 0.03 to 1.2 mL every 6 hours
as needed, sa e in most patients with chronic, intractable diarrhea
Clonidine, 0.1 to 0.6 mg twice daily orally, or a clonidine patch, 0.1 to 0.2 mg/d, help ul in
secretory diarrheas, diabetic diarrhea, and cryptosporidiosis
Octreotide, 50 to 250 g three times daily subcutaneously, or secretory diarrheas due
to neuroendocrine tumors (VIPomas, carcinoid). A once monthly depot ormulation o
octreotide is available.
Cholestyramine or colestipol (24 g once to three times daily) or colesevelam (625 mg,
13 tablets once or twice daily) in patients with bile salt-induced diarrhea secondary to
intestinal resection or ileal disease
Neither opioid nor antidiarrheal agents should be used in patients with bloody diarrhea,
high ever, or systemic toxicity, and both agents should be discontinued in patients whose
diarrhea is worsening despite therapy
Empiric antibiotic treatment
Regimens include
Fluoroquinolones (eg, cipro oxacin 500 mg, o oxacin 400 mg, or nor oxacin 400 mg,
twice daily orally) or 5 to 7 days
rimethoprimsul amethoxazole, 160/800 mg twice daily orally, or doxycycline,
100 mg twice daily orally
Indications include
Moderate-to-severe ever
enesmus
Bloody stools
Presence o ecal leukocytes while the stool bacterial culture is incubating
Immunocompromised patients
Signi cant dehydration
Speci c antimicrobial treatment is recommended in
Shigellosis
Cholera
Extraintestinal salmonellosis
Listeriosis
ravelers diarrhea
C dif cile in ection
Giardiasis
Amebiasis
213
214
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Prevention
When traveling, eat only peeled, packaged, and piping hot oods; recommend avoidance
o resh oods and water sources in developing countries, where in ectious diarrheal
illnesses are endemic
ravelers prophylaxis is recommended or
Patients with signi cant underlying disease (in ammatory bowel disease, AIDS, diabetes,
heart disease in the elderly, and conditions requiring immunosuppressive medications)
Patients whose ull activity status during the trip is so essential that even short periods
o diarrhea would be unacceptable
Prophylaxis is started upon entry into the destination country and is continued or 1 or
2 days a er leaving
For stays o > 3 weeks, prophylaxis is not recommended because o the cost and increased
toxicity
Numerous antimicrobial regimens or once-daily oral prophylaxis o travelers diarrhea
are ef ective, such as
Nor oxacin, 400 mg
Cipro oxacin, 500 mg
Ri aximin, 200 mg
Bismuth subsalicylate or travelers diarrhea prevention
Ef ective, but rarely used
urns the tongue and the stools black
Can inter ere with doxycycline absorption, which may be needed or malaria
prophylaxis
Because not all travelers will have diarrhea and because most episodes are brie and sel limited, an alternative approach currently recommended is to provide the traveler with a
supply o antimicrobials to be taken i signi cant diarrhea occurs during the trip
Prognosis
Cause is identi able and treatable in almost all patients
Most travelers diarrhea is short-lived and resolves without speci c therapy
Complications
Dehydration
Electrolyte abnormalities
Malabsorption: weight loss, vitamin de ciencies
CHAPTER 31 DIARRHEA
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Buchholz U et al. German outbreak o Escherichia coli O104:H4 associated with sprouts. N Engl J Med.
2011 Nov 10;365(19):17631770. [PMID: 22029753]
DuPont HL. Acute in ectious diarrhea in immunocompetent adults. N Engl J Med. 2014 Apr
17;370(16):15321540. [PMID: 24738670]
Li Z et al. reatment o chronic diarrhea. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol. 2012 Oct;26(5):677687.
[PMID: 23384811]
Money ME et al. Review: management o postprandial diarrhea syndrome. Am J Med. 2012
Jun;125(6):538544. [PMID: 22624684]
Schiller LR. De initions, pathophysiology, and evaluation o chronic diarrhoea. Best Pract Res Clin
Gastroenterol. 2012 Oct;26(5):551562. [PMID: 23384801]
215
216
32
Lower Gastrointestinal
Bleeding
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings that characterize the di erent
types o lower gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding
Understand how to distinguish upper tract rom lower tract GI bleeding
Know the di erential diagnosis o lower GI bleeding
Understand the strategies or determining the source o lower GI bleeding
Learn about the treatments or lower GI bleeding
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Hematochezia (recurrent episodes); no melena; painless; history o diverticulosis coli and
prior episode o sel -limited bleeding; symptoms and signs o volume depletion (lightheadedness, tachycardia)
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hematochezia is usually present
en percent o cases o hematochezia are due to an upper GI source
Stable patients can be evaluated by colonoscopy
Massive active bleeding calls or evaluation with sigmoidoscopy, upper endoscopy, nuclear
bleeding scan, or angiography
General Considerations
Lower GI bleeding is def ned as that arising below the ligament o reitz, ie, (nonduodenal) small intestine or colon; up to 95% o cases arise in the colon
Lower tract bleeding
T irty-three percent less common than upper tract bleeding
ends to have a more benign course
Is less likely to present with shock or orthostasis (< 20% o cases) or to require
trans usions (< 40%)
Spontaneous cessation occurs in > 85%; hospital mortality is < 4%
Most common causes in patients age < 50 years include
In ectious colitis
Anorectal disease
In ammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis or Crohn disease)
Most common causes in patients age > 50 years include
Diverticulosis coli (50% o cases)
Angioectasias (4%)
Neoplasms (polyps or carcinoma) (7%)
Ischemia
Radiation-induced proctitis
Solitary rectal ulcer
Nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drug (NSAID)-induced ulcers
217
218
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Diverticulosis coli
Angioectasias, eg, idiopathic arteriovenous mal ormations, CRES (calcinosis, Raynaud
syndrome, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia) syndrome, and
hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasias
Colonic polyps
Colorectal cancer
7. Treatments
Surgery
Surgery is indicated in patients with ongoing bleeding that requires > 6 units o blood
trans usion within 24 hours or > 10 total units in whom endoscopic or angiographic
therapy ailed
Limited resection o the bleeding segment o small intestine or colon, i possible, which
may be guided by nuclear scan or angiography
otal abdominal colectomy with ileorectal anastomosis, i a bleeding site cannot be
precisely identif ed in cases o ongoing hemorrhage
T erapeutic Procedures
Excellent vascular access with (usually) two 18-gauge (or larger) peripheral IV lines
Volume repletion with IV uids
Close monitoring o blood counts and coagulation panel with trans usion support as needed
T erapeutic colonoscopy: high-risk lesions (eg, diverticulum with active bleeding or a
visible vessel, or an angioectasia) can be treated endoscopically with saline or epinephrine
injection, cautery (bipolar or heater probe), or application o metallic clips or bands
Angiography with selective embolization achieves immediate hemostasis in > 95% o
patients when a bleeding lesion is identif ed
219
220
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Complications
Major complications rom intra-arterial embolization (mainly ischemic colitis) occur in
5%; rebleeding occurs in up to 25%
Prognosis
wenty-f ve percent o patients with diverticular hemorrhage have recurrent bleeding
9. When to Admit
All patients with signif cant hematochezia or hemodynamic instability
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Allen W et al. Nuclear medicine tests or acute gastrointestinal conditions. Semin Nucl Med. 2013
Mar;43(2):88101. [PMID: 23414825]
ASGE Standards o Practice Committee; Pasha SF et al. he role o endoscopy in the patient with lower
GI bleeding. Gastrointest Endosc. 2014 Jun;79(6):875885. [PMID: 24703084]
Kaltenbach et al. Colonoscopy with clipping is use ul in the diagnosis and treatment o diverticular
bleeding. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2012 Feb;10(2):131137. [PMID: 22056302]
Navaneethan U et al. iming o colonoscopy and outcomes in patients with lower GI bleeding: a nationwide population-based study. Gastrointest Endosc. 2014 Feb;79(2):297306. [PMID: 24060518]
Strate LL et al. Use o aspirin or nonsteroidal anti-in lammatory drugs increases risk or diverticulitis
and diverticular bleeding. Gastroenterology. 2011 May;140(5):14271433. [PMID: 21320500]
221
Upper Gastrointestinal
Bleeding
33
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o upper gastrointestinal (UGI)
bleeding
Understand the actors that predispose to UGI bleeding
Know the di erential diagnosis o UGI bleeding
Learn the treatment or UGI bleeding
Understand how to prevent UGI bleeding
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
222
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Melena; nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drug (NSAID) use; mild tachycardia rom anemia;
tender epigastrium, occult blood positive; endoscopy showing gastric ulcer; biopsy positive
or H pylori
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hematemesis (bright red blood or co ee grounds)
Melena in most cases; hematochezia in massive UGI bleeding
Use volume (hemodynamic) status to determine severity o blood loss; hematocrit is a
poor early indicator o blood loss
Endoscopy is diagnostic and may be therapeutic
General Considerations
Most common presentation is hematemesis or melena; severe hematochezia in 10% o
cases
Hematemesis is either bright red blood or brown co ee grounds material
Melena develops a er as little as 50 to 100 mL o blood loss
Hematochezia requires > 1000 mL o blood loss
UGI bleeding is sel -limited in 80% o cases; urgent medical therapy and endoscopic
evaluation are required in the remainder
Bleeding > 48 hours prior to presentation carries a low risk o recurrent bleeding
Peptic ulcers account or ~40% o cases
Portal hypertension bleeding (10%20% o cases) occurs rom varices (most commonly
esophageal)
MalloryWeiss tears are lacerations o the gastroesophageal junction (5% to 10% o
cases)
Vascular anomalies account or 7% o cases
Angioectasias
Most common
110 mm distorted, aberrant submucosal vessels
Have bright red stellate appearance
Occur throughout GI tract but most commonly in right colon
Telangiectasias
Small cherry red lesions
Occur sporadically
Dieula oy lesion
Aberrant, large caliber submucosal artery
Most common in proximal stomach and causes recurrent, intermittent bleeding
Gastric neoplasms (1% o cases)
Erosive gastritis (< 5% o cases) due to NSAIDs, alcohol, or severe medical or surgical
illness (stress-related mucosal disease)
Demographics
250,000 hospitalizations a year in the United States
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Hemoptysis
Peptic ulcer disease
Esophageal or gastric varices
Erosive gastritis, eg, NSAIDs, alcohol, and stress
MalloryWeiss tear
Portal hypertensive gastropathy
Angioectasias (angiodysplasias), eg, idiopathic arteriovenous mal ormation, CREST (calcinosis, Raynaud syndrome, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia)
syndrome, hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasias
Gastric cancer
Rare causes
Erosive esophagitis
Duodenal varices
Aortoenteric f stula
Dieula oy lesion (aberrant gastric submucosal artery)
Hemobilia ( rom hepatic tumor, angioma, and penetrating trauma)
Pancreatic cancer
Hemosuccus pancreaticus (pancreatic pseudoaneurysm)
223
224
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Intravenous proton pump inhibitor (eg, esomeprazole or pantoprazole 80-mg bolus,
ollowed by 8 mg/h continuous in usion or 72 hours) reduces risk o rebleeding in patients
with peptic ulcers with high-risk eatures (active bleeding, visible vessel, or adherent clot)
a er endoscopic treatment
Oral proton pump inhibitors (omeprazole, esomeprazole, or pantoprazole 40 mg,
lansoprazole or dexlansoprazole 3060 mg, once or twice daily are su cient or lesions
at low-risk or rebleeding (esophagitis, gastritis, clean-based ulcers, and MalloryWeiss
tears)
Octreotide, 100-g bolus, ollowed by 50 to 100 g/h, or bleeding related to portal
hypertension
In countries where it is available (not in United States), terlipressin may be pre erred to
octreotide to treat bleeding related to portal hypertension
T erapeutic Procedures
Insert two 18-gauge or larger intravenous lines
In patients without hemodynamic compromise or overt active bleeding, aggressive uid
repletion can be delayed until extent o bleeding clarif ed
Patients with hemodynamic compromise should be given 0.9% saline or lactated Ringer
injection and cross-matched or 2 to 4 units o packed red blood cells (RBC)
Nasogastric tube placed or aspiration
Blood replacement to maintain a hemoglobin o 7 to 9 g/dL
In the absence o continued bleeding, the hematocrit should rise 4% or each unit o
trans used packed red cells
Trans use blood in patients with massive active bleeding regardless o the hematocrit
Trans use platelets i platelet count < 50,000/L or i impaired platelet unction due to
aspirin or clopidogrel use
Uremic patients with active bleeding should be given three doses o desmopressin
(DDAVP), 0.3 g/kg intravenously at 12-hour intervals
Fresh rozen plasma should be given or actively bleeding patients with a coagulopathy
and an INR > 1.8
However, endoscopy may be per ormed sa ely i the INR is < 2.5
In massive bleeding, 1 unit o resh rozen plasma should be given or each 5 units o
packed RBC trans used
Intra-arterial embolization in patients who are poor operative risks and with persistent
bleeding rom ulcers, angiomas, or MalloryWeiss tears in whom endoscopic therapy has
ailed
Transvenous intrahepatic portosystemic shunts (TIPS) to decompress the portal venous
system and control acute variceal bleeding are indicated in patients in whom endoscopic
modalities have ailed
8. Outcome
Prognosis
Mortality rate is 4% to 10%, and even higher in patients older than age 60, though
rates have been declining steadily; o en mortality is rom complications o underlying
diseases
Hemorrhage rom peptic ulcers has an overall mortality rate o 6%
Portal hypertension has a hospital mortality rate o 15%; mortality rate o 60% to 80% at
1 to 4 years
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Almadi MA et al. Antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding: an
86-year-old woman with peptic ulcer disease. JAMA. 2011 Dec 7;306(21):23672374. [PMID:
22045703]
Greenspoon J et al; International Consensus Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding Con erence Group.
Management o patients with nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.
2012 Mar;10(3):234239. [PMID: 21820395]
Lau JY et al. Challenges in the management o acute peptic ulcer bleeding. Lancet. 2013 Jun
8;381(9882):20332043. [PMID: 23746903]
Marmo R et al; PNED 1 and PNED 2 Investigators. Predicting mortality in patients with in-hospital
nonvariceal upper GI bleeding: a prospective, multicenter database study. Gastrointest Endosc. 2014
May;79(5):741749. [PMID: 24219820]
Srygley FD et al. Does this patient have a severe upper gastrointestinal bleed? JAMA. 2012 Mar
14;307(10):10721079. [PMID: 22416103]
Villanueva C et al. Trans usion or acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding. N Engl J Med. 2013 Apr
4;368(1):1121. [PMID: 23550677]
225
226
34
Viral Hepatitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o viral hepatitis
Understand the actors that predispose to the contraction o each type o viral hepatitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o viral hepatitis
Learn the treatment or acute viral hepatitis
Know the possible complications o viral hepatitis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Nausea, vomiting; recent travel with possibly unsanitary ood exposure; jaundice; tender
abdomen; hepatomegaly; elevated serum bilirubin and aminotrans erase tests; positive
antibody to hepatitis A (anti-HAV) IgM antibody
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Acute hepatitis A, B, C
Prodrome o anorexia, nausea, vomiting, malaise, aversion to smoking
Fever, enlarged and tender liver, jaundice
Markedly elevated aminotrans erases
Normal to low white blood cell (WBC) count
Hepatitis C is o en asymptomatic; source o hepatitis C in ection is unknown in many
Chronic hepatitis A, B, and C
Patients with acute hepatitis A almost always recover, do not develop chronic hepatitis
Chronic hepatitis B and C are def ned as a continuing in ammatory reaction o the liver
a er > 3 to 6 months
Chronic hepatitis B is characterized by persistent detection o serum hepatitis B sur ace
antigen (HBsAg)
T is is most o en accompanied by persistently elevated aminotrans erase levels
Chronic hepatitis C is also characterized by persistent detection o serum antibody to
hepatitis C virus (HCV) and persistently abnormal serum aminotrans erase levels
General Considerations
Acute hepatitis A
ransmission o HAV is by the ecaloral route; the incubation period averages 30 days
HAV is excreted in eces or up to 2 weeks be ore the clinical illness and rarely persists in
eces a er the f rst week o illness (there is no chronic carrier state)
Acute hepatitis B
HBV contains an inner core protein (hepatitis B core antigen, HBcAg) and outer sur ace
coat (hepatitis B sur ace antigen, HBsAg)
T e incubation period or hepatitis B is 6 weeks to 6 months (average 3 months) and the
onset o HBV is more insidious and the aminotrans erase levels higher on average than in
HAV in ection
Eight genotypes o HBV (AH) have been identif ed
Four phases o HBV in ection are recognized
Immune tolerant phase
Immune clearance phase
227
228
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
229
230
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Viruses: hepatitis A, B, C, D (delta agent, always in presence o B), E, in ectious mononucleosis, cytomegalovirus (CMV), EpsteinBarr virus (EBV), herpes simplex virus
(HSV), parvovirus B19, yellow ever, Middle East respiratory syndrome, Ebola virus,
in uenza; hepatitis G rarely, i ever, causes rank hepatitis
CMV, EBV, and HSV are ound particularly in immunocompromised persons
Other in ections: leptospirosis, secondary syphilis, brucellosis, Q ever
Alcoholic hepatitis and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
Drugs and toxins (predictable): acetaminophen, Amanita mushrooms, tetracycline,
valproic acid
Drugs and toxins (idiosyncratic): isoniazid, nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs, statins,
azole anti ungals, halothane, ecstasy, kava
Vascular: right-sided HF, shock liver, portal vein thrombosis, BuddChiari syndrome
Metabolic: Wilson disease, hemochromatosis, acute atty liver o pregnancy, Reye
syndrome
Autoimmune hepatitis
1-Antiprotease (1-antitrypsin) def ciency
Lymphoma or metastatic cancer
virus ( V)
Found in up to 7.5% o blood donors
Readily transmitted by blood trans usions
However, an association between this virus and liver disease has not been established
Jaundice
Symptoms
ALT
HAV in serum
12
16
20
IgM
anti-HAV
IgG
anti-HAV
Figure 34-1. The typical course of acute type A hepatitis. (ALT, alanine aminotransferase; anti-HAV,
antibody to hepatitis A virus; HAV, hepatitis A virus.) (Reproduced with permission from Koff RS. Acute viral
hepatitis. In: Friedman LS, Keeffe EB, eds. Handbook of Liver Disease, 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Saunders Elsevier;
2012.)
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
Hepatitis A
Anti-HAV appears early in the course o the illness
See Figure 34-1
Both IgM and IgG anti-HAV are detectable in serum soon a er the onset
Peak titers o IgM anti-HAV occur during the f rst week o clinical disease and disappear
within 3 to 6 months
Detection o IgM anti-HAV is an excellent test or diagnosing acute hepatitis A (but is not
recommended or evaluation o asymptomatic patients with persistent aminotrans erase
elevations)
iters o IgG anti-HAV peak a er 1 month o the disease and may persist or years
IgG anti-HAV indicates previous exposure to HAV, nonin ectivity, and immunity. In
the United States, about 30% o the population have serologic evidence o previous
in ection
T e WBC count is normal to low, especially in the preicteric phase. Large atypical
lymphocytes may occasionally be seen
Mild proteinuria is common, and bilirubinuria o en precedes the appearance o jaundice
Strikingly elevated aspartate or alanine aminotrans erases occur early, ollowed by
elevations o bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase; in a small number o patients, the latter
persist a er aminotrans erase levels have normalized
Cholestasis is occasionally marked
Hepatitis B
Antibodies to hepatitis B appear early in the course o the illness ( able 34-1)
See Figure 34-2
HBsAg
Appears be ore biochemical evidence o liver disease, and persists throughout the clinical
illness
A er the acute illness, it may be associated with chronic hepatitis
231
232
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Table 341. Common serologic patterns in hepatitis B virus infection and their interpretation.
HBsAg
Anti-HBs
Anti-HBc
HBeAg
Anti-HBe
Interpretation
IgM
Acute hepatitis B
IgGa
IgG
IgG
+ or
+ or
IgM
+ or
Acute hepatitis B
IgG
+ or
Recoveryfromhepatitis B(immunity)
Vaccination (immunity)
IgG
Anti-HBs
Appears a er clearance o HBsAg and a er success ul vaccination against hepatitis B
Signals recovery rom HBV in ection, nonin ectivity, and immunity
Anti-HBc
IgM anti-HBc appears shortly a er HBsAg is detected. (HBcAg alone does not appear
in serum)
Its presence in acute hepatitis indicates a diagnosis o acute hepatitis B
It f lls the rare serologic gap when HBsAg has cleared but anti-HBs is not yet
detectable
Can persist or 3 to 6 months or more and reappear during ares o chronic
hepatitis B
IgG anti-HBc also appears during acute hepatitis B but persists indef nitely
In asymptomatic blood donors, an isolated anti-HBc with no other positive HBV serologic
results may represent a alsely positive result or latent in ection
HBeAg
Found only in HBsAg-positive serum and indicates viral replication and in ectivity
Persistence beyond 3 months indicates an increased likelihood o chronic hepatitis B
Its disappearance is o en ollowed by the appearance o anti-HBe, generally signi ying
diminished viral replication and decreased in ectivity
Jaundice
Symptoms
ALT
Anti-HBe
HBV DNA
HBeAg
12 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 52
Weeks after Exposure
HBeAG
IgG
anti-HBc
AntiHBs
IgM
anti-HBc
Figure 34-2. The typical course of acute type B hepatitis. (ALT, alanine aminotransferase; anti-HBc,
antibody to hepatitis B core antigen; anti-HBe, antibody to HBeAg; anti-HBs, antibody to HBsAg; HBeAg,
hepatitis Be antigen; HBsAg, hepatitis B surface antigen.) (Reproduced with permission from Koff RS. Acute
viral hepatitis. In: Friedman LS, Keeffe EB, eds. Handbook of Liver Disease, 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Saunders Elsevier;
2012.)
HBV DNA
Generally parallels the presence o HBeAg, though HBV DNA is a more sensitive and
precise marker o viral replication and in ectivity
Very low levels o HBV DNA are detectable only by polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
May persist in serum a er recovery rom acute hepatitis B
However, HBV DNA is bound to IgG and is rarely in ectious
Immune Tolerant Phase
HBeAg and HBV DNA are present in serum, indicative o active viral replication
When HBV in ection is acquired in in ancy or early childhood, serum aminotrans erase
levels o en are normal and little necroin ammation is present in the liver
Immune Clearance Phase
Aminotrans erase levels are elevated
Inactive HBsAg Carrier State
Disappearance o HBeAg and reduced HBV DNA levels (< 105 copies/mL, or < 20,000
international units/mL) in serum, appearance o anti-HBe, and integration o the HBV
genome into the host genome in in ected hepatocytes
Reactivated Chronic Hepatitis B Phase
May result rom in ection by a precore mutant o HBV or spontaneous mutation o the
precore or core promoter region o the HBV genome during the course o chronic hepatitis
caused by wild-type HBV
T ere is a rise in serum HBV DNA levels and possible progression to cirrhosis (at a rate
o 8%10% per year), particularly when additional mutations in the core gene o HBV are
present
Elevated serum bilirubin level, low albumin level, and prolonged prothrombin time
re ect advanced disease (severe in ammation or cirrhosis, or both)
Normal to low WBC count and large atypical lymphocytes
Mild proteinuria is common
Bilirubinuria o en precedes the appearance o jaundice
Elevated aspartate or alanine aminotrans erase occurs early, ollowed by elevations o
bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase
Marked prolongation o prothrombin time in severe hepatitis correlates with increased
mortality
Hepatitis C
Serum anti-HCV by enzyme immunoassay (EIA) is present (Figure 34-3)
T e immunoassay has moderate sensitivity ( alse negatives) or the diagnosis early in
the course and in healthy blood donors and low specif city ( alse positives) in persons
with elevated -globulin levels
In these situations, a diagnosis o hepatitis C may be conf rmed by use o a polymerase
chain reaction (PCR) assay or HCV RNA
Occasional persons are ound to have anti-HCV in serum without HCV RNA in serum,
suggesting recovery rom HCV in ection in the past
In pregnant patients, serum aminotrans erase levels requently normalize despite
persistence o viremia, only to increase again a er delivery
T e WBC count is normal to low, especially in the preicteric phase
Large atypical lymphocytes may occasionally be seen
Mild proteinuria is common, and bilirubinuria o en precedes the appearance o
jaundice
Elevated aspartate or alanine aminotrans erase levels occur early, ollowed by elevations
o bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase; in a small number o patients, the latter persist
a er aminotrans erase levels have normalized
In approximately 40% o cases o chronic hepatitis C, serum aminotrans erase levels
are persistently normal
233
234
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Jaundice
Symptoms
Anti-HCV
ALT
Months
Years
Time after exposure
Figure 34-3. The typical course of acute and chronic hepatitis C. (ALT, alanine aminotransferase; antiHCV, antibody to hepatitis C virus by enzyme immunoassay; HCV RNA [PCR], hepatitis C viral RNA by
polymerase chain reaction.) (Reproduced with permission from Koff RS. Acute viral hepatitis. In: Friedman LS,
Keeffe EB, eds. Handbook of Liver Disease, 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Saunders Elsevier; 2012.)
Diagnostic Procedures
Liver biopsy may be indicated or diagnosis, staging, and predicting response to therapy
Serum FibroSure testing or ultrasound elastography may be used to identi y the absence
o f brosis or presence o cirrhosis in chronic hepatitis C
7. Treatments
Medications
Acute Hepatitis A, B, and C
I nausea and vomiting are pronounced or i oral intake is substantially decreased, intravenous 10% glucose is indicated
Small doses o oxazepam are sa e, as metabolism is not hepatic; morphine sul ate is to be
avoided
Acute Hepatitis B
Antiviral therapy is generally unnecessary but it is usually prescribed in cases o ulminant hepatitis B as well as in spontaneous reactivation o chronic hepatitis B presenting as
acute-on-chronic liver ailure
Corticosteroids produce no benef t
Chronic Hepatitis B
reated with antiviral agents in selected patients with active viral replication
HBeAg is present and HBV DNA elevated [ 105 copies/mL, or 20,000 international
units/mL] in serum
Elevated aminotrans erase levels
Entecavir
Dosage: 0.5 mg orally daily or patients not resistant to lamivudine and 1 mg orally
daily or patients who are resistant to lamivudine
Entecavir resistance is rare unless a patient is already resistant to lamivudine
Histologic improvement is observed in 70% o treated patients and suppression o
HBV DNA in serum occurs in nearly all treated patients
Entecavir has been reported to cause lactic acidosis when used in patients with decompensated cirrhosis
eno ovir
Dosage: 300 mg orally daily
Equally e ective against HBV as entecavir; used as a f rst-line agent or when resistance
to a nucleoside analog has developed
235
236
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Chronic Hepatitis C
T e introduction o direct-acting and host-targeting antiviral agents has revolutionized
the treatment o HCV; now regimens are o en all-oral and peginter eron is o en not
needed ( able 34-2)
HCV genotype 1 has become easy to cure with oral direct-acting agents, with expected
sustained virologic response rates above 90%, and virtually all HCV genotype 2 in ection
is curable with all-oral regimens
Newer therapies are very e ective, but costly and insurance coverage may be a barrier to
treatment
Doseb
Genotype(s)
Comment
NS3/4AProtease Inhibitors
Boceprevir
Telaprevir
Simeprevir
1 and 4
Paritaprevir
1 and 4
Asunaprevira
1 and 4
Grazoprevira
1, 2, 46
Daclatasvira
16
60 mg orallyonce daily
Ledipasvir
1, 3, and 4
90 mg orallyonce daily
Ombitasvira
1 and 4
25 mg orallyonce daily
Elbasvira
16
50 mg orallyonce daily
GS-5816a
16
NS5AInhibitors
16
Dasabuvir
1 and 4
Beclabuvira
75 mg orallytwice daily
Agent has not been approved by the FDA as of early 2015; additional drugs are under study.
b
The preferred regimen and duration of treatment may vary depending on HCVgenotype,
presence or absence of cirrhosis, or nonresponse to prior therapy for HCVinfection.
c
Marketed as Viekira Pak (AbbVie).
d
Marketed as Harvoni (Gilead Sciences).
8. Outcomes
Complications
Hepatitis A
Fulminant hepatitis A is uncommon; its requency is increased when hepatitis A occurs in
a patient with chronic hepatitis C
Hepatitis B
Acute hepatitis B can lead to chronic in ection and ulminant liver ailure (particularly i
the patient is coin ected with the delta agent, hepatitis D)
Chronic hepatitis B may be complicated by
Cirrhosis and liver ailure
Hepatocellular carcinoma
Extrahepatic mani estations include polyarteritis nodosa, membranous
glomerulonephritis
237
238
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Prevention
Acute Hepatitis A, B, and C
Strict isolation is not necessary, but hand washing a er bowel movements is required
T orough hand washing by anyone who may contact contaminated utensils, bedding, or
clothing is essential
esting o donated blood or A, B, and C virus
For example, testing or HCV has helped reduce the risk o trans usion-associated
hepatitis C rom 1 in 10 to about 1 in 2 million units
Hepatitis A
Immune Globulin
Give to all close (eg, household) personal contacts and consider giving it to persons who
consume ood prepared by an in ected ood handler
T e recommended dose, 0.02 mL/kg intramuscularly, is protective i administered during
incubation
Vaccination
wo e ective inactivated hepatitis A vaccines are available in the United States and
recommended or
Persons living in or traveling to endemic areas (including military personnel)
Patients with chronic liver disease on diagnosis
Persons with clotting- actor disorders who are treated with concentrates
Men who have sex with men
Animal handlers
Illicit drug users
Sewage workers
Food handlers
Close personal contacts o international adoptees
Children and caregivers in day care centers and institutions
HAV vaccine is e ective in the prevention o secondary spread to household contacts o
primary cases
T e recommended dose or adults
A volume o 1 mL (1440 ELISA units) o Havrix (GlaxoSmithKline) or 1 mL (50 units)
o Vaqta (Merck) intramuscularly
Follow with a booster dose at 6 to 18 months
A combined hepatitis A and B vaccine ( winrix, GlaxoSmithKline) is available
Hepatitis B
Strict isolation o patients is not necessary but thorough hand washing by anyone who
may contact contaminated utensils, bedding, or clothing is essential
Screening o donated blood or HBsAg and anti-HBc has reduced the risk o trans usionassociated hepatitis markedly
est pregnant women or HBsAg
Cesarean delivery, in combination with immunoprophylaxis o the neonate, reduces the
risk o perinatal transmission when the mothers serum HBV DNA level is 200,000
international units/mL
Counsel patients with HBV to practice sa e sex
Vaccinate against HAV (a er prescreening or prior immunity) in those with chronic
hepatitis B
Hepatitis B Immune Globulin (HBIG)
May be protective, or may attenuate the severity o illness, i given within 7 days a er
exposure (dose is 0.06 mL/kg body weight) ollowed by HBV vaccine
Use this approach a er exposure to HBsAg-contaminated material via mucous membranes or breaks in the skin, a er sexual contact, and or in ants born to HBsAg-positive
mothers (in combination with the vaccine series)
239
240
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Vaccination
T e current vaccines are recombinant-derived
Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends universal vaccination o
in ants and children and all at-risk adults
Over 90% o recipients mount protective antibody to hepatitis B
Give 10 to 20 g (depending on the ormulation), repeated again at 1 and 6 months, but
alternative schedules are approved, including accelerated schedules o 0, 1, 2, and 12 months
Check postimmunization anti-HBs titers i need to document seroconversion
Protection appears to be excellentat least or 20 yearseven i the titer o anti-HBs wanes
Booster reimmunization is not routinely recommended but is advised or immunocompromised persons in whom anti-HBs titers all below 10 milli-international units/mL
For vaccine nonresponders, three additional vaccine doses may elicit seroprotective
anti-HBs levels in 30% to 50%
Hepatitis C
Strict isolation o patients is not necessary, but hand washing by patients a er bowel
movements is required
T orough hand washing by anyone who may contact contaminated utensils, bedding, or
clothing is essential
esting blood or HCV has helped reduce the risk o trans usion-associated hepatitis C
Screening o persons born between 1945 and 1965 (baby boomers) or HCV in ection is
now recommended by the CDC and the United States Preventive Services ask Force and
could identi y over 900,000 new cases
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
A dhal N et al; ION-1 Investigators. Ledipasvir and so osbuvir or untreated HCV genotype 1 in ection.
N Engl J Med. 2014 May 15;370(20):18891898. [PMID: 24725239]
Chien YC et al. Incomplete hepatitis B immunization, maternal carrier status, and increased risk o liver
diseases: a 20-year cohort study o 3.8 million vaccinees. Hepatology. 2014 Jul;60(1):125132. [PMID:
24497203]
Chou R et al. Screening or hepatitis B virus in ection in adolescents and adults: a systematic review to
update the U.S. Preventive Services ask Force recommendation. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Jul
1;161(1):3145. [PMID: 24861032]
Collier MG et al; Hepatitis A Outbreak Investigation eam. Outbreak o hepatitis A in the USA
associated with rozen pomegranate arils imported rom urkey: an epidemiological case study.
Lancet Infect Dis. 2014 Oct;14(10):976981. [PMID: 25195178]
Kabiri M et al. he changing burden o hepatitis C virus in ection in the US: model-based predictions.
Ann Intern Med. 2014 Aug 5;161(3):170180. [PMID: 25089861]
LeFevre ML et al. Screening or hepatitis B virus in ection in nonpregnant adolescents and adults: U.S.
Preventive Services ask Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Jul 1;161(1):5866.
[PMID: 24863637]
Lo Re V 3rd et al. Hepatic decompensation in antiretroviral-treated patients co-in ected with HIV and
hepatitis C virus compared with hepatitis C virus-monoin ected patients: a cohort study. Ann Intern
Med. 2014 Mar 18;160(6):369379. [PMID: 24723077]
rpo C et al. Hepatitis B virus in ection. Lancet. 2014 Dec 6;384(9959):20532063. [PMID: 24954675]
Wenzel JJ et al. Hepatitis A as a oodborne in ection. Lancet Infect Dis. 2014 Oct;14(10):907908.
[PMID: 25195177]
241
Acute Pancreatitis
35
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o acute pancreatitis
Understand the causes o and actors that predispose to acute pancreatitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o acute pancreatitis
Learn the medical treatment or acute pancreatitis and the indications or surgical intervention
Know how to use Ranson criteria to assess the prognosis in acute pancreatitis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o acute pancreatitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o acute pancreatitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o acute pancreatitis?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in acute pancreatitis?
What are the treatments or acute pancreatitis?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o acute
pancreatitis?
When should patients with acute pancreatitis be admitted to the hospital?
242
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Fever; anorexia, nausea, abdominal pain; history o gallstones; elevated lipase and amylase;
associated ARDS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Abrupt onset o deep epigastric pain, o en with radiation to the back
Nausea, vomiting, sweating, weakness, ever
Abdominal tenderness and distention
Leukocytosis, elevated serum amylase, elevated serum lipase
History o previous episodes, o en related to alcohol intake
General Considerations
Most o en due to passed gallstone, usually 5 mm in diameter, or heavy alcohol intake
Rarely, may be the initial mani estation o a pancreatic or ampullary neoplasm
Pathogenesis may include edema or obstruction o the ampulla o Vater, bile re ux into
pancreatic ducts, and direct injury o the pancreatic acinar cells
Pain
Severe, steady, boring epigastric pain, generally abrupt in onset. Usually radiates into
the back but may radiate to the right or le
O en made worse by walking and lying and better by sitting and leaning orward
T e upper abdomen is tender, most o en without guarding, rigidity, or rebound
T ere may be distention and absent bowel sounds rom paralytic ileus
Nausea and vomiting
Weakness, sweating, and anxiety in severe attacks
Fever o 38.4C to 39.0C, tachycardia, hypotension (even true shock), pallor, and cool
clammy skin are present in severe cases
Mild jaundice is common
Occasionally, an upper abdominal mass may be palpated
Acute kidney injury (usually prerenal) may occur early in the course
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Acute cholecystitis
Acutely per orated duodenal ulcer
Acute intestinal obstruction
Leaking aortic aneurysm
Renal colic and acute mesenteric ischemia
243
244
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Points
Pancreatic
Necrosis
Additional Severity
Points
Indexa
Mortality
Rateb
ANormal pancreas
0%
0%
BPancreaticenlargement
0%
0%
< 30%
< 3%
3050%
6%
> 50%
10
> 17%
Avoid IV contrast when the serum creatinine level is > 1.5 mg/dL (132.6 mol/L);
order MRI instead
Endoscopic ultrasonography (EUS) is use ul or occult biliary disease (eg, small stones,
sludge)
Diagnostic Procedures
ECG may show S wave changes
C -guided needle aspiration o necrotizing pancreatitis may diagnose in ection
Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) is generally not indicated
unless there is associated cholangitis or jaundice
However, aspiration o bile or crystal analysis may conf rm microlithiasis
7. Treatments
Medications
reat pain with meperidine up to 100 to 150 mg every 3 to 4 hours intramuscularly as
needed or pain
Keep NPO (nothing by mouth) and administer IV uids until patient is pain- ree and has
bowel sounds
T en begin clear liquids and gradually advance to a low- at diet, guided by the patients
tolerance and by absence o pain
For mild pancreatitis
Early uid resuscitation (one-third o the total 72-hour uid volume administered
within 24 hours o presentation, 250500 mL/h initially) may reduce the requency o
systemic in ammatory response syndrome and organ ailure
Lactated Ringer solution may be pre erable to normal saline
However, overly aggressive uid resuscitation may lead to morbidity as well
For severe pancreatitis, large quantities o IV uids are needed to maintain intravascular
volume
Risk actors or high levels o uid sequestration include younger age, alcoholism as
cause, higher hematocrit value, higher serum glucose, and systemic in ammatory
response syndrome in the f rst 48 hours o hospital admission
Give calcium gluconate IV or hypocalcemia with tetany
In usions o resh rozen plasma or serum albumin may be needed or coagulopathy or
hypoalbuminemia
I shock persists a er adequate volume replacement (including packed red cells),
vasopressors may be required
Enteral nutrition via a nasogastric or nasojejunal tube is pre erable to parenteral
nutrition in patients who will otherwise be without oral nutrition or at least 710 days
but it may not be tolerated in some patients with an ileus. Enteral nutrition does not
reduce the rates o in ection and death compared with the introduction o an oral diet
a er 72 hours
Parenteral nutrition (including lipids) should be considered in patients who have severe
pancreatitis and an ileus
Imipenem (500 mg every 8 hours IV), cipro oxacin (750 mg twice daily IV) combined
with metronidazole (500 mg three times daily IV or orally or three times daily), or
ce uroxime (1.5 g three times daily IV, then 250 mg twice daily orally) given or 14 days
or sterile pancreatic necrosis may reduce the risk o pancreatic in ection
T e role o IV somatostatin is uncertain, but octreotide is not benef cial
Surgery
For mild pancreatitis with cholelithiasis, cholecystectomy, or cholecystostomy may be
justif ed
In ected pancreatic necrosis is an absolute indication or debridement
Biliary sphincterotomy
Used to treat recurrent acute pancreatitis attributable to sphincter o Oddi
dys unction
As e ective as combined biliary and pancreatic sphincterotomy in reducing requency
o recurrent acute pancreatitis
However, treated patients may still develop chronic pancreatitis
Necrosectomy may improve survival in necrotizing pancreatitis and prevent clinical
deterioration with multiorgan ailure or lack o resolution by 4 weeks
T erapeutic Procedures
T e pancreatic rest program includes
Nothing by mouth
Bed rest
Nasogastric suction or moderately severe pain, vomiting, or abdominal distention
ERCP with endoscopic sphincterotomy and stone extraction is indicated when severe
pancreatitis results rom choledocholithiasis, particularly i jaundice (serum total bilirubin
> 5 mg/dL [85.5 mol/L]) or cholangitis is present
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Monitor severely ill patients closely
White blood cell count
Hematocrit
Serum electrolytes
Serum calcium
Serum creatinine
BUN
Serum aspartate aminotrans erase and lactate dehydrogenase (LDH)
Arterial blood gases
Cultures o blood, urine, sputum, and pleural e usion (i present) and needle aspirations
o pancreatic necrosis (with C guidance) should be obtained
Following recovery rom acute biliary pancreatitis, laparoscopic cholecystectomy is
generally per ormed, although endoscopic sphincterotomy alone may be done
Complications
Acute tubular necrosis
Necrotizing pancreatitis and in ected pancreatic necrosis
ARDS; cardiac dys unction may be superimposed
Pancreatic abscess may develop a er 6 weeks; it requires prompt percutaneous or surgical drainage
reat pancreatic in ections with imipenem, 500 mg every 8 hours IV
245
246
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Table 35-2. Ranson criteria for assessing the severity of acute pancreatitis.
Three or More of the Following Predict a Severe Course Complicated by Pancreatic Necrosis With a Sensitivity of 60%80%
Age > 55 y
White blood cell count > 16 103/L(16 109/L)
Blood glucose > 200 mg/dL(11 mmol/L)
Serumlacticdehydrogenase > 350 units/L(7 mkat/L)
Aspartate aminotransferase > 250 units/L(5 mkat/L)
Development of the Following in the First 48 h Indicates a Worsening Prognosis
Hematocrit drop of > 10 percentage points
Blood urea nitrogen rise > 5 mg/dL(1.8 mmol/L)
Arterial Po2 of < 60 mmHg (7.8 kPa)
Serumcalciumof < 8 mg/dL(0.2 mmol/L)
Base deficit > 4 mEq/L
Estimated fluid sequestration of > 6 L
Mortality Rates Correlate With the Number of Criteria Presenta
Number of Criteria
Mortality Rate
02
1%
34
16%
56
40%
78
100%
9. When to Admit
Nearly all patients with severe pancreatitis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Acevedo-Piedra NG et al. Validation o the determinant-based classi ication and revision o the Atlanta
classi ication systems or acute pancreatitis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Feb;12(2):311316.
[PMID: 23958561]
Alsamarrai A et al. Factors that a ect risk or pancreatic disease in the general population: a systematic
review and meta-analysis o prospective cohort studies. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014
Oct;12(10):16351644. [PMID: 24509242]
de-Madaria E et al. Early actors associated with luid sequestration and outcomes o patients with acute
pancreatitis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Jun;12(6):9971002. [PMID: 24183957]
Fogel EL et al. ERCP or gallstone pancreatitis. N Engl J Med. 2014 Jan 9;370(2):150157. [PMID:
24401052]
Freeman ML (editor). E ective endoscopic management o pancreatic diseases. Gastrointest Endosc
Clin N Am [entire issue]. 2013 Oct;23(4):735934. [PMID: 24079799]
Johnson CD et al. Acute pancreatitis. BMJ. 2014 Aug 12;349:g4859. [PMID: 25116169]
Mouli VP et al. E icacy o conservative treatment, without necrosectomy, or in ected pancreatic necrosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterology. 2013 Feb;144(2):333340. [PMID:
23063972]
Nawaz H et al. Revised Atlanta and determinant-based classi ication: application in a prospective
cohort o acute pancreatitis patients. Am J Gastroenterol. 2013 Dec;108(12):19111917. [PMID:
24126632]
enner S et al. American College o Gastroenterology guideline: management o acute pancreatitis. Am
J Gastroenterol. 2013 Sep;108(9):14001416. [PMID: 23896955]
rikudanathan G et al. Endoscopic interventions or necrotizing pancreatitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2014
Jul;109(7):969981. [PMID: 24957157]
Vipperla K et al. Risk o and actors associated with readmission a ter a sentinel attack o acute pancreatitis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Nov;12(11):19111919. [PMID: 24815327]
Working Group IAP/APA Acute Pancreatitis Guidelines. IAP/APA evidence-based guidelines or the
management o acute pancreatitis. Pancreatology. 2013 JulAug;13(4 suppl 2):e1e15. [PMID:
24054878]
Wu BU et al. Clinical management o patients with acute pancreatitis. Gastroenterology. 2013
Jun;144(6):12721281. [PMID: 23622137]
247
248
36
Chronic Pancreatitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o chronic pancreatitis
Understand the risk actors or the development o chronic pancreatitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o chronic pancreatitis
Understand the options or diagnosing chronic pancreatitis, and which tests may be normal despite the presence o the disease
Learn the e ective medical and surgical treatments or chronic pancreatitis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Long-standing alcoholism and repeated acute pancreatitis episodes; chronic epigastric
abdominal pain; bulky and oul smelling stool (steatorrhea) representing pancreatic
insu ciency; tender epigastrium on examination; elevated serum amylase and lipase;
pancreatic calcif cations
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Epigastric pain
Steatorrhea
Weight loss
Abnormal pancreatic imaging
A mnemonic or predisposing actors is IGAR-O
oxic-metabolic
Idiopathic
Genetic
Autoimmune
Recurrent and severe acute pancreatitis
Obstructive
General Considerations
Occurs most o en with alcoholism (45% to 80% o all cases)
Risk o chronic pancreatitis increases with duration and amount o alcohol consumed, but
it develops in only 5% to 10% o heavy drinkers
obacco smoking is a risk actor or idiopathic chronic pancreatitis and may accelerate
progression o alcoholic chronic pancreatitis
Pancreatitis develops in about 2% o patients with hyperparathyroidism
In tropical A rica and Asia, tropical pancreatitis, related in part to malnutrition, is most
common cause o chronic pancreatitis
A stricture, stone, or tumor obstructing the pancreas can lead to obstructive chronic
pancreatitis
249
250
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Cholelithiasis
Diabetes mellitus
Malabsorption due to other causes
Intractable duodenal ulcer
Pancreatic cancer
Irritable bowel syndrome
Elevated IgG4 levels, antinuclear antibody (ANA), and antibodies to lacto errin and
carbonic anhydrase II are o en seen in cases o autoimmune pancreatitis
Elevated antibodies to peptide A1P1-7 and to ubiquitin-protein ligase E3 component
n-recognin 2 have been reported in a high percentage o patients with autoimmune
pancreatitis but also in some patients with pancreatic cancer
Imaging Studies
Plain radiographs show calcif cations due to pancreatolithiasis in 30% o patients
C may show calcif cations not seen on plain radiographs as well as ductal dilatation and
heterogeneity or atrophy o the gland
MRCP (including secretin-enhanced MRCP) and endoscopic ultrasonography (with
pancreatic tissue sampling) are less-invasive diagnostic tools than ERCP
In autoimmune chronic pancreatitis, imaging shows di use enlargement o the pancreas, peripheral rim hypoattenuation, and irregular narrowing o the main pancreatic
duct
Diagnostic Procedures
ERCP
Most sensitive study or chronic pancreatitis
May show dilated ducts, intraductal stones, strictures, or pseudocysts
However, results may be normal in patients with so-called minimal change pancreatitis
Endoscopic ultrasonographic (Rosemont) criteria
Hyperechoic oci with shadowing indicative o calculi in the main pancreatic duct
and lobularity with honeycombing o the pancreatic parenchyma
7. Treatments
Medications
Steatorrhea
reat with pancreatic supplements ( able 36-1), total dose o 40,000 units o lipase
ablets should be taken at the start o , during, and at the end o a meal
Doses o 90,000 units or more o lipase per meal may be required in some cases
Concurrent administration o H 2-receptor antagonists (eg, ranitidine, 150 mg twice daily
orally), or a proton-pump inhibitor (eg, omeprazole, 20 to 60 mg daily orally), or sodium
bicarbonate, 650 mg be ore and a er meals orally, may urther decrease steatorrhea
In selected cases o alcoholic pancreatitis and in cystic f brosis, enteric-coated microencapsulated preparations may help
However, in cystic f brosis, high-dose pancreatic enzyme therapy has been associated with
strictures o the ascending colon
Pain secondary to idiopathic chronic pancreatitis may be alleviated by the use o pancreatic
enzymes (not enteric-coated) or octreotide, 200 g three times daily subcutaneously
Associated diabetes should be treated
Autoimmune pancreatitis is treated with prednisone 40 mg per day orally or 1 to 2 months,
ollowed by a taper o 5 mg every 2 to 4 weeks
Surgery
Correctable coexistent biliary tract disease should be treated surgically
Surgery may be indicated to drain persistent pseudocysts, treat other complications, or
relieve pain
When the pancreatic duct is di usely dilated, anastomosis between the duct a er it is split
longitudinally and a de unctionalized limb o jejunum (modif ed Puestow procedure),
in some cases combined with local resection o the head o the pancreas (Beger or Frey
procedure), is associated with relie o pain in 80% o cases
In advanced cases, subtotal or total pancreatectomy may be considered a last resort but
has variable e cacy and is associated with high rates o pancreatic insu ciency and
diabetes
251
252
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
Lipase
Amylase
Protease
Viokace 10,440
10,440
39,150
39,150
Viokace 20,880
20,880
78,300
78,300
Creon 3000
3000
15,000
9500
Creon 6000
6000
30,000
19,000
Creon 12,000
12,000
60,000
38,000
Creon 24,000
24,000
120,000
76,000
Creon 36,000
36,000
180,000
114,000
Ultresa 13,800
13,800
27,600
27,600
Ultresa 20,700
20,700
46,000
41,400
Ultresa 23,000
23,000
46,000
41,400
Zenpep 3000
3000
16,000
10,000
Zenpep 5000
5000
27,000
17,000
Zenpep 10,000
10,000
55,000
34,000
Zenpep 15,000
15,000
82,000
51,000
Zenpep 20,000
20,000
109,000
68,000
Zenpep 25,000
25,000
136,000
85,000
Pancreaze 4200
4200
17,500
10,000
Pancreaze 10,500
10,500
43,750
25,000
Pancreaze 16,800
16,800
70,000
40,000
Pancreaze 21,000
21,000
61,000
37,000
Pertyze 8000
8000
30,250
28,750
Pertyze 16,000
16,000
60,500
57,500
Enteric-coated minitablets
Enteric-coated beads
Enteric-coated microtablets
8. Outcomes
Complications
Opioid addiction is common
Brittle diabetes mellitus, pancreatic pseudocyst or abscess, cholestatic liver enzymes with or
without jaundice, bile duct stricture, malnutrition related to steatorrhea, and peptic ulcer
Pancreatic cancer develops in 4% o patients a er 20 years; the risk may relate to tobacco
use and alcoholism
Prognosis
Chronic pancreatitis o en leads to disability and reduced li e expectancy; pancreatic
cancer is the main cause o death
In many cases, it is a sel -perpetuating disease characterized by chronic pain or recurrent
episodes o acute pancreatitis and ultimately by pancreatic exocrine or endocrine
insu ciency
A er many years, chronic pain may resolve spontaneously or as a result o surgery tailored
to the cause o pain
Diabetes mellitus develops in over 80% o adults within 25 years a er the clinical onset o
chronic pancreatitis
Prognosis is best with recurrent acute pancreatitis caused by a remediable condition
such as cholelithiasis, choledocholithiasis, stenosis o the sphincter o Oddi, or
hyperparathyroidism
In alcoholic pancreatitis, pain relie is most likely when a dilated pancreatic duct can be
decompressed
Prevention
Abstinence rom alcohol
Medical management o the hyperlipidemia requently associated with pancreatitis may
prevent recurrent attacks
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bang UC et al. Mortality, cancer, and comorbidities associated with chronic pancreatitis: a Danish
nationwide matched-cohort study. Gastroenterology. 2014 Apr;146(4):989994. [PMID: 24389306]
Duggan SN et al. High prevalence o osteoporosis in patients with chronic pancreatitis: a systematic
review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Feb;12(2):219228. [PMID: 23856359]
253
254
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
255
Ulcerative Colitis
37
A 43-year-old man presents to the urgent care clinic with bloody diarrhea.
He states that he has had 5 to 6 stools per day for the past 7 days,
associated wit h crampy abdominal pain and a feeling of incomplete
emptying of his bowels. He has had similar episodes in the past, though
this one is particularly severe. Physical examination shows tender
abdomen and blood on digital rectal examination. His blood hemoglobin
is 8.3 g/dL. Sigmoidoscopy reveals a friable colonic mucosa and biopsies
show in ammation con ned to the mucosal surface.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o ulcerative colitis (UC)
Understand the extraintestinal mani estations o UC
Know the di erential diagnosis o UC
Learn the treatment or UC by disease severity, and the indications or surgery
Understand how to prevent colon cancer in patients with UC
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics o UC?
What are the symptoms and signs o UC?
What is the di erential diagnosis o UC?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in UC?
What are the treatments or UC?
What are the outcomes, including complications, prognosis, and prevention, o UC?
When should patients with UC be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Bloody diarrhea; abdominal pain and tenesmus; episodic nature with exacerbations;
abdominal tenderness; blood on rectal examination; anemia; in ammation o the mucosal
sur ace that is not transmural
256
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Bloody diarrhea
Lower abdominal cramps and ecal urgency
Anemia, low serum albumin
Negative stool cultures
Sigmoidoscopy is key to diagnosis
General Considerations
UC is an idiopathic in ammatory condition that involves the mucosal sur ace o the
colon, resulting in di use riability and erosions with bleeding
One-third o patients have disease conf ned to the rectosigmoid region (proctosigmoiditis);
one-third have disease that extends to the splenic exure (le -sided colitis); and one-third
have disease that extends more proximally (extensive colitis)
In patients with distal colitis, the disease progresses with time to more extensive
involvement in 25% to 50%
Most a ected patients experience periods o symptomatic are-ups and remissions
Demographics
More common in nonsmokers and ormer smokers, severity may worsen in patients who
stop smoking
Appendectomy be ore age 20 reduces risk
5. Di erential Diagnosis
In ectious colitis
Salmonella
Shigella
Campylobacter
Amebiasis
C dif cile
Enteroinvasive E coli
Ischemic colitis
Crohn disease
Diverticular disease
Colon cancer
Antibiotic-associated diarrhea or pseudomembranous colitis
In ectious proctitis: gonorrhea, chlamydia, herpes, syphilis
Radiation colitis or proctitis
Cytomegalovirus colitis in immunocompromised persons
257
258
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Mild-to-Moderate Colitis
Oral 5-ASA agents (mesalamine, balsalazide, sul asalazine)
Best or treating disease extending above the sigmoid colon; symptomatic improvement seen in 50% to 75% o patients
Mesalamine
Optimal dose o mesalamine or inducing remission o mild disease is 2.4 g/d and o
moderate disease is 2.4 to 4.8 g/d
Most patients improve within 3 to 6 weeks, although some require 2 to 3 months
Sul asalazine
Comparable in e cacy to mesalamine
Commonly used as f rst-line agent because o its low cost but is associated with
greater side e ects
o minimize side e ects, dosing is started at 500 mg twice daily and increased
gradually over 1 to 2 weeks to 2 g twice daily
otal doses o 5 to 6 g/d may have greater e cacy but are poorly tolerated
Folic acid, 1 mg once daily orally, should be given to all patients taking sul asalazine
Corticosteroid therapy to patients who do not improve a er 2 to 3 weeks
Delayed-release budesonide (Uceris) 9 mg once daily
Has shown modest benef t in mild to moderate colitis, achieving remission in 17.5%
a er 8 weeks compared with 12.5 % with placebo
Because o its low incidence o steroid-associated side e ects, it may be considered in
patients with mild colitis or whom systemic corticosteroids are deemed high risk
Antidiarrheal agents (eg, loperamide, 2 mg orally, or diphenoxylate with atropine, 1 tablet
up to 4 times daily)
Should not be given in the acute phase o illness
However, they are particularly use ul at nighttime and when taken prophylactically
when patients may not have access to toilet acilities
Distal Colitis
Mesalamine rectal suppositories 1000 mg per rectum once daily or proctitis or mesalamine
rectal suspension, 4 g per rectum at bedtime or proctosigmoiditis, or 3 to 12 weeks; 75%
o patients improve
Hydrocortisone suppository or oam or proctitis and hydrocortisone enema (80100 mg)
or proctosigmoiditis; less e ective
Moderate-to-Severe Colitis
Corticosteroid therapy improves 50% to 75%
Prednisone 40 to 60 mg once daily orally or 1 to 2 weeks; then taper by 5 to 10 mg/wk
Severe disease: methylprednisolone, 48 to 64 mg intravenously, or hydrocortisone
300 mg intravenously, in 4 divided doses or by continuous in usion
Hydrocortisone enemas, 100 mg twice daily
In iximab, 5 mg/kg intravenously, given at 0, 2, and 6 weeks or patients with inadequate
response to corticosteroids or mesalamine; clinical response in 65% and remission in
35%
Adalimumab, 160 mg subcutaneously at 0 weeks; 80 mg at 2 weeks; then 40 mg every
other week
A er 8 weeks, clinical response was reported in 52% and remission in 17%
Although the response and remission rates appear lower with adalimumab than
in iximab, di erences in study design and patient populations limit comparisons
Golimumab, 200 mg subcutaneously once, ollowed by 100 mg subcutaneously monthly,
is an alternative
Vedolizumab, 300 mg intravenously at weeks 0 and 2, or 300 mg intravenously every
8 weeks, is primarily used in patients with moderate to severe ulcerative colitis in whom
other therapies have ailed or are not tolerated
Severe Colitis
Cyclosporine, 4 mg/kg/d intravenously, improves 60% to 75% o patients with
severe colitis who did not improve a er 7 to 10 days o intravenous corticosteroids
(methylprednisolone)
In iximab, 5 mg/kg intravenously, or patients with inadequate response to 4 to 7 days o
intravenous corticosteroids (methylprednisolone)
Fulminant Colitis and oxic Megacolon
Broad-spectrum antibiotics targeting anaerobes and gram-negative bacteria
Intravenous corticosteroids, cyclosporine, or in iximab, as discussed above
Maintenance T erapy
Long-term oral maintenance therapy with sul asalazine, 1.0 to 1.5 g twice daily, or
mesalamine, 1.6 to 2.4 g once daily have been shown to reduce relapse rates to < 35%
For distal colitis: oral mesalamine, balsalazide, or sul asalazine reduce the relapse rate
rom 80% to 90% to < 20% within 1 year
Immunomodulators: 6-mercaptopurine 1.0 to 1.5 mg/kg or azathioprine 2.0 to 2.5 mg/
kg o benef t in 60% o patients with severe or re ractory disease, allowing tapering o
corticosteroids and maintenance o remission
In iximab 5 mg/kg intravenously every 8 weeks or moderate-to-severe disease; up to hal
o patients maintain clinical response at 1 year
Refractory Disease
Mercaptopurine or azathioprine
Surgery
otal proctocolectomy with ileostomy (standard ileostomy, continent ileostomy, or
ileoanal anastomosis) required in 25% o patients
Indications or surgery include
Patients with severe disease (eg, severe hemorrhage) who do not improve at 7 to
10 days
Patients with ulminant disease who do not improve a er 48 to 72 hours o corticosteroid,
in iximab, or cyclosporine therapy
Unresponsive toxic megacolon or per oration
Re ractory disease requiring long-term corticosteroids to control symptoms
Dysplasia or carcinoma on surveillance colonoscopic biopsies
259
260
GASTROINTESTINAL/LIVER/PANCREAS DISORDERS
T erapeutic Procedures
Mild-to-Moderate Colitis
Regular diet
Limit intake o ca eine and gas-producing vegetables
Severe Colitis
Discontinue all oral intake
Avoid opioid and anticholinergic agents
Restore circulating volume with uids and blood
Correct electrolyte abnormalities
Fulminant Colitis and oxic Megacolon
Nasogastric suction, roll patients rom side to side on the abdomen
Serial examinations and abdominal radiographs to look or worsening dilation
8. Outcomes
Complications
oxic megacolon
Colon cancer
Venous thromboembolism
Prognosis
Li elong disease characterized by exacerbations and remissions
In most patients, disease is readily controlled by medical therapy without need or surgery
Majority never require hospitalization
Surgery results in complete cure o the disease
Prevention
Colon cancer occurs in ~0.5% to 1.0% per year o patients who have had colitis or
> 10 years
Colonoscopy with multiple random mucosal biopsies recommended every 1 to 2 years in
patients with extensive colitis, beginning 8 to 10 years a er diagnosis; chromoendoscopy
with methylene blue or indigo carmine enhances detection o subtle mucosal lesions
Folic acid, 1 mg once daily orally, decreases risk o colon cancer
Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis or all hospitalized patients
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bitton A et al; Canadian Association o Gastroenterology Severe Ulcerative Colitis Consensus Group.
reatment o hospitalized adult patients with severe ulcerative colitis: oronto consensus statements.
Am J Gastroenterol. 2012 Feb;107(2):179194. [PMID: 22108451]
Danese S et al. Biological agents or moderately to severely active ulcerative colitis: a systematic review
and network meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med. 2014 May 20;160(10):704711. [PMID: 24842416]
Feagan BG et al; GEMINI 1 Study Group. Vedolizumab as induction and maintenance therapy or
ulcerative colitis. N Engl J Med. 2013 Aug 22;369(8):699710. [PMID: 23964932]
Kornbluth A et al. Ulcerative colitis practice guidelines in adults: American College o Gastroenterology,
Practice Parameters Committee. Am J Gastroenterol. 2010 Mar;105(3):501523. [PMID: 20068560]
Marshall JK et al. Rectal 5-aminosalicylic acid or maintenance o remission in ulcerative colitis.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012 Nov 14;11:CD004118. [PMID: 23152224]
Ords I et al. Ulcerative colitis. Lancet. 2012 Nov 3;380(9853):16061619. [PMID: 22914296]
261
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
264
38
Breast Cancer
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the common and uncommon clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o
breast cancer and how they di er by stage
Understand the risk actors or the development o breast cancer
Know the di erential diagnosis o breast cancer including both benign and malignant
disorders
Learn the surgical and chemotherapy treatments or both localized and metastatic breast
cancer
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Nulliparous woman; painless and f rm breast lump; nipple discharge; amily history o
breast cancer in f rst-degree relatives; ipsilateral f rm axillary lymphadenopathy
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Early f ndings
Single, nontender, f rm-to-hard mass with ill-def ned margins
Mammographic abnormalities
No palpable mass
Later f ndings
Skin or nipple retraction
Axillary lymphadenopathy
Breast enlargement, redness, edema, pain
Fixation o mass to skin or chest wall
General Considerations
Next to skin cancer, it is the most common cancer in women
Second most common cause o cancer death in women
About 231,840 new cases and about 40,290 deaths rom breast cancer in US women
estimated or 2015
Demographics
Risk o breast cancer rises rapidly until early 60s, peaks in 70s and then declines
More common in whites
265
266
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
Risk is doubled in those who have one f rst-degree relative (mother, daughter, or sister) diagnosed with breast cancer; risk is tripled in those with two f rst-degree relatives
diagnosed with breast cancer
Risk is urther increased i disease in a ected amily member has bilateral breast cancer or
is diagnosed be ore menopause
Nulliparous women and women whose f rst ull-term pregnancy occurred a er the age o
30 have an elevated risk
Slight increased risk i menarche at age < 12 or natural menopause at age > 55
Combined oral contraceptive pills may increase the risk o breast cancer
Alcoholism, high dietary intake o at, and lack o exercise may also increase breast cancer
risk
Increased incidence in f brocystic disease with
Proli erative changes
Papillomatosis
Increased breast density on mammogram
Atypical epithelial hyperplasia
Contralateral cancer develops in women with prior breast cancer at a rate o 1% to 2% per
year
Increased risk i history o uterine cancer
Estimated 85% li etime risk in women with BRCA1 gene mutations
Increased risk with BRCA2, ataxia-telangiectasia, and p53 gene mutations
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Fibrocystic condition o breast
Fibroadenoma
Intraductal papilloma
Lipoma
Fat necrosis
7. Treatments
Medications
Potentially Curable Disease
Adjuvant chemotherapy improves survival
CMF (cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, uorouracil)
AC (adriamycin [doxorubicin], cyclophosphamide) with taxanes (docetaxel or paclitaxel)
amoxi en or aromatase inhibitors in hormone receptor-positive patients
Young women with high-risk ER-positive cancers have ewer relapses with the
aromatase inhibitor, exemestane, plus ovarian suppression compared to tamoxi en plus
ovarian suppression
Metastatic Disease
reatment options are outlined in able 38-2
For hormone receptor-positive postmenopausal patients
amoxi en (20 mg orally once daily)
Aromatase inhibitors (eg, anastrozole 1 mg orally once daily)
267
268
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
N2a
Definitions for classifying the primarytumor (T) are the same for clinical and for
N2b
pathologic classification. If the measurement is made byphysical examination,
the examiner will use the major headings (T1, T2, or T3). If other
measurements, such as mammographicor pathologicmeasurements, are used,
the subsets of T1 can be used. Tumors should be measured to the nearest 0.1 cm
increment
TX
N3
T0
No evidence of primarytumor
Tis
Carcinoma in situ
Tis (DCIS)
Tis (LCIS)
N3a
Tis (Paget)
N3b
N3c
Note: Paget disease associated with a tumor is classified according to the size of
the tumor
T1
T1mic
pNX
T1a
Tumor > 0.1 cmbut not > 0.5 cmin greatest dimension
pN0
T1b
T1c
T2
Note: Isolated tumor cells (ITC) are defined as single tumor cells or small cell clusters not
> 0.2 mm, usuallydetected onlybyimmunohistochemical (IHC) or molecular methods but
which maybe verified on hematoxylin and eosin stains. ITCs do not usuallyshowevidence of
malignant activity, eg, proliferation or stromal reaction
T3
pN0(i)
T4
pN0(i+)
T4a
pN0(mol)
T4b
pN0(mol+)
T4c
T4d
Inflammatorycarcinoma
pN1
pN1mi
pN1a
N0
pN1b
N1
pN1c
N2
pN2
pN2a
M0
No distant metastasis
M1
Distant metastasis
(continued )
269
pN2b
Stage Grouping
Stage 0
Tis
N0
M0
Stage I
T1d
N0
M0
Stage IIA
T0
T1d
T2
N1
N1
N0
M0
M0
M0
Stage IIB
T2
T3
N1
N0
M0
M0
Stage IIIA
T0
T1d
T2
T3
T3
N2
N2
N2
N1
N2
M0
M0
M0
M0
M0
pN3a
Stage IIIB
T4
T4
T4
N0
N1
N2
M0
M0
M0
pN3b
Stage IIIC
AnyT
N3
M0
Stage IV
AnyT
AnyN
M1
Note: Stage designation maybe changed if postsurgical imaging studies reveal the presence of
distant metastases, provided that the studies are carried out within 4 months of diagnosis in the
absence of disease progression and provided that the patient has not received neoadjuvant therapy
pN3
pN3c
Table 38-2. Agents commonly used for hormonal management of metastatic breast cancer.
Drug
Action
Tamoxifen citrate
(Nolvadex)
SERM
20 mg orallydaily
Fulvestrant (Faslodex)
Toremifene citrate
(Fareston)
SERM
40 mg orallydaily
Diethylstilbestrol (DES)
Estrogen
Goserelin (Zoladex)
3.6 mg subcutaneouslymonthly
Megestrol acetate
(Megace)
Progestin
Fluid retention
Letrozole (Femara)
AI
2.5 mg orallydaily
Anastrozole (Arimidex)
AI
1 mg orallydaily
Exemestane (Aromasin)
AI
25 mg orallydaily
270
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
Table 38-3. Approximate survival (%) of patients with breast cancer by TNM stage.
TNMStage
Five Years
Ten Years
95
90
85
70
IIA
70
50
IIB
60
40
IIIA
55
30
IIIB
30
20
IV
510
All
65
30
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Examine patient every 6 months or the f rst 2 years a er diagnosis; therea er, annually
Complications
Pleural e usion occurs in almost hal o patients with metastatic breast cancer
Local recurrence occurs in 8%
Signif cant edema o the arm occurs in about 10% to 30%; more commonly i radiotherapy
to axilla a er surgery
Prognosis
Stage o breast cancer is the most reliable indicator o prognosis ( able 38-3)
Clinical cure rate o localized invasive breast cancer treated with most accepted methods
o therapy is 75% to > 90%
When axillary lymph nodes are involved, the survival rate drops to 50% to 70% at 5 years
and 25% to 40% at 10 years
Estrogen and progesterone receptor-positive primary tumors have a more avorable course
umors with marked aneuploidy have a poor prognosis
able 38-4 lists prognostic actors in node-negative breast cancer
Prevention
American Cancer Society no longer recommends monthly breast sel -examination;
however, women should recognize and report any breast changes to their clinician
Clinical examination every 3 years in women age 20 to 39, annually in women starting at
age 40
American Cancer Society recommends annual mammography beginning at age 40
Mammography every 1 to 2 years in women age 50 to 69
For women at high risk or developing breast cancer
amoxi en yields a 50% reduction in breast cancer i taken or 5 years
Raloxi ene also prevents invasive breast cancer in high-risk population
271
272
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
Increased Recurrence
Decreased Recurrence
Size
T3, T2
T1, T0
Hormone receptors
Negative
Positive
DNAflowcytometry
Aneuploid
Diploid
Histologicgrade
High
Low
< 3%
> 3%
Sphase fraction
> 5%
< 5%
Present
Absent
Cathepsin D
High
Low
HER-2/neu oncogene
High
Low
High
Low
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Baselga J et al; CLEOPA RA Study Group. Pertuzumab plus trastuzumab plus docetaxel or metastatic
breast cancer. N Engl J Med. 2012 Jan 12;366(2):109119. [PMID: 22149875]
Bleyer A et al. E ect o three decades o screening mammography on breast-cancer incidence. N Engl J
Med. 2012 Nov 22;367(21):19982005. [PMID: 23171096]
Cuzick J et al. SERM Chemoprevention o Breast Cancer Overview Group. Selective oestrogen receptor
modulators in prevention o breast cancer: an updated meta-analysis o individual participant data.
Lancet. 2013 May 25;381(9880):18271834. [PMID: 23639488]
Cuzick J et al; IBIS-II investigators. Anastrozole or prevention o breast cancer in high-risk postmenopausal women (IBIS-II): an international, double-blind, randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet.
2014 Mar 22;383(9922):10411048. [PMID: 24333009]
Davies C et al; Adjuvant amoxi en: Longer Against Shorter (A LAS) Collaborative Group. Long-term
e ects o continuing adjuvant tamoxi en to 10 years versus stopping at 5 years a ter diagnosis o
oestrogen receptor-positive breast cancer: A LAS, a randomised trial. Lancet. 2013 Mar 9;381(9869):
805816. Erratum in: Lancet. 2013 Mar 9;381(9869):804. [PMID: 23219286]
Dengel L et al. Axillary dissection can be avoided in the majority o clinically node-negative patients
undergoing breast-conserving therapy. Ann Surg Oncol. 2014 Jan;21(1):2227. [PMID: 23975314]
DeSantis CE et al. Cancer treatment and survivorship statistics, 2014. CA Cancer J Clin. 2014 Jul
Aug;64(4):252271. [PMID: 24890451]
Giuliano AE et al. Association o occult metastases in sentinel lymph nodes and bone marrow with
survival among women with early-stage invasive breast cancer. JAMA. 2011 Jul 27;306(4)385393.
[PMID: 21791687]
Giuliano AE et al. Axillary dissection vs no axillary dissection in women with invasive breast cancer and
sentinel node metastasis: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2011 Feb 9; 305(6):569575. [PMID:
21304082]
Goldhirsch A et al; Herceptin Adjuvant (HERA) rial Study eam. 2 years versus 1 year o adjuvant
trastuzumab or HER2-positive breast cancer (HERA): an open-label, randomised controlled trial.
Lancet. 2013 Sep 21;382(9897):10211028. [PMID: 23871490]
Goss PE et al; C G MAP.3 Study Investigators. Exemestane or breast-cancer prevention in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med. 2011 Jun 23;364(25):23812391. [PMID: 21639806]
Haviland JS et al. he UK Standardisation o Breast Radiotherapy (S AR ) trials o radiotherapy hyporactionation or treatment o early breast cancer: 10-year ollow-up results o two randomised
controlled trials. Lancet Oncol. 2013 Oct;14(11):10861094. [PMID: 24055415]
Hendrick RE et al. United States Preventive Services ask Force screening mammography recommendations: science ignored. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2011 Feb;196(2):W112W116. [PMID: 21257850]
Independent UK Panel on Breast Cancer Screening. he bene its and harms o breast cancer screening:
an independent review. Lancet. 2012 Nov 17;380(9855):17781786. [PMID: 23117178]
Jagsi R et al. Progress and controversies: radiation therapy or invasive breast cancer. CA Cancer J Clin.
2014 MarApr;64(2):135152. [PMID: 24357525]
Kmmel S et al. Surgical treatment o primary breast cancer in the neoadjuvant setting. Br J Surg. 2014
Jul;101(8):912924. [PMID: 24838656]
Manson JE et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and
extended poststopping phases o the Womens Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013 Oct
2;310(13):13531368. [PMID: 24084921]
Miller AB et al. wenty ive year ollow-up or breast cancer incidence and mortality o the Canadian
National Breast Screening Study: randomised screening trial. BMJ. 2014 Feb 11;348:g366. [PMID:
24519768]
National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Guidelines: Breast Cancer. http://www.nccn.org/
pro essionals/physician_gls/ _guidelines.asp
Nelson HD et al. Risk assessment, genetic counseling, and genetic testing or BRCA-related cancer in
women: a systematic review to update the U.S. Preventive Services ask Force recommendation. Ann
Intern Med. 2014 Feb 18;160(4):255266. [PMID: 24366442]
Nelson HD et al. Use o medications to reduce risk or primary breast cancer: a systematic review or
the U.S. Preventive Services ask Force. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Apr 16;158(8):604614. [PMID:
23588749]
Pace LE et al. A systematic assessment o bene its and risks to guide breast cancer screening decisions.
JAMA. 2014 Apr 2;311(13):13271335. [PMID: 24691608]
Piccart M et al. Everolimus plus exemestane or hormone-receptor-positive, human epidermal growth
actor receptor-2-negative advanced breast cancer: overall survival results rom BOLERO-2. Ann
Oncol. 2014 Dec;25(12):23572362. [PMID: 25231953]
Pivot X et al; PHARE trial investigators. 6 months versus 12 months o adjuvant trastuzumab or
patients with HER2-positive early breast cancer (PHARE): a randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol.
2013 Jul;14(8):741748. [PMID: 23764181]
Rakha EA. Pit alls in outcome prediction o breast cancer. J Clin Pathol. 2013 Jun;66(6):458464.
[PMID: 23618694]
Roberston JF et al. Fulvestrant 500 mg versus anastrozole 1 mg or the irst-line treatment o advanced
breast cancer: ollow-up analysis rom the randomized FIRS study. Breast Cancer Res Treat. 2012
Nov;136(2):503511. [PMID: 23065000]
Schwartz MD et al. Long-term outcomes o BRCA1/BRCA2 testing: risk reduction and surveillance.
Cancer. 2012 Jan 15;118(2):510517. [PMID: 21717445]
Siegel R et al. Cancer statistics, 2015. CA Cancer J Clin. 2015 JanFeb;65(1):529.
Valachis A et al. Adjuvant therapy with zoledronic acid in patients with breast cancer: a systematic
review and meta-analysis. Oncologist. 2013;18(4):353361. [PMID: 23404816]
Verma S et al. EMILIA Study Group. rastuzumab emtansine or HER2-positive advanced breast cancer. N Engl J Med. 2012 Nov 8;367(19):17831791. [PMID: 23020162]
Veronesi U et al. Intraoperative radiotherapy versus external radiotherapy or early breast cancer
(ELIO ): a randomised controlled equivalence trial. Lancet Oncol. 2013 Dec;14(13):12691277.
[PMID: 24225155]
von Minckwitz G et al. Neoadjuvant carboplatin in patients with triple-negative and HER2-positive
early breast cancer (GeparSixto; GBG 66): a randomised phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2014
Jun;15(7):747756. [PMID: 2479424]
Walter LC et al. Screening mammography in older women: a review. JAMA. 2014 Apr 2;311(13):1336
1347. [PMID: 24691609]
Warner E. Clinical practice. Breast-cancer screening. N Engl J Med. 2011 Sep 15;365(11):10251032.
[PMID: 21916640]
273
274
39
Benign Prostatic
Hyperplasia
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH)
Understand how to score the severity o BPH
Know the di erential diagnosis o BPH
Learn the medical and surgical treatment or BPH, including the types o surgery and
their complications
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, eti4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Older man; progressive urinary requency and urgency; poor bladder emptying; nocturia;
postvoid dribbling; prostate enlargement without nodules
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Obstructive or irritative voiding symptoms
May have enlarged prostate on rectal examination
Absence o U I, neurologic disorder, urethral stricture disease, prostatic or bladder
malignancy
General Considerations
Smooth, f rm, elastic enlargement o the prostate
Etiology
Multi actorial
Endocrine: dihydrotestosterone
Aging
Demographics
T e most common benign tumor in men
Incidence is age related
Prevalence
~20% in men aged 41 to 50
~50% in men aged 51 to 60
> 90% in men aged 80
Symptoms are also age related
At age 55, ~25% o men report obstructive voiding symptoms
At age 75 years, 50% o men report a decrease in the orce and caliber o the urinary
stream
275
276
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
Table 39-1. American Urological Association symptom index for benign prostatic hyperplasia a .
Not at
All
Less Than
One Time in
Five
Less Than
Half the
Time
About
Half the
Time
More Than
Half the
Time
Almost
Always
Questions to Be Answered
Straining to urinate
Postvoid dribbling
Irritative symptoms
Urgency
Frequency
Nocturia
American Urological Association (AUA) Symptom Index ( able 39-1) should be calculated
or all patients starting therapy
Seven questions quantitate the severity o obstructive or irritative complaints on a scale o
0 to 5. T us, the score can range rom 0 to 35
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Prostate cancer
U I
Neurogenic bladder
Urethral stricture
6. Procedural Findings
Diagnostic Procedures
History to exclude other possible causes o symptoms
Physical examination, DRE, and a ocused neurologic examination
DRE: note size and consistency o the prostate
Examine lower abdomen or a distended bladder
I possibility o cancer, urther evaluation is needed by serum prostate-specif c antigen
(PSA), transrectal ultrasound, and biopsy
As included in the Choosing Wisely (ABIM Foundation) initiative, neither creatinine nor
imaging should be routinely ordered or patients with benign prostatic hyperplasia
7. Treatments
Medications
-Blockers
Prazosin, 1 mg orally each night at bedtime or 3 nights, increasing to 1 mg twice daily
orally and then titrating up to 5 mg twice daily orally i necessary
erazosin, 1 mg once daily orally or 3 days, increasing to 2 mg once daily orally or
11 days, then 5 to 10 mg once daily i necessary
Doxazosin, 1 mg once daily orally or 7 days, increasing to 2 mg once daily orally or
7 days, then 4 to 8 mg once daily orally i necessary
amsulosin, 0.4 mg once daily orally a er meal, increased to 0.8 mg once daily orally
i necessary
Caution: Patients who receive tamsulosin within 14 days be ore cataract surgery have
an increased risk o developing the intraoperative complication o oppy iris syndrome and postoperative ophthalmic complications
Al uzosin, 10 mg once daily orally; no dose titration needed
5 -reductase inhibitors
Finasteride, 5 mg once daily orally; 6 months o therapy required or maximum e ects
on prostate size (20% reduction) and symptomatic improvement
Dutasteride, 0.5 mg once daily orally
Phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitor
adalaf l is approved by the FDA to treat the signs and symptoms o benign prostatic
hyperplasia
Also approved or use in men with both urinary symptoms and erectile dys unction
Saw palmetto is o no benef t
Combination therapy
-Blocker and 5 -reductase inhibitor (eg, long-term combination therapy with
doxazosin and f nasteride)
Sa e and reduces risk o overall clinical progression o BPH signif cantly more than
either drug alone
Reduces the long-term risk o acute urinary retention and the need or invasive therapy
Entails the risks o additional side e ects and the cost o two medications
Surgery
Indications
Re ractory urinary retention ( ailing at least one attempt at catheter removal)
Large bladder diverticula
Recurrent U I
Recurrent gross hematuria
Bladder stones
Kidney ailure
URP: operative complications
Bleeding
Urethral stricture or bladder neck contracture
Per oration o the prostate capsule with extravasation
ransurethral resection syndrome: hypervolemic, hyponatremic state resulting rom
the absorption o the hypotonic irrigating solution
URP: postoperative complications
Retrograde ejaculation (75%)
Erectile dys unction (5%10%)
Urinary incontinence (< 1%)
ransurethral incision o the prostate
Removes the zone o the prostate around the urethra leaving the peripheral portion o
the prostate and prostate capsule
Lower rate o retrograde ejaculation reported (25%)
277
278
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
TUIP
Open Surgery
Watchful
Waiting
TURP
-Blockers
Finasterideb
78%83%
94%99.8%
75%96%
31%55%
59%86%
54%78%
73%
79%
85%
Unknown
51%
31%
Morbidityand complicationsa
2.2%33.3%
7%42.7%
5.2%30.7%
1%5%
2.9%43.3%
13.6%8.8%
0.2%1.5%
1%4.6%
0.5%3.3%
0.8%
0.8%
0.8%
Total incontinencea
0.1%1.1%
0.3%0.7%
0.7%1.4%
2%
2%
2%
1.3%2.7%
0.6%14.1%
0.7%10.1%
Erectile dysfunctiona
3.9%24.5%
4.7%39.2%
3.3%34.8%
3%
3%
2.5%5.3%
Retrograde ejaculation
6%55%
36%95%
25%99%
4%11%
721
2128
721
3.5
1.5
13
510
35
8. Outcome
Follow-Up
Follow AUA Symptom Index or BPH ( able 39-1)
9. When to Refer
Progression to urinary retention
Patient dissatis action with medical therapy
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Juliao AA et al. American Urological Association and European Association o Urology guidelines in
the management o benign prostatic hypertrophy: revisited. Curr Opin Urol. 2012 Jan;22(1):3439.
[PMID: 22123290]
McNicholas A et al. Minimally invasive prostatic urethral li t: surgical technique and multinational
experience. Eur Urol. 2013 Aug;64(2):292299. [PMID: 23357348]
McVary K et al. Update on AUA guideline on the management o benign prostatic hyperplasia. J Urol.
2011 May;185(5):17931803. [PMID: 21420124]
oren P et al. E ect o dutasteride on clinical progression o benign prostatic hyperplasia in asymptomatic men with enlarged prostate: a post hoc analysis o the REDUCE study. BMJ. 2013
Apr 15;346: 2109. [PMID: 23587564]
279
280
40
Dysmenorrhea
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o primary and secondary
dysmenorrhea
Understand the distinguishing eatures and demographics o primary and secondary
dysmenorrhea
Know the di erential diagnosis o dysmenorrhea
Learn the hormonal, nonhormonal, and surgical treatments or dysmenorrhea
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
demographics, o dysmenorrhea?
What are the symptoms and signs o dysmenorrhea?
What is the di erential diagnosis o dysmenorrhea?
What are imaging and procedural f ndings in dysmenorrhea?
What are the treatments or dysmenorrhea?
When should patients with dysmenorrhea be re erred to a specialist?
CHAPTER 40 DYSMENORRHEA
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young woman; chronic pain ul menses that is cramping in character; bloating and weight
gain with mood disturbance be ore menses; normal physical examination suggests primary
dysmenorrhea
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Primary dysmenorrhea is menstrual pain associated with menstrual cycles in the absence
o pathologic f ndings
Secondary dysmenorrhea is menstrual pain or which an organic cause exists, such as
endometriosis or uterine f broids
General Considerations
Primary Dysmenorrhea
T e pain usually begins within 1 to 2 years a er the menarche and may become more
severe with time
T e pain is produced by uterine vasoconstriction, anoxia, and sustained contractions
mediated by prostaglandins
Demographics
Primary dysmenorrhea
T e requency o cases increases up to age 20 and then decreases with age and markedly
with parity
Fi y percent to 75% o women are a ected at some time, and 5% to 6% have incapacitating
pain
Secondary Dysmenorrhea
It usually begins well a er menarche, sometimes even as late as the third or ourth decade
o li e
281
282
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
Cramps may last or 1 or more days and may be associated with nausea, diarrhea, headache,
and ushing
No pathologic f ndings on pelvic examination
Secondary Dysmenorrhea
T e history and physical examination commonly suggest endometriosis or f broids
Other causes may be pelvic in ammatory disease, submucous myoma, adenomyosis
(presence o islands o endometrial tissue in the myometrium), intrauterine device (IUD)
use, cervical stenosis with obstruction, or blind uterine horn (rare)
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Endometriosis
Adenomyosis
Pelvic in ammatory disease
Uterine leiomyomas (f broids)
IUD
Pelvic pain syndrome
Endometrial polyp
Cervicitis
Cervical stenosis
Cystitis
Interstitial cystitis
7. Treatments
Medications
Primary Dysmenorrhea
NSAIDs (ibupro en, ketopro en, me enamic acid, naproxen) and cyclooxygenase-2
inhibitor (celecoxib) are generally help ul
Drugs should be started 1 to 2 days be ore expected menses
Symptoms can be suppressed and primary dysmenorrhea usually prevented by
Continuous use o oral contraceptives (to suppress menstruation completely)
Depot-medroxyprogesterone acetate
Levonorgestrel-containing IUD
For women who do not want to use hormonal contraception, consider thiamine,
100 mg/d orally, or vitamin E, 200 units/d orally rom 2 days prior to and or the f rst
3 days o menses
Secondary Dysmenorrhea
Periodic use o analgesics, including the NSAIDs given or primary dysmenorrhea, may
be benef cial
Combined oral contraceptives can alleviate the symptoms o secondary dysmenorrhea,
particularly in endometriosis
Danazol and gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists are also e ective in the treatment
o endometriosis
CHAPTER 40 DYSMENORRHEA
8. When to Refer
Standard therapy ails to relieve pain
Suspicion o pelvic pathology, such as endometriosis, leiomyomas, or adenomyosis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
European Society o Human Reproduction and Embryology. Study inds convincing evidence that the
combined oral contraceptive pill helps pain ul periods. 2012 Jan 18. http://www.eshre.eu/PressRoom/Press-releases/Press-releases--2012/Combined-oral-contraceptive-pill.aspx
Harel Z. Dysmenorrhea in adolescents and young adults: an update on pharmacological treatments and
management strategies. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2012 Oct;13(15):21572170. [PMID: 22984937]
Lindh I et al. he e ect o combined oral contraceptives and age on dysmenorrhoea: an epidemiological
study. Hum Reprod. 2012 Mar;27(3):676682. [PMID: 22252090]
Osayande AS et al. Diagnosis and initial management o dysmenorrhea. Am Fam Physician. 2014 Mar
1;89(5):341346. [PMID: 24695505]
283
284
41
Prostate Cancer
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o prostate cancer
Understand the demographic and other risk actors that predispose to prostate cancer
Know how to interpret PSA testing and how levels correlate with prostate cancer likelihood and disease progress
Learn about the medical, surgical, and radiation treatments or prostate cancer
Know the options available or prostate cancer screening
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Older man; A rican American race; obstructive urinary symptoms; ocal prostatic nodule; highly
elevated PSA; low back pain and lumbar spine tenderness suggesting possible bony metastasis
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Prostatic induration on DRE or elevated level o serum PSA
Most o en asymptomatic
Rarely, systemic symptoms (weight loss, bone pain)
General Considerations
Most common nondermatologic cancer detected in American men
Second leading cause o cancer-related death in men
In 2014 in the United States, an estimated 233,000 new cases o prostate cancer were diagnosed, and 29,480 deaths resulted
At autopsy, > 40% o men aged > 50 years have prostate carcinoma, most o en occult
Demographics
Incidence increases with age: autopsy incidence ~30% o men aged 60 to 69 versus 67% in
men aged 80 to 89 years
Risk actors
Black race
Family history o prostate cancer
History o high dietary at intake
A 50-year-old American man has a li etime risk o 40% or latent cancer, o 16% or
clinically apparent cancer, and o 2.9% or death rom prostate cancer
Majority o prostate cancers are adenocarcinomas
285
286
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Urinary obstruction, eg, urethral stricture, stone, bladder neck contracture
Prostatitis
Benign prostatic hyperplasia
Prostatic stones
Bladder cancer
7. Treatments
Medications (by arget)
Adrenal
Ketoconazole, 400 mg three times daily orally (adrenal insu ciency, nausea, rash, and
ataxia)
Aminoglutethimide, 250 mg our times daily orally (adrenal insu ciency, nausea,
rash, and ataxia)
Corticosteroids: prednisone, 20 to 40 mg once daily orally (gastrointestinal bleeding,
uid retention)
Pituitary, hypothalamus
Diethylstilbestrol, 1 to 3 mg once daily orally (gynecomastia, hot ushes, thromboembolic disease, erectile dys unction)
Luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists, monthly or three-monthly
depot injection (erectile dys unction, hot ushes, gynecomastia, and rarely anemia)
Prostate cell
Antiandrogens: utamide, 250 mg three times daily orally, or bicalutamide, 50 mg once
daily orally (no erectile dys unction when used alone; nausea, diarrhea)
estis
Orchiectomy (gynecomastia, hot ushes, and impotence)
Ketoconazole or patients who have advanced prostate cancer with spinal cord compression, bilateral ureteral obstruction, or DIC
Complete androgen blockade by combining an antiandrogen with use o an LHRH
agonist or orchiectomy
Metastasis
Sipuleucel- , an autologous cellular immunotherapy, is FDA-approved or metastatic
hormone-re ractory prostate cancer in asymptomatic or minimally symptomatic men
Denosumab, a RANK ligand inhibitor
Approved or the prevention o skeletal-related events in patients with bone metastases rom prostate cancer
Appears to delay the development o these metastases
Chemotherapy: Docetaxel improves survival in men with hormone-re ractory prostate
cancer
Cabazitaxel, abiraterone, and enzalutamide
Approved or advanced prostate cancer
Improvements in survival have been shown in men having received prior docetaxel
Abiraterone and enzalutamide are FDA-approved or use in the pre-chemotherapy
metastatic setting
Radium-223 dichloride
Approved or castration-resistant, symptomatic bone metastases
Signif cant improvements reported in both overall survival and time to skeletalrelated events (eg, ractures)
T erapeutic Procedures
Patients need to be advised o all treatment options, including surveillance (watch ul waiting), benef ts, risks, and limitations
For lower stage and grade cancers and those with lower serum PSA at diagnosis, consider
surveillance (watch ul waiting)
For minimal capsular penetration, standard irradiation or surgery
For locally extensive cancers, including seminal vesicle and bladder neck invasion, combination therapy (androgen deprivation combined with surgery or radiation, or both)
For metastatic disease, androgen deprivation
For localized disease
Optimal orm o treatment controversial
Selected patients may be candidates or surveillance
Patients with an anticipated survival o > 10 years should be considered or radical
prostatectomy or radiation therapy
Radical prostatectomy
For stages 1 and 2 prostatic cancers, local recurrence is uncommon a er radical
prostatectomy
Organ-conf ned cancers rarely recur
Locally extensive cancers (capsular penetration, seminal vesicle invasion) have higher
local (10%25%) and distant (20%50%) relapse rates
Adjuvant therapy (radiation or patients with positive surgical margins or androgen
deprivation or lymph node metastases)
Radiation therapy
Morbidity is limited; survival with localized cancers is 65% at 10 years
Newer techniques o radiation (implantation, con ormal therapy using threedimensional reconstruction o C -based tumor volumes, heavy particle, charged particle, and heavy charged particle) improve local control rates
Brachytherapy is implantation o permanent or temporary radioactive sources
(palladium, iodine, or iridium)
287
288
GYNECOLOGIC/UROLOGIC DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Surveillance alone may be appropriate or patients who are older and have very small and
well-di erentiated cancers
Prognosis
Risk assessment tools can help predict the likelihood o success o surveillance or treatment
by combining stage, grade, PSA level, and number and extent o positive prostate biopsies
Kattan nomogram predicts the likelihood that a patient will be disease- ree by serum
PSA at 5 years a er radical prostatectomy or radiation therapy, depending on the
tumor stage, grade, and PSA
Prevention
Screening for Prostate Cancer
Screening tests currently available include DRE, serum PSA, RUS
Detection rates with DRE are low, varying rom 1.5% to 7.0%
RUS has low specif city (and there ore high biopsy rate)
Discussion o risks and benef ts
Assessment including: amily history,
medications, prostate history, ethnicity
Baseline evaluation at age 40
DRE and PSA
Abnormal DRE
Annual ollow-up
Annual ollow-up
Consider biopsy
Consider biopsy
(Free PSA < 25%
or PSAV 0.75)
Figure 41-1. An algorithm for prostate cancer early detection. DRE, digital rectal examination; 5-ARI,
5-reductase inhibitor; PSAV, PSA velocity (ng/mL/y) calculated on at least three consecutive values over
at least an 1824-month period. (Based on NCCN guidelines, data from the Baltimore Longitudinal Study on
Aging, and Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial.)
RUS increases the detection rate very little when compared with the combined use o
DRE and PSA testing
o improve the per ormance o PSA as a screening test, alternative methods or its use
have been developed
Establishment o age- and race-specif c re erence ranges
Measurement o ree serum and protein-bound levels o PSA
Calculation o changes in PSA over time (PSA velocity)
raditional yearly screening may not be the most e cient approach, rather, earlier PSA
testing at younger age may allow less requent testing as well provide in ormation regarding PSA velocity
Studies rom the Baltimore Longitudinal Study o Aging suggest that men with PSA above
the age-based median when tested between 40 and 60 years are at signif cantly increased
risk o subsequent cancer detection over 25 years
T ere ore, men with lower PSA ( 0.6 ng/mL ages 4050 and 0.71 ages 5060) may
require less- requent PSA tests
In addition, men with PSA velocity > 0.35 ng/mL per year measured 1015 years be ore
diagnosis had signif cantly worse cancer-specif c survival compared with those with lower
PSA velocity
T e National Comprehensive Cancer Network guidelines (http://www.nccn.org/pro essionals/physician_gls/ _guidelines.asp) or prostate cancer early detection incorporate
many o these actors (Figure 41-1)
T e current European Association o Urology (EAU) recommend o ering a baseline
serum PSA to all men 40 to 45 years old and subsequently initiating a risk-adapted strategy
9. When to Refer
Active surveillance may be appropriate in selected patients with very low-volume, lowgrade prostate cancer.
Localized disease may be managed by active surveillance, surgery, or radiation therapy.
Locally extensive, regionally advanced, and metastatic disease o en requires multimodal
treatment strategies.
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Beer M et al; PREVAIL Investigators. Enzalutamide in metastatic prostate cancer be ore chemotherapy. N Engl J Med. 2014 Jul 31;371(5):424433. [PMID: 24881730]
Bill-Axelson A et al. Radical prostatectomy or watch ul waiting in early prostate cancer. N Engl J Med.
2014 Mar 6;370(10):932942. [PMID: 24597866]
Ilic D et al. Screening or prostate cancer. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013 Jan 31;1:CD004720. [PMID:
23440794]
Moyer VA. Screening or prostate cancer: U.S. Preventive Services ask Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2012 Jul 17;157(2):120134. [PMID: 22801674]
Niraula S et al. reatment o prostate cancer with intermittent versus continuous androgen deprivation: a
systematic review o randomized trials. J Clin Oncol. 2013 Jun 1;31(16):20292036. [PMID: 23630216]
Qaseem A et al. Screening or prostate cancer: a guidance statement rom the Clinical Guidelines
Committee o the American College o Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2013 May 21;158(10):761769.
[PMID: 23567643]
Schrder FH et al; ERSPC Investigators. Prostate-cancer mortality at 11 years o ollow-up. N Engl J
Med. 2012 Mar 15;366(11):981990. Erratum in: N Engl J Med. 2012 May 31;366(22):2137. [PMID:
22417251]
hompson IM Jr et al. Long-term survival o participants in the prostate cancer prevention trial. N Engl
J Med. 2013 Aug 15;369(7):603610. [PMID: 23944298]
Wilt J et al; Prostate Cancer Intervention versus Observation rial (PIVO ) Study Group. Radical
prostatectomy versus observation or localized prostate cancer. N Engl J Med. 2012 Jul 19;367(3):
203213. Erratum in: N Engl J Med. 2012 Aug 9; 367(6):582. [PMID: 22808955]
289
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
292
42
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o LBP and how to localize
radicular symptoms
Understand which patients with LBP need imaging
Know the di erential diagnosis o LBP
Learn which medical and surgical treatments are e ective or LBP
Know the warning signs o cauda equina syndrome (CES)
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o LBP?
What are the symptoms and signs o LBP?
What is the di erential diagnosis o LBP?
What are imaging and procedural f ndings in LBP?
What are the treatments or LBP?
What is the outcome, including prognosis and complications, o LBP?
When should patients with LBP be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Acute onset o LBP; radiation down le buttock and posterior thigh with decreased
sensation, decreased strength on ankle dorsi exion, and loss o ankle jerk re ex consistent
with L5-S1 radiculopathy; positive straight leg raise suggestive o disk herniation; no warning signs o CES
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
May be categorized by pain on exion versus pain on extension
Nerve root impingement is suspected when pain is leg-dominant rather than
back-dominant
Alarming (red ag) symptoms or signs or serious spinal disease include unexplained
weight loss, ailure to improve with treatment, severe pain or more than 6 weeks, and
night or rest pain
T e cauda equina syndrome o en presents with bowel or bladder symptoms (or both) and
is an emergency
General Considerations
Cause is o en multi actorial, although there are usually degenerative changes in the
lumbar spine
Alarming symptoms or back pain caused by cancer include
Unexplained weight loss
Failure to improve with treatment
Pain or > 6 weeks
Pain at night or rest
Age > 50 years
History o cancer
Alarming symptoms or in ection include
Fever
Rest pain
Recent in ection (urinary tract in ection, cellulitis, pneumonia)
History o immunocompromise or injection drug use
293
294
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Motor
Reflex
Sensory Area
L1
Hip flexion
None
Groin
L2
Hip flexion
None
Thigh
L3
Extension of knee
Knee jerk
Knee
L4
Dorsiflexion of foot
Knee jerk
Medial calf
L5
Babinski reflex
S1
Ankle jerk
Lateral foot
S2
Knee flexor
S2-4
Perianal area
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Muscular strain
Herniated disk
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Compression racture
DJD
In ectious diseases (eg, osteomyelitis, epidural abscess, subacute bacterial endocarditis)
Neoplastic disease (vertebral metastases)
Spondyloarthropathies, eg, ankylosing spondylitis
Leaking abdominal aortic aneurysm
Renal colic
7. Treatments
Medications
NSAIDs are e ective in early treatment
Muscle relaxants (diazepam, cyclobenzaprine, carisoprodol, methocarbamol)
Limited evidence that they provide short-term relie
295
296
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Table 42-2. AHRQ criteria for lumbar radiographs in patients with acute low back pain.
Possible fracture
Major trauma
Minor trauma in patients > 50 years old
Long-termcorticosteroid use
Osteoporosis
> 70 years old
Possible tumor or infection
> 50 years old
< 20 years old
Historyof cancer
Constitutional symptoms
Recent bacterial infection
Injection drug use
Immunosuppression
Supine pain
Nocturnal pain
AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
Reproduced, with permission, from Suarez-Almazor et al. Use of lumbar radiographs for the early diagnosis of
low back pain. Proposed guidelines would increase utilization. JAMA. 1997;277:17821786.
8. Outcome
Prognosis
Approximately 80% o episodes o low back pain resolve within 2 weeks and 90% resolve
within 6 weeks
Better prognosis when there is an anatomic lesion that can be corrected and when there
are neurologic symptoms
Complications
Depending on the surgery per ormed, possible complications include
Persistent pain
Surgical site pain, especially i bone gra ing is needed
In ection
Neurologic damage
Nonunion
Cutaneous nerve damage
Implant ailure
Deep venous thrombosis
Death
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Downie A et al. Red lags to screen or malignancy and racture in patients with low back pain: systematic review. BMJ. 2013 Dec 11;347: 7095. [PMID: 24335669]
Goodman DM et al. JAMA patient page. Low back pain. JAMA. 2013 Apr 24;309(16):1738. [PMID:
23613079]
Rubinstein SM et al. Spinal manipulative therapy or acute low back pain: an update o the Cochrane
review. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2013 Feb 1;38(3):E158177. [PMID: 23169072]
297
298
43
Gout
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o gout
Understand the actors that predispose to gout
Know the di erential diagnosis o goutarthritis, podagra, and tophi
Learn about treatments available or acute gout
Understand how to prevent gout attacks
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
o gout?
What are the symptoms and signs o gout?
What is the di erential diagnosis o gout?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in gout?
What are treatments available or gout?
CHAPTER 43 GOUT
8. What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prognosis, and prevention,
o gout?
9. When should patients with gout be re erred to a specialist and admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Chronic kidney disease; monoarticular joint pain; thiazide use; warm, red joint; synovial
uid with elevated WBC < 50 000/L; negative Gram stain; negatively bire ringent needleshaped (urate) crystals
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Acute onset, usually monoarticular, recurring attacks o arthritis, o en involving the f rst
metatarsophalangeal (M P) joint
Polyarticular involvement more common with long-standing disease
Hyperuricemia in most; identif cation o urate crystals in joint uid or tophi is diagnostic
Dramatic therapeutic response to nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs
General Considerations
A metabolic disease o heterogeneous nature, o en amilial, associated with abnormal
amounts o urates in the body and characterized early by a recurring acute arthritis,
usually monoarticular, and later by chronic de orming arthritis
Secondary gout is rom acquired causes o hyperuricemia
Medication use (diuretics, low-dose aspirin, cyclosporine, and niacin)
Myeloproli erative disorders, multiple myeloma, hemoglobinopathies
Chronic kidney disease
Hypothyroidism, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, and lead poisoning
Alcoholism promotes hyperuricemia by increasing urate production and decreasing the
renal excretion o uric acid
Hospitalized patients requently su er attacks o gout because o changes in diet (eg, inability to take oral eedings ollowing abdominal surgery) or medications that lead to either
rapid reductions or increases in the serum uric acid level
299
300
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Arthritis: Cellulitis, septic arthritis, pseudogout, rheumatoid arthritis, reactive arthritis,
osteoarthritis, chronic lead poisoning (saturnine gout), palindromic rheumatism
Podagra: rauma, cellulitis, sarcoidosis, pseudogout, psoriatic arthritis, bursitis o f rst
M P joint (in amed bunion)
ophi: Rheumatoid nodules, erythema nodosum, coccidioidomycosis, endocarditis
(Osler nodes), sarcoidosis, polyarteritis nodosa
7. Treatments
Medications
Asymptomatic Hyperuricemia
Should not be treated
Uric acid-lowering drugs are not necessary until arthritis, renal calculi, or tophi become
apparent
CHAPTER 43 GOUT
Acute Attack
reatment o the acute attack ocuses on reducing in ammation, not lowering serum uric
acid
Nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs are the treatment o choice
Naproxen 500 mg twice daily or indomethacin 25 to 50 mg every 8 hours
Should be continued until the symptoms have resolved (usually 5 to 10 days)
Contraindications include active peptic ulcer disease, impaired kidney unction, and a
history o allergic reaction to NSAIDs
T e pain o an acute attack may require opioids.
Aspirin should be avoided since it aggravates hyperuricemia
Oral colchicine is an appropriate treatment option or acute gout, provided the duration
o the attack is <36 hours
For acute gout, administer orally as ollows:
A loading dose o 1.2 mg ollowed by a dose o 0.6 mg 1 hour later
T en use prophylaxis dose (0.6 mg once or twice daily), beginning 12 hours later
For patients already taking prophylactic doses o colchicine who have an acute are o
gout
1.2 mg ollowed by 0.6 mg 1 hour later provided they have not received this regimen
within the preceding 14 days
I they have received regimen in preceding 14 days, NSAIDS or corticosteroids should
be used
Corticosteroids
May be given intravenously (eg, methylprednisolone, 40 mg/d tapered o over 7 days)
or orally (eg, prednisone, 40 to 60 mg/d tapered o over 7 days)
May be given intra-articularly (eg, triamcinolone, 10 to 40 mg depending on the size o
the joint) i the patients gout is monarticular or oligoarticular
Interleukin-1 inhibitor
Anakinra has e cacy or the management o acute gout
However, this drug has not been approved in the United States by the FDA or this
indication
Surgery
Surgical excision o large tophi rarely o ers mechanical improvement in selected
de ormities
T erapeutic Procedures
Corticosteroid injections or acute monoarticular disease
Bed rest is important and should be continued or about 24 hours a er the acute attack
has subsided. Early ambulation may precipitate a recurrence
reat the acute arthritis f rst and hyperuricemia later, i at all. Sudden reduction o serum
uric acid o en precipitates urther gouty arthritis
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Maintain uric acid level within the normal range in nontophaceous gout
Maintain serum uric acid below 6.0 mg/dL in tophaceous gout
Complications
Chronic tophaceous arthritis can occur a er repeated attacks o inadequately treated
acute gout
Uric acid kidney stones (5% to 10% o patients)
Hyperuricemia correlates highly with the likelihood o developing stones
T e risk o stone ormation reaches 50% with a serum uric acid level above 13 mg/dL
Chronic urate nephropathy
301
302
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
CHAPTER 43 GOUT
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Becker MA et al. Long-term sa ety o pegloticase in chronic gout re ractory to conventional treatment.
Ann Rheum Dis. 2013 Sep 1;72(9):14691474. [PMID: 23144450]
Khanna D et al. 2012 American College o Rheumatology guidelines or management o gout. Part 1:
systemic nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapeutic approaches to hyperuricemia. Arthritis
Care Res (Hoboken). 2012 Oct;64(10):14311446. [PMID: 23024028]
Khanna D et al. 2012 American College o Rheumatology guidelines or management o gout. Part 2:
therapy and antiin lammatory prophylaxis o acute gouty arthritis. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken).
2012 Oct;64(10):14471461. [PMID: 23024029]
Neogi . Clinical practice. Gout. N Engl J Med. 2011 Feb 3;364(5):443452. [PMID: 21288096]
van Echteld I et al. Colchicine or acute gout. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Aug 15;8:CD006190.
[PMID: 25123076]
303
304
44
Knee Pain
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o the di erent causes or knee
pain
Understand the historical actors that suggest the etiology o knee pain
Know the di erential diagnosis o knee pain
Learn the treatments or knee pain
Learn which patients should see an orthopedist or rheumatologist
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o knee pain?
What are the symptoms and signs o knee pain?
What is the di erential diagnosis o knee pain?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in knee pain?
What are the treatments or knee pain?
What is the outcome, including prevention, o knee pain?
When should patients with knee pain be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Medial knee pain; trauma with twisting; immediate e usion; locking and catching
sensation; positive McMurray test; MRI with meniscal tear
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Examination o range o motion, e usions, meniscus, and ligaments
Evaluation o aspirated joint uid i indicated
General Considerations
T e knee is stabilized by ligaments, limiting varus (LCL) and valgus (MCL) stresses as well
as limiting anterior movement (ACL) and posterior movement (PCL)
Bursa act to decrease riction o tendons and muscles
T e meniscal cartilage unctions as a shock absorber during weight bearing
Injuries may be caused rom trauma, in ammation, in ection, or degenerative changes
E usions can occur with intra-articular pathology such as osteoarthritis (OA) and
meniscus or cruciate ligament tears
Acute knee swelling (due to hemarthrosis) within 2 hours may indicate ligament injuries
or patellar dislocation or racture
Runners may develop a variety o pain ul overuse syndromes o the knee, particularly
those who overtrain or are not properly conditioned
Most o these conditions are orms o tendinitis or bursitis that can be diagnosed on
examination
T e most common conditions include
Anserine bursitis
Iliotibial band syndrome (I BS)
Popliteal and patellar tendinitis
Poor patellar tracking in the trochlear groove may also cause pain
305
306
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
307
Specialized physical examination tests can help identi y pathology (see able 44-2)
Range o motion testing (Figure 44-2A)
Lachman test, anterior drawer test, and pivot shi test or ACL tear (Figures 44-2B,
44-2C, 44-2D)
Table 44-2. Knee examination, including specialized test maneuvers.
Maneuver
Description
Inspection
Examine for the alignment of the lower extremities (varus, valgus, knee recurvatum), ankle eversion and
foot pronation, gait, SEADS
Palpation
Include important landmarks: patellofemoral joint, medial and lateral joint lines (especiallyposterior
aspects), pes anserine bursa, distal iliotibial band and Gerdytubercle (iliotibial band insertion)
Performed with the patient lying supine, and the knee flexed to 2030 degrees. The examiner grasps the
distal femur fromthe lateral side, and the proximal tibia with the other hand on the medial side. With the
knee in neutral position, stabilize the femur, and pull the tibia anteriorlyusing a similar force to lifting a
1015 pound weight. Excessive anterior translation of the tibia compared with the other side indicates
injuryto the anterior cruciate ligament
C. Anterior drawer
Performed with the patient lying supine and the knee flexed to 90 degrees. The clinician stabilizes the
patients foot bysitting on it and grasps the proximal tibia with both hands around the calf and pull
anteriorly. Apositive test finds anterior cruciate ligament laxitycompared with the unaffected side
D. Pivot shift
Used to determine the amount of rotational laxityof the knee. The patient is examined while lying supine
with the knee in full extension. It is then slowlyflexed while applying internal rotation and a valgus stress.
The clinician feels for a subluxation at 2040 degrees of knee flexion. The patient must remain veryrelaxed
to have a positive test
(continued)
308
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Description
E. Valgus stress
Performed with the patient supine. The clinician should stand on the outside of the patients knee. With one
hand, the clinician should hold the ankle while the other hand is supporting the leg at the level of the knee
joint. Avalgus stress is applied at the ankle to determine pain and laxityof the medial collateral ligament.
The test should be performed at both 30 and 0 degrees of knee extension
F. Varus stress
The patient is again placed supine. For the right knee, the clinician should be standing on the right side
of the patient. The left hand of the examiner should be holding the ankle while the right hand is supporting
the lateral thigh. Avarus stress is applied at the ankle to determine pain and laxityof the lateral collateral
ligament. The test should be performed at both 30 and 0 degrees of knee flexion
The patient is placed supine and both hips and knees are flexed up to 90 degrees. Because of gravity, the
posterior cruciate ligament-injured knee will have an obvious setoff at the anterior tibia, which issagging
posteriorly
(continued)
309
Description
The patient is placed supine with the knee flexed at 90 degrees (see Anterior drawer figure above). In a
normal knee, the anterior tibia should be positioned about 10 mmanterior to the femoral condyle. The
clinician can grasp the proximal tibia with both hands and push the tibia posteriorly. The movement,
indicating laxityand possible tear of the posterior cruciate ligament, is compared with the uninjured knee
Meniscal Signs
McMurraytest
Performed with the patient lying supine. The clinician flexes the knee until the patient reports pain. For this
test to be valid, it must be flexed pain free beyond 90 degrees. The clinician externallyrotates the patients
foot and then extends the knee while palpating the medial knee forclickin the medial compartment of
the knee or pain reproducing pain froma meniscus injury. To test the lateral meniscus, the same maneuver is
repeated while rotating the foot internally(53%sensitivityand 59%97%specificity)
G. Modified McMurray
Performed with the hip flexed to 90 degrees. The knee is then flexed maximallywith internallyor externally
rotation of the lower leg. The knee can then be rotated with the lower leg in internal or external rotation to
capture the torn meniscus underneath the condyles. Apositive test is pain over the joint line while the knee
is being flexed and internallyor externallyrotated
H. Thessalytest
Performed with the patient standing on one leg with knee slightlyflexed. The patient is asked to twist the
knee while standing on one leg. Pain can be elicited during twisting motion
Suggests instabilityof the patellofemoral joint and is positive when the patient becomes apprehensive
when the knee is deviated laterally
SEADS, swelling; erythema, ecchymosis; atrophy, asymmetry; deformity; skin changes, scars, bruising.
310
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Valgus and varus stress tests or collateral ligament tears (Figures 44-2E, 44-2F)
Posterior drawer test and sag sign or PCL tear
McMurray test, modif ed McMurray test (Figure 44-2G), and T essaly test (Figure
44-2H) or meniscal tear
Apprehension sign or patello emoral joint instability
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Meniscal injury
Ligamentous tear or sprain
OA
Patellar dys unction or misalignment
Fracture o the patella or tibia
In ammatory arthritis
Septic arthritis
Ruptured popliteal (Baker) cyst
Prepatellar or anserine bursitis
Normal
Group I
(Noninflammatory)
Group II (Inflammatory)
< 3.5
Clarity
Transparent
Transparent
Translucent to opaque
Opaque
Color
Clear
Yellow
Yellowto opalescent
Yellowto green
WBC(per L)
< 200
200300
200075, 000a
Polymorphonuclear
leukocytes
< 25%
< 25%
50%
75%
Culture
Negative
Negative
Negative
Usuallypositiveb
Group II (Inflammatory)
(200075, 000 White Cells/L)
Rheumatoid arthritis
Pyogenicbacterial infections
Traumaa
Osteochondritis dissecans
Hemorrhagic
Hemophilia or other
hemorrhagicdiathesis
Osteochondromatosis
Reactive arthritis
Neuropathic arthropathy
Neuropathicarthropathya
Ankylosing spondylitis
Pigmented villonodular
synovitis
Subsiding or earlyinflammation
Rheumaticfeverb
Synovioma
Hypertrophicosteoarthropathyb
Tuberculosis
May be hemorrhagic.
b
Noninflammatory or inflammatory group.
Reproduced, with permission, from Rodnan GP, ed. Primer on the Rheumatic Diseases, 7th ed. JAMA. 1973;
224(Suppl):662.
7. Treatments
Physical T erapy, Medications, and Surgery
See treatment o specif c disorders
Patello emoral Pain
Conservative symptomatic management with ice, anti-in ammatory medications
Physical therapy (P ) targeted toward strengthening the posterolateral hip muscles
which control rotation at the knee; brace or taping
Surgery is a last resortlateral release or patellar realignment surgery
Meniscus Injury
In older patients with degenerative tears, treated conservatively with analgesics, P
In younger patients with acute tears, arthroscopic meniscus debridement or repair
Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) Injury
Unless there are associated neurovascular or other injuries (in up to one-third o
cases), usually treated nonoperatively with knee brace locked in extension, crutches,
gradual increase in range o motion
Collateral Ligament Injury
MCL injury, tears rarely require surgerygrades 1 to 2 tears: P , weight bearing as
tolerated; grade 2 tear: hinged knee brace; grade 3 tear: long leg brace, weight bearing
only with brace locked in extension
LCL injury, tearsalmost always require surgery, reconstruction
Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) Injury
Arthroscopic surgical reconstruction using patellar or hamstring tendon (autogra )
or cadaver gra (allogra )
In nonsurgical candidates, P , ACL brace
Knee OA or RA
Acetaminophen; topical NSAIDs can be e ective in the treatment o osteoarthritis
and avoid many o the traditional NSAID complications in older patients
Viscosupplementation (hyaluronic acid) trial results are mixed, with possible small
benef t and increased risk o serious adverse events
311
312
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
8. Outcome
Prevention
Stretching exercises to prevent OSs
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Altman RD. New guidelines or topical NSAIDs in the osteoarthritis treatment paradigm. Curr Med Res
Opin. 2010 Dec;26(12):28712876. [PMID: 21070097]
Barrett AM et al. Anterior cruciate ligament gra t ailure: a comparison o gra t type based on age and
egner activity level. Am J Sports Med. 2011 Oct;39(10):21942198. [PMID: 21784999]
Collado H et al. Patello emoral pain syndrome. Clin Sports Med. 2010 Jul;29(3):379398. [PMID:
20610028]
Cram P et al. otal knee arthroplasty volume, utilization, and outcomes among Medicare bene iciaries,
19912010. JAMA. 2012 Sep 26;308(12):12271236. [PMID: 23011713]
Delinc P et al. Anterior cruciate ligament tears: conservative or surgical treatment? A critical review o
the literature. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012 Jan;20(1):4861. [PMID: 21773828]
Frobell RB et al. reatment or acute anterior cruciate ligament tear: ive year outcome o randomised
trial. BMJ. 2013 Jan 24;346: 232. [PMID: 23349407]
Hammoud S et al. Outcomes o posterior cruciate ligament treatment: a review o the evidence. Sports
Med Arthrosc. 2010 Dec;18(4):280291. [PMID: 21079509]
Khayambashi K et al. Posterolateral hip muscle strengthening versus quadriceps strengthening or
patello emoral pain: a comparative control trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2014 May;95(5):900907.
[PMID: 24440362]
Laudy AB et al. E icacy o platelet-rich plasma injections in osteoarthritis o the knee: a systematic
review and meta-analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2014 Nov 21. [Epub ahead o print] [PMID: 25416198]
McDermott I. Meniscal tears, repairs and replacement: their relevance to osteoarthritis o the knee.
Br J Sports Med. 2011 Apr;45(4):292297. [PMID: 21297172]
Messier SP et al. E ects o intensive diet and exercise on knee joint loads, in lammation, and clinical
outcomes among overweight and obese adults with knee osteoarthritis: the IDEA randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2013 Sep 25;310(12):12631273. [PMID: 24065013]
Pacheco RJ et al. Posterolateral corner injuries o the knee: a serious injury commonly missed. J Bone
Joint Surg Br. 2011 Feb;93(2):194197. [PMID: 21282758]
Peeler J et al. Accuracy and reliability o anterior cruciate ligament clinical examination in a multidisciplinary sports medicine setting. Clin J Sport Med. 2010 Mar;20(2):8085. [PMID: 20215888]
Sihvonen R et al; Finnish Degenerative Meniscal Lesion Study (FIDELI Y) Group. Arthroscopic partial
meniscectomy versus sham surgery or a degenerative meniscal tear. N Engl J Med. 2013
Dec 26;369(26):25152524. [PMID: 24369076]
van der Weegen W et al. No di erence between intra-articular injection o hyaluronic acid and placebo
or mild to moderate knee osteoarthritis: a randomized, controlled, double-blind trial. J Arthroplasty.
2014 Dec 13. [Epub ahead o print] [PMID: 25548079]
313
Rheumatoid Arthritis
45
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o rheumatoid arthritis (RA)
Know the di erential diagnosis o RA
Understand how to diagnose RA
Know the extra-articular mani estations o RA
Learn the treatment or RA
Understand the long-term consequences o RA
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
demographics, o RA?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o RA?
5. What is the di erential diagnosis o RA?
6. What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in RA?
314
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Polyarticular joint pain and swelling; sti ness worse in the morning and lasting over
30 minutes; wrist and metacarpophalangeal (MCP) joint involvement; bilaterality o joint
involvement; extra-articular eatures ( atigue and anemia); x-ray showing periarticular
demineralization and erosions; elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and RF; and
anti-CCP antibodies
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Usually insidious onset with morning sti ness and pain in a ected joints
Symmetric polyarthritis with predilection or small joints o the hands and eet; de ormities common with progressive disease
Radiographic f ndings
Juxta-articular osteoporosis
Joint erosions
Joint space narrowing
RF and anti-CCP are present in 70% to 80%
Status
Representative Disease
Inflammation
Present
Absent
Number of involved
joints
Monoarticular
Oligoarticular (24 joints)
Polyarticular ( 5 joints)
Distal interphalangeal
Metacarpophalangeal, wrists
Normal
Group I
(Noninflammatory)
Group II (Inflammatory)
< 3.5
Clarity
Transparent
Transparent
Translucent to opaque
Opaque
Color
Clear
Yellow
Yellowto opalescent
Yellowto green
WBC(per L)
< 200
< 2000
200075, 000a
Polymorphonuclear
leukocytes
< 25%
< 25%
50%
75%
Culture
Negative
Negative
Negative
Usuallypositiveb
Most purulent effusions are due to septic arthritis. Septic arthritis, however, can present with group II synovial
fluid, particularly if infection is caused by organisms of low virulence (eg, Neisseria gonorrhoeae) or if antibiotic
therapy has been started.
Rheumatoid arthritis
Acute crystal-induced synovitis
(gout and pseudogout)
Reactive arthritis
Ankylosing spondylitis
Rheumaticfeverb
Tuberculosis
Group III
(Purulent)
(> 100, 000 White Cells/L)
Pyogenicbacterial infections
Hemorrhagic
Hemophilia or other hemorrhagic
diathesis
Trauma with or without fracture
Neuropathicarthropathy
Pigmented villonodular synovitis
Synovioma
Hemangioma and other benign
neoplasms
May be hemorrhagic.
b
Noninflammatory or inflammatory group.
Reproduced, with permission, from Rodnan GP, ed. Primer on the Rheumatic Diseases, 7th ed. JAMA. 1973;
224(suppl):662.
315
316
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Gout with tophi (mistaken or rheumatoid nodules)
Systemic lupus erythematosus
Parvovirus B19 in ection
Osteoarthritis or in ammatory osteoarthritis
Polymyalgia rheumatica
Hemochromatosis (MCP and wrist joints)
Lyme disease
Rheumatic ever
Rubella arthritis
Hepatitis B or C
Palindromic rheumatism
Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy (paraneoplastic)
Systemic vasculitis, especially
Polyarteritis nodosa
Mixed cryoglobulinemia
Antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody-associated vasculitides
7. Treatments
Medications
Nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
Provide some symptomatic relie but do not prevent erosions or alter disease
progression
Not appropriate or monotherapy and should only be used in conjunction with disease-modi ying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs)
Cyclooxygenase (COX)-2 inhibitor, celecoxib
Just as e ective as NSAIDs
However, less likely to cause clinically signif cant upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage
or ulceration
Long-term use, particularly without concomitant aspirin use, increases the risk o cardiovascular events
DMARDs should be started as soon as the diagnosis is certain
Methotrexate
Initial synthetic DMARD o choice
Is generally well tolerated and o en produces a benef cial e ect in 2 to 6 weeks
umor necrosis actor ( NF) inhibitors work aster than methotrexate and may replace
that drug as the remitting agent o f rst choice
Etanercept
A soluble recombinant NF receptor: ragment crystallizable (Fc) usion protein
Dosage: 50 mg subcutaneously once per week
In iximab
A chimeric monoclonal antibody
Dosage: 3 to 10 mg/kg intravenously; in usions are repeated a er 2, 6, 10, and
14 weeks and then are administered every 8 weeks
317
318
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Adalimumab
A human monoclonal antibody that binds to NF
Dosage: 40 mg subcutaneously every other week
Golimumab
A human anti- NF monoclonal antibody
Dosage: 50 mg subcutaneously once monthly
Certolizumab pegol
A PEGylated monoclonal antibody NF inhibitor
Dosage: 200 to 400 mg subcutaneously every 2 to 4 weeks
Cost is a consideration or NF inhibitors (more than $10,000 per year)
Hydroxychloroquine is use ul or patients with mild disease
Corticosteroids
Low doses (eg, oral prednisone 510 mg/d) produce a prompt anti-in ammatory e ect
and slow the rate o articular erosion
Intra-articular corticosteroids may be help ul i one or two joints are the chie source
o di culty
Intra-articular triamcinolone, 1040 mg depending on the size o the joint to be
injected, may be given or symptomatic relie but not more than our times a year
Sul asalazine
Second-line agent
Dosage: start at 0.5 g orally twice daily and then increase each week by 0.5 g until the
patient improves or the daily dose reaches 3 g
Le unomide
A pyrimidine synthesis inhibitor
Dosage: start at 10 to 20 mg daily orally
Severe and atal hepatotoxicity has been reported
Contraindicated in pregnancy
Abatacept
A recombinant protein made by using a ragment o the Fc domain o human immunoglobulin G with the extracellular domain o a -cell inhibitory receptor (C LA4)
For moderate to severe RA
Dosing depends on body weight
For a 60 to 100 kg individual, dosage is 750 mg intravenously at weeks 0, 2, and 4, then
every 4 weeks
Rituximab
Can be e ective or moderate to severe RA re ractory to the combination o methotrexate and a NF inhibitor
Dosage: 1000 mg intravenously every 2 weeks or two doses (a er premedication with
corticosteroids)
Fatal in usion reactions have been reported
ocilizumab
A monoclonal antibody that blocks the receptor or IL-6, an in ammatory cytokine
involved in the pathogenesis o RA
For moderate-to-severe RA in combination with methotrexate or other nonbiologic
DMARD or patients whose disease has been re ractory to treatment with a NF
inhibitor
Increases the risk o opportunistic and other serious in ections (patients should be
screened and treated or latent tuberculosis prior to receiving the tocilizumab)
o acitinib
For use in severe rheumatoid arthritis that is re ractory to methotrexate
Dosage: 5 mg orally twice daily
Can be used either as monotherapy or in combination with methotrexate or other
nonbiologic DMARD
Increases the risk o opportunistic and other serious in ections (patients should be
screened and treated or latent tuberculosis prior to receiving to acitinib)
DMARDs generally have greater e cacy in combination (the most common current
combination is that o methotrexate with one o the NF inhibitors)
Surgery
Cases o advanced destruction rom long-standing, severe, and erosive disease o hip,
knee, shoulder, and MCP joints may benef t rom joint replacement
T erapeutic Procedures
Nonpharmacologic
Physical therapy
Occupational therapy
Joint rest
Exercise
Splinting
Heat and cold
Assist devices
Splints
Intra-articular corticosteroids (triamcinolone, 1040 mg) may be help ul i one or two
joints are the primary source o di culty
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Frequent ollow-up early a er diagnosis to ensure appropriate patient education and
response to treatment
Patients taking DMARDs require monitoring o blood cell counts and hepatic and renal
unction every 68 weeks
Complications
Joint destruction
Joint de ormities
Ulnar deviation o the f ngers
Boutonnire de ormity (hyperextension o the DIP joint with exion o the PIP joint)
Swan-neck de ormity ( exion o the DIP joint with extension o the PIP joint)
Valgus de ormity o the knee
Volar subluxation o the M P joints
Septic arthritis
Rheumatoid vasculitis (eg, skin ulcers, vasculitic neuropathy, and pericarditis)
Osteoporosis
Cushing syndrome rom corticosteroids
Prognosis
Excess mortality is largely due to cardiovascular disease
319
320
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Aletaha D et al. 2010 Rheumatoid arthritis classi ication criteria: an American College o Rheumatology/
European League Against Rheumatism collaborative initiative. Arthritis Rheum. 2010 Sep;62(9):
25692581. [PMID: 20872595]
Lee EB et al. ORAL Start Investigators. o acitinib versus methotrexate in rheumatoid arthritis. N Engl
J Med. 2014 Jun 19;370(25):23772386. [PMID: 24941177]
ODell JR et al. CSP 551 RACA Investigators. herapies or active rheumatoid arthritis a ter methotrexate ailure. N Engl J Med. 2013 Jul 25;369(4):307318. [PMID: 23755969]
ODell JR et al. EAR rial Investigators. Validation o the methotrexate- irst strategy in patients with
early, poor-prognosis rheumatoid arthritis: results rom a two-year randomized, double-blind trial.
Arthritis Rheum. 2013 Aug;65(8):19851994. [PMID: 23686414]
Smolen JS et al. Adjustment o therapy in rheumatoid arthritis on the basis o achievement o stable low
disease activity with adalimumab plus methotrexate or methotrexate alone: the randomized controlled OP IMA trial. Lancet. 2014 Jan 25;383(9914):321332. [PMID: 24168956]
321
46
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o systemic lupus erythematosus
(SLE)
Know the diagnostic criteria or SLE
Understand the laboratory tests involved in the diagnosis o SLE
Know the di erential diagnosis o SLE
Learn the treatment options or SLE
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o SLE?
What are the symptoms and signs o SLE?
What is the di erential diagnosis o SLE?
What are laboratory and procedural f ndings in SLE?
What are the treatments or SLE?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o SLE?
When should patients with SLE be re erred to a specialist and admitted to the hospital?
322
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young A rican American woman; symmetric, intermittent arthritis involving the f ngers
and knee; malar rash that spares the nasolabial olds; photosensitivity; symptoms and signs
o pleuritis (chest pain, riction rub); oral ulcers; renal involvement (proteinuria); leukopenia and thrombocytopenia; alse-positive syphilis test; positive ANA with high titer; positive anti-Sm test
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Multiple system involvement
Occurs mainly in young women, more common in young and A rican American women
Rash over areas exposed to sunlight
Joint symptoms in 90% o patients
Anemia, leukopenia, and thrombocytopenia
ANA with high titer to double-stranded DNA
General Considerations
SLE is an in ammatory autoimmune disorder that a ects multiple organ systems
T e clinical course is marked by spontaneous remission and relapses
Drug-induced lupus must be considered and is distinguished rom SLE in our ways
T e sex ratio is nearly equal
It typically presents with ever, arthralgia, myalgia, and serositis but not nephritis and
central nervous system (CNS) eatures
Hypocomplementemia and antibodies to double-stranded DNA are absent
T e clinical eatures and most laboratory abnormalities usually revert toward normal
when the o ending drug is withdrawn
Demographics
Among patients a ected by SLE, emales greatly outnumber males: 85% are women
SLE occurs in 1:1000 white women but in 1:250 black women
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Drug-induced lupus ( able 46-1) (especially procainamide, hydralazine, and isoniazid)
Scleroderma
RA
In ammatory myopathy, especially dermatomyositis
Rosacea
Vasculitis, eg, polyarteritis nodosa
Endocarditis
Lyme disease
323
324
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
Minocycline
Procainamide
Quinidine
Possible Association
-Blockers
Captopril
Carbamazepine
Cimetidine
Ethosuximide
Levodopa
Lithium
Methimazole
Nitrofurantoin
Penicillamine
Phenytoin
Propylthiouracil
Sulfasalazine
Sulfonamides
Trimethadione
Unlikely Association
Allopurinol
Chlorthalidone
Gold salts
Griseofulvin
Methysergide
Oral contraceptives
Penicillin
Reserpine
Streptomycin
Tetracyclines
Modified and reproduced, with permission, from Hess EVet al. Drug-related lupus. Bull Rheum Dis. 1991;40(4):18.
Antibodies to double-stranded DNA and to Sm are specif c or SLE but not sensitive, since
they are present in only 60% and 30% o patients, respectively
Depressed serum complementa f nding suggestive o disease activityo en returns
toward normal in remission
T ree types o antiphospholipid antibodies occur ( able 46-2)
T e f rst causes the biologic alse-positive tests or syphilis
T e second is lupus anticoagulant, a risk actor or venous and arterial thrombosis and
miscarriage
T e third is anticardiolipin antibody
60%
Leukopenia
45%
Thrombocytopenia
30%
25%
Antiphospholipid antibodies
Lupus anticoagulant
7%
Anticardiolipin antibody
25%
Direct Coombs-positive
30%
Proteinuria
30%
Hematuria
30%
Hypocomplementemia
60%
ANA
95%100%
Anti-native DNA
50%
Anti-Sm
20%
Table 46-3. Criteria for the classification of SLE. (A patient is classified as having SLE if any
4 of 11 criteria are met.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Malar rash
Discoid rash
Photosensitivity
Oral ulcers
Arthritis
Serositis
Kidneydisease
a. > 5 g/d proteinuria, or
b. 3+ dipstickproteinuria, or
c. Cellular casts
Neurologic disease
a. Seizures, or
b. Psychosis (without other cause)
Hematologic disorders
a. Hemolytic anemia, or
b. Leukopenia (< 4000/L), or
c. Lymphopenia (< 1500/L), or
d. Thrombocytopenia (< 100 000/L)
Immunologicabnormalities
a. Positive LEcell preparation, or
b. Antibodyto native DNA, or
c. Antibodyto Sm, or
d. False-positive serologic test for syphilis
Positive ANA
Abnormality o urinary sediment is almost always ound in association with renal lesions.
Red blood cells, with or without casts, and mild proteinuria are requent
Diagnostic Procedures
T e diagnosis o SLE can be made with reasonable probability i 4 o the 11 criteria set
orth in able 46-3 are met. T ese criteria should be viewed as rough guidelines that do
not supplant clinical judgment in its diagnosis
Renal biopsy is use ul in deciding whether to treat with cyclophosphamide, and to rule
out SLE-related end-stage renal disease that may no longer benef t rom treatment
7. Treatments
Medications
Skin lesions o en respond to the local administration o corticosteroids
Minor joint symptoms can usually be alleviated by rest and nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory
drugs
Antimalarials (hydroxychloroquine)
May be help ul in treating lupus rashes or joint symptoms
Appear to reduce the incidence o severe disease ares
Dose o hydroxychloroquine is 200 or 400 mg/d orally and should not exceed 6.5 mg/kg/d
Annual monitoring or retinal changes is recommended
Corticosteroids are required or the control o certain serious complications, such as
T rombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
Hemolytic anemia
Myocarditis
Pericarditis
GN
Alveolar hemorrhage
CNS involvement
325
326
MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Complications
T rombocytopenic purpura
Hemolytic anemia
Myocarditis
Pericarditis
GN
Alveolar hemorrhage
CNS involvement
Prognosis
en-year survival rate exceeds 85%
In most patients, the illness pursues a relapsing and remitting course
In some patients, the disease pursues a virulent course, leading to serious impairment o
vital structures such as lung, heart, brain, or kidneys, and even death
Accelerated atherosclerosis attributed, in part, to corticosteroid use, has been responsible
or a rise in late deaths due to myocardial in arction
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Hahn BH. Belimumab or systemic lupus erythematosus. N Engl J Med. 2013 Apr 18;368(16):15281535
[PMID: 23594005]
Maneiro JR et al. Maintenance therapy o lupus nephritis with mycophenolate or azathioprine: systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2014 May;53(5):834838. [PMID: 24369416]
Murphy G et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus and other autoimmune rheumatic diseases: challenges
to treatment. Lancet. 2013 Aug 31;382(9894):809818. [PMID: 23972423]
Skaggs BJ et al. Accelerated atherosclerosis in patients with SLEmechanisms and management.
Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2012 Feb 14;8(4):214223. [PMID: 22331061]
sokos GC. Systemic lupus erythematosus. N Engl J Med. 2011 Dec 1;365(22):21102121. [PMID:
22129255]
Walsh M et al. Mycophenolate mo etil or intravenous cyclophosphamide or lupus nephritis with poor
kidney unction: a subgroup analysis o the Aspreva Lupus Management Study. Am J Kidney Dis. 2013
May;61(5):710715. [PMID: 23375819]
327
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, and Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
330
47
Glomerulonephritis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o glomerulonephritis (GN)
Understand the diseases that are associated with development o GN
Know the di erent causes o GN and how they di er in presentation and diagnostic
testing
Learn the various treatments or GN, which depend on its cause
QUESTIONS
1.What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o GN?
What are the symptoms and signs o GN?
What is the di erential diagnosis o GN?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in GN?
What are the treatments or GN?
What are the outcomes, including prognosis, ollow-up and complications, o GN?
When should patients with GN be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
CHAPTER 47 GLOMERULONEPHRITIS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Lower extremity edema and volume overload; hypertension; mild proteinuria, hematuria,
and RBC casts; normal cardiac unction; recent streptococcal in ection suggesting possible
postin ectious GN
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Acute kidney injury, dependent edema, and hypertension
Hematuria, dysmorphic red cells, red cell casts, and mild proteinuria
General Considerations
A relatively uncommon cause o acute kidney injury, ~5% o cases o hospitalized intrinsic
renal ailure
Acute glomerulonephritis usually signif es an in ammatory process causing renal
dys unction over days to weeks that may or may not resolve
able 47-1 shows the classif cation, modes o presentations, associations, and serologic
f ndings o glomerulonephritis
See also Figure 47-1 or a display o the serologic f ndings o glomerulonephritis
In ammatory glomerular lesions include mesangioproli erative, ocal and di use
proli erative, and crescentic lesions
Rapidly progressive acute glomerulonephritis can cause permanent damage to glomeruli
i not identif ed and treated rapidly
Postin ectious glomerulonephritis commonly appears a er pharyngitis or impetigo with
onset 1 to 3 weeks a er in ection (average 710 days)
Bacterial causes o postin ectious glomerulonephritis
Bacteremic states (especially with Staphylococcus aureus)
Bacterial pneumonias
Deep-seated abscesses
331
332
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Association/Notes
Serology
Postinfectious glomerulonephritis
Cryoglobulin-associated glomerulonephritis
Idiopathic MPGN
Lowcomplement levels
Hepatitis Cinfection
Systemiclupus erythematosus
Gram-negative in ections
In ective endocarditis
Shunt in ections
Viral, ungal, and parasitic causes o postin ectious glomerulonephritis
Hepatitis B or C
Human immunodef ciency virus (HIV)
Cytomegalovirus in ection
In ectious mononucleosis
Coccidioidomycosis
Malaria
Mycobacteria
Syphilis
oxoplasmosis
Pauci-immune necrotizing glomerulonephritis is caused by granulomatosis with
polyangiitis, microscopic polyangiitis, or ChurgStrauss syndrome
Antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody-associated glomerulonephritis can also present as a
primary renal lesion without systemic involvement
Glomerulonephritis
(GN)
Serologic analysis
Antineutrophil cytoplasmic
antibodies (ANCA)
Anti-glomerular basement
membrane (GBM) antibodies
Immune complex
disease markers
Asthma
and
eosinophilia
No lung
hemorrhage
Lung
hemorrhage
Antinuclear
antibodies
ANCAassociated
crescentic GN
Microscopic
polyangiitis
Granulomatosis
with polyangiitis
Churg
Strauss
syndrome
Anti-GBM
GN
Goodpasture
syndrome
Lupus GN
Antipathogen
antibodies
IgA
Cryoglobulins
C3 nephritic
factor
Respiratory
necrotizing
granulomas
Systemic
necrotizing
vasculitis
E
R
4
7
MPGN
Immune complex GN
Anti-GBM GN
U
L
O
N
E
P
H
R
I
T
I
S
3
3
3
Figure 47-1. Serologic analysis of patients with glomerulonephritis. ANCA, antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies; GBM, glomerular basement membrane;
MPGN, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis. (Modified, with permission, from Greenberg A et al. Primer on Kidney Diseases. Academic Press; 1994; and
Jennette JC, Falk RJ. Diagnosis and management of glomerulonephritis and vasculitis presenting as acute renal failure. Med Clin North Am. 1990;74(4):893908.
Elsevier.).
ANCA GN
IgA
Cryoglobulinemic
Postinfectious
nephropathy
GN
or periinfectious GN
No extrarenal
disease
334
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Causes of Glomerulonephritis
IgA nephropathy (Berger disease)
Peri-in ectious or postin ectious GN
Endocarditis
Lupus nephritis
Cryoglobulinemic GN (o en associated with hepatitis C viral in ection)
MPGN
Pauci-immune (ANCA-associated ) GN
Acute interstitial nephritis
Acute tubular necrosis
CHAPTER 47 GLOMERULONEPHRITIS
Fractional excretion o sodium is usually low (< 1%), unless the renal tubulointerstitial
space is a ected and renal dys unction is marked
Serum complement levels (C3, C4, CH50), which are
Low in immune complex glomerulonephritis aside rom IgA nephropathy
Normal in pauci-immune and antiglomerular basement membrane-related glomerulonephritis
Other tests
Antistreptolysin O (ASO) titer, anti-GBM antibody level, ANA titer
Cryoglobulins
Hepatitis B sur ace antigen and HCV antibody
C3 nephritic actor
ANCA
Postin ectious glomerulonephritis may have high ASO titer and low serum complement
levels
In pauci-immune disease, a cytoplasmic pattern o ANCA is specif c or antiproteinase 3 antibodies, whereas a perinuclear pattern is specif c or antimyeloperoxidase
antibodies
Most patients with granulomatosis with polyangiitis are C-ANCA positive; the remainder
can have a P-ANCA pattern or rarely do not demonstrate ANCA serologically
Microscopic angiitis has either a P-ANCA or C-ANCA pattern about 80% o the time
In cryoglobulinemia, serum complement levels are low and rheumatoid actor o en
elevated
T ere are 2 types o MPGN
In ype I, the classic complement pathway is activated, leading to low or normal serum
C3 with low C4 levels
In ype II, the alternative complement pathway is activated and serum C3 level is low
while C4 is normal; C3 nephritic actor, a circulating IgG antibody, is ound in the
serum
Imaging Studies
Renal ultrasound
Diagnostic Procedures
Renal biopsy: ype o glomerulonephritis can be categorized according to the light
microscopy immuno uorescence pattern and electron microscopy appearance
Postin ectious renal biopsy
Light microscopy shows di use proli erative glomerulonephritis
Immuno uorescence shows IgG and C3 in a granular pattern in the mesangium and
along the capillary basement membrane
Electron microscopy shows large, dense subepithelial deposits or humps
RPGN renal biopsy: necrotizing lesions and crescents
MPGN renal biopsy
ype I
Light microscopy shows glomerular basement membrane thickened by immune
complex deposition, abnormal mesangial cell proli eration, and splitting or
tram-track appearance to the capillary wall
Electron microscopy shows subendothelial deposits
Immuno uorescence shows IgG, IgM, and granular deposits o C3, C1q, and C4
ype II
Light microscopy f ndings similar to type I
However, electron microscopy shows ribbon-like deposit o homogeneous material
replacing part o the glomerular basement membrane
Pauci-immune GN renal biopsy: small vessels and glomeruli lack immune deposits
on immuno uorescence
335
336
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Specif c therapy is aimed at the underlying cause
Supportive measures include antihypertensive medications, salt restriction, diuretics, and
antibiotics as indicated or in ections
Corticosteroids in high doses and cytotoxic agents such as cyclophosphamide may be
required, depending on the nature and severity o disease
T erapeutic Procedures
In pauci-immune disease, institute treatment early; prognosis depends mainly on extent
o renal involvement be ore treatment is started
reatment o pauci-immune disease is high-dose corticosteroids (methylprednisolone,
12 g/d intravenously or 3 days, ollowed by prednisone, 1 mg/kg orally or 1 month,
with a slow taper over the next 6 month) and cytotoxic agents (cyclophosphamide,
0.51.0 g/m 2 intravenously per month or 1.52 mg/kg orally or 36 months is ollowed
by long-term azathioprine or mycophenolate mo etil)
Monitor ANCA levels to help determine e cacy o treatment
Patients receiving cyclophosphamide should receive prophylaxis or Pneumocystis
jiroveci, such as double-strength trimethoprim-sul amethoxazole orally 3 d/wk
reatment or MPGN is controversial, but there may be some role or corticosteroids,
cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine, and mycophenolate mo etil
Children with nephrotic syndrome give prednisone 40 mg/m 2 every other day or a
prolonged duration
Adults: less likely to respond
Antiplatelet drugs are used in MPGN: aspirin, 500 to 975 mg/d orally, plus dipyridamole,
225 mg/d orally; e cacy o this regimen is not well proven
Renal transplantation is an option in MPGN, but both types may recur therea er in the
transplanted kidney
Plasma exchange has been used with mixed results to treat posttransplant recurrence o
MPGN
Cryoglobulinemia is treated by aggressive treatment o the underlying in ection, including
-inter eron or hepatitis C-related cryoglobulinemia in some patients, as well as pulse
corticosteroids, plasma exchange, and cytotoxic agents
able 47-2 shows suitable actions or di erent stages o chronic kidney disease.
8. Outcomes
Prognosis
In MPGN, in the past, 50% o patients progressed to end-stage renal disease in 10 years;
ewer do so now with introduction o more aggressive therapy
Prognosis less avorable with type II disease, early renal insu ciency, hypertension,
and persistent nephrotic syndrome
Follow-Up
With nephrologist, as dictated by specif c disease
Complications
Chronic kidney disease
CHAPTER 47 GLOMERULONEPHRITIS
Description
GFR (mL/min/1.73 m2 )
Action
90
6089
3a
Mild-moderately GFR
4559
3b
Moderate-severely GFR
3044
Severely GFR
1529
Based on National Kidney Foundation, KDOQI, and KDIGO Chronic Kidney Disease Guidelines.
Chronic kidney disease is defined as either kidney damage or GFR < 60 mL/min/1.73 m 2 for 3 months. Kidney damage is
defined as pathologic abnormalities or markers of damage, including abnormalities in blood or urine tests or imaging studies.
b
At all stages, persistent albuminuria confers added risk for CKD progression and cardiovascular disease in the following
gradations: < 30 mg/d = lowest added risk, 30300 mg/d = mildly increased risk, > 3001000 mg/d moderately increased
risk, > 1000 mg/d = severely increased risk.
GFR, glomerular filtration rate.
Modified and reproduced from Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO) CKD Work Group. KDIGO 2012 Clinical
Practice Guideline for the Evaluation and Management of Chronic Kidney Disease. Kidney Int. 2013 Jan;3(1) (suppl):1150.
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ad-hoc working group o ERBP; Fliser D et al. A European Renal Best Practice (ERBP) position
statement on the Kidney Disease Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO) clinical practice guidelines
on acute kidney injury: part 1: de initions, conservative management and contrast-induced
nephropathy. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2012 Dec;27(12):42634272. [PMID: 23045432]
Hebert LA et al. Di erential diagnosis o glomerular disease: a systematic and inclusive approach.
Am J Nephrol. 2013;38(3):253266. [PMID: 24052039]
Perazella MA. Diagnosing drug-induced AIN in the hospitalized patient: a challenge or the clinician.
Clin Nephrol. 2014 Jun;81(6):381388. [PMID: 24691017]
337
338
48
Hypokalemia
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o hypokalemia
Know the causes o hypokalemia and how to distinguish between them
Understand the other electrolyte abnormalities that predispose to hypokalemia
Learn the treatment options or mild and severe hypokalemia
Know how to prevent hypokalemia in patients taking diuretic agents
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o hypokalemia?
What are the causes o hypokalemia?
What are the symptoms and signs o hypokalemia?
What are laboratory and procedural f ndings in hypokalemia?
What are the treatments or hypokalemia?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o
hypokalemia?
When should patients with hypokalemia be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
CHAPTER 48 HYPOKALEMIA
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Vomiting and diarrhea causing extrarenal potassium losses; atigue and muscle cramps;
thiazide diuretic use, causing kaliuresis; hypore exia on examination; ECG with attened
waves and U waves; low serum potassium level
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Serum K+ is < 3.5 mEq/L (< 3.5 mmol/L)
Severe hypokalemia may induce dangerous arrhythmias and rhabdomyolysis
4. Causes
Potassium shi into cell
Insulin excess, eg, postprandial
Alkalosis
-Adrenergic agonists
rauma (via epinephrine release)
Hypokalemic periodic paralysis
Barium or cesium intoxication
Renal potassium loss (urine K+ > 40 mEq/L)
Increased aldosterone (mineralocorticoid) e ects
339
340
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Primary hyperaldosteronism
Secondary hyperaldosteronism (dehydration, heart ailure)
Renovascular or malignant hypertension
Cushing syndrome
European licorice (inhibits cortisol)
Renin-producing tumor
Congenital abnormality o steroid metabolism (eg, adrenogenital syndrome,
17 -hydroxylase de ect)
Increased ow o distal nephron
Diuretics ( urosemide, thiazides)
Salt-losing nephropathy
Hypomagnesemia
Diminished magnesium intake, eg, malabsorption, malnutrition
Increased renal loss, eg, aminoglycoside, cetuximab, cisplatin, amphotericin B,
pentamidine
Renal tubular acidosis (type I or II)
Fanconi syndrome
Interstitial nephritis
Metabolic alkalosis (bicarbonaturia)
Genetic disorder o the nephron
Bartter syndrome
Liddle syndrome
Extrarenal potassium loss (urine K+ < 20 mEq/L)
Vomiting, diarrhea, and laxative abuse
Villous adenoma, ZollingerEllison syndrome
waves
CHAPTER 48 HYPOKALEMIA
7. Treatments
Medications
Oral potassium is the sa est way to treat mild-to-moderate def ciency
Dietary potassium is almost entirely coupled to phosphaterather than chlorideand
does not correct potassium loss associated with chloride depletion, such as rom diuretics
or vomiting
In the setting o abnormal kidney unction and mild to moderate diuretic dosage
20 mEq/d o oral potassium is generally su cient to prevent hypokalemia
However, 40 to 100 mEq/d over a period o days to weeks is needed to treat hypokalemia
and ully replete potassium stores
Indications or IV potassium replacement
Severe, li e-threatening hypokalemia
Inability to take oral supplementation
For severe def ciency, potassium may be given through a peripheral IV line in a
concentration that should not exceed 40 mEq/L at rates o up to 40 mEq/L/h
Coexisting magnesium and potassium depletion can result in re ractory hypokalemia
despite potassium repletion i there is no magnesium repletion
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Monitor ECG continuously when in using IV potassium or severe hypokalemia
Check serum potassium level every 3 to 6 hours
Complications
Hypokalemia increases the likelihood o digitalis toxicity
In patients with heart disease, hypokalemia induced by 2-adrenergic agonists (eg, or
asthma) and diuretics (eg, or hypertension) may impose a substantial risk
Prognosis
Most hypokalemia will correct with replacement a er 24 to 72 hours
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Asmar A et al. A physiologic-based approach to the treatment o a patient with hypokalemia. Am J
Kidney Dis. 2012 Sep;60(3):492497. [PMID: 22901631]
Marti G et al. Etiology and symptoms o severe hypokalemia in emergency department patients. Eur J
Emerg Med. 2014 Feb;21(1):4651. [PMID: 23839104]
Pepin J et al. Advances in diagnosis and management o hypokalemic and hyperkalemic emergencies.
Emerg Med Pract. 2012 Feb;14(2):118. [PMID: 22413702]
Rastegar A. Attending rounds: patient with hypokalemia and metabolic acidosis. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol.
2011 Oct;6(10):25162521. [PMID: 21921151]
341
342
49
Hyponatremia
A 75-year-old man with terminal small cell carcinoma of the lung presents
to the emergency department with altered mental status. The patients
wife, who cares for him at home, states that he is quite weak at baseline,
requiring assistance with all activities of daily living. Over the last few
days, he has become progressively more lethargic. She has been careful
to adequately hydrate him, waking him every 2 hours to give him water
to drink. His appetite has been poor, but he willingly ingests the water,
consuming 2 to 3 quarts per day. He is taking morphine for pain and
dyspnea. On examination, the patient is a cachectic man in mild respiratory
distress. He is lethargic but arousable. He is oriented to person only. Vital
signs reveal a temperature of 38C, blood pressure of 110/60 mm Hg, heart
rate of 88 bpm, respiratory rate of 18/min, and oxygen saturation of 96%
on 3 L of oxygen. On head-neck examination, pupils are 3 mm and reactive,
scleras are anicteric, and conjunctivas are pink. Mucous membranes are
moist. Neck is supple. There are decreased breath sounds in the left lower
posterior lung eld and rales in the upper half. Cardiac examination shows
a regular heartbeat without murmur, gallop, or rub. Abdomen is benign
without masses. Extremities are without edema, cyanosis, or clubbing.
Neurologic examination shows only bilateral positive Babinski re exes and
asterixis. Laboratory studies reveal a serum sodium of 118 mg/dL.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o hyponatremia
Understand the actors that predispose to hyponatremia
Know the causes o hyponatremia
Learn the treatments or hyponatremia
Understand how to prevent complications rom hyponatremia
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
CHAPTER 49 HYPONATREMIA
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o hyponatremia?
What are the symptoms and signs o hyponatremia?
What is the etiology o hyponatremia?
What are laboratory f ndings in hyponatremia?
What are the treatments or hyponatremia?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complication, and prognosis, o
hyponatremia?
When should patients with hyponatremia be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Altered mental status; lethargy; increased ree water intake; low serum sodium on laboratory results; a diagnosis (lung disease) associated with the syndrome o inappropriate
antidiuretic hormone secretion (SIADH)
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Serum Na+ < 135 mEq/L (< 135 mmol/L)
Hyponatremia usually re ects excess water retention relative to sodium, rather than
sodium def ciency
Sodium concentration is not a measure o total body sodium
Volume status and serum osmolality are essential to determine the cause
Hypotonic uids commonly cause hyponatremia in hospitalized patients
General Considerations
Most cases re ect water imbalance and abnormal water handling, not sodium imbalance
Demographics
Most common electrolyte abnormality observed in the general hospitalized population
343
344
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
5. Etiology
ADH plays a primary role in the pathophysiology o hyponatremia
A diagnostic algorithm using serum osmolality and volume status separates the causes o
hyponatremia into therapeutically use ul categories (Figure 49-1)
Isotonic hyponatremia or pseudohyponatremia
Severe hyperlipidemia or hyperproteinemia
Caused by lipids and proteins inter ering with serum sodium measurement
Serum osmolality is isotonic because lipids and proteins do not a ect osmolality
measurement
Newer sodium assays using ion-specif c electrodes do not produce pseudohyponatremia
HYPONATREMIA
Serum osmolality
Normal
(280295 mosm/kg)
Isotonic
hyponatremia
1. Hyperproteinemia
2. Hyperlipidemia (chylomicrons,
triglycerides, rarely cholesterol)
Low
(< 280 mosm/kg)
Hypotonic
hyponatremia
High
(> 295 mosm/kg)
Hypertonic
hyponatremia
1. Hyperglycemia
2. Mannitol, sorbitol,
glycerol, maltose
3. Radiocontrast agents
Volume status
Hypovolemic
UNa+< 10 mEq/L
Extrarenal salt loss
1. Dehydration
2. Diarrhea
3. Vomiting
UNa+> 20 mEq/L
Renal salt loss
1. Diuretics
2. ACE inhibitors
3. Nephropathies
4. Mineralocorticoid
def ciency
5. Cerebral sodiumwasting syndrome
Euvolemic
1. SIADH
2. Postoperative hyponatremia
3. Hypothyroidism
4. Psychogenic polydipsia
5. Beer potomania
6. Idiosyncratic drug reaction (thiazide
diuretics, ACE inhibitors)
7. Endurance exercise
8. Adrenocorticotropin def ciency
Hypervolemic
Edematous states
1. Heart ailure
2. Liver disease
3. Nephrotic syndrome
(rare)
4. Advanced kidney
disease
Figure 49-1. Evaluation of hyponatremia using serum osmolality and extracellular fluid volume status. ACE,
angiotensin-converting enzyme; SIADH, syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone. (Adapted, with
permission, from Narins RG et al. Diagnostic strategies in disorders of fluid, electrolyte and acid-base homeostasis.
Am J Med. 1982;72(3):496520.)
CHAPTER 49 HYPONATREMIA
Hypotonic hyponatremia
Hypovolemic
Occurs with renal or extrarenal volume loss and hypotonic uid replacement
otal body sodium and total body water are decreased
Cerebral salt wasting in patients with intracranial disease; clinical eatures include
re ractory hypovolemia and hypotension
Euvolemic
SIADH (see able 49-1)
Postoperative hyponatremia
Hypothyroidism
Adrenal insu ciency
Psychogenic polydipsia
Beer potomania
Idiosyncratic drug reaction (thiazides, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors)
Endurance exercise
Reset osmostat
Hypervolemic (edematous states)
Heart ailure
Cirrhosis
Nephrotic syndrome
Advanced kidney disease
Hypertonic hyponatremia
Occurs in cases o hyperglycemia (eg, diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state) and with mannitol administration or increased intracranial pressure
Glucose and mannitol osmotically pull intracellular water into the extracellular space
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory Tests
Serum Na+ < 135 mEq/L (< 135 mmol/L)
Obtain other serum electrolytes, serum creatinine, serum osmolality, and urine sodium
T yroid and adrenal unction tests may occasionally be necessary to enable diagnosis o
SIADH
7. Treatment
T ere is no consensus about the optimal rate o sodium correction in symptomatic
hyponatremic patients
However, recent guidelines have introduced new recommendations
First, a relatively small increase o 4 to 6 mEq/L in the serum sodium may be all that is
necessary to reverse the neurologic mani estations o symptomatic hyponatremia
Second, acute hyponatremia (eg, exercise-associated hyponatremia) with severe
neurologic mani estations can be reversed rapidly with 100 mL o 3% hypertonic saline
in used over 10 minutes (repeated twice as necessary)
T ird, lower correction rates or chronic hyponatremia are recommended, as low as
4 to 8 mEq/L per 24 hours, in patients at high risk or demyelination
Fourth, chronic hyponatremic patients at high risk or demyelination who are corrected
too rapidly are candidates or treatment with a combination o ddAVP and intravenous
dextrose 5% to relower the serum sodium
Medications
Regardless o volume status, restrict ree water, and hypotonic uid intake
Free water intake rom oral intake and intravenous (IV) uids should generally be < 1 to
1.5 L/d
For hypovolemic patients, adequate uid resuscitation with isotonic uids (either normal
saline or lactated Ringer solution). For cerebral salt wasting patients, hypertonic saline
or normal saline may prevent circulatory collapse; some may respond to udrocortisone
345
346
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
CHAPTER 49 HYPONATREMIA
Vasopressin antagonists
May revolutionize the treatment o euvolemic and hypervolemic hyponatremia,
especially in persons with heart ailure
V2 receptors primarily mediate the diuretic e ect o ADH
olvaptan
Started at 15 mg orally daily
Can be increased to 30 and 60 mg daily at 24-hour intervals i hyponatremia
persists or i the increase in sodium concentration is < 5 mEq/L over the preceding
24 hours
Conivaptan
Given as an intravenous loading dose o 20 mg delivered over 30 minutes, then as
20 mg continuously over 24 hours
Subsequent in usions may be administered every 1 to 3 days at 20 to 40 mg/d by
continuous in usion
T e standard ree water restriction or hyponatremic patients should be li ed or
patients receiving vasopressin antagonists since the aquaresis can result in excessive
sodium correction in a uid-restricted patient
Frequent monitoring o the serum sodium is necessary
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
I symptomatic, measure serum Na+ about every 4 hours and observe the patient closely
Complication
Iatrogenic cerebral osmotic demyelination
Most serious complication
Develops rom overly rapid or inappropriate sodium correction
May occur outside the brainstem
May occur days a er sodium correction or initial neurologic recovery rom
hyponatremia
Hypoxic episodes during hyponatremia may contribute to demyelination
Neurologic e ects are generally catastrophic and irreversible
Prognosis
Premenopausal women in whom hyponatremic encephalopathy develops are more likely
than postmenopausal women to su er permanent brain damage or die
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Lehrich RW et al. Role o vaptans in the management o hyponatremia. Am J Kidney Dis. 2013
Aug;62(2):364376. [PMID: 23725974]
347
348
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Leung AA et al. Preoperative hyponatremia and perioperative complications. Arch Intern Med. 2012 Oct
22;172(19):14741481. [PMID: 22965221]
Shchekochikhin D et al. Hyponatremia: an update on current pharmacotherapy. Expert Opin
Pharmacother. 2013 Apr;14(6):747755. [PMID: 23496346]
Spasovski G et al; Hyponatraemia Guideline Development Group. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment o hyponatraemia. Eur J Endocrinol. 2014 Feb 25;170(3):G1G47. Erratum in:
Eur J Endocrinol. 2014 Jul;171(1):X1. [PMID: 24569125]
Verbalis JG et al. Diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment o hyponatremia: expert panel recommendations. Am J Med. 2013 Oct;126(10 suppl 1):S1S42. [PMID: 24074529]
349
50
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
L arn th clinical mani stations, obj ctiv f ndings, and complications o acut kidn y
injury (AKI)
Und rstand th d f nition o AKI and how to diagnos its caus
Know th di r ntial diagnosis o th caus s o pr r nal, intrinsic r nal, and postr nal
AKI
L arn th tr atm nt or AKI and th indications or dialysis
QUESTIONS
1. What ar th sali nt atur s o this pati nts probl m?
2. How do you think through h r probl m?
3. What ar th k y atur s, including ss ntials o diagnosis and g n ral consid rations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
o AKI?
What ar th symptoms and signs o AKI?
What is th di r ntial diagnosis o AKI?
What ar laboratory, imaging, and proc dural f ndings in AKI?
What ar th tr atm nts or AKI?
Wh n should pati nts with AKI b r rr d to a sp cialist or admitt d to th hospital?
350
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Incr as in s rum cr atinin conc ntration; oliguria; traumatic injury and mod rat ly
l vat d cr atin kinas (CK); administration o iodinat d contrast and antibiotics.
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
D f n d as a rapid incr as in s rum cr atinin
Inability to maintain acidbas , uid, and l ctrolyt balanc and to xcr t nitrog nous
wast s
Oliguria can b associat d
Symptoms and signs d p nd on caus
General Considerations
5% o hospital admissions and 30% o ICU admissions hav AKI
25% o hospitaliz d pati nts d v lop AKI
S rum cr atinin conc ntration typically incr as s 1.0 to 1.5 mg/dL daily in th abs nc
o unctioning kidn ys
T r cat gori s o AKI
Pr r nal insults
Intrinsic r nal dis as
Postr nal caus s
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Prerenal Causes
D hydration
H morrhag ( g, gastroint stinal bl ding)
H art ailur
R nal art ry st nosis, including f bromuscular dysplasia
NSAIDs, ACEIs, ARBs
Postrenal Causes
Obstruction ( g, b nign prostatic hyp rplasia, bladd r tumor)
Intrinsic Renal Disease
A N
oxins
NSAIDs
Antibiotics
Contrast
Multipl my loma
Rhabdomyolysis
H molysis
Ch moth rapy
Hyp ruric mia
Cyclosporin
Isch mia ( g, prolong d pr r nal insults)
Acut glom rulon phritis (AGN)
Immun compl x
Immunoglobulin A n phropathy
Endocarditis
Syst mic lupus ryth matosus (SLE)
Cryoglobulin mia
Postin ctious
M mbranoproli rativ
Pauci-immun (ANCA+)
Granulomatosis with polyangiitis ( orm rly W g n r granulomatosis)
ChurgStrauss syndrom
Microscopic polyart ritis
Antiglom rular bas m nt m mbran (anti-GBM)
Goodpastur dis as
Anti-GBM glom rulon phritis
Vascular
Malignant hyp rt nsion
T rombotic thrombocytop nia purpura
Ath ro mbolism
AIN
Drugs
-Lactams
Sul a
Diur tics
351
352
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
NSAIDs
Ri ampin
Ph nytoin
Allopurinol
In ctions
Streptococcus
L ptospirosis
Cytom galovirus
Histoplasmosis
Rocky Mountain spott d v r
Immun
SLE
Sjgr n syndrom
Sarcoidosis
Cryoglobulin mia
7. Treatments
T erapeutic Procedures
Pr r nal insults
r atm nt d p nds on caus
Maintain uvol mia
Monitor s rum l ctrolyt s
Avoid n phrotoxic drugs
Postr nal caus s: r li o obstruction i pr s nt
Plac cath t rs or st nts to tr at obstruction
Cath t riz th bladd r i hydrour t r and hydron phrosis ar pr s nt with an nlarg d
bladd r on ultrasonography
Intrinsic r nal dis as : tr atm nt d p nds on caus (s Acut ubular N crosis); hold
o nding ag nts
H modialysis, p riton al dialysis: indications includ
Ur mic symptoms such as p ricarditis, nc phalopathy, or coagulopathy
Fluid ov rload unr sponsiv to diur sis
R ractory hyp rkal mia
S v r m tabolic acidosis (pH < 7.20)
N urologic symptoms such as s izur s or n uropathy
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Kins y GR t al. Pathog n sis o acut kidn y injury: oundation or clinical practic . Am J Kidney Dis.
2011 Aug;58(2):291301. [PMID: 21530035]
Okusa MD t al. R ading b tw n th (guid )lin sth KDIGO practic guid lin on acut kidn y
injury in th individual pati nt. Kidney Int. 2014 Jan;85(1):3948. [PMID: 24067436]
Walth r CP t al. Summary o clinical practic guid lin s or acut kidn y injury. Hosp Pract (1995).
2014 F b;42(1):714. [PMID: 24566591]
353
354
51
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o uremia and CKD
Understand the epidemiology o CKD in the United States
Know the primary and secondary causes o CKD
Learn the pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic approaches to the treatment o CKD
Know when to initiate dialysis in patients with CKD
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o CKD?
What are the symptoms and signs o CKD?
What is the di erential diagnosis o CKD?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in CKD?
What are the treatments or CKD?
What is the outcome, including the prognosis, o CKD?
When should patients with CKD be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Hypertension; diabetes mellitus; anem ia, responsive to epoetin al a injections; lower
extremity tingling suggestive o neuropathy
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Decline in the glomerular f ltration rate (GFR) over months to years
Persistent proteinuria or abnormal renal morphology may be present
Symptoms and signs o uremia when nearing end-stage disease
Hypertension in most cases
Bilateral small or echogenic kidneys on ultrasonogram in advanced disease
General Considerations
Progressive decline in renal unction
Rarely reversible
A ects > 13 million Americans, most o whom are unaware
Over 70% o cases o late-stage CKD (stage 5 CKD and end-stage renal disease [ESRD]) in
the United States are due to diabetes mellitus or hypertension/vascular disease
Glomerulonephritis, cystic diseases, chronic tubulointerstitial diseases, and other urologic
diseases account or the remainder ( able 55-1)
Genetic polymorphisms o the APOL-1 gene have been shown to be associated with an
increased risk o the development o CKD in A rican Americans
355
356
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Symptoms
Signs
General
Fatigue, weakness
Sallowappearing, chronicallyill
Skin
Pruritus, easybruisability
ENT
Urinous breath
Eye
Pale conjunctiva
Pulmonary
Shortness of breath
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Neuromuscular
Neurologic
Isosthenuria
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Primary glomerular diseases (eg, ocal and segmental glomerulosclerosis, IgA
nephropathy) ( able 51-1)
Secondary glomerular diseases (eg, diabetic nephropathy, amyloidosis, sickle cell
nephropathy, HIV-associated nephropathy)
ubulointerstitial nephritis (eg, drug hypersensitivity, analgesic nephropathy, chronic
pyelonephritis)
Hereditary disease (eg, polycystic kidney disease, Alport syndrome, medullary cystic
disease)
Obstructive nephropathies (eg, prostatic disease, nephrolithiasis, congenital)
Vascular diseases (eg, hypertensive nephrosclerosis, renal artery stenosis)
7. Treatments
Control o diabetes should be aggressive in early CKD; risk o hypoglycemia increases
in advanced CKD, and glycemic targets may need to be relaxed to avoid this dangerous
complication
Blood pressure control is vital to slow progression o all orms o CKD; agents that block
the reninangiotensinaldosterone system are particularly important in proteinuric
disease
Several small studies suggest a possible benef t o oral alkali therapy in slowing CKD
progression when acidemia is present (see above)
T ere is also theoretic value in lowering uric acid levels in those with concomitant
hyperuricemia, but clinical data regarding benef t are still lacking
Management o traditional cardiovascular risk actors should also be emphasized
Management o acidbase disorders is important as chronic acidosis can result in muscle
protein catabolism, and may accelerate progression o CKD
Medications
Acute hyperkalemia: calcium chloride or gluconate intravenously, insulin administration
with glucose intravenously, bicarbonate intravenously, and ion exchange resin (sodium
polystyrene sul onate) orally or per rectum, cardiac monitoring
357
358
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
8. Outcome
Prognosis
Roughly 80% and 90% o patients with CKD die, primarily o CVD, be ore reaching the
need or dialysis.
Mortality is higher or patients receiving dialysis than or those receiving a kidney
transplant versus healthy age-matched controls
Patients undergoing dialysis have an average li e expectancy o 3 to 5 years, but survival
or as long as 25 years is seen depending on the disease entity
Overall 5-year survival on dialysis is currently estimated at 40%, with survival rates
dependent on the underlying disease
Dialysis should be care ully weighed in patients with a short li e expectancy and very
elderly persons, with some studies showing a decrease in unctional status in the f rst year
o such treatment.
Common causes o death
Cardiac disease (50%)
In ection
Cerebrovascular disease
Malignancy
Other signif cant mortality predictors
Diabetes mellitus
Advanced age
Low serum albumin
Lower socioeconomic status
Inadequate dialysis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Baldwin MD. he primary care physician/nephrologist partnership in treating chronic kidney disease.
Prim Care. 2014 Dec;41(4):837856. [PMID: 25439537]
Bhan I. Phosphate management in chronic kidney disease. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2014 Mar;23(2):
174179. [PMID: 24445424]
Casey JR et al. Patients perspectives on hemodialysis vascular access: a systematic review o qualitative
studies. Am J Kidney Dis. 2014 Dec;64(6):937953. [PMID: 25115617]
359
360
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Davies SJ. Peritoneal dialysiscurrent status and uture challenges. Nat Rev Nephrol. 2013 Jul;9(7):
399408. [PMID: 23689122]
Delanaye P et al. Outcome o the living kidney donor. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2012 Jan;27(1):4150.
[PMID:22287701]
Dobre M et al. Current status o bicarbonate in CKD. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2015 Mar;26(3):515523.
[PMID: 25150154]
Gansevoort R et al. Chronic kidney disease and cardiovascular risk: epidemiology, mechanisms, and
prevention. Lancet. 2013 Jul 27;382(9889):339352. [PMID: 23727170]
Himmel arb J et al. Hemodialysis. N Engl J Med. 2010 Nov 4;363(19):18331845. [PMID: 21047227]
Jain N et al. E ects o dietary interventions on incidence and progression o CKD. Nat Rev Nephrol.
2014 Dec;10(12):712724. [PMID: 25331786]
James PA et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline or the management o high blood pressure in adults:
report rom the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA.
2014 Feb 5;311(5):507520. [PMID: 24352797]
Jha V et al. Chronic kidney disease: global dimension and perspectives. Lancet. 2013 Jul 20;382(9888):
260272. [PMID: 23727169]
Ketteler M et al. Use o phosphate binders in chronic kidney disease. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2013
Jul;22(4):413420. [PMID: 23736841]
Knight J et al. Optimal targets or blood pressure control in chronic kidney disease: the debate
continues. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2014 Nov;23(6):541546. [PMID: 25295958]
Komenda P et al. Estimated glomerular iltration rate and albuminuria: diagnosis, staging and
prognosis. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2014 May;23(3):251257. [PMID: 24675138]
Kovesdy CP et al. Blood pressure and mortality in U.S. veterans with chronic kidney disease: a cohort
study. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Aug 20;159(4):233242. [PMID: 24026256]
Kumar S et al. Why do young people with chronic kidney disease die early? World J Nephrol. 2014 Nov
6;3(4):143155. [PMID: 25374808]
McGill RL et al. ransplantation and the primary care physician. Adv Chronic Kidney Dis. 2011
Nov;18(6):433438. [PMID: 22098662]
Palmer SC et al. Dietary and luid restrictions in CKD: a thematic synthesis o patient views rom qualitative studies. Am J Kidney Dis. 2015 Apr;65(4):559573. [PMID: 25453993]
Palmer SC et al. Erythropoesis-stimulating agents or anaemia in adults with chronic kidney disease: a
network meta-analysis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Dec 8;12:CD010590. [PMID: 25486075]
Palmer SC et al. HMG CoA reductase inhibitors (statins) or persons with chronic kidney disease not
requiring dialysis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 May 31;5:CD007784. [PMID: 24880031]
Parsa A et al. APOL1 risk variants, race and progression o chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2013
Dec 5;369(23):21832196. [PMID: 24206458]
Qaseem A et al. Screening, monitoring, and treatment o stage 1 to 3 chronic kidney disease: a clinical
practice guideline rom the American College o Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Dec 17;159(12):
835847. [PMID: 24145991]
Rivas Velasquez KM et al. Evaluation and management o the older patient with chronic kidney disease.
Prim Care. 2014 Dec;41(4):857874. [PMID: 25439538]
Segall L et al. Heart ailure in patients with chronic kidney disease: a systematic integrative review.
Biomed Res Int. 2014;2014:937398. [PMID: 24959595]
Sinnakirouchenan R et al. Role o sodium restriction and diuretic therapy or resistant hypertension
in chronic kidney disease. Semin Nephrol. 2014;34(5):514519. [PMID: 25416660]
Snyder S et al. Obesity-related kidney disease. Prim Care. 2014 Dec;41(4):875893. [PMID: 25439539]
Sprangers B et al. Recurrence o glomerulonephritis a ter renal transplantation. Transplant Rev
(Orlando). 2013 Oct;27(4):126134. [PMID: 23954034]
Stevens PE et al. Evaluation and management o chronic kidney disease: synopsis o the Kidney Disease:
Improving Global Outcomes 2012 Clinical Practice Guideline. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Jun
4;158(11):825830. [PMID: 23732715]
Streja E et al. Controversies in timing o dialysis initiation and the role o race and demographics. Semin
Dial. 2013 NovDec;26(6):658666. [PMID: 24102770]
hiruchelvam P et al. Renal transplantation. BMJ. 2011 Nov 14;343:d7300. [PMID: 22084316]
ong A. hematic synthesis o qualitative studies on patient and caregiver perspectives on end-o -li e
care in CKD. Am J Kidney Dis. 2014 Jun;63(6):913927. [PMID: 24411716]
Wu HM et al. Oral adsorbents or preventing or delaying progression o chronic kidney disease.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Oct 15;10:CD007861. [PMID: 25317905]
Zuber K et al. Medication dosing in patients with chronic kidney disease. JAAPA. 2013 Oct;26(10):
1925. [PMID: 24201917]
361
52
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o kidney stone disease
Understand the di erent types o urinary stones and the actors that predispose to them
Learn how to diagnose the di erent types o hypercalciuria
Know the di erential diagnosis o kidney stone disease
Learn the treatment or kidney stone disease depending on the type o stone
Understand which patients require surgical intervention
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
362
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Severe ank pain; f rst episode in ourth decade o li e; nausea and vomiting; writhing in
discom ort; a ebrile; ank tender to palpation; benign abdominal examination; hematuria
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Severe ank pain
Nausea and vomiting
Identif cation on noncontrast helical C scan or ultrasonography
General Considerations
A ects 240,000 to 720,000 Americans per year
Males > emales (2.5:1)
Initial presentation predominates between the third and ourth decades
Incidence is greatest during hot summer months
Contributing actors to urinary stone ormation
Geographic actors
High humidity
Elevated temperatures
Genetic actors
Cystinuria
Distal renal tubular acidosis
Dietary and other actors
High protein and high salt intake
Persons in sedentary occupations have a higher incidence than manual laborers
Increasing evidence is revealing that urinary stone disease may be a precursor to
subsequent cardiovascular disease
Five major types o urinary stones
Calcium oxalate
Calcium phosphate
Struvite (magnesium ammonium phosphate)
363
Uric acid
Cystine
Most urinary stones contain calcium (85%) and are radiopaque; uric acid stones are
radiolucent
Hypercalciuric calcium nephrolithiasis (> 250 mg/24 h) can be caused by absorptive,
resorptive, and renal disorders ( able 52-1)
Absorptive hypercalciuria
Secondary to increased absorption o calcium at the level o the small bowel,
predominantly in the jejunum
Can be urther subdivided into types I, II, and III
ype I: Independent o calcium intake. T ere is increased urinary calcium on a
regular or even a calcium-restricted diet
ype II: Diet dependent
ype III: Secondary to a renal phosphate leak, which results in increased vitamin D
synthesis and secondarily increased small bowel absorption o calcium
Resorptive hypercalciuria
Secondary to hyperparathyroidism
Hypercalcemia, hypophosphatemia, hypercalciuria, and an elevated serum
parathyroid hormone level are ound
Renal hypercalciuria
Occurs when the renal tubules are unable to e ciently reabsorb f ltered calcium
Hypercalciuria and secondary hyperparathyroidism result
Hyperuricosuric calcium nephrolithiasis is secondary to dietary excesses or uric acid
metabolic de ects
Hyperoxaluric calcium nephrolithiasis is usually due to primary intestinal disorders,
including chronic diarrhea, in ammatory bowel disease, or steatorrhea
Hypocitraturic calcium nephrolithiasis is secondary to disorders associated with metabolic acidosis including chronic diarrhea, type I (distal) renal tubular acidosis, and longterm hydrochlorothiazide treatment
Uric acid calculi: Contributing actors include
Low urinary pH
Myeloproli erative disorders
Malignancy with increased uric acid production
Abrupt and dramatic weight loss
Uricosuric medications
Struvite calculi (magnesiumammoniumphosphate, staghorn calculi)
Absorptive Type II
Resorptive
Renal
Calcium
Phosphorus
PTH
Vitamin D
Fasting
Restricted
After calciumload
Serum
Urinary Calcium
364
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Cholecystitis
Appendicitis
Diverticulitis
Epididymitis
Pyelonephritis
Prostatitis
Pancreatitis
Lower lobe pneumonia
Abdominal aortic aneurysm
Musculoskeletal pain
7. Treatments
Medications
ype I absorptive hypercalciuria
T iazide diuretics decrease renal calcium excretion (they may lose their hypocalciuric
e ect a er 5 years o continued therapy)
Cellulose phosphate, 10 to 15 g in three divided doses given with meals to decrease
bowel absorption o calcium
Follow-up metabolic surveillance every 6 to 8 months to exclude hypomagnesemia,
secondary hyperoxaluria, and recurrent calculi
ype II absorptive hypercalciuria
Decrease calcium intake by 50% (to approximately 400 mg once daily)
T ere is no specif c medical therapy
ype III absorptive hypercalciuria: orthophosphates (250 mg three times daily) to
inhibit vitamin D synthesis
Renal hypercalciuria: thiazides (e ective long term)
Hyperuricosuric calcium nephrolithiasis
Most cases (85%) can be treated with dietary purine restrictions
T ose cases not reversed with dietary restriction, allopurinol, 300 mg once daily orally
Hyperoxaluric calcium nephrolithiasis
Measures to curtail the diarrhea or steatorrhea
Oral calcium supplements with meals
Hypocitraturic calcium nephrolithiasis
Potassium citrate, 60 mEq total daily intake, divided either into three times daily as
tablets or twice daily as the crystal ormulations dissolved in water (it is also available
as a solution)
Alternatively, oral lemonade has been shown to increase urinary citrate by about
150 mg/24 h
Uric acid calculi
Increasing the urinary pH > 6.2 increases uric acid solubility
Potassium citrate, 20 mEq (two 10-mEq waxed tablets) three or our times daily or
30 mEq o crystal ormulations in water twice daily
Patients should monitor their urinary alkalinization with nitrazine pH paper with the
goal urinary pH between > 6.2 and < 6.5
I hyperuricemia is present, allopurinol, 300 mg once daily orally
Struvite calculi
A er stone extraction, consider suppressive antibiotics
Acetohydroxamic acid, an e ective urease inhibitor, is poorly tolerated
Cystine calculi
Di cult to manage medically
Prevention by increased uid intake, alkalinization o the urine above pH 7.0
(monitored with nitrazine pH paper), penicillamine, and tiopronin
Surgery
Resorptive hypercalciuria, primary hyperparathyroidism: surgical resection o the
parathyroid adenoma
Infection with ureteral obstruction: a medical emergency requiring both antibiotics and
prompt drainage by a ureteral catheter or a percutaneous nephrostomy tube
Ureteral stones
Stones < 5 to 6 mm in diameter will usually pass spontaneously
Active medical expulsive therapy with appropriate pain medications is appropriate or
f rst ew weeks
365
366
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Medical expulsive therapy (eg, tamsulosin, 0.4 mg orally once daily, plus ibupro en,
600 mg orally three times per day with a ull stomach, with or without a short course
o a low-dose oral corticosteroid, [such as prednisone 10 mg orally daily or 35 days)
increases rate o spontaneous stone passage
T erapeutic intervention required i spontaneous passage does not occur or i patient
has intolerable pain or persistent nausea and vomiting
Indications or earlier intervention include
Severe pain unresponsive to medications
Fever
Persistent nausea and vomiting requiring intravenous hydration
Distal ureteral stones: ureteroscopic stone extraction or in situ extracorporeal shock
wave lithotripsy (SWL)
Proximal and midureteral stones can be treated with SWL or ureteroscopic extraction,
and a double-J ureteral stent to ensure adequate drainage
Renal calculi
Conservative observation or patients presenting without pain, urinary tract in ections,
or obstruction
Intervention i calculi become symptomatic or grow in size
For renal stones < 1.5 cm, treat by SWL
For stones in the in erior calix or those > 3 cm, treat by percutaneous nephrolithotomy
Perioperative antibiotics as indicated by preoperative urine cultures
T erapeutic Procedures
Forced intravenous uid diuresis is not productive and exacerbates pain
8. Outcome
Prevention
Increased uid intake to void 1.5 to 2.0 L/d to reduce stone recurrence
Patients are encouraged to ingest uids during meals, 2 hours a er each meal, prior to
going to sleep in the evening, and during the night
Reduce sodium intake
Reduce animal protein intake during individual meals
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Gul Z et al. Medical and dietary therapy or kidney stone prevention. Korean J Urol. 2014
Dec;55(12):775779. [PMID: 25512810]
Qaseem A et al. Dietary and pharmacologic management to prevent recurrent nephrolithiasis in adults:
a clinical practice guideline rom the American College o Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Nov
4;161(9):659667. [PMID: 25364887]
Richman K et al. he growing prevalence o kidney stones and opportunities or prevention. R I Med J.
2014 Dec 2;97(12):3134. [ PMID: 25463625]
seng Y et al. Kidney stones. Clin Evid (Online). 2011 Nov 10;2011. [PMID: 22075544]
367
Metabolic Acidosis
53
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the lini al mani estati ns and bje tive f ndings metab li a id sis and h w
the lini al s enari helps elu idate the ause the a id sis
Understand the a t rs that predisp se t metab li a id sis
Learn h w t al ulate the serum ani n gap and h w t di erentiate ani n gap metab li
a id sis r m n nani n gap metab li a id sis
Learn h w t al ulate the urinary ani n gap and thus t distinguish gastr intestinal (GI)
r m renal auses metab li a id sis
Learn the treatment r metab li a id sis depending up n its ause
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures this patients pr blem?
2. H w d y u think thr ugh his pr blem?
3. What are the key eatures, in luding essentials diagn sis and general
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
nsiderati ns,
metab li a id sis?
What are the sympt ms and signs metab li a id sis?
What is the di erential diagn sis metab li a id sis?
What are lab rat ry f ndings in metab li a id sis?
What are the treatments r metab li a id sis?
What are the ut mes, in luding mpli ati ns, pr gn sis, and preventi n, metab li a id sis?
When sh uld patients with metab li a id sis be re erred t a spe ialist r admitted t
the h spital?
368
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Severe depressi n with risk r sui ide attempt; ta hypnea with ut eviden e
a idemia with de reased Paco 2 and in reased ani n gap
lung disease;
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Metab li a id sis an be lassif ed as either an in reased r n rmal r de reased ani n gap
Ani n gap = Na+ (HCO3 + Cl)
T e hallmark in reased ani n gap metab li a id sis is that the l w HCO3 is ass iated
with n rm hl remia (n rmal serum Cl), s that the ani n gap in reases
In ntrast, in a n rmal (n n-) ani n gap metab li a id sis, the l w HCO3 is ass iated
with hyper hl remia, s that the ani n gap remains n rmal
A de reased HCO3 is seen als in respirat ry alkal sis, but the pH distinguishes between
the tw dis rders
General Considerations
Cal ulati n the ani n gap is use ul in determining the ause the metab li a id sis
N rm hl remi (in reased ani n gap) metab li a id sis
Generally results r m additi n t the bl d
rgani a ids su h as la tate, a et a etate,
-hydr xybutyrate, and ex gen us t xins
Uremia pr du es an in reased ani n gap metab li a id sis via unex reted rgani
a ids and ani ns
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Etiology of Increased Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis
La ti a id sis
ype A: ardi geni , septi , r hem rrhagi sh k; arb n m n xide r yanide
p is ning
ype B: metab li auses (eg, diabetes mellitus, ket a id sis, liver disease, kidney
disease, in e ti n, leukemia, r lymph ma); t xins (eg, ethan l, methan l, sali ylates,
is niazid, r met rmin); nu le side anal g reverse trans riptase inhibit rs
Diabeti ket a id sis
Al h li ket a id sis
A idbase dis rders in al h lism are requently mixed (10% have triple a idbase
dis rder)
T ree types metab li a id ses: ket a id sis, la ti a id sis, and hyper hl remi
a id sis r m bi arb nate l ss in urine r m ket nuria
Metab li alkal sis r m v lume ntra ti n and v miting
Respirat ry alkal sis r m al h l withdrawal, pain, sepsis, r liver disease
Uremi a id sis (usually at gl merular f ltrati n rate < 1530 mL/min)
Ethylene gly l t xi ity
Methan l t xi ity
Sali ylate t xi ity (mixed metab li a id sis with respirat ry alkal sis)
Etiology of Normal (Non-) Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis
M st mm n auses n nani n gap a id sis
Gastr intestinal (GI) HCO3 l ss
De e ts in renal a idif ati n (renal tubular a id ses)
Renal ubular Acidosis (R A)
Hyper hl remi a id sis with a n rmal ani n gap and n rmal r near n rmal gl merular
f ltrati n rate, in the absen e diarrhea
T ree maj r types R A an be di erentiated by the lini al setting: urinary pH, urinary
ani n gap (see bel w), serum K+ level
ype I (distal H+ secretion defect)
Due t sele tive def ien y in H + se reti n in the distal nephr n
L w serum K+
Despite a id sis, urinary pH ann t be a idif ed (urine pH > 5.5)
Ass iated with aut immune disease, hyper al emia
ype II (proximal HCO3 reabsorption defect)
Due t a sele tive de e t in the pr ximal tubules ability t adequately reabs rb f ltered
HCO3
L w serum K+
Urine pH < 5.5
Ass iated with multiple myel ma and nephr t xi drugs
ype IV (hyporeninemic hypoaldosteronism)
Only R A hara terized by hyperkalemi , hyper hl remi a id sis
De e t is ald ster ne def ien y r antag nism, whi h impairs distal nephr n Na+
reabs rpti n and K+ and H + ex reti n
Urine pH < 5.5
Renal salt wasting is requently present
M st mm n in diabeti nephr pathy, tubul interstitial renal diseases, a quired
immun def ien y syndr me, and hypertensive nephr s ler sis
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
See ables 53-1 and 53-2
Bl d pH, serum HCO3, and Pco 2 are de reased
Ani n gap is in reased (n rm hl remi ), n rmal r de reased (hyper hl remi )
Hyperkalemia may be seen
In la ti a id sis, la tate levels are at least 4 t 5 mEq/L but mm nly 10 t 30 mEq/L
T e diagn sis al h li ket a id sis is supp rted by the absen e a diabeti hist ry
and n eviden e glu se int leran e a er initial therapy
369
370
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Primary Defect
Compensatory Response
Magnitude of Compensation
Acute
PCO2
HCO3
Chronic
PCO2
HCO3
Acute
PCO2
HCO3
Chronic
PCO2
HCO3
Metabolic acidosis
HCO3
PCO2
Metabolic alkalosis
HCO3
PCO2
Respiratory acidosis
Respiratory alkalosis
Urinary ani n gap r m a rand m urine sample (urine [Na+ + K+] Cl) re e ts the ability
the kidney t ex rete NH 4Cl as in the ll wing equati n:
Na+ + K++ NH 4+ = Cl + 80
where 80 is the average value r the di eren e in the urinary ani ns and ati ns ther
than Na+, K+, NH 4+, and Cl
Urinary ani n gap is equal t 80 NH 4+; this gap aids in the distin ti n between GI and
renal auses hyper hl remi (n rmal r n n-ani n gap) a id sis
I the ause the metab li a id sis is GI
HCO3 l ss (diarrhea) is resp nsible
Renal a idif ati n ability remains n rmal
NH 4Cl ex reti n in reases in resp nse t the a id sis
Urinary ani n gap is negative (eg, 30 mEq/L)
I the ause is distal R A
T e kidney is unable t ex rete H + and thus unable t in rease NH 4Cl ex reti n
T ere re, urinary ani n gap is p sitive (eg, +25 mEq/L)
In type II (pr ximal) R A
T e kidney has de e tive HCO3 reabs rpti n, leading t in reased HCO3 ex reti n
rather than de reased NH 4Cl ex reti n
T us, the urinary ani n gap is en negative
Urinary pH may n t as readily di erentiate between renal and GI eti l gies
Renal Defect
Gastrointestinal HCO3 loss
Renal tubular acidosis
I. Classicdistal
II. Proximal secretion
IV.Hyporeninemic
hypoaldosteronism
Urinary NH4+
Plus Minimal Titratable Urinary
Serum [K+]
Anion Gap
Urine pH
Acid
Treatment
None
< 5.5
Negative
Distal H+
secretion
Proximal H+
> 5.5
Positive
< 5.5
Normal
Positive
Distal Na+
reabsorption,
K+ secretion,
and H+
secretion
< 5.5
Positive
NaHCO3 or KHCO3
(1015 mEq/kg/d), thiazide
Fludrocortisone
(0.10.5 mg/d), dietary
K+ restriction, furosemide
(40160 mg/d), NaHCO3
(13 mEq/kg/d)
Modified and reproduced, with permission, from Cogan MG. Fluid and Electrolytes: Physiologyand Pathophysiology.
McGraw-Hill, 1991.
7. Treatments
Medications
Supplemental HCO3 is indi ated r treatment hyperkalemia but is ntr versial r
treatment in reased ani n gap metab li a id sis
Administrati n large am unts HCO3 may have deleteri us e e ts, in luding
Hypernatremia
Hyper sm lality
V lume verl ad
W rsening intra ellular a id sis
In sali ylate int xi ati n, alkali therapy must be started (unless bl d pH is already
alkalinized by respirat ry alkal sis), be ause the in rement in pH nverts sali ylate t
m re impermeable sali yli a id and thus prevents entral nerv us system damage
T e am unt HCO3 def it an be al ulated as ll ws
Am unt HCO3 def it = 0.5 b dy weight (24 HCO3)
Hal
the al ulated def it sh uld be administered within the f rst 3 t 4 h urs t
av id ver rre ti n and v lume verl ad
In methan l int xi ati n, inhibiti n
al h l dehydr genase (the enzyme that
metab lizes methan l t
rmaldehyde) by mepiz le is the standard
are; th ugh
ethan l is a mpetitive substrate r al h l dehydr genase and an als be administered
reatment R A is mainly a hieved by administrati n alkali (either as bi arb nate
r itrate) t
rre t metab li abn rmalities and prevent nephr al in sis and hr ni
kidney disease
Large am unts alkali (1015 mEq/kg/d) may be required t treat pr ximal R A be ause
m st the alkali is ex reted int the urine, whi h exa erbates hyp kalemia
T us, a mixture s dium and p tassium salts is pre erred
T e additi n thiazides may redu e the am unt alkali required, but hyp kalemia may
devel p
C rre ti n type 1 distal R A requires
Less alkali (13 mEq/kg/d) than pr ximal R A
P tassium supplementati n as ne essary
F r the treatment type IV R A
Dietary p tassium restri ti n may be needed and p tassium-retaining drugs sh uld
be withdrawn
Fludr rtis ne may be e e tive in ases with hyp ald ster nism, but sh uld be used
with are, pre erably in mbinati n with l p diureti s
In s me ases, ral alkali supplementati n (13 mEq/kg/d) may be required
T erapeutic Procedures
reatment is aimed at the underlying dis rder, su h as insulin and v lume resus itati n
t rest re tissue per usi n
La tate will later be metab lized t pr du e HCO3 and in rease pH
8. Outcomes
Complications
In type IV R A, the hyperkalemia an be exa erbated by drugs, in luding
Angi tensin- nverting enzyme inhibit rs
Ald ster ne re ept r bl kers, su h as spir n la t ne
N nster idal anti-in ammat ry drugs
Prognosis
T e m rtality rate
Prevention
prevent la ti a id sis, av id met rmin use i there is tissue hyp xia r a ute kidney
injury
371
372
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
When to Admit
Be ause the high m rtality rate, all patients with la ti a id sis sh uld be admitted
Other patients with signif ant metab li a id sis are alm st always admitted, parti ularly
th se resulting r m diabeti ket a id sis, al h li ket a id sis, uremi a id sis, r
ethylene gly l, methan l, r sali ylate t xi ity
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Emmett M. A etamin phen t xi ity and 5- x pr line (pyr glutami a id): a tale tw y les, ne an
A P-depleting utile y le and the ther a use ul y le. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2014 Jan;9(1):191200.
[PMID: 24235282]
Kraut JA et al. Di erential diagn sis n ngap metab li a id sis: value a systemati appr a h. Clin J
Am Soc Nephrol. 2012 Apr;7(4):671679. [PMID: 22403272]
Kraut JA et al. he serum ani n gap in the evaluati n a id-base dis rders: what are its limitati ns and
an its e e tiveness be impr ved? Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2013 N v;8(11):20182024. [PMID:
23833313]
Ri e M et al. Appr a h t metab li a id sis in the emergen y department. Emerg Med Clin North Am.
2014 May;32(2):403420. [PMID: 24766940]
Vi h t AA et al. Use ani n gap in the evaluati n a patient with metab li a id sis. Am J Kidney
Dis. 2014 O t;64(4):653657. [PMID: 25132207]
373
Nephrotic Syndrome
54
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o nephrotic syndrome
Understand the most common lesions that cause nephrotic syndrome
Know the di erential diagnosis o nephrotic syndrome
Learn the treatments or nephrotic syndrome and which patients need renal biopsy
Know the complications associated with nephrotic syndrome
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o nephrotic syndrome?
What are the symptoms and signs o nephrotic syndrome?
What is the di erential diagnosis o nephrotic syndrome?
What are laboratory and procedural f ndings in nephrotic syndrome?
What are the treatments or nephrotic syndrome?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o nephrotic syndrome?
When should patients with nephrotic syndrome be re erred to a specialist or admitted to
the hospital?
374
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Anasarca; elevated serum creatinine; hypoalbuminemia; bland urine sediment; proteinuria > 3 g/d; renal biopsy showing MCD; resolution with corticosteroid therapy; associated
thrombosis rom hypercoagulability
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Bland urine sediment with ew i any cells or casts
Proteinuria > 3 g/d
Serum albumin < 3 g/dL
Edema
Hyperlipidemia is typical
Oval at bodies in the urine
General Considerations
One-third o patients will have a systemic disease such as diabetes mellitus (DM),
amyloidosis, or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)
Four most common lesions ( able 54-1)
MCD
MN
Focal glomerular glomerulosclerosis
MPGN
Typical Presentation
Association/Notes
Membranous
nephropathy(MN)
Anywhere in nephroticspectrum;
children with congenital disease have
nephroticsyndrome
Membranoproliferative
glomerulonephropathy
(MPGN)
Amyloidosis
Anywhere in nephroticspectrum
Diabeticnephropathy
High GFR(hyperfiltration)microalbuminuriafrankproteinuriadecline
in GFR
HIV-associated
nephropathy
ESRD, end-stage renal disease; GFR, glomerular filtration rate; HAART, highly active antiretroviral therapy;
NSAIDs, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs; PLA2R, phospholipase A2 receptor; SLE, systemic lupus
erythematosus; SPEP/UPEP: serum and urine protein electrophoresis.
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Heart ailure
Cirrhosis
Venous insu ciency
375
376
KIDNEY/ELECTROLYTE DISORDERS
Protein-losing enteropathy
Malnutrition
Hypothyroidism
7. Treatments
Medications
Loop and thiazide diuretics in combinationo en requiring large doses
ACE inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs) (except in the setting o AKI)
Combination ACE inhibitor and ARB therapy is not supported by the evidence
Antilipidemic agents; avoid combining gemf brozil with statins since the combination
increases risk or rhabdomyolysis, especially in patients with chronic kidney disease
(CKD)
Glucose and blood pressure control in diabetic nephropathy
Corticosteroids, cytotoxic agents as indicated or primary renal lesion
Patients with requent relapses may require cyclophosphamide or rituximab
Patients are hypercoagulable rom urinary loss o A , protein C, and protein S. reat all
patients with thrombosis with war arin or at least 3 to 6 months; recurrent thrombosis
requires li elong anticoagulation
T erapeutic Procedures
In those with subnephrotic proteinuria or mild nephrotic syndrome, dietary protein
restriction may be help ul in slowing progression o renal disease
In those with very heavy proteinuria (> 10 g/d), protein malnutrition may occur and daily
protein intake should replace daily urinary protein losses
Salt restriction helps edema
8. Outcomes
Complications
Increased in ections rom immunoglobulin loss
T rombosis rom associated hypercoagulability
CKD
Prognosis
Depends on underlying renal pathology
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Barbano B. hrombosis in nephrotic syndrome. Semin Thromb Hemost. 2013 Jul;39(5):469476.
[PMID: 23625754]
Cadnapaphornchai MA et al. he nephrotic syndrome: pathogenesis and treatment o edema ormation
and secondary complications. Pediatr Nephrol. 2014 Jul;29(7):11591167. [PMID: 23989393]
Gbadegesin RA et al. Genetic testing in nephrotic syndromechallenges and opportunities. Nat Rev
Nephrol. 2013 Mar;9(3):179184. [PMID: 23321566]
Glassock RJ. Attending rounds: an older patient with nephrotic syndrome. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2012
Apr;7(4):665670. [PMID: 22403277]
Glassock RJ et al. Nephrotic syndrome redux. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2015 Jan;30(1):1217. [PMID:
24723546]
Sharma SG et al. he modern spectrum o renal biopsy indings in patients with diabetes. Clin J Am Soc
Nephrol. 2013 Oct;8(10):17181724. [PMID: 23886566]
377
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
380
55
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o altered mental status (AMS)
and how to distinguish delirium, stupor, and coma
Understand the actors that predispose to the development o delirium
Know the di erential diagnosis o AMS
Learn the emergency treatment or acute AMS
Know how to treat delirium due to alcohol withdrawal and other medical causes
Understand how to prognosticate early in the course o coma
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o AMS?
What are the symptoms and signs o AMS?
What is the di erential diagnosis o AMS?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in AMS?
What are the treatments or AMS?
What is the outcome, including prognosis, o AMS?
When should patients with AMS be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Elderly woman with underlying dementia; ICU admission; con usion despite appropriate
treatment o underlying disease; opioid and anticholinergic use; disoriented with poor
attention; non ocal neurologic examination; agitation; waxing and waning course
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
AMS broadly re ers to a change in level o consciousness, sensorium, memory, and/or
attention and can include delirium or acute con usional state, psychosis, stupor, and coma
Delirium is an acute, uctuating disturbance o consciousness, associated with a change
in cognition or development o perceptual disturbances, is typically precipitated by a
systemic problem (eg, drugs, in ection, hypoxemia, or metabolic derangement) in the setting o underlying risk actors (causes are listed in able 55-1)
Delirium is def ned as (1) acute onset and uctuating course and (2) inattention and either
(3) disorganized thin king or (4) altered level o consciousness
Stuporous patients respond only to repeated vigorous stimuli
Comatose patients are unarousable and unresponsive
General Considerations
Delirium can coexist with dementia and should be considered a syndrome o acute brain
dys unction analogous to acute kidney injury
Delirium eatures can be quickly assessed using the 3D-CAM tool and the CAM-S tool is
use ul in assessing delirium severity
erminal delirium occurs commonly at the end o li e
May be related to multiple medical causes, including organ ailure
May be unrecognized
Coma is a major complication o serious CNS disorders and can result rom seizures,
hypothermia, metabolic disturbances, or structural lesions causing bilateral cerebral
hemispheric dys unction or a disturbance o the brainstem reticular activating system
A mass lesion involving one cerebral hemisphere may cause coma by compressing the
brainstem
Abrupt onset o coma suggests
Subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH)
Brainstem stroke
Intracerebral hemorrhage (ICH)
381
382
Possible Causes
Intoxication
Drug withdrawal
Long-termeffects of alcohol
WernickeKorsakoff syndrome
Infections
Septicemia; meningitis and encephalitis due to bacterial, viral, fungal, parasitic, or tuberculous
organisms or to central nervous systemsyphilis; acute and chronicinfections due to the entire
range of microbiologic pathogens
Endocrine disorders
Respiratorydisorders
Hypoxia, hypercapnia
Metabolicdisturbances
Nutritional deficiencies
Trauma
Cardiovascular disorders
Seizure disorders
Collagen-vascular and
immunologicdisorders
Autoimmun disorders, including systemic lupus erythematosus, Sjgren syndrome, and AIDS
Degenerative neurologicdiseases
Medications
A slower onset and progression o coma occur with other structural or mass lesions; a
metabolic cause is likely with a preceding intoxicated state or agitated delirium
Demographics
Alcohol or substance withdrawal is the most common cause o delirium in the general hospital
383
384
Atactic breathing (completely irregular pattern, with deep and shallow breaths occurring randomly): associated with lesions o the lower pons (pontine tegmentum) and
medulla
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Drugs
Opioids
Alcohol
Sedatives
Antipsychotics
Metabolic
Hypoxia
Hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia
Hypercalcemia
Hyponatremia or hypernatremia
Uremia
Hepatic encephalopathy
Hypothyroidism or hyperthyroidism
Vitamin B12 or thiamine def ciency
Carbon monoxide poisoning
Wilson disease
In ectious
Meningitis
Encephalitis
Bacteremia
Urinary tract in ections
Pneumonia
Neurosyphilis
Environmental
Hypothermia
Heat stroke
Psychiatric
Schizophrenia
Depression
ICU psychosis
Neurovascular
Stroke
SAH
Hypertensive encephalopathy
CNS vasculitis
T rombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
Disseminated intravascular coagulation
Hyperviscosity
Other neurologic disorders
Space-occupying lesion, eg, brain tumor, subdural hematoma, hydrocephalus
Seizure
Brain death
Persistent vegetative state
Locked-in syndrome
7. Treatments
Medications
T e aim o treatment is to identi y and correct the underlying causal medical problem
Discontinue nonessential drugs that may be contributing to the problem, such as
Analgesics
Corticosteroids
Cimetidine
Lidocaine
Anticholinergic drugs
CNS depressants
Me oquine
wo indications or medication in delirious states
Behavioral control (eg, pulling out lines)
Subjective distress (eg, pronounced ear due to hallucinations)
I these indications are present, antipsychotic agents (eg, haloperidol, 0.51 mg orally,
or quetiapine, 25 mg orally, at bedtime or twice daily) are the medication o choice
Caution should be used with antipsychotic medications, including checking the Q c
interval, eliminating other Q c prolonging medications, and correcting any electrolyte
abnormalities.
Benzodiazepines should be avoided except in the circumstance o alcohol or benzodiazepine
withdrawal
I there is a suggestion o alcohol or substance withdrawal, a benzodiazepine such as
lorazepam (12 mg every hour) can be given
I there is little likelihood o withdrawal syndrome, haloperidol may be used in doses o
1 to 10 mg every hour in delirium
Once the underlying condition has been identif ed and treated, adjunctive medications
can be tapered
385
386
Dextrose 50% (25 g), naloxone (0.41.2 mg), and thiamine (100 mg) are given intravenously without delay in patients with stupor or coma
T erapeutic Procedures
reatment depends on underlying cause
For delirium, a pleasant, com ortable, nonthreatening, and physically sa e environment
with adequate nursing or attendant services should be provided
Emergency measures or unstable patients or those with coma and stupor
Supportive therapy or respiration or blood pressure is initiated as needed
In hypothermia, all vital signs may be absent; all such patients should be rewarmed
be ore the prognosis is assessed
T e patient is positioned on one side with the neck partly extended, dentures removed,
and secretions cleared by suction
I necessary, the patency o the airway is maintained by an oropharyngeal airway
Decompressive craniectomy may reduce otherwise re ractory intracranial hypertension
in some cases o traumatic brain injury, but it does not improve neurologic outcome
Hypothermic therapy is controversial
8. Outcome
Prognosis
T e prognosis is good or recovery o mental unctioning in delirium when the underlying condition is reversible
In coma because o cerebral ischemia and hypoxia, the absence o pupillary light re exes
at the time o initial examination implies little chance o regaining independence
By contrast, preserved pupillary light responses, the development o spontaneous eye
movements (roving, conjugate, or better), and extensor, exor, or withdrawal responses to
pain at this early stage imply a relatively good prognosis
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Barr J et al. American College o Critical Care Medicine. Clinical practice guidelines or the management o pain, agitation, and delirium in adult patients in the intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2013
Jan;41(1):263306. [PMID: 23269131]
Carr DB et al. he older adult driver with cognitive impairment: Its a very rustrating li e. JAMA. 2010
April 28;303(16):16321641. [PMID: 20424254]
Gitlin LN et al. Nonpharmacologic management o behavioral symptoms in dementia. JAMA. 2012 Nov
21;308(19):20202029. [PMID: 23168825]
Lin JS et al. Screening or cognitive impairment in older adults: a systematic review or the U.S.
Preventive Services ask Force. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Nov 5;159(9):601612. [PMID: 24145578]
Nasreddine ZS et al. he Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brie screening tool or mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2005 April;53(4):695699. [PMID: 15817019]
Porsteinsson AP et al. E ect o citalopram on agitation in Alzheimer disease: the CitAD randomized
clinical trial. JAMA. 2014 Feb 19;311(7):682691. [PMID: 24549548]
Russ C et al. Cholinesterase inhibitors or mild cognitive impairment. Cochrane Database Syst Rev.
2012 Sep 12;9:CD009132. [PMID: 22972133]
orpy JM et al. JAMA patient page. Dementia. JAMA. 2009 Aug 12;302(6):704. [PMID: 19671914]
Widera E et al. Finances in the older patient with cognitive impairment: He didnt want me to take
over. JAMA. 2011 Feb 16;305(7):698706. [PMID: 21325186]
387
Dementia
56
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o dementia
Know the di erent types o dementia and how to distinguish them
Understand how to screen or dementia and how to conf rm the diagnosis
Know the di erential diagnosis o dementia
Learn the medical treatment or dementia and strategies or caregivers
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o dementia?
What are the symptoms and signs o dementia?
What is the di erential diagnosis o dementia?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in dementia?
What are the treatments or dementia?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o dementia?
When should patients with dementia be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
388
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Age > 65 years; worsening memory; wandering; loss o abilities in activities o daily living;
abnormal objective cognitive unction testing; normal metabolic workup; brain atrophy on
imaging studies without ocal lesion
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Progressive decline o intellectual unction
Loss o short-term memory and at least one other cognitive def cit
Def cit severe enough to cause impairment o unction
No delirium (absence o waxing and waning in level o consciousness) and no psychiatric
disease
General Considerations
Def ned as a progressive, acquired impairment in multiple cognitive domains, at least one
o which is memory
T e def cits must represent a decline in unction signif cant enough to inter ere with work
or social li e
Mild cognitive impairment describes a decline that has not resulted in a change in the
level o unction
Dementia requently coexists with depression and delirium
Patients have little cognitive reserve and can have acute cognitive or unctional decline
with a new medical illness
Demographics
Prevalence o AD in the United States doubles every 5 years in the older population,
reaching 30% to 50% at age 85
Women su er disproportionately, as patients (even a er age adjustment) and as caregivers
AD accounts or two-thirds o cases o dementia in the United States, with vascular
dementia (either alone or combined with AD) accounting or much o the rest
Risk actors
Older age
Family history
CHAPTER 56 DEMENTIA
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Depression (so-called pseudodementia)
Mild cognitive impairment
Delirium
Medication side e ects
Neurodegenerative disease
In ection or in ammatory disease
Neoplasm or a paraneoplastic condition
Endocrine or metabolic disease
Normal pressure hydrocephalus
389
390
Pathology
Clinical Features
Alzheimer disease
Vascular dementia
Dementia with
Lewybodies
Histologicallyindistinguishable from
Parkinson disease: -synucleincontaining Lewybodies occur in the
brainstem, midbrain, olfactorybulb,
and neocortex. Alzheimer pathology
maycoexist.
Frontotemporal
dementia (FTD)
CHAPTER 56 DEMENTIA
Serum creatinine
Serum glucose
Serum calcium
Serum total cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, LDL cholesterol, triglycerides
Serum tests or HIV antibody, syphilis (eg, uorescent treponemal antibody [F A]
test), liver tests,
Lyme serology, paraneoplastic autoimmune antibodies, ceruloplasmin, urine heavy
metal screen, CSF protein and cultures, and ApoE genotyping may be in ormative but
not considered routine
Imaging Studies
Magnetic resonance imaging is benef cial or
Younger patients
Persons who have, acute or subacute onset or ocal neurologic signs, seizures, or gait
abnormalities
Noncontrast C is su cient in older patients with more classic picture o AD
Positron-emission tomography (PE )
Labeled with uorodeoxyglucose (FDG)
May identi y particular brain structures that are hypometabolic and thus likely to
harbor pathology
May be use ul in discriminating between Alzheimer disease and rontotemporal
dementia
Labeled with ligand or -amyloid
Is highly sensitive to amyloid pathology
May help provide positive evidence or Alzheimer disease in a patient with cognitive
decline
However, a er age 60 or 70, amyloid plaques can accumulate in the absence o cognitive impairment; thus, the specif city o a positive amyloid scan diminishes with age
Labeling with ligands or tau, a pathogenic protein in Alzheimer disease, progressive
supranuclear palsy, and some orms o rontotemporal dementia, has entered clinical
trials and may help ref ne premortem diagnostic accuracy
Diagnostic Procedures
Evaluate or def cits related to cardiovascular accidents, parkinsonism, or peripheral
neuropathy
T e mini-coga combination o the clock draw test (in which the patient is asked to
sketch a clock ace, with all the numerals placed properly, the two clock hands positioned
at a specif ed time) and the three-item recall at 1 minuteis a airly quick and good
screen; an abnormally drawn clock markedly increases the probability o dementia
When patients ail either o these screening tests, urther testing with the Montreal
Cognitive Assessment (MoCA) questionnaire, neurocognitive testing, or other instruments (eg, the Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination questionnaire) is warranted
Examine or comorbid conditions that may aggravate the disability
7. Treatments
Medications
Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (eg, donepezil, galantamine, rivastigmine, memantine)
are f rst-line therapy or Alzheimer disease and dementia with Lewy bodies
Modest improvements in cognitive unction in mild to moderate dementia
May be modestly benef cial in improving neuropsychiatric symptoms
Do not appear to prevent progression o disability or institutionalization
Starting dosages
Donepezil, 5 mg orally daily (maximum 10 mg daily)
Galantamine, 4 mg orally twice daily (maximum 12 mg twice daily); a once-daily
extended-release ormulation is also available
391
392
Rivastigmine, 1.5 mg orally twice daily (maximum 6 mg twice daily) or 4.6, 9.5, or
13.3 mg/24 hours transdermally daily
Memantine, 5 mg orally daily (maximum 10 mg twice daily)
Increase doses gradually as tolerated
Side e ects include nausea, diarrhea, anorexia, weight loss, and syncope
Choose other medications based on symptomsdepression, anxiety, psychosis
ypical antipsychotic agents (eg, haloperidol)
May modestly reduce aggression, but not agitation
Signif cant adverse e ects including risk o sudden death
Atypical antipsychotic agents (eg, risperidone, olanzapine, quetiapine, aripiprazole, clozapine, ziprasidone)
Better tolerated than older agents
However, should be avoided in patients with vascular risk actors due to an increased
risk o weight gain, stroke, and sudden death
Associated with hyperglycemia in diabetic patients
Considerably more expensive than haloperidol
In several short-term trials and one long-term trial, both typical and atypical antipsychotics increased mortality compared with placebo when used to treat elderly demented
patients with behavioral disturbances
Food and Drug Administration has issued black box warning about the risk o Q c prolongation and torsades de pointes on electrocardiogram, and thus the potential or sudden
death, with both haloperidol and atypical antipsychotic agents in treatment o depressionrelated psychosis
Starting and target neuroleptic dosages are low (eg, haloperidol 0.52.0 mg; risperidone
0.252 mg)
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Generally sa e and well-tolerated in elderly, cognitively impaired patients
May be e cacious or the treatment o depression, anxiety, or agitation
Citalopram has been shown in a randomized placebo-controlled trial to improve
symptoms o agitation; doses greater than 40 mg daily carry a risk o dysrhythmia
rom Q interval prolongation; the maximum recommended dose is 20 mg daily in
patients > 60 years,
Paroxetine should be avoided because it has anticholinergic e ects
Bupropion or venla axine may also be tried
Insomnia is common
razodone (2550 mg orally at bedtime as needed) can be sa e and e ective
Avoid over-the-counter antihistamine hypnotics, along with benzodiazepines, because
o their tendency to worsen cognition and precipitate delirium
T erapeutic Procedures
Provide structure and routine
Discontinue all nonessential drugs and correct, i possible, any sensory (visual, hearing)
def cits
Exclude unrecognized delirium, pain, urinary obstruction, or ecal impaction
Caregivers should speak simply to the patient, break down activities into simple component tasks, and use a distract, not con ront approach
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Federal regulations require drug reduction e orts at least every 6 months i antipsychotic
agents are used in a nursing home patient
Drivers with dementia are at an increased risk or motor vehicle accidents; however, many
patients continue to drive sa ely well beyond the time o diagnosis
CHAPTER 56 DEMENTIA
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Donaghy PC et al. he clinical characteristics o dementia with Lewy bodies and a consideration o
prodromal diagnosis. Alzheimers Res Ther. 2014 Jul 21;6(4):46. [PMID: 25484925]
Galasko D. he diagnostic evaluation o a patient with dementia. Continuum (Minneap Minn). 2013
Apr;19(2):397410. [PMID: 23558485]
Paterson RW et al. Diagnosis and treatment o rapidly progressive dementias. Neurol Clin Pract. 2012
Sep;2(3):187200. [PMID: 23634367]
Pressman PS et al. Diagnosis and management o behavioral variant rontotemporal dementia.
Biol Psychiatry. 2014 Apr 1;75(7):574581. [PMID: 24315411]
Reitz C et al. Alzheimer disease: epidemiology, diagnostic criteria, risk actors and biomarkers. Biochem
Pharmacol. 2014 Apr 15;88(4):640651. [PMID: 24398425]
Schwarz S et al. Pharmacological treatment o dementia. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2012 Nov;25(6):
542550. [PMID: 22992546]
393
394
57
Depression
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o depression
Understand the di erent ways that depression can present
Know the di erential diagnosis o depression, including related diseases
Learn the treatments or depression, and options a er initial treatment ailure
Know how to prevent suicide in patients with depression
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o depression?
What are the symptoms and signs o depression?
What is the di erential diagnosis o depression?
What are laboratory f ndings in depression?
What are the treatments or depression?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prevention, and prognosis,
o depression?
When should patients with depression be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
CHAPTER 57 DEPRESSION
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Sleep disturbance with early awakening; anhedonia; decreased energy; guilt and hopelessness; suicidal ideation; symptoms causing unctional disturbance; normal examination and
laboratory results; not due to a substance use disorder
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
In most depressions
Mood varies rom mild sadness to intense guilt, worthlessness, and hopelessness
Di culty in thinking and concentration, with rumination and indecision
Loss o interest, with diminished involvement in activities
Somatic complaints
Disrupted, reduced, or excessive sleep
Loss o energy, appetite, and sex drive
Anxiety
In some severe depressions
Psychomotor disturbance: retardation or agitation
Delusions o a somatic or persecutory nature
Withdrawal rom activities
Suicidal ideation
General Considerations
Sadness and grie are normal responses to loss; depression is not
Unlike grie , depression is marked by a disturbance o sel -esteem, with a sense o guilt
and worthlessness
Dysthymia is a chronic depressive disturbance with symptoms generally milder than in a
major depressive episode
Demographics
Up to 30% o primary care patients have depressive symptoms
Under recognized among the elderly: major depressive disorder occurs in up to 5% o
community-dwelling older adults, while clinically signif cant depressive symptoms are
present in up to 16% o older adults.
395
396
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Bipolar disorder or cyclothymia
Adjustment disorder with depressed mood
Dysthymia
Premenstrual dysphoric disorder
Major depression with postpartum onset: usually 2 weeks to 6 months postpartum
Seasonal a ective disorder
Carbohydrate craving
Lethargy
Hyperphagia
Hypersomnia
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
ests to be completed to exclude medical causes o depression include
Complete blood cell count
Serum SH
Red blood cell olate
oxicology screen (when indicated)
7. Treatments
Medications
See able 57-1 and Figure 57-1
SSRIs, SNRIs, and atypical antidepressants
Generally lack anticholinergic or cardiovascular side e ects
Most are activating and should be given in the morning
Some patients may experience sedation with paroxetine, uvoxamine, and
mirtazapine
Clinical response varies rom 2 to 6 weeks
Common side e ects are headache, nausea, tinnitus, insomnia, nervousness
Sexual dys unction is very common and may respond to sildenaf l or related agents
Serotonin syndrome may occur when taken in conjunction with MAOIs or selegiline
With the exception o paroxetine, SSRIs should be tapered over weeks to months to
avoid a withdrawal syndrome
CHAPTER 57 DEPRESSION
Daily Maximum
Dose (mg)
Sedative
Effectsa
Anticholinergic Effectsa
Citalopram(Celexa)
20
40
<1
Escitalopram(Lexapro)
10
20
<1
540
80
<1
<1
Fluvoxamine (Luvox)
100300
300
<1
Nefazodone (Serzone)
300600
600
<1
Paroxetine (Paxil)
2030
50
Sertraline (Zoloft)
50150
200
<1
<1
40
40
<1
<1
Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq)
50
100
<1
Duloxetine (Cymbalta)
40
60
Levomilnacipran (Fetzima)
40
120
Milnacipran (Savella)
100
200
150225
225
<1
Amitriptyline (Elavil)
150250
300
Amoxapine (Asendin)
150200
400
Clomipramine (Anafranil)
100
250
Desipramine (Norpramin)
100250
300
Doxepin (Sinequan)
150200
300
Imipramine (Tofranil)
150200
300
Maprotiline (Ludiomil)
100200
300
100150
150
Protriptyline (Vivactil)
1540
60
Trimipramine (Surmontil)
75200
200
4560
90
...
...
6 (skin patch)
12
...
...
2030
50
...
...
300
400c
<1
<1
300d
450d
<1
<1
1545
45
100300
400
<1
10
20
<1
<1
Drug
SSRIs
Vilazodone (Viibryd)
SNRIs
Venlafaxine XR(Effexor)
Tricyclic and clinically similar compounds
Mirtazapine (Remeron)
Trazodone (Desyrel)
Vortioxetine (Brintellix)
397
398
Make diagnosis
Assess response
(week 6)a
Clearly better
Somewhat better
Continue treatment
(adjust dosage)
Augment or change
treatment
Continue treatment
for 6 more weeks
Monitor treatment
(every 12 weeks)
Assess response
(week 12)a
Clearly better
Not better
Complete
remission?
No
Relapse?
Yes
Medication continued
for 49 months
Consider maintenance
treatment
Refer or consult a
psychiatrist or other
mental health
professional
Change treatment
a Times of assessment
FIGURE 57-1. Overview of treatment for depression. (Reproduced from Agency for Health Care Policy and
Research. Depression in Primary Care. Vol. 2: Treatment of Major Depression. United States Department of
Health and Human Services, 1993.)
SNRIs block reuptake o norepinephrine in addition to serotonin and include duloxetine, venla axine, and desvenla axine
Atypical antidepressants include bupropion and mirtazapine
Fluoxetine, uvoxamine, sertraline, and venla axine appear to be sa e in pregnancy;
paroxetine carries a black box warning or possible teratogenicity
T eir use should be weighed against the risks o an untreated depression in the mother
ricyclic antidepressants
Mainstay o treatment be ore SSRIs
Start at low dose and increase by 25 mg weekly to avoid sedation and anticholinergic
side e ects
Overdose can be serious
CHAPTER 57 DEPRESSION
MAOIs
Commonly cause orthostatic hypotension and sympathomimetic e ects
T ird-line agents due to dietary restrictions and drugdrug interactions
However, with the availability o selegiline, which is a skin patch, dietary restrictions
are not necessary in the lowest dosage strength (6 mg/24 h)
Potential or withdrawal syndromes requires gradual tapering
Drug selection should be in uenced by any history o prior responses
I response is inadequate, can either switch to a second agent or augment the f rst agent
with lithium (600900 mg/d orally), buspirone (3060 mg/d orally), or liothyronine
(2550 g/d orally), according to the S AR*D study, or a second-generation antipsychotic
such as aripiprazole (515 mg/d) or olanzapine (515 mg/d).
Stimulants such as dextroamphetamine (530 mg/d) or methylphenidate (1045 mg/d) can
be used or short-term treatment o medically ill and geriatric patients or in re ractory cases
Ketamine in usion
Leads to rapid improvement in depressive symptoms
However, e ects o a single treatment are short lived
T erapeutic Procedures
Electroconvulsive therapy is the most e ective (70%85%) treatment or severe depression
Indications are contraindications to medications or depression re ractory to
medications
Most common side e ects are headache and memory disturbances, which are usually
short lived
Vagus nerve stimulation is approved or treatment o extremely re ractory depression,
though there is limited clinical experience
Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation is approved by the Food and Drug
Administration or individuals who have ailed one trial o an antidepressant and is being
evaluated or wider application
Deep brain stimulation (DBS) continues to be explored or the treatment o re ractory
depression but controlled studies have not shown success to date.
Psychological
Medication and psychotherapy together are more e ective than either modality alone
Psychotherapy is seldom possible in the acute phase o severe depression
Social
In depressions involving alcoholism, early involvement in recovery programs is
important to uture success
Family, employers, and riends can help mobilize a recently depressed patient
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Medication trials should be monitored every 1 to 2 weeks until 6 weeks, when the
e ectiveness o the medication can be assessed
I success ul, medications should be continued or 6 to 12 months be ore tapering is
considered
Medications should be continued indef nitely in patients with their f rst episode be ore
age 20, >2 episodes a er age 40, or a single episode a er age 50
apering o medications should occur gradually over several months
Complications
A li etime risk o 10% to 15% o suicide among patients with depression
Four major groups who attempt suicide
T ose who are overwhelmed by problems in living
T ose who are clearly attempting to control others
T ose with severe depressions
T ose with psychotic illness
399
400
Prevention
Patients at risk or suicide should receive medications in small amounts
Guns and drugs should be removed rom the patients house
High-risk patients should be asked not to drive
Prognosis
Patients requently respond well to a ull trial o drug treatment
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ansari A et al. he psychopharmacology algorithm project at the Harvard South Shore Program: an
update on bipolar depression. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2010;18(1):3655. [PMID: 20047460]
Banerjee S et al. Sertraline or mirtazapine or depression in dementia (H A-SADD): a randomised,
multicentre, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2011 Jul 30;378(9789):403411. [PMID:
21764118]
Battes LC et al. Beta blocker therapy is associated with reduced depressive symptoms 12 months post
percutaneous coronary intervention. J Affect Disord. 2012 Feb;136(3):751757. [PMID: 22032873]
Chad L et al. Update on antidepressant use during breast eeding. Can Fam Physician. 2013
Jun;59(6):633634. [PMID: 23766044]
Connolly KR et al. Emerging drugs or major depressive disorder. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2012
Mar;17(1):105126. [PMID: 22339643]
George MS et al. he expanding evidence base or r MS treatment o depression. Curr Opin Psychiatry.
2013 Jan;26(1):1318. [PMID: 23154644]
Gibbons RD et al. Suicidal thoughts and behavior with antidepressant treatment: reanalysis o the randomized placebo-controlled studies o luoxetine and venla axine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2012
Jun;69(6):580587. [PMID: 22309973]
Grady MM et al. Novel agents in development or the treatment o depression. CNS Spectr. 2013
Dec;18(suppl 1):3740. [PMID: 24252548]
Kok RM et al. Continuing treatment o depression in the elderly: a systematic review and meta-analysis
o double-blinded randomized controlled trials with antidepressants. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011
March;19(3):249255. [PMID: 21425505]
Kri S et al. Blood biomarkers o depression track clinical changes during cognitive-behavioral therapy.
J Affect Disord. 2014 Aug;164:118122. [PMID: 24856564]
Mojtabai R. Diagnosing depression in older adults in primary care. N Engl J Med. 2014 Mar
27;370(13):11801182. [PMID: 24670164]
Phillips ML et al. Bipolar disorder diagnosis: challenges and uture directions. Lancet. 2013 May
11;381(9878):16631671. [PMID: 23663952]
Prina AM et al. Association between depression and hospital outcomes among older men. CMAJ. 2013
Feb 5;185(2):117123. [PMID: 23228999]
Stewart DE. Clinical practice. Depression during pregnancy. N Engl J Med. 2011 Oct 27;365(17):
16051611. [PMID: 22029982]
aylor WD. Clinical practice. Depression in the elderly. N Engl J Med. 2014 Sep 25;371(13):12281236.
[PMID: 25251617]
401
Epilepsy
58
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o epilepsy
Understand how to identi y the underlying and potentially reversible causes o seizures
and epilepsy
Know the di erential diagnosis o epilepsy
Learn how to select a medication or the treatment o epilepsy
Know the public health and sa ety implications or physicians in the treatment o epilepsy
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o epilepsy?
What are the symptoms and signs o epilepsy?
What is the di erential diagnosis o epilepsy?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in epilepsy?
What are the treatments or epilepsy?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o epilepsy?
When should patients with epilepsy be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
402
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Witnessed seizure activity; postictal con usion; immediately a er the seizure, neurologic
examination abnormalities; otherwise unremarkable examination
Key Features
Without impairment of
consciousness
With impairment of
consciousness
Generalized seizures
Atypical absences
Myoclonic
Tonicclonic(grand mal)
Status epilepticus
CHAPTER 58 EPILEPSY
403
Drug
Minimum No.
of Daily
Doses
Time to
Steady State
Drug Levels
Optimal Drug
Level
200400 mg
510 d
1020 g/mL
Carbamazepine
extended-release
(ER) formulation
4001600 mg ER
34 d
48 g/mL
Valproic acid
15002000 mg
23
24 d
50100 g/mL
Phenobarbital
100200 mg
1421 d
1040 g/mL
Primidone
7501500 mg
47 d
515 g/mL
Lamotriginea,b,e
100500 mg
45 d
Topiramatead
200400 mg
4d
Oxcarbazepinea,c
9001800 mg
23 d
As for carbamazepine
Levetiracetama,b
10003000 mg
2d
Zonisamidea
200600 mg
14 d
Tiagabinea
3256 mg
2d
Pregabalina
150300 mg
24 d
Gabapentina
9003600 mg
1d
Felbamatea,c,f
12003600 mg
45 d
Lacosamidea
100400 mg
3d
Ezogabinea
3001200 mg
23 d
Ethosuximide
1001500 mg
510 d
40100 g/mL
Valproic acid
15002000 mg
24 d
50100 g/mL
See above
Clonazepam
0.040.2 mg/kg
2080 ng/mL
Valproic acid
15002000 mg
24 d
50100 g/mL
See above
Clonazepam
0.040.2 mg/kg
2080 ng/mL
See above
Absence Seizures
Myoclonic Seizures
404
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Recurrent seizures
Epilepsy should not be diagnosed on the basis o a solitary seizure
Characteristic electroencephalographic (EEG) changes may occur
Postictal con usion or ocal neurologic def cits may ollow and last hours
General Considerations
T e most likely cause relates to the age o onset
Genetic epilepsy onset ranges rom the neonatal period to adolescence or even later in li e
Metabolic disorders may cause seizures
rauma is an important cause o seizures
Seizures in the f rst week a er head injury do not imply that they will persist
Prophylactic anticonvulsant drugs have not been proven to reduce the incidence o
posttraumatic epilepsy
umors and other space-occupying lesions result in seizures that are o en ocal, and most
likely with rontal, parietal, or temporal lesions
Vascular disease is the leading cause in patients aged 60
Alzheimer disease (AD) and other neurodegenerative disorders can cause seizures in later
li e
CNS in ections (meningitis, encephalitis, or brain abscess) must be considered in all age
groups as potentially reversible causes o seizures
Causes o secondary seizures
CNS vasculitis, eg, systemic lupus erythematosus
Metabolic disorders, including withdrawal rom alcohol or other CNS depressant
drugs, hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, uremia, and hyponatremia
rauma
CNS in ection
Neurodegenerative disease, eg, AD
Febrile seizures in children younger than 5 years
Demographics
Epilepsy a ects approximately 0.5% o the US population
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Syncope
Cardiac arrhythmia
CHAPTER 58 EPILEPSY
7. Treatments
Medications
Anticonvulsant drug treatment is generally not required or
A single seizure unless urther attacks occur or investigations reveal some underlying
untreatable pathology
Alcohol withdrawal seizures, which are sel -limited
Patients with alcohol withdrawal seizures should be observed in hospital or at least
24 hours
Anticonvulsant drug dose is gradually increased until seizures are controlled or side
e ects occur
I seizures continue despite treatment at the maximal tolerated dose, a second drug is
added and the f rst drug is then gradually withdrawn
In most patients, control can be achieved with a single anticonvulsant drug
Discontinue the anticonvulsant only when the patient is seizure- ree or at least 2 years
405
406
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Dosing should not be based simply on serum levels because some patients require levels
that exceed the therapeutic range (toxic levels) but tolerate these without ill e ect
In general, the dose o an antiepileptic agent is increased depending on clinical response,
not serum drug level
T e trough drug level is then measured to provide a re erence point or the maximum
tolerated dose
Measure serum drug levels when another drug is added to the therapeutic regimen and to
assess compliance in poorly controlled patients
Certain antiepileptic drugs may be teratogenic; epileptic women o childbearing potential
require special care
Complications
Status epilepticus
Residual encephalopathy a er prolonged seizures or poor control o seizures
Prognosis
T e risk o seizure recurrence in di erent series varies between about 30% and 70%
Among well-chosen patients who undergo surgical resection, up to 70% remain seizureree a er extended ollow-up
CHAPTER 58 EPILEPSY
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Angus-Leppan H. First seizures in adults. BMJ. 2014 Apr 15;348:g2470. [PMID: 24736280]
Berg A et al. Revised terminology and concepts or organization o seizures and epilepsies: report
o the ILAE Commission on Classi ication and erminology, 20052009. Epilepsia. 2010 Apr;51(4):
676685. [PMID: 20196795]
Englot DJ et al. Rates and predictors o long-term seizure reedom a ter rontal lobe epilepsy surgery: a
systematic review and meta-analysis. J Neurosurg. 2012 May;116(5):10421048. [PMID: 22304450]
Fisher RS et al. Electrical brain stimulation or epilepsy. Nat Rev Neurol. 2014 May;10(5):261270.
[PMID: 24709892]
Glauser et al. Updated ILAE evidence review o antiepileptic drug e icacy and e ectiveness as initial
monotherapy or epileptic seizures and syndromes. Epilepsia. 2013 Mar;54(3):551563. [PMID:
23350722]
Mosh SL et al. Epilepsy: new advances. Lancet. 2015 Mar 7;385(9971):884-898. [PMID: 25260236]
Nowell M et al. Advances in epilepsy surgery. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2014 Nov;85(11):
12731279. [PMID: 24719180]
Prasad M et al. Anticonvulsant therapy or status epilepticus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Sep
10;9:CD003723. [PMID: 25207925]
407
408
59
Bacterial Meningitis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o bacterial meningitis, and the
di erences between the two most common causes o the disease in adults, pneumococcal
and meningococcal meningitis
Understand the actors that predispose to meningitis
Know the di erential diagnosis o meningitis
Learn about empiric antibiotic treatment or meningitis, depending on demographic
actors, and how to narrow therapy a er culture results return
Understand how to interpret results o CSF analysis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
demographics o meningitis?
What are the symptoms and signs o meningitis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o meningitis?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in meningitis?
What are the treatments or meningitis?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prevention, and prognosis
o meningitis?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young adult living in a crowded situation; headache, con usion, muscle aches; meningismus; ever and tachycardia; toxic appearance; petechial rash; CSF with elevated opening
pressure, pleocytosis, elevated protein, low glucose, and intracellular organisms consistent
with meningococcus on smear
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Fever, headache, vomiting, con usion, delirium, convulsions
Petechial rash o skin and mucous membranes
Neck and back sti ness (meningismus)
Purulent spinal uid with bacteria on Gram staineg, gram-negative intracellular
and extracellular diplococcic (Neisseria meningitidis) or gram-positive diplococci
(Streptococcus pneumoniae) or gram-positive rod (Listeria monocytogenes)
Culture o CSF, blood, or aspirates o petechial lesions conf rms the diagnosis
General Considerations
Bacterial meningitis is a central nervous system in ection that is a medical emergency
Immediate diagnostic steps must be instituted to establish the specif c cause
S pneumoniae (pneumococcus) is the most common cause o meningitis in adults and the
second most common cause o meningitis in children over the age o 6 years
N meningitidis (meningococcus) o groups A, B, C, Y, W-135, and others is transmitted
by droplets and may take the orm o meningococcemia (a ulminant orm o septicemia)
without meningitis, meningococcemia with meningitis, or predominantly meningitis
Chronic recurrent meningococcemia with ever, rash, and arthritis can occur, particularly
in those with terminal complement def ciencies
Demographics
College reshmenparticularly those living in dormitoriesand men who have sex with
men have been shown to have an increased risk o invasive meningococcal disease
409
410
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Meningitis due to other bacteria, eg, L monocytogenes, or to viruses, eg, echovirus causing
an aseptic meningitis
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
Encephalitis
Petechial rash due to
Gonococcemia
In ective endocarditis
T rombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
Rocky Mountain spotted ever
Viral exanthem
Rickettsial or echovirus in ection
Other bacterial in ections (eg, staphylococcal in ections, scarlet ever)
Neighborhood reaction causing abnormal CSF, such as
Brain abscess
Epidural abscess
Vertebral osteomyelitis
Mastoiditis
Sinusitis
Brain tumor
Dural sinus thrombosis
Nonin ectious meningeal irritation
Carcinomatous or lymphomatous meningitis
Sarcoidosis
Systemic lupus erythematosus
Drugs (eg, nonsteroidal anti-in ammatory drugs, trimethoprimsul amethoxazole)
Table 59-1. Typical cerebrospinal fluid findings in meningitis and entities in its differential
diagnosis.
Diagnosis
Cells/L
Glucose (mg/dL)
Protein (mg/dL)
Opening Pressure
Normal
05 lymphocytes
4585a
1545
70180 mmH2O
Purulent meningitis
(bacterial)b, communityacquired
20020,000
polymorphonuclear
neutrophils
Low(< 45)
Markedlyelevated
Granulomatous meningitis
(mycobacterial, fungal)c
1001000, mostly
lymphocytesc
Low(< 45)
Moderatelyelevated
Spirochetal meningitis
1001000, mostly
lymphocytesc
Normal
Moderatelyhigh
(> 50)
Normal to slightly
elevated
Asepticmeningitis, viral or
meningoencephalitisd
252000, mostly
lymphocytesc
Normal or low
Slightlyelevated
Neighborhood reactione
Variablyincreased
Normal
Normal or high
Variable
Cerebrospinal fluid glucose must be considered in relation to blood glucose level. Normally, cerebrospinal fluid
glucose is 2030 mg/dL lower than blood glucose, or 50% to 70% of the normal value of blood glucose.
b
Organisms in smear or culture of cerebrospinal fluid; counterimmunoelectrophoresis or latex agglutination
may be diagnostic.
c
Polymorphonuclear neutrophils may predominate early.
d
Viral isolation from cerebrospinal fluid early; antibody titer rise in paired specimens of serum; polymerase chain
reaction for herpesvirus.
e
May occur in mastoiditis, brain abscess, epidural abscess, sinusitis, septic thrombus, brain tumor. Cerebrospinal
fluid culture results usually negative.
7. Treatments
Medications
able 59-2 summarizes initial empiric antibiotics to be administered in cases o suspected
or conf rmed bacterial meningitis or the common causative organisms by patient age
able 59-3 provides examples o initial empiric antibiotics to be administered to acutely
ill, hospitalized adults with various types o suspected meningitis
411
412
Table 59-2. Initial antimicrobial therapy for purulent meningitis of unknown cause.
Population
Common Microorganisms
Standard Therapy
1850 y
Over 50 y
Impaired cellular
immunity
Postsurgical or
posttraumatic
Drugs of Choice
Meningitis, bacterial,
community-acquired
Pneumococcus,a meningococcus
Pneumococcus, meningococcus,
Listeria monocytogenes,c gramnegative bacilli
Meningitis, postoperative
(or posttraumatic)
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
I a patient with a penicillin-resistant organism has not responded to a third-generation
cephalosporin, repeat LP is indicated to assess the bacteriologic response
Complications
Obtundation or deterioration in mental status may result rom cerebral edema and
increased ICP
With meningococcal meningitis
DIC
Ischemic necrosis o digits, distal extremities
With pneumococcal meningitis
Hearing loss
Residual neurologic def cit
Prevention
For meningococcal meningitis, e ective polysaccharide vaccines or meningococcus
groups A, C, Y, and W-135 are available (see Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment
2016, able 30-7)
T e Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices recommends immunization with a
dose o MCV4 or preadolescents ages 1112 with a booster at age 16
For ease o program implementation, persons aged 21 years or younger should have documentation o receipt o a dose o MCV4 not more than 5 years be ore enrollment in college
I the primary dose was administered be ore the 16th birthday, a booster dose should be
administered be ore enrollment
Vaccine is also recommend as a two-dose primary series administered 2 months apart or
Persons aged 2 through 54 years with persistent complement def ciency
Persons with unctional or anatomic asplenia
Adolescents with HIV in ection
All other persons at increased risk or meningococcal disease (eg, military recruits, microbiologists, or travelers to an epidemic or highly endemic country) should receive a single
dose
Outbreaks in closed populations are best controlled by eliminating nasopharyngeal carriage o meningococci
Ri ampin is the drug o choice, in a dosage o 600 mg twice daily orally or 2 days
Cipro oxacin, 500 mg orally once or ce riaxone, 250 mg intramuscularly once is also
e ective in adults
For prevention o pneumococcal meningitis, pneumococcal vaccine is recommended (see
Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment 2016, able 30-7)
413
414
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Campsall PA et al. Severe meningococcal in ection: a review o epidemiology, diagnosis, and management. Crit Care Clin. 2013 Jul;29(3):393409. [PMID: 23830646]
Cohn AC et al. Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevention and control o meningococcal disease: recommendations o the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP).
MMWR Recomm Rep. 2013 Mar 22;62(RR-2):128. [PMID: 23515099]
Erdem H et al. Mortality indicators in pneumococcal meningitis: therapeutic implications. Int J In ect
Dis. 2014 Feb;19:1319. [PMID: 24211227]
Mandal S et al. Prolonged university outbreak o meningococcal disease associated with a serogroup B
strain rarely seen in the United States. Clin In ect Dis. 2013 Aug;57(3):344348. [PMID: 23595832]
McIntyre PB et al. E ect o vaccines on bacterial meningitis worldwide. Lancet. 2012 Nov
10;380(9854):17031711. [PMID: 23141619]
Simon MS et al. Invasive meningococcal disease in men who have sex with men. Ann Intern Med. 2013
Aug 20;159(4):300301. [PMID: 23778867]
van de Beek D et al. Advances in treatment o bacterial meningitis. Lancet. 2012 Nov 10;380(9854):
16931702. [PMID: 23141618]
Zheteyeva Y et al. Sa ety o meningococcal polysaccharide-protein conjugate vaccine in pregnancy: a
review o the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013 Jun;208(6):478.
e1e6. [PMID: 23453881]
415
Myasthenia Gravis
60
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o myasthenia gravis (MG),
including which muscle groups are most likely to be a ected
Understand the actors that predispose to developing MG, and diseases associated with it
Know the di erential diagnosis o MG
Understand the ability o laboratory and muscle testing to diagnose MG
Learn the treatments or MG including which patients should be re erred or thymectomy
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o MG?
What are the symptoms and signs o MG?
What is the di erential diagnosis o MG?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in MG?
What are the treatments or MG?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o MG?
When should patients with MG be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
416
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young woman with double vision (diplopia) and drooping o the eyelids (ptosis);
intermittent, but progressive symptoms; atigable voluntary muscle weakness and
improvement with rest; bilateral ptosis on examination, which worsens with repetitive eye
movements
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Fluctuating weakness o voluntary muscles, producing symptoms such as
Diplopia
Ptosis
Di culty in swallowing
Activity increases weakness o a ected muscles
Short-acting AChEIs transiently improve the weakness
General Considerations
MG occurs at all ages, but is most common in young women with HLA-DR3 and in older
men, sometimes in association with thymoma MG is also associated with
T yrotoxicosis
RA
SLE
Onset is usually insidious, but the disorder is sometimes unmasked by a coincidental
in ection
Exacerbations may occur be ore the menstrual period and during or shortly a er
pregnancy
Symptoms are due to blockage o neuromuscular transmission caused by autoantibodies
binding to AChR
T e external ocular muscles and certain other cranial muscles, including the masticatory,
acial, and pharyngeal muscles, are especially likely to be a ected
T e respiratory and limb muscles may also be involved
Demographics
Most common in young women with HLA-DR3
I thymoma is associated, older men are more commonly a ected
5. Di erential Diagnosis
LambertEaton myasthenic syndrome (usually paraneoplastic)
Botulism
Aminoglycoside-induced neuromuscular weakness
417
418
7. Treatments
Medications
Drugs, such as aminoglycosides, that may exacerbate MG should be avoided
AChEI drugs provide symptomatic benef t without in uencing the course o the disease
Neostigmine, pyridostigmine, or both can be used
Dose is determined on an individual basis
Usual dose o neostigmine, 7.5 to 30 mg our times daily orally (average, 15 mg)
Usual dose o pyridostigmine, 30 to 180 mg our times daily orally (average, 60 mg)
Overmedication may temporarily increase weakness
Corticosteroids
Indicated i there has been a poor response to AChEI drugs and the patient has had
thymectomy
Start while the patient is in the hospital, since weakness may initially be aggravated
Dose is determined on an individual basis
An initial high daily dose (eg, prednisone, 60100 mg orally) can gradually be tapered
to a relatively low maintenance level as improvement occurs; total withdrawal is, however, di cult
Azathioprine
May also be e ective
Usual dose, 2 to 3 mg/kg/d orally a er a lower initial dose
Mycophenolate mo etil or cyclosporine is typically reserved or more re ractory cases or
as a strategy to reduce the corticosteroid dose
Plasmapheresis or intravenous immunoglobulin therapy
May be help ul in patients with major disability
May also be use ul or managing acute crisis and or stabilizing patients be ore
thymectomy
Have similar e cacy
Surgery
T ymectomy
Usually leads to symptomatic benef t or remission
Should be considered in all patients younger than age 60, unless weakness is restricted
to the extraocular muscles
I the disease is o recent onset and only slowly progressive, operation is sometimes delayed
or a year or so, in the hope that spontaneous remission will occur
8. Outcomes
Complications
Aspiration pneumonia
Li e-threatening exacerbations o myasthenia (so-called myasthenic crisis) may lead to
respiratory muscle weakness requiring immediate admission to the intensive care unit
Prognosis
T e disorder ollows a slowly progressive course and may have a atal outcome owing to
respiratory complications such as aspiration pneumonia
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Diaz A et al. Is thymectomy in non-thymomatous myasthenia gravis o any bene it? Interact Cardiovasc
Thorac Surg. 2014 Mar;18(3):381389. [PMID: 24351507]
Sieb JP. Myasthenia gravis: an update or the clinician. Clin Exp Immunol. 2014 Mar;175(3):408418.
[PMID: 24117026]
419
420
61
Parkinson Disease
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o Parkinson disease (PD),
including the primary attributes o parkinsonian tremor and gait
Understand the secondary causes o PD
Know the di erential diagnosis or PD
Learn the medication classes, combination therapies, and surgical options used in the
treatment or PD
Know what the complications o treatment or PD are, and how to manage them
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o PD?
What are the symptoms and signs o PD?
What is the di erential diagnosis o PD?
What are procedural f ndings in PD?
What are the treatments or PD?
What is the outcome, including complications, o PD?
When should patients with PD be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Gait disturbance; di culty in changing directions; resting tremor without intention tremor;
shu ing gait; cogwheeling rigidity o the limbs on physical examination
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Motor disturbances including tremor, rigidity, bradykinesia, and progressive postural
instability
Depression and anxiety are common, as are anosmia, constipation, and sleep disturbances
Cognitive impairment is sometimes prominent
General Considerations
Risk actors
Age
Family history
Male sex
Ongoing herbicide/pesticide exposure
Signif cant prior head trauma
Dopamine depletion due to degeneration o the dopaminergic nigrostriatal system leads
to an imbalance o dopamine and acetylcholine
Exposure to toxins and certain medications can lead to parkinsonism
Manganese dust
Carbon disulf de
Severe carbon monoxide poisoning
1-Methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine (a recreational drug)
Neuroleptic drugs
Reserpine
Metoclopramide
Postencephalitic parkinsonism is becoming increasingly rare
Only rarely is hemiparkinsonism the presenting eature o a space-occupying lesion
421
422
Demographics
Common disorder that occurs in all ethnic groups, with an approximately equal sex
distribution
T e most common variety, idiopathic PD, begins most o en in people between ages 45
and 65 years
May rarely occur on a amilial basis
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Essential tremor
Depression
Wilson disease
Huntington disease
NPH
Multisystem atrophy (previously called ShyDrager syndrome)
PSP
Corticobasal ganglionic degeneration
JakobCreutz eldt disease
Other causes o parkinsonism, eg, drugs
Antipsychotic agents
Reserpine
Metoclopramide
6. Procedural Findings
Diagnostic Procedures
Primarily a clinical diagnosis
7. Treatments
Medications
Amantadine (100 mg twice daily orally)
May improve all o the clinical eatures o parkinsonism
Ameliorates dyskinesias resulting rom prolonged levodopa therapy
Sinemet
A combination o carbidopa and levodopa in a f xed ratio (1:10 or 1:4)
Start with small dose, eg, 1 tablet o Sinemet 25/100 (containing 25 mg o carbidopa
and 100 mg o levodopa) three times daily orally, and gradually increase depending on
the response
Sinemet carbidopalevodopa (CR)
A controlled-release ormulation (containing 25 or 50 mg o carbidopa and 100 or
200 mg o levodopa)
Sometimes help ul in reducing uctuations in clinical response and in reducing the
requency with which medication must be taken
Stalevo is a commercial preparation o levodopa combined with both carbidopa and
entacapone
Stalevo 50 (12.5 mg o carbidopa, 50 mg o levodopa, and 200 mg o entacapone)
Stalevo 100 (25 mg o carbidopa, 100 mg o levodopa, and 200 mg o entacapone)
Stalevo 150 (37.5 mg o carbidopa, 150 mg o levodopa, and 200 mg o entacapone)
Pramipexole and Ropinirole
Newer dopamine agonists that is not an ergot derivative
E ective in both early and advanced stages o Parkinson disease
O en started either be ore the introduction o levodopa or with a low dose o Sinemet
when dopaminergic therapy is f rst introduced
Pramipexole dosing:
Start with 0.125 mg, doubled a er 1 week, and again a er another week
Daily dose is then increased by 0.75 mg at weekly intervals depending on response
and tolerance
Most patients require between 0.5 and 1.5 mg three times daily orally
Ropinirole dosing:
Start with 0.25 mg three times daily orally
otal daily dose is increased at weekly intervals by 0.75 mg until the ourth week and
increased by 1.5 mg therea er
Most patients require between 2 and 8 mg three times daily orally
Rotigotine is a dopamine agonist absorbed transdermally rom a skin patch; it is started at
2 mg once daily and increasing weekly by 2 mg daily until achieving an optimal response,
up to a maximum o 8 mg daily
423
424
16 mg
Biperiden (Akineton)
212 mg
150400 mg
Procyclidine (Kemadrin)
7.530 mg
Trihexyphenidyl (Artane)
620 mg
Modified, with permission, from Aminoff MJ. Pharmacologic management of parkinsonism and other movement
disorders. In: Katzung BG, ed. Basic &Clinical Pharmacology. 11th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill; 2009.
Surgery
High- requency bilateral stimulation o the subthalamic nuclei or globus pallidus internus
may benef t all o the major eatures o the disease, and it has a lower morbidity than lesion
surgery
T erapeutic Procedures
Drug therapy may not be required early
Physical and speech therapy and simple aids to daily living may help
Rails or banisters placed strategically about the home
Special table cutlery with large handles
Nonslip rubber table mats
Devices to ampli y the voice
Gene therapy
Injections o adeno-associated viruses encoding various human genes have been made into
the subthalamic nucleus or putamen in various Phase I and Phase II trials o gene therapy
Results have been disappointing except that trans er o the gene or glutamic acid
decarboxylase into the subthalamic nucleus seems to improve motor unction
rials are continuing but the procedure appears to be sa e
8. Outcome
Complications
Levodopa-induced dyskinesias may take any orm
Chorea
Athetosis
Dystonia
remor
ics
Myoclonus
Later complications o the drug include response uctuations (the ono phenomenon)
Abrupt but transient uctuations in the severity o parkinsonism occur unpredictably
but requently during the day
T e o period o marked bradykinesia has been shown to relate in some instances to
alling plasma levels o levodopa
During the on phase, dyskinesias are o en conspicuous but mobility is increased
Because o this complication, levodopa therapy should be postponed and dopamine
agonists used instead, except in the elderly
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Athauda D et al. he ongoing pursuit o neuroprotective therapies in Parkinson disease. Nat Rev Neurol.
2015 Jan;11(1):2540. [PMID: 25447485]
Connolly BS et al. Pharmacological treatment o Parkinson disease: a review. JAMA. 2014 Apr
2330;311(16):16701683. [PMID: 24756517]
Kalia SK et al. Deep brain stimulation or Parkinsons disease and other movement disorders. Curr Opin
Neurol. 2013 Aug;26(4):3743480. [PMID: 23817213]
LeWitt PA et al. AAV2-GAD gene therapy or advanced Parkinsons disease: a double-blind, shamsurgery controlled, randomised trial. Lancet Neurol. 2011 Apr;10(4):309319. [PMID: 21419704]
Williams DR et al. Parkinsonian syndromes. Continuum (Minneap Minn). 2013 Oct;19(5):11891212.
[PMID: 24092286]
425
426
62
Stroke
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o ischemic, lacunar, and
hemorrhagic stroke syndromes
Understand the actors that predispose to stroke and how to prevent them
Know the di erential diagnosis o stroke
Learn the treatment or ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke
Know the indications and contraindications or tissue-type plasminogen activator use in
ischemic stroke
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
demographics o stroke?
What are the symptoms and signs o stroke?
What is the di erential diagnosis o stroke?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in stroke?
What are the treatments or stroke?
CHAPTER 62 STROKE
8. What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, prognosis and prevention, o stroke?
9. When should patients with stroke be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Elderly patient; acute onset aphasia, right-sided hemiplegia, and neglect; presentation within
4.5 hours o onset o symptoms; risk actors o atrial f brillation, hypertension, diabetes
mellitus, and previous IA; not on anticoagulant medication; no intracranial bleeding
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Ischemic stroke is a thrombotic or embolic occlusion o a major vessel leading to cerebral
in arction
Intracerebral hemorrhage is usually caused by hypertension and occurs suddenly, o en
during activity
With both o these types o stroke, the resulting def cit depends on the particular vessel
involved and the extent o any collateral circulation
Lacunar strokes are small lesions (usually < 5 mm in diameter) that occur in the distribution o short penetrating arteries in the basal ganglia, pons, cerebellum, internal capsule,
thalamus, or deep cerebral white matter (less common)
Risk actors or lacunar strokes include poorly controlled hypertension and diabetes mellitus
General Considerations
Strokes are traditionally subdivided into in arcts (thrombotic or embolic) and hemorrhages, but clinical distinction may not be possible
A previous stroke is a risk actor or a subsequent stroke
Demographics
Stroke is the third leading cause o death in the United States, despite a general decline in
its incidence in the last 30 years
427
428
Clinical Features
Diagnosis
Treatment
Lacunar infarct
Aspirin; long-termmanagement is to
control riskfactors (hypertension and
diabetes mellitus)
Vertebrobasilar occlusion
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
Intracranial aneurysm
AVMs
Ischemic Stroke
Hemorrhagic Stroke
AVMs, arteriovenous malformations; CTA, computed tomography angiography; MRA, magnetic resonance angiography.
Examine the heart or murmur or arrhythmia and the carotid and subclavian arteries or
bruits
In hemiplegia o pontine origin, the eyes o en deviate toward the paralyzed side
In a hemispheric lesion, the eyes commonly deviate away rom the hemiplegic side
Symptoms and signs depend on structures involved
CHAPTER 62 STROKE
429
430
Nystagmus
Ipsilateral limb ataxia
Contralateral spinothalamic sensory loss in the limbs
Massive cerebellar in arction may lead to coma, tonsillar herniation, and death
Hemorrhage (Hemorrhagic Stroke)
Hypertensive Intracerebral Hemorrhage
Spontaneous, nontraumatic intracerebral hemorrhage in patients with no angiographic
evidence o an associated vascular anomaly (eg, aneurysm or angioma) is usually due to
hypertension
Likely pathologic basis is microaneurysms that develop on per orating vessels 100 to
300 m in diameter in hypertensive patients
Occurs most requently in the basal ganglia and less commonly in the pons, thalamus,
cerebellum, and cerebral white matter
Extension into the ventricular system or subarachnoid space may cause signs o meningeal irritation
In the elderly, cerebral amyloid angiopathy is an important and requent cause o
hemorrhage
It is usually lobar in distribution and sometimes recurrent
It is associated with a better prognosis than hypertensive hemorrhage
Other Causes of Intracranial Hemorrhage
May occur with
Hematologic and bleeding disorders (eg, leukemia, thrombocytopenia, hemophilia, or
disseminated intravascular coagulation)
Anticoagulant therapy
Liver disease
High alcohol intake
Primary or secondary brain tumors
T ere is also an association with advancing age, and male sex
Bleeding rom an intracranial aneurysm or arteriovenous mal ormation is primarily into
the subarachnoid space, but it may also be partly intraparenchymal
In some cases, no specif c cause or cerebral hemorrhage can be identif ed
Hemorrhage into the Cerebral Hemisphere
Consciousness is initially lost or impaired in about 50% o patients
Vomiting is requent at the onset, and headache is sometimes present
Focal symptoms and signs ollow, depending on the site o the bleed
With hypertensive hemorrhage, there is generally a rapidly evolving neurologic def cit
with hemiplegia or hemiparesis
A hemisensory disturbance occurs with more deeply placed lesions
With lesions o the putamen, loss o conjugate lateral gaze may be present
With thalamic hemorrhage, there may be a loss o upward gaze, downward or skew deviation o the eyes, lateral gaze palsies, and pupillary inequalities
Cerebellar Hemorrhage
Sudden onset o nausea and vomiting, dysequilibrium, headache, and loss o consciousness that may be atal within 48 hours
Less commonly, the onset is gradual and episodic or slowly progressive, suggesting an
expanding cerebellar lesion
Onset and course can be intermediate
Lateral conjugate gaze palsies to the side o the lesion
Small reactive pupils
Contralateral hemiplegia; peripheral acial weakness
Ataxia o gait, limbs, or trunk
Periodic respiration
Some combination o these f ndings
CHAPTER 62 STROKE
Lacunar Strokes
T ere are several clinical syndromes
Contralateral pure motor or pure sensory def cit
Ipsilateral ataxia with crural paresis
Dysarthria with clumsiness o the hand
Def cits may progress over 24 to 36 hours be ore stabilizing
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Hypoglycemia
IA
Focal seizure ( odd paralysis)
Migraine
Peripheral causes o vertigo (Mnire disease)
Ischemic stroke
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
Subdural or epidural hemorrhage
431
432
hematoma
Sometimes show lacunar in arcts as small, punched-out, hypodense areas, but in other
patients no abnormality is seen
In some instances, patients with a clinical syndrome suggestive o lacunar in arction
are ound to have a severe hemispheric in arct on C scanning
Subsequent MRI with per usion-weighted sequences should be per ormed
o def ne the distribution and extent o in arction and to outline any additional areas
at risk
o exclude tumor, posterior ossa lesions, or other di erential considerations
C is superior to MRI or detecting intracranial hemorrhage o < 48 hours duration
Imaging o the cervical vasculature (carotid duplex ultrasonography, magnetic resonance
or C angiography, or conventional catheter angiography) is indicated as part o the
workup to identi y the source o the stroke, and may guide urther intervention in hemorrhage i it reveals an aneurysm or arteriovenous mal ormation
Diagnostic Procedures
elemetry and Holter monitoring i paroxysmal cardiac arrhythmia is suspected and
echocardiography (bubble contrast study) i valvular heart disease or patent oramen
ovale is suspected as a cause o embolic stroke
7. Treatments
Medications
Indications or antiplatelet therapy with aspirin, 325 mg orally daily, beginning immediately is indicated in patients not eligible or thrombolytic therapy and without C evidence
o intracranial hemorrhage
For ischemic stroke, anticoagulant therapy
Should be started without delay in the setting o atrial f brillation or other source o
cardioembolism i C scan shows no evidence o hemorrhage and the cerebrospinal
uid is clear
reatment is with war arin (target INR 2.03.0) or new (novel) oral anticoagulants
(rivaroxaban, apixaban, and dabigatran); bridging with heparin is not necessary, but
some advocate treatment with aspirin until the INR becomes therapeutic
Aspirin should not continue a er achieving therapeutic anticoagulation, because o an
increased risk o hemorrhage.
For ischemic stroke, IV thrombolytic therapy with recombinant tissue plasminogen
activator (rtPA)
0.9 mg/kg to a maximum o 90 mg, with 10% given as a bolus over 1 minute and the
remainder over 1 hour
E ective in reducing the neurologic def cit in selected patients who have no C evidence o intracranial hemorrhage when given as soon as possible, but not > 4.5 hours
a er the onset o symptoms
Contraindications to thrombolytic therapy
Recent hemorrhage (eg, CNS, GI tract, or elsewhere)
Increased risk o hemorrhage (eg, treatment with anticoagulants), arterial puncture at
a noncompressible site
Systolic blood pressure (BP) above 185 mm Hg or diastolic pressure above
110 mm Hg
Surgery
In cerebellar hemorrhage, prompt surgical evacuation o the hematoma is appropriate
Decompression is help ul when a superf cial hematoma in cerebral white matter is causing
mass e ect and herniation
Ventricular drainage may be required in patients with intraventricular hemorrhage and
acute hydrocephalus
CHAPTER 62 STROKE
T erapeutic Procedures
Early management consists o general supportive measures
Elevated intracranial pressure is managed by head elevation and osmotic agents such as
mannitol
Alternative therapies include
Endovascular intra-arterial rtPA administration
Mechanical removal o an embolus or clot rom an occluded cerebral artery
Decompressive hemicraniectomy
In patients with elevated systemic BP
Avoid antihypertensive therapy during acute phase (ie, within 2 weeks), since there is
loss o cerebral autoregulation
I systolic BP exceeds 220 mm Hg, it can be lowered to 170 to 200 mm Hg using
intravenous labetalol or nicardipine with continuous monitoring
A er 2 weeks, systolic BP can be reduced urther to < 140/90 mm Hg
Physical therapy with early mobilization and active rehabilitation are important
Occupational therapy may improve morale and motor skills
Speech therapy may be benef cial in patients with expressive dysphasia or dysarthria
In hemorrhage, the treatment o underlying structural lesions or bleeding disorders
depends on their nature
Hemostatic therapy with recombinant activated actor VII has not improved survival or
unctional outcome in hemorrhage
T ere is no specif c treatment or cerebral amyloid angiopathy
Control hypertension or diabetes mellitus and avoid tobacco use
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Early mobilization and active rehabilitation
Leg brace, toe spring, rame, or cane, as needed
Prognosis
T e prognosis or survival a er cerebral in arction is better than a er cerebral
(or subarachnoid) hemorrhage
Loss o consciousness a er a cerebral in arct implies a poorer prognosis than otherwise
T e extent o the in arct governs the potential or rehabilitation
Lacunar strokes generally have a good prognosis, with partial or complete resolution o en
occurring over 4 to 6 weeks
Surgery or cerebellar hemorrhage may lead to complete resolution o the clinical def cit
Untreated cerebellar hemorrhage can spontaneously deteriorate rom brainstem herniation with a atal outcome
Follow-up imaging during the hospitalization may reveal hematoma expansion, a
predictor o poor outcome
Prevention
Patients who have had an ischemic cerebral in arct are at risk or urther strokes and or
myocardial in arcts
Statin therapy to lower serum lipid levels may reduce this risk o ischemic stroke
Antiplatelet therapy with aspirin (325 mg once daily orally) in ischemic stroke
Reduces the recurrence rate by 30% among patients who have no cardiac cause or the
stroke and who are not candidates or carotid endarterectomy
Nevertheless, the cumulative risk o recurrence o noncardioembolic stroke is still 3%
to 7% annually
A 2-year comparison did not show benef t o war arin (INRs in range 1.42.8) over aspirin
(325 mg once daily orally) or ischemic stroke
433
434
Higher doses o war arin should be avoided because they lead to an increased incidence
o major bleeding
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bi i A et al. Statin treatment and unctional outcome a ter ischemic stroke: case-control and metaanalysis. Stroke. 2011 May;42(5):13141319. [PMID: 21415396]
Grise EM et al. Blood pressure control or acute ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke. Curr Opin Crit Care.
2012 Apr;18(2):132138. [PMID: 22322257]
Ho meijer J et al. HAMLE investigators. Surgical decompression or space-occupying cerebral in arction (the Hemicraniectomy A ter Middle Cerebral Artery in arction with Li e-threatening Edema
rial [HAMLE ]): a multicentre, open, randomised trial. Lancet Neurol. 2009 Apr;8(4):326333.
[PMID: 19269254]
Jauch EC et al. Guidelines or the early management o patients with acute ischemic stroke: a guideline
or healthcare pro essionals rom the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.
Stroke. 2013 Mar;44(3):870947. [PMID: 23370205]
Jin J. JAMA patient page. Warning signs o a stroke. JAMA. 2014 Apr 2330;311(16):1704. [PMID:
24756530]
Lansberg MG et al. E icacy and sa ety o tissue plasminogen activator 3 to 4.5 hours a ter acute ischemic stroke: a meta-analysis. Stroke. 2009 Jul;40(7):24382441. [PMID: 19478213]
Mackey J. Evaluation and management o stroke in young adults. Continuum (Minneap Minn). 2014
Apr;20(2):352369. [PMID: 24699486]
Micheli S et al. Lacunar versus non-lacunar syndromes. Front Neurol Neurosci. 2012;30:9498. [PMID:
22377873]
Silver B et al. Stroke: diagnosis and management o acute ischemic stroke. FP Essent. 2014 May;420:
1622. [PMID: 24818555]
435
Smoking Cessation
63
A 33-year-old man visits his primary care clinician for advice about how to
quit cigarette smoking. The patient started smoking a half pack per day
at age 16, but gradually increased over the next 6 years to 1 pack daily.
He had one previous quit attempt at age 30 when he rst got married,
but he resumed smoking within several days. He has never used nicotine
replacement or other medical therapies to help quit. Currently, he smokes
within hour of awakening and when forced to go without cigarettes for
more than a few hours (eg, on coast-to-coast airplane ights) he begins to
crave them, with restlessness and irritability. He says that smoking relaxes
him and he likes to smoke when he drinks co ee or alcohol and after
meals. Over the past year, he has had several respiratory infections, with
prolonged cough. He and his wife have recently had their rst child, and
his wife and their pediatrician have asked him to avoid smoking around
the infant inside the home or car, and to try to quit for good.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o nicotine withdrawal
Understand the health hazards associated with cigarette smoking
Learn the pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatments or smoking cessation
Know how to properly counsel and encourage patients to stop smoking
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
o smoking cessation?
What are the symptoms and signs o smoking cessation?
What is the di erential diagnosis o smoking cessation?
What are procedural f ndings in smoking cessation?
What are the treatments or smoking cessation?
436
8. What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, prevention, complications, and prognosis,
o smoking cessation?
9. When should patients with smoking cessation be re erred to a specialist?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
At least 15-pack-year smoking history; previous quit attempt; has never used adjuvant
therapies; addiction and withdrawal symptoms; relaxation unction o cigarettes may
require alternative relaxation strategy; adverse e ects o smoking that have happened to the
patient can be used as motivators
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Inquire about
obacco use, dependence, previous quit attempts and withdrawal symptoms
Willingness to quit
History o use o nicotine replacement and other medications
General Considerations
Most important cause o preventable morbidity and mortality; responsible or one in our
deaths in the United States
6.3 million premature deaths worldwide attributed to smoking in 2010 alone
Leading causes o death: cardiovascular disease (including acute myocardial in arction
and stroke), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and lung cancer
Also increases risk o cancers o head and neck, esophagus, colon, prostate, pancreas,
kidney, bladder, breast, and cervix; leukemia; peptic ulcers; ractures o the hip, wrist,
and vertebrae; cataracts and age-related macular degeneration; invasive pneumococcal
disease; and Alzheimer disease
Smokers die 5 to 8 years earlier than never smokers
Nicotine is highly addictive
Environmental exposure to tobacco (eg, second-hand smoke exposure o nonsmokers)
is being increasingly recognized to have similar adverse e ects on the cardiovascular and
pulmonary systems, as well as increasing risk o cervical and perhaps breast cancers,
Smoking cessation reduces the risks o death and disease and increases li e expectancy,
even when patients quit smoking late in li e
obacco use is undertreated; 70% o smokers see a physician each year and only 20%
receive advice or assistance about quitting
Almost 40% o smokers attempt to quit each year, but only 4% are success ul; patients
whose clinicians advise them to quit are 1.6 times more likely to attempt quitting
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Depression
Anxiety disorder
Other psychiatric illness
Other or coexisting substance abuse disorder
6. Procedural Findings
Diagnostic Procedures
Clinicians assessment o willingness to quit and stage o change is important
Five stages o change have been postulated
Precontemplation is when smokers no intention to change smoking behavior in the
oreseeable uture
Contemplation is the stage when smokers are aware smoking is a problem and are
seriously thinking about quitting but have not yet made a commitment to take action
Preparation is the stage when smokers are intending to take action to quit in the next
month and have unsuccess ully tried to quit in the past year
Action is the stage when smokers modi y their behavior, experiences, or environment in order to overcome their smoking problem
Maintenance is the stage when those who have success ully quit work to prevent
relapse
Have a system to identi y which patients are smokers so that they can be targeted or
intervention
7. Treatments
Medications
Several e ective interventions are available to promote smoking cessation, including
counseling, pharmacotherapy, and combinations o the two
All patients trying to quit who do not have contraindications should be o ered
pharmacotherapy
Nicotine replacement with patch, gum, lozenges (over the counter), and nasal spray or
inhalers (prescription) is e ective
Bupropion sustained-release 150 to 300 mg/d orally boosts dopamine and norepinephrine levels and is an e ective agent or cessation; a seizure disorder is a contraindication
Varenicline, a nicotinic acetylcholine-receptor agonist, has been shown to improve cessation rates; dose is 0.5 mg/d orally or 3 days, then 0.5 mg orally twice daily or 4 days, then
1 mg orally twice daily or 11 weeks. Neuropsychiatric symptoms, including increased
thoughts o suicidality, have led to a Black Box warning; its use requires care ul monitoring
437
438
Table 63-1. Actions and strategies for the primary care clinician to help patients quit smoking.
Action
Advice should be
Clear: I thinkit is important for you to quit smoking now, and I will help you. Cutting down while you are ill is not enough
Strong: As your clinician, I need you to knowthat quitting smoking is the most important thing you can do to protect your current and
future health
Personalized: Tie smoking to current health or illness and/or the social and economic costs of tobacco use, motivational level/readiness to
quit, and the impact of smoking on children and others in the household
Encourage clinic staff to reinforce the cessation message and support the patients quit attempt
If the patient is willing to make a quit attempt at this time, provide assistance (see Step 3)
If the patient prefers a more intensive treatment or the clinician believes more intensive treatment is appropriate, refer the patient to
interventions administered bya smoking cessation specialist and followup with himor her regarding quitting (see Step 5)
If the patient clearlystates he or she is not willing to make a quit attempt at this time, provide a motivational intervention
Set a quit date Ideally, the quit date should be within 2 wk, taking patient preference into account
Help the patient prepare for quitting The patient must:
Inform family, friends, and coworkers of quitting and request understanding and support
Prepare the environment byremoving cigarettes fromit. Prior to quitting, the patient should avoid smoking in places where he or she
spends a lot of time (eg, home, car)
Review previous quit attempts: What helped?What led to relapse?
Anticipate challenges to the planned quit attempt, particularlyduring the critical first fewweeks
Encourage the use of the nicotine patch or nicotine gumtherapyfor smoking cessation
Abstinence: Total abstinence is essential. Not even a single puff after the quit date
Alcohol: Drinking alcohol is highlyassociated with relapse. Those who stop smoking should reviewtheir alcoholismand consider limiting
or abstaining fromalcohol during the quit process
Other smokers in the household: The presence of other smokers in the household, particularlya spouse, is associated with lower success
rates. Patients should consider quitting with their significant others and/or developing specificplans to maintain abstinence in a
household where others still smoke
D. Provide supplementarymaterials
Source: Federal agencies, including the National Cancer Institute and the Agencyfor Health Care Policyand Research; nonprofit agencies
(American Cancer Society, American Lung Association, American Heart Association); or local or state health departments
Selection concerns: The material must be culturally, racially, educationally, and age appropriate for the patient
Location: Readilyavailable in everyclinic office
Timing: Follow-up contact should occur soon after the quit date, preferablyduring the first week. Asecond follow-up contact is
recommended within the first month. Schedule further follow-up contacts as indicated
Actions during follow-up: Congratulate success. If smoking occurred, reviewthe circumstances and elicit recommitment to total
abstinence. Remind the patient that a lapse can be used as a learning experience and is not a sign of failure. Identifythe problems already
encountered and anticipate challenges in the immediate future. Assess nicotine replacement therapyuse and problems. Consider referral
to a more intense or specialized program
Repeated assessment is not necessary in the case of adult who has never smoked or not smoked for many years and for whom the information is
clearly documented in the medical record.
Adapted, with permission, from: The Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Smoking Cessation Clinical Practice Guideline. JAMA.
1996;275(16):12701280. Copyright 1996 American Medical Association. All rights reserved.
T erapeutic Procedures
able 63-1 summarizes ways in which physicians can help their patients quit smoking
able 63-2 summarizes common elements o supportive smoking treatments
Advice to quit and pharmacotherapy should be tailored to patients stage o readiness to change
Examples
Askabout
Reasons that the patient wants to quit
Difficulties encountered while quitting
Success the patient has achieved
Concerns or worries about quitting
Adapted, with permission, from The Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Smoking Cessation Clinical
Practice Guideline. JAMA. 1996;275(16):12701280. Copyright 1996 American Medical Association. All rights
reserved.
An intercurrent illness such as acute bronchitis or acute myocardial in arction may motivate even the most addicted smoker to quit
Do not show disapproval o patients who have ailed cessation or are not ready to attempt
quitting
Individualized or group counseling is cost-e ective
Cessation counseling by telephone (quitlines) or text messaging are also e ective
Recommending that any smoking take place out o doors to limit the e ects o passive
smoke on housemates and coworkers can lead to smoking reduction and cessation
e-cigarettes have become popular; some serve as a nicotine-delivery device, others deliver
water vapor. T eir e cacy in smoking cessation is disputed, and some users may f nd
them addictive
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Scheduling ollow-up with patients attempting to quit is important or their success ul
cessation
Prevention
Public policies, including higher cigarette taxes and more restrictive public smoking laws,
have also been shown to encourage cessation, as have f nancial incentives directed to
patients.
Complications
Weight gain occurs in most (80%) o patients who quit smoking; 10% to 15% o those
patients have major weight gain over 13 kg
Planning or the possibility o weight gain, and means o mitigating it, may help with
maintenance o cessation
Prognosis
Rules against smoking in the home, older age, and higher education are actors associated
with success ul cessation
9. When to Refer
All patients who would like help with smoking cessation should be re erred to a quit line
or support
439
440
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Cahill K et al. Pharmacological interventions or smoking cessation: an overview and network metaanalysis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013 May 31;5:CD009329. [PMID: 23728690]
Carson KV et al. raining health pro essionals in smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012
May 16;5:CD000214. [PMID: 22592671]
Free C et al. Smoking cessation support delivered via mobile phone text messaging (txt2stop): a singleblind, randomised trial. Lancet. 2011 Jul 2;378(9785):4955. [PMID: 21722952]
Hol ord R et al. obacco control and the reduction in smoking-related premature deaths in the United
States, 19642012. JAMA. 2014 Jan 8;311(2):164171. [PMID: 24399555]
Jamal A et al. Current cigarette smoking among adultsUnited States, 20052013. MMWR Morb
Mortal Wkly Rep. 2014 Nov 28;63(47):11081112. [PMID: 25426653]
Lim SS et al. A comparative risk assessment o burden o disease and injury attributable to 67 risk
actors and risk actor clusters in 21 regions, 19902010: a systematic analysis or the Global Burden
o Disease Study 2010. Lancet. 2012 Dec 15;380(9859):22242260. [PMID: 23245609]
Lindson-Hawley N et al. Reduction versus abrupt cessation in smokers who want to quit. Cochrane
Database Syst Rev. 2012 Nov 14;11:CD008033. [PMID: 23152252]
National Center or Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (US) O ice on Smoking and
Health. he Health Consequences o Smoking50 Years o Progress: A Report o the Surgeon
General. Atlanta (GA): Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (US); 2014. [PMID: 24455788]
Oza S et al. How many deaths are attributable to smoking in the United States? Comparison o methods
or estimating smoking-attributable mortality when smoking prevalence changes. Prev Med. 2011
Jun;52(6):428433. [PMID: 21530575]
Pierce JP et al. What public health strategies are needed to reduce smoking initiation? Tob Control. 2012
Mar;21(2): 258264. [PMID: 22345263]
Rigotti NA et al. Interventions or smoking cessation in hospitalised patients. Cochrane Database Syst
Rev. 2012 May 16;5:CD001837. [PMID: 22592676]
Rigotti NA et al. Sustained care intervention and postdischarge smoking cessation among hospitalized
adults: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2014 Aug 20;312(7):719728. [PMID: 25138333]
Stead LF et al. Combined pharmacotherapy and behavioural interventions or smoking cessation.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012 Oct 17;10:CD008286. [PMID: 23076944]
Sugerman D . JAMA patient page. e-Cigarettes. JAMA. 2014 Jan 8;311(2):212. [PMID: 24399571]
ahiri M et al. Alternative smoking cessation aids: a meta-analysis o randomized controlled trials.
Am J Med. 2012 Jun;125(6):576584. [PMID: 22502956]
Whittaker R et al. Mobile phone-based interventions or smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst
Rev. 2012 Nov 14;11:CD006611. [PMID: 23152238]
441
Substance Abuse
64
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o acute intoxication and withdrawal rom substances o abuse
Understand how to e ectively screen or substance abuse disorders
Know the di erential diagnosis o substance abuse and the common comorbid conditions
Learn the treatments or substance abuse in the acute intoxication, withdrawal, and
maintenance phases o addiction
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
o such substance abuse?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o substance abuse?
5. What is the di erential diagnosis o substance abuse?
6. What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in substance abuse?
442
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Di cult social situation (unemployment); heavy alcoholism with abstinence or 48 to
72 hours; tremulousness; visual hallucinations; vital sign abnormalities; diaphoresis; anxiety; con usion; hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia.
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Psychological dependence: craving and behavior involved in procurement o the drug
Physiologic dependence: withdrawal symptoms on discontinuance o the drug
olerance: the need to increase the dose to obtained the desired e ects
Addiction: impairment in social and occupational unctioning
Associated illnesses such as alcoholic liver disease, cerebellar degeneration
General Considerations
Alcohol and opioids are the most commonly abused substances
ogether, these are major public health problems
In the United States, 51% o adults are current regular drinkers (at least 12 drinks in the
past year)
Maximum recommended alcohol consumption or adult women is 3 drinks per day
(and 7 total per week), and or adult men is 4 drinks per day (and 14 total per week)
T e spectrum o alcohol misuse includes
Risky drinking, alcohol consumption above the recommended daily, weekly, or per
occasion amounts
Harm ul use, a pattern causing damage to health
Alcohol abuse, a pattern leading to clinically signif cant impairment or distress
Alcohol dependence, which includes three or more o the ollowing: tolerance, withdrawal,
increased consumption, desire to cut down use, giving up social activities, increased time
using alcohol or recovering rom use, continued use despite known adverse e ects.
Alcohol dependence and illegal drug abuse o en coexist with other substance abuse
disorders and psychiatric disorders
Underdiagnosis and undertreatment o substance abuse are substantial, both because o
patient denial and clinician lack o detection o clues
At-risk drinking is repetitive use o alcohol, o en to alleviate emotional problems; alcohol
addiction is characterized by recurrent use despite di culties in social, occupational, or
legal arenas
Clinician identif cation o abuse improves chances o recovery but only a quarter o alcohol-dependent patients have ever been treated
Li etime prevalence o illegal drug use is approximately 8% and is generally greater among
men, young and unmarried individuals, Native Americans, and those o lower socioeconomic status
T e li etime treatment rate or drug abuse is low (8%). Recognition o drug abuse presents
special problems and requires that the clinician actively consider the diagnosis
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Coexisting diseases with alcoholism
Anxiety disorders
Depression or bipolar disorder
Posttraumatic stress disorder
Personality disorders
Alcohol withdrawal di erential diagnosis
Paranoid schizophrenia
Hypoglycemia
Delirium or chronic brain disorder, eg, dementia
Acute intoxication with another substance, eg, an amphetamine
Coexisting diseases with illicit drug use
Personality disorders
Anxiety disorders
Posttraumatic stress disorder
Other illicit substance use disorders
Associations o use o anabolic-androgenic steroids
Use o other illicit drugs, alcohol, and cigarettes
Violence and criminal behavior.
443
444
Table 64-1. Screening for alcohol abuse using the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Text
(AUDIT).a
(Scores for response categories are given in parentheses. Scores range from0 to 40, with a cutoff score of 5 indicating hazardous drinking,
harmful drinking, or alcohol dependence.)
1. Howoften do you have a drinkcontaining alcohol?
(0) Never
(2) Two to four times a (3) Two or three times (4) Four or more times
month
a week
a week
2. Howmanydrinks containing alcohol do you have on a typical daywhen you are drinking?
(0) 1 or 2
(1) 3 or 4
(2) 5 or 6
(3) 7 to 9
(4) 10 or more
(3) Weekly
(2) Monthly
4. Howoften during the past year have you found that you were not able to stop drinking once you had started?
(0) Never
(2) Monthly
(3) Weekly
5. Howoften during the past year have you failed to do what was normallyexpected of you because of drinking?
(0) Never
(2) Monthly
(3) Weekly
6. Howoften during the past year have you needed a first drinkin the morning to get yourself going after a heavydrinking session?
(0) Never
(2) Monthly
(3) Weekly
7. Howoften during the past year have you had a feeling of guilt or remorse after drinking?
(0) Never
(2) Monthly
(3) Weekly
8. Howoften during the past year have you been unable to remember what happened the night before because you had been drinking?
(0) Never
(2) Monthly
(3) Weekly
9. Have you or has someone else been injured as a result of your drinking?
(0) No
10. Has a relative or friend or a doctor or other health worker been concerned about your drinking or suggested you cut down?
(0) No
a
Adapted, with permission, from BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. and Piccinelli M et al. Efficacy of the alcohol use
disorders identification test as a screening tool for hazardous alcohol intake and related disorders in primary
care: a validity study. BMJ. 1997 Feb 8;314 (7078):420424.
7. Treatments
Medications
In acute alcohol detoxif cation, long-acting BZDs such as diazepam, lorazepam, or chlordiazepoxide are pre erred and can be given on a a f xed schedule or through rontloading or symptom-triggered regimens
Adjuvant sympatholytic medications can be used to treat hyperadrenergic symptoms that
persist despite adequate sedation
Alcohol dependence can be treated with
Disulf ram, an aversive agent that causes severe side e ects in patients that consume
alcohol; di culty with compliance makes e ective treatment di cult
Naltrexone reduces cravings, can lower the risk o treatment withdrawal in alcoholdependent patients, and decreases alcoholism relapse; a long-acting intramuscular
ormulation o naltrexone is well-tolerated and reduces drinking signif cantly among
treatment-seeking alcoholics
Acamprosate has not been shown to be e ective
opiramate is not Food and Drug Administration-approved or alcohol dependence,
but may be more e ective even than naltrexone in decreasing alcohol intake and
cravings
Multivitamins, thiamine, and vitamin B12 should be supplemented
Methadone therapy or opioid dependence given orally at a dosage o 40 to 120 mg daily
reduces relapses
Buprenorphine, a partial opiate agonist, can ameliorate the symptoms and signs o withdrawal rom opioids with a lower risk o overdose than methadone and may assist in
enabling patients in coming o methadone maintenance
Naloxone intravenously can quickly reverse the e ects o opioid overdosage, but has a
short duration o action and may require observation and readministration
T erapeutic Procedures
Use o screening procedures such as the AUDI questionnaire or single-question screening test employed along with brie intervention methods can produce a 10 to 30% reduction in long-term alcohol use and alcohol-related problems
Brie advice and counseling without regular ollow-up and rein orcement cannot sustain
signif cant long-term reductions in unhealthy drinking behaviors
able 64-2 outlines basic steps clinicians can use in counseling their alcoholic patients
Table 64-2. Basic counseling steps for patients who abuse alcohol.
Establish a therapeuticrelationship
Make the medical office or clinicoff-limits for substance abuse
Present information about negative health consequences
Emphasize personal responsibilityand self-efficacy
Conveya clear message and set goals
Involve familyand other supports
Establish a working relationship with communitytreatment resources
Provide follow-up
Reproduced from the United States Department of Health &Human Services, U.S. Public Health Service. Office
of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. Clinicians Handbook of Preventive Services: Put Prevention Into
Practice. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1994.
445
446
Cognitive behavior therapy, contingency management, couples and amily therapy and
other behavioral treatments are e ective interventions or drug addiction
8. Outcome
Complications
Signif cant social and legal impairments
Chronic alcoholic brain syndromes such as WernickeKorsako syndrome or general
organic brain injury
Alcoholic hallucinosis
Peripheral neuropathy
Cirrhosis, esophageal varices, and hepatic ailure
Fetal alcohol syndrome
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Flrez G et al. opiramate or the treatment o alcohol dependence: comparison with naltrexone. Eur
Addict Res. 2011;17(1):2936. [PMID: 20975274]
Garcia AM. State laws regulating prescribing o controlled substances: balancing the public health problems o chronic pain and prescription painkiller abuse and overdose. J Law Med Ethics. 2013
Mar;41(Suppl 1):4245. [PMID: 23590739]
Kahan M et al. Buprenorphine: new treatment o opioid addiction in primary care. Can Fam Physician.
2011 Mar;57(3):281289. [PMID: 21402963]
Manubay JM et al. Prescription drug abuse: epidemiology, regulatory issues, chronic pain management
with narcotic analgesics. Prim Care. 2011 Mar;38(1):7190. [PMID: 21356422]
Moyer VA; Preventive Services ask Force. Screening and behavioral counseling interventions in primary care to reduce alcohol misuse: U.S. Preventive Services ask Force recommendation statement.
Ann Intern Med. 2013 Aug 6;159(3):210218. [PMID: 23698791]
National Institute on Drug Abuse. DrugFacts: Prescription and over-the-counter medicationsRevised
November 2014. http://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drug acts/prescription-over-countermedications
Schiller JS et al. Summary health statistics or U.S. adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2010, able
27. Vital Health Stat 10. 2012 Jan;(252):9496. [PMID: 22834228]
Smith PC et al. Primary care validation o a single-question alcohol screening test. J Gen Intern Med.
2009 July;24(7):783788. [PMID: 19247718]
Soyka M et al. Emerging drugs to treat alcoholism. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2010 Dec;15(4):695711.
[PMID: 20560783]
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
448
65
Adrenocortical
Insufficiency
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Le rn the clinic l
ni est tions nd objective indings o chronic nd cute
drenocortic l insu iciency
Underst nd the ctors nd illnesses th t predispose to drenocortic l insuf ciency
Know the di erenti l di gnosis o drenocortic l insuf ciency
Le rn the tre t ents or chronic nd cute drenocortic l insuf ciency nd how they di er
Underst nd the ollow-up nd testing required er n episode o cute drenocortic l
insuf ciency
Know how to lter tre t ent in p tients with chronic drenocortic l insuf ciency who
beco e cutely ill
QUESTIONS
1. Wh t re the s lient e tures o this p tients proble ?
2. How do you think through his proble ?
3. Wh t re the key e tures, including essenti ls o di gnosis nd gener l consider tions,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Meningococc l eningitis with purpur ; hypotension nd shock; bdo in l p in; hypon tre i , hyperk le i , hypoglyce i
3. Key Features
Essentials o Diagnosis
We kness, tigue, norexi , weight loss; n use nd vo iting, di rrhe , bdo in l p in,
uscle nd joint p ins; enorrhe
Sp rse xill ry h ir; incre sed skin pig ent tion, especi lly o cre ses, pressure re s, nd
nipples
Hypotension, dehydr tion, s ll he rt
Seru sodiu
y be low; pot ssiu , c lciu , nd ure nitrogen
y be elev ted
Neutropeni , ild ne i , eosinophili , nd rel tive ly phocytosis y be present
Cosyntropin (AC H 124) d inistr tion is un ble to sti ul te n incre se in seru
cortisol to > 20 g/dL
Pl s
drenocorticotropic hor one (AC H) level elev ted
General Considerations
Adrenocortic l insuf ciency c n be chronic or acute
Chronic Adrenocortical Insuf ciency
Addison dise se re ers to pri ry chronic drenocortic l insuf ciency c used by
dys unction or bsence o the dren l cortices; it is distinct ro second ry chronic
drenocortic l insuf ciency c used by de cient secretion o AC H
T e prev lence o chronic drenocortic l insuf ciency is bout 140 per illion, with n
nnu l incidence o bout 4 per illion in the United St tes
Ch r cterized by chronic de ciency o cortisol, with consequent elev tion o seru
AC H nd - el nocyte sti ul ting hor one (-MSH), c using skin pig ent tion th t
c n be subtle or strikingly d rk
C uses o chronic drenocortic l insuf ciency
Autoi
une dren l destruction o dren l gl nds is ost co
on c use in the
United St tes
449
450
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Meningococce i
y c use dren l insuf ciency second ry to dren l in rction
(W terhouseFriderichsen syndro e)
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Other c use o hypotension or shock
Medic tions
Sepsis
C rdiogenic
Hypovole ic
An phyl xis
451
452
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Chronic Adrenal Insuf ciency
Corticosteroid nd
iner locorticoid repl ce ent required in
ost c ses;
hydrocortisone lone y be dequ te in ild c ses
Hydrocortisone
Drug o choice
Usu lly 15 to 30 g or lly in two divided doses: two-thirds in orning nd one-third
in l te night or e rly evening
Plen dren is once-d ily du l-rele se prep r tion o hydrocortisone (usu l dose r nge is
20 to 30 g); not v il ble in the United St tes
Prednisone 2 to 4 g or lly every orning nd 1 to 2 g or lly every night or evening is
n ltern tive
Dose djusted ccording to clinic l response; proper dose usu lly results in nor l white
blood cell di erenti l
Corticosteroid dose r ised in c se o in ection, tr u , surgery, di gnostic procedures, or
other stress
M xi u hydrocortisone dose or severe stress is 50 g every 6 hours intr venously
or intr uscul rly
Lower doses, or l or p renter l, or lesser stress
Dose t pered to nor l s stress subsides
Fludrocortisone, 0.05 to 0.3 g once d ily or lly or once every other d y, required by
ny p tients
Dos ge increased or
Postur l hypotension
Hypon tre i
Hyperk le i
F tigue
Elev ted pl s renin ctivity
Dos ge decreased or
Ede
Hypok le i
Hypertension
In so e wo en with dren l insuf ciency, DHEA, 50 g or lly every orning,
i proves sense o well-being, n incre se in uscle
ss, nd revers l in bone loss
t the e or l neck
Acute Adrenal Insuf ciency
I cute drenocortic l insuf ciency is suspected
Dr w blood s ple or electrolytes, cortisol, nd AC H deter in tions
Without w iting or results, tre t immediately with hydrocortisone 100 to 300 g
intr venously nd s line
453
454
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Follow clinic lly nd djust corticosteroid nd (i required) iner locorticoid doses
F tigue in tre ted p tients y indic te
Subopti l dosing o edic tion
Electrolyte i b l nce
Concurrent proble s, such s hypothyroidis or di betes ellitus
Corticosteroid dose ust be incre sed in c se o physiologic stress (see bove)
In cute dise se, repe t cosyntropin sti ul tion test to docu ent resolution nd rule out
chronic dise se
Complications
Co plic tions o underlying dise se (eg, tuberculosis) re ore likely
Adren l crisis y be precipit ted by intercurrent in ections
Associ ted utoi
une dise ses re co
on (see bove)
F tigue o en persists despite tre t ent
Excessive corticosteroid repl ce ent c n c use Cushing syndro e
Acute drenocortic l insuf ciency c n c use shock nd de th i untre ted
Prognosis
Most p tients ble to live ully ctive lives
Li e expect ncy is nor l i dren l insuf ciency is di gnosed nd tre ted with ppropri te
doses o corticosteroids nd (i required) iner locorticoids
However, ssoci ted conditions c n pose ddition l he lth risks, eg, p tients with dren l
tuberculosis y h ve serious syste ic in ection
Corticosteroid nd iner locorticoid repl ce ent ust not be stopped
P tients should we r edic l lert br celet or ed l re ding Adren l insuf ciency
t kes hydrocortisone
Higher doses o corticosteroids ust be d inistered to p tients with in ection, tr u ,
or surgery to prevent dren l crisis
Acute drenocortic l insuf ciency requently unrecognized nd untre ted since
ni est tions i ic ore co
on conditions
L ck o tre t ent or cute drenocortic l insuf ciency le ds to shock th t is unresponsive
to volu e repl ce ent nd v sopressors, resulting in de th
nent dren l
When to Admit
P tients presenting with shock suspected to be deriving ro cute dren l crisis
P tients presenting with n cute bdo en to exclude cute dren l insuf ciency s its
c use
P tients thre tened by cute dren l crisis (eg, those with severe b cteri l in ections)
requiring i
edi te IV hydrocortisone d inistr tion
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ch r nd ri E et l. Adren l insu iciency. Lancet. 2014 Jun 21;383(9935):21522167. [PMID:
24503135]
Finkielst in GP et l. Clinic l ch r cteristics o cohort o 244 p tients with congenit l dren l hyperpl si . J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012 Dec;97(12):44294438. [PMID: 22990093]
Husebye ES et l. Consensus st te ent on the di gnosis, tre t ent nd ollow-up o p tients with priry dren l insu iciency. J Intern Med. 2014 Feb;275(2):104115. [PMID: 24330030]
Nilsson AG et l. Prospective ev lu tion o long-ter s ety o du l-rele se hydrocortisone repl ce ent
d inistered once d ily in p tients with dren l insu iciency. Eur J Endocrinol. 2014 Sep;171(3):369
377. [PMID: 24944332]
Quinkler M et l. Wh t is the best long-ter
n ge ent str tegy or p tients with pri ry dren l
insu iciency? Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2012 J n;76(1):2125. [PMID: 21585418]
ie ens J et l. Psychologic l orbidity nd i p ired qu lity o li e in p tients with st ble tre t ent
or pri ry dren l insu iciency: cross-section l study nd review o the liter ture. Eur J Endocrinol.
2014 Aug;171(2):171182. [PMID: 24801589]
Yong SL et l. Supple ent l perioper tive steroids or surgic l p tients with dren l insu iciency.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012 Dec 12;12:CD005367. [PMID: 23235622]
Yuen KC et l. Adren l insu iciency in pregn ncy: ch llenging issues in di gnosis nd
n ge ent.
Endocrine. 2013 Oct;44(2):283292. [PMID: 23377701]
455
456
66
Cushing Syndrome
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Le rn the clinic l ni est tions nd objective f ndings o Cushing syndro e
Underst nd the c uses o Cushing syndro e nd their e ide iology
Know the di erenti l di gnosis o Cushing syndro e
Underst nd the di gnostic o tions or Cushing syndro e nd how to inter ret the test
results
Le rn the edic l nd surgic l tre t ents or Cushing syndro e b sed on the c use
QUESTIONS
1. Wh t re the s lient e tures o this tients roble ?
2. How do you think through her roble ?
3. Wh t re the key e tures, including essenti ls o di gnosis, gener l consider tions, nd
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Hy ertension; weight g in; nd
ur le stri e on the bdo en
457
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Centr l obesity, uscle w sting, thin skin, sychologic l ch nges, hirsutis , ur le stri e
Osteo orosis, hy ertension, oor wound he ling
Hy erglyce i , leukocytosis, ly hocyto eni , hy ok le i , glycosuri
Elev ted seru cortisol nd urin ry- ree cortisol. L ck o nor l su ression by
dex eth sone
General Considerations
Cushing syndro e re ers to ni est tions o excessive corticosteroids
Co
only due to su r hysiologic doses o corticosteroid drugs
~40% o c ses re due to Cushing dise se, AC H hy ersecretion by ituit ry deno , which is usu lly s ll nd benign
~10% due to non ituit ry neo l s s (eg, s ll-cell lung c rcino ) th t roduce
excessive ecto ic AC H
~15% due to AC H ro
source th t c nnot be initi lly loc ted
~30% due to excessive utono ous secretion o cortisol by the dren ls inde endent
o AC H (seru AC H usu lly low). Usu lly due to unil ter l dren l tu or o
three ty es
Benign dren l deno s re gener lly s ll tu ors th t roduce ostly cortisol
Adrenocortic l c rcino s usu lly l rge nd c n roduce excessive ndrogens s
well s cortisol
AC H-inde endent
cronodul r dren l hy er l si c n lso
roduce
hy ercortisolis
M y result ro excessive ingestion o g
-hydroxybutyric cid (GHB); resolves
when drug is sto ed
I
ired glucose toler nce results ro insulin resist nce
Demographics
S ont neous Cushing syndro e is r re: 2.6 new c ses ye rly er illion o ul tion
AC H-secreting ituit ry deno
(Cushing dise se) > 3 ti es ore co
on in
wo en th n en
lo hu
, su r cl vicul r
ds,
458
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Chronic lcoholis ( lcoholic seudo-Cushing syndro e)
Di betes ellitus
De ression ( y h ve hy ercortisolis )
Osteo orosis due to other c use
Obesity due to other c use
Pri ry hy er ldosteronis
Anorexi nervos (high urine- ree cortisol)
Stri e distens e (stress rks) seen in dolescence nd in regn ncy
Li odystro hy ro ntiretrovir l gents
Adren l incident lo s
I hy ercortisolis is not excluded, e sure 24-hour urine or ree cortisol nd cre tinine
High 24-hour urine- ree cortisol (or ree cortisol to cre tinine r tio o > 95 g cortisol/g
cre tinine) hel s conf r hy ercortisolis
Misle dingly high urine- ree cortisol occurs with high uid int ke
I hy ercortisolis is conf r ed
Pl s AC H below ~20 g/ L indic tes rob ble dren l tu or
High or nor l AC H indic tes ituit ry or ecto ic tu ors
Blood or AC H ss y ust be collected in l stic tube, l ced on ice, nd rocessed
quickly to void lsely low results
Imaging Studies
Pituit ry
gnetic reson nce i ging (MRI) shows n deno
in ~50% o c ses o
AC H-de endent Cushing syndro e
Co uted to ogr hy (C ) sc nning
O chest nd bdo en c n hel loc te source o ecto ic AC H in lungs (c rcinoid or
s ll-cell c rcino s), thy us, ncre s, or dren ls
O dren ls c n loc lize dren l tu or in ost c ses o non-AC H-de endent
Cushing syndro e
However, C
ils to detect the source o AC H in bout 40% o tients with ecto ic
AC H secretion
111In-octreotide sc nning is lso use ul in detecting occult tu ors, but 18FDG-PE sc nning is not usu lly hel ul
So e ecto ic AC H-secreting tu ors elude discovery, necessit ting bil ter l dren lecto y
Diagnostic Procedures
I ituit ry MRI is nor l or shows incident l irregul rity, selective in erior etros l
venous s
ling or AC H is er or ed (with corticotro in-rele sing hor one sti ul tion) where v il ble to conf r
ituit ry AC H source, distinguishing it ro n occult
non ituit ry tu or secreting AC H
In tients with AC H-de endent Cushing syndro e
Chest
sses y be the source o AC H
However, o ortunistic in ections re co
on
T ere ore, it is rudent to bio sy chest ss to conf r the thologic di gnosis rior
to resection
7. Treatments
Medications
C bergoline, 0.5 to 3.5 g or lly twice weekly
Altern tive or tients who do not h ve re ission (or who h ve recurrence) er
selective tr nss henoid l resection o ituit ry deno
Success ul in 40% o tients in one s ll study
P sireotide, 600 to 900 g subcut neously twice d ily
Potenti l tre t ent or re r ctory Cushing dise se
Nor lizes the urine ree cortisol in t le st 17% o tients with Cushing dise se
Ketocon zole
Inhibits dren l steroidogenesis when given in doses o bout 200 g or lly every
6 hours
However, it is rgin lly e ective nd c n c use liver toxicity
Mi e ristone
Given or lly in doses o 300 to 1200 g/d
Ant gonizes glucocorticoid rece tors nd c n be used in tients with endogenous
Cushing syndro e nd di betes ellitus or glucose intoler nce
Side e ects re requent nd include n use , he d che, tigue, hy ok le i , nd
dren l insu ciency; ost i ort ntly, it is n borti cient
459
460
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Complications
Co lic tions o hy ertension or di betes ellitus
Incre sed susce tibility to in ections
Ne hrolithi sis
De ression, de enti , sychosis
Following bil ter l dren lecto y or Cushing dise se, rogressive enl rge ent o ituit ry
deno
y c use loc l e ects (eg, visu l f eld i
ir ent) nd hy er ig ent tion
(Nelson syndro e)
Cortisol withdr w l syndro e, even when given re l ce ent corticosteroids or dren l
insu ciency; ni est tions include
Hy otension
N use
F tigue
Arthr lgi s
My lgi s
Pruritus
Fl king skin
P tients with Cushing syndro e o ny c use ce high co lic tion r te
nd ll tients require intensive clinic l c re nd close ollow-u
er tre t ent
Prognosis
Although
ni est tions regress with ti e, tients o en h ve residu l ild cognitive
i
ir ent, uscle we kness, osteo orosis, nd sequel e ro vertebr l r ctures
Younger tients h ve better ch nce or recovery nd children with short st ture
y
h ve c tch-u growth ollowing cure
Continued i
ired qu lity o li e is ore co
on in wo en th n in en
P tients with iled ituit ry surgery y require ituit ry r di tion ther y, which h s
its own orbidity
P tients with Cushing syndro e due to benign dren l deno h ve
Five-ye r surviv l r te o 95%
en-ye r surviv l r te o 90% ollowing success ul dren lecto y
P tients with Cushing dise se ro
ituit ry deno
h ve si il r surviv l i ituit ry
surgery is success ul
r nss henoid l surgery ils in ~10% to 20%
Des ite co lete re ission
er tr nss henoid l surgery, ~15% to 20% recur over
10 ye rs
L rosco ic bil ter l dren lecto y
M y be required
Recurrence o hy ercortisolis
y occur s result o growth o dren l re n nt
sti ul ted by high AC H levels
Prognosis with ecto ic AC H- roducing tu ors de ends on ggressiveness nd st ge o
tu or
P tients with AC H o unknown source h ve
Five-ye r surviv l r te o 65%
en-ye r surviv l r te o 55%
Five-ye r surviv l r tes in tients with drenocortic l c rcino
St ge 1: 81%
St ge 2: 61%
St ge 3: 50%
St ge 4: 13%
eth sone su
ression test
When to Admit
For tr nss henoid l hy o hysecto y,
secreting tu or
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Arn ldi G et l. Adv nces in the e ide iology, thogenesis, nd
n ge ent o Cushings syndro e
co lic tions. J Endocrinol Invest. 2012 A r;35(4):434448. [PMID: 22652826]
Bert gn X et l. A ro ch to the Cushings dise se tient with ersistent/recurrent hy ercortisolis
ter ituit ry surgery. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 A r;98(4):13071318. [PMID: 23564942]
461
462
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Eli s PC et l. L te-night s liv ry cortisol h s better er or nce th n urin ry ree cortisol in the
di gnosis o Cushings syndro e. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Jun;99(6):20452051. [PMID:
24628557]
F ssn cht M et l. U d te in drenocortic l c rcino . J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Dec;98(12):
45514564. [PMID: 24081734]
Gr versen D et l. Mort lity in Cushings syndro e: syste tic review nd et - n lysis. Eur J Intern
Med. 2012 A r;23(3):278282. [PMID: 22385888]
Juszcz k A et l. he ther y o Cushings dise se in dults nd children: n u d te. Horm Metab Res.
2013 Feb;45(2):109117. [PMID: 23225246]
L bert JK et l. Predictors o ort lity nd long-ter outco es in tre ted Cushings dise se: study
o 346 tients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 M r;98(3):10221030. [PMID: 23393167]
Ow ld A et l. F vor ble long-ter outco es o bil ter l dren lecto y in Cushings dise se. Eur J
Endocrinol. 2014 Aug;171(2):209215. [PMID: 24975318]
R gn rsson O et l. Cushings syndro e: structured short- nd long-ter
n ge ent l n or
tients in re ission. Eur J Endocrinol. 2013 Oct 4;169(5):R139R152. [PMID: 23985132]
Ritzel K et l. Clinic l review: outco e o bil ter l dren lecto y in Cushings syndro e: syste tic
review. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Oct;98(10):39393948. [PMID: 23956347]
St rk n MN. Neuro sychi tric indings in Cushing syndro e nd exogenous glucocorticoid d inistr tion. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2013 Se ;42(3):477488. [PMID: 24011881]
ritos NA et l. U d te on r di tion ther y in tients with Cushings dise se. Pituitary. 2015
A r;18(2):263268. [PMID: 25359445]
V l ssi E et l. Clinic l consequences o Cushings syndro e. Pituitary. 2012 Se ;15(3):319329.
[PMID: 22527617]
463
67
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the diagnostic criteria or type 1 diabetes mellitus
Understand the genetic and demographic actors that predispose to type 1 diabetes
mellitus
Know the dif erential diagnosis o type 1 diabetes mellitus
Learn the treatments, including the dif erent preparations o insulin, or type 1 diabetes
mellitus
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
464
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young age; abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting; recent illness and insulin nonadherence;
anion-gap metabolic acidosis with resulting tachypnea; elevated serum glucose; urine and
serum ketosis
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Polyuria, polydipsia, and weight loss associated with random plasma glucose 200 mg/dL
(11.1 mmol/L)
Plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) a er an overnight ast, documented on more
than one occasion
Ketonemia, ketonuria, or both
General Considerations
Caused by pancreatic islet -cell destruction
Destruction is autoimmune in > 95% o cases (type 1a) and idiopathic in the remainder
(type 1b)
About 95% o type 1 patients possess either HLA-DR3 or HLA-DR4 compared with 45% to
50% o white controls. HLA-DQB1*0302 is an even more speci c marker or susceptibility
Most patients have circulating antibodies to islet cells (ICA), glutamic acid decarboxylase
(GAD65), insulin (IAA), and tyrosine phosphatase IA2 (ICA-512) and zinc transporter 8
at diagnosis
T e rate o pancreatic -cell destruction ranges rom rapid to slow
Prone to ketoacidosis
Plasma glucagon is elevated
C peptide levels do not reliably distinguish between type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus
Demographics
Occurs at any age but most commonly arises in children and young adults with a peak
incidence be ore school age and again at around puberty
Incidence
Highest in Scandinavia: in Finland, yearly incidence in children 14 years old or younger
is 40 per 100,000
Lowest incidence is < 1 per 100,000 per year in China and parts o South America
In the United States, average is 16 per 100,000
Incidences are higher in states densely populated with persons o Scandinavian descent
such as Minnesota
T e global incidence is increasing, with an annual increase o ~3%
An estimated 25.8 million Americans have diabetes mellitus, o whom ~1 million have
type 1 diabetes
5. Di erential Diagnosis
ype 2 diabetes mellitus
Hyperglycemia resulting rom other causes
Medications (high-dose corticosteroids, pentamidine)
Other endocrine conditions (Cushing syndrome, glucagonoma, acromegaly,
pheochromocytoma)
Metabolic acidosis o other causes (alcoholic ketoacidosis)
Nondiabetic glycosuria (renal glycosuria)
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory ests
Fasting plasma glucose > 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L) or > 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) 2 hours
a er glucose load ( able 67-1)
Hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) o at least 6.5%
Urine glucose (Clinistix, Diastix)
Urine or blood ketones (Acetest, Ketostix) or both
Hemoglobin A1c re ects glycemic control over preceding 8 to 12 weeks
Serum ructosamine
Re ects glycemic control over preceding 2 weeks
Help ul in presence o abnormal hemoglobins or in ascertaining glycemic control at
time o conception among diabetic women
Lipoprotein abnormalities; unlike in type 2 diabetes, moderately de cient control o
hyperglycemia in type 1 diabetes is associated with only slight elevation o low-density
lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol and serum triglycerides and minimal change in highdensity lipoprotein cholesterol
Plasma glucagon is elevated
C peptide levels do not reliably distinguish between type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus
Diabetes Mellitusb
100125 (5.66.9)
126 (7.0)
140199 (7.811.0)
200 (11.1)
< 5.7
5.76.4
6.5
HbA1c (%)
a
Give 75 g of glucose dissolved in 300 mL of water after an overnight fast in persons who have been receiving
at least 150 to 200 g of carbohydrate daily for 3 days before the test.
b
A fasting plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or HbA1c of 6.5% is diagnostic of diabetes if confirmed
by repeat testing.
465
466
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Onset of Action
Peak Action
Effective Duration
515 min
11.5 h
34 h
Human regular
3060 min
2h
68 h
Human NPH
24 h
67 h
1020 h
Insulin glargine
1.5 h
Flat
~24 h
Insulin detemir
1h
Flat
17 h
515 minutes
1 hour
3h
7. Treatments
Medications
See ables 67-2, 67-3, and 67-4
Regular insulin (a U500 concentration is available or use in patients who are very resistant)
Rapidly acting insulin analogs: insulin lispro, insulin aspart, insulin glulisine
Intermediate-acting insulin puri ed: neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH)
Premixed insulins
70% NPH/30% regular (70/30 insulin)
50% NPH/50% regular (50/50 insulin)
70% neutral protamine lispro (NPL)/25% insulin lispro (Humalog Mix 75/25)
50% NPL/50% insulin lispro (Humalog Mix 50/50)
70% insulin aspart protamine/30% insulin aspart (Novolog Mix 70/30)
Long-acting insulins puri ed: insulin glargine, insulin detemir
Pramlintide (islet amyloid polypeptide analog)
Inhaled Insulin
Dry-powder ormulation o recombinant human regular insulin, delivered by
inhalation (technosphere insulin, A rezza) is approved or use in adults with diabetes
Rapidly absorbed with maximum ef ect at 1 hour, declining to baseline by about
3 hours
Combined with basal insulin was as ef ective in glucose lowering as rapid acting insulin
analogs combined with basal insulin
Table 67-3. Insulin preparations available in the United States.a
Rapidly acting human insulin analogs
Insulin lispro (Humalog, Lilly)
Insulin aspart (Novolog, Novo Nordisk)
Insulin glulisine (Apidra, Sanofi Aventis)
Short-acting regular insulin
Regular insulin (Lilly, Novo Nordisk)
Technosphere inhaled regular insulin (Afrezza)
Intermediate-acting insulins
NPHinsulin (Lilly, Novo Nordisk)
Premixed insulins
70%NPH/30%regular (70/30 insulinLilly, Novo Nordisk)
70%NPL/25%insulin lispro (Humalog Mix75/25Lilly)
50%NPL/50%insulin lispro (Humalog Mix50/50Lilly)
70%insulin aspart protamine/30%insulin aspart (Novolog Mix70/30Novo Nordisk)
Long-acting human insulin analogs
Insulin glargine (Lantus, Sanofi Aventis)
Insulin detemir (Levemir, Novo Nordisk)
NPH, neutral protamine Hagedorn; NPL, neutral protamine lispro.
a
All insulins available in the United States are recombinant human or human insulin analog origin. All the above
insulins are dispensed at U100 concentration. There is an additional U500 preparation of regular insulin.
Table 67-4. Examples of intensive insulin regimens using rapidly acting insulin analogs
(insulin lispro, aspart, or glulisine) and insulin detemir, or insulin glargine in a 70-kg man with
type 1 diabetes.a,b,c
Pre-Breakfast
Rapidlyacting insulin analog
5 units
Insulin detemir
67 units
Pre-Lunch
4 units
Pre-Dinner
At Bedtime
6 units
89 units
OR
Rapidlyacting insulin analog
Insulin glargine
5 units
4 units
6 units
1516 units
Formulated as a single use cartridge delivering 4 or 8 units immediately be ore the meal
T e most common adverse reaction was cough af ecting 27 % o subjects
A small decrease in pulmonary unction ( orced expiratory volume in 1 second [FEV1])
was persistent at 2 years; spirometry recommended prior to initiation; contraindicated
in smokers and patients with chronic lung disease
Surgery
In use intraoperatively and in immediate postoperative period: D5 0.9% saline
with 20 mEq KCl intravenously at 100 to 200 mL/h. In use regular human insulin
(25 units/250 mL 0.9% saline) into intravenous tubing at 1 to 3 units/h
Monitor blood glucose hourly and adjust in usion or target glucose levels 100 to 180 mg/dL
Patients receiving simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplants have 83% chance o
pancreatic gra survival at 1 year and 69% at 5 years
Solitary pancreas transplant only or recurrent li e-threatening metabolic instability
Islet cell transplantation
Insulin independence or more than 5 years has been demonstrated in patients who
got anti-CD3 antibody or anti-thymocyte globulin induction immunosuppression and
calcineurin inhibitors, m or inhibitors, and mycophenolate mo etil as maintenance
immunosuppression
Long-term immunosuppression is necessary to prevent allogra rejection and to
suppress the autoimmune process that led to the disease initially
One major limitation is the need or more than one islet in usion to achieve insulin
independence
T erapeutic Procedures
Eucaloric healthy diet. Limit cholesterol to 300 mg once daily and protein to 10% o total
calories
reat microalbuminuria with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACEI) to retard
diabetic nephropathy
reat hypertension and hyperlipidemia (reduce LDL to < 100 mg/dL)
Attempts have been made to prolong the partial clinical remission (honeymoon) using
such drugs as cyclosporine, azathioprine, prednisone, and antithymocyte globulin
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Patients who received intensive insulin (multiple-injection or pump) therapy to obtain
a mean HbA1c o 7.2% (normal: < 6%), experienced a 60% reduction in risk o diabetic
retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy, compared with patients who received conventional therapy
467
468
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Complications
DKA
Hypoglycemia and altered awareness o hypoglycemia
Diabetic retinopathy, cataracts
Nephropathy
Neuropathy
Diabetic atherothrombosis (heart disease, peripheral vascular disease)
Lipodystrophy at injection sites
Diabetic cheiroarthropathy
Adhesive capsulitis
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Dupuytren contractures
Prognosis
T e Diabetes Control and Complications rial (DCC ) showed that the poor prognosis
or 40% o patients with type 1 diabetes is markedly improved by optimal care
Patients can have a ull li e
ight control (mean HbA1c 7.2%, normal: < 6%) in the DCC was associated with a
three old greater risk o serious hypoglycemia as well as greater weight gain. However,
no deaths occurred because o hypoglycemia, and no evidence o posthypoglycemic
cognitive damage was detected
Subsequent end-stage kidney disease predicted by microalbuminuria > 30 g/mg
creatinine; risk decreased by treatment with ACEI
Prevention
Acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin) 81 to 325 mg (enteric-coated) orally daily to reduce risk o
diabetic atherothrombosis without increasing risk o gastrointestinal hemorrhage
Instruction in personal hygiene, in particular, care o eet, skin, and teeth
Yearly diabetic eye examination
Patient sel -management training
Sel -monitoring o blood glucose
Exercise
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
American Association o Diabetes Educators. https://www.diabeteseducator.org/
American Diabetes Association. http://www.diabetes.org/
American Diabetes Association. Standards o medical care in diabetes2015. Diabetes Care. 2015
Jan;38(suppl):S8S16. [PMID: 25537706]
American Dietetic Association. http://www.eatright.org
Atkinson MA et al. ype 1 diabetes. Lancet. 2014 Jan 4;383(9911):6982. [PMID: 23890997]
Blumer I et al. Diabetes and pregnancy: an endocrine society clinical practice guideline. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Nov;98(11):42274249. [PMID: 24194617]
Chin JA et al. Diabetes mellitus and peripheral vascular disease: diagnosis and management. Clin Podiatr
Med Surg. 2014 Jan;31(1):1126. [PMID: 24296015]
Cryer PE. Mechanisms o hypoglycemia-associated autonomic ailure in diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2013
Jul 25;369(4):362372. [PMID: 23883381]
Diabetes Prevention rial ype 1 Diabetes Study Group. E ects o insulin in relatives o patients with
type 1 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med. 2002 May 30;346(22):16851691. [PMID: 12037147]
Haidar A et al. Comparison o dual-hormone arti icial pancreas, single-hormone arti icial pancreas,
and conventional insulin pump therapy or glycaemic control in patients with type 1 diabetes: an
open-label randomised controlled crossover trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2015 Jan;3(1):1726.
[PMID: 25434967]
Juvenile Diabetes Foundation. http://jdr .org/
Kansagara D et al. Intensive insulin therapy in hospitalized patients: a systematic review. Ann Intern
Med. 2011 Feb 15;154(4):268282. [PMID: 21320942]
Nyenwe EA et al. Evidence-based management o hyperglycemic emergencies in diabetes mellitus.
Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2011 Dec;94(3):340351. [PMID: 21978840]
Savage MW et al. Joint British Diabetes Societies guideline or the management o diabetic ketoacidosis.
Diabet Med. 2011 May;28(5):50815. [PMID: 21255074]
Singleton JR et al. he diabetic neuropathies: practical and rational therapy. Semin Neurol. 2012
Jul;32(3):196203. [PMID: 23117944]
Stitt AW et al. Advances in our understanding o diabetic retinopathy. Clin Sci (Lond). 2013 Mar
13;125(1):117. [PMID: 23485060]
Switzer SM et al. Intensive insulin therapy in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus. Endocrinol Metab
Clin North Am. 2012 Mar;41(1):89104. [PMID: 22575408]
he Diabetes Control and Complications rial Research Group. he e ect o intensive treatment o
diabetes on the development and progression o long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med. 1993 Sep 30;329(14):977986. [PMID: 8366922]
ooley JE et al. New and uture immunomodulatory therapy in type 1 diabetes. Trends Mol Med. 2012
Mar;18(3):17381. [PMID: 22342807]
uomi et al. he many aces o diabetes: a disease with increasing heterogeneity. Lancet. 2014 Mar
22;383(9922):10841094. [PMID: 24315621]
Waanders F et al. Current concepts in the management o diabetic nephropathy. Neth J Med. 2013
Nov;71(9):448458. [PMID: 24218418]
469
470
68
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o type 2 diabetes mellitus and
how to screen or the disease
Understand the actors that predispose to type 2 diabetes mellitus
Know the di erential diagnosis o type 2 diabetes mellitus
Learn the medical treatments or type 2 diabetes mellitus and which patients require
insulin therapy
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Middle aged; obese, polyuria, and polydipsia; associated hypertension; glycosuria; random
blood sugar > 200 mg/dL with symptoms; hemoglobin A1c level > 6.5%
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
ypically > 40 years o age
Obesity
Polyuria and polydipsia
Candidal vaginitis sometimes an initial mani estation
O en ew or no symptoms
A er an overnight ast, plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L) more than once
A er 75 g oral glucose, diagnostic values are 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) 2 hours a er
the oral glucose
Hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) 6.5%
O en associated with hypertension, dyslipidemia, and atherosclerosis
General Considerations
Circulating endogenous insulin is su cient to prevent ketoacidosis but inadequate to
prevent hyperglycemia rom tissue insensitivity
Strong genetic in uences
High prevalence o obesity in type 2 diabetes mellitus
30% in Chinese and Japanese
60% to 70% in North Americans, Europeans, and A ricans
Nearly 100% in Pima Indians and Pacif c Islanders rom Nauru or Samoa
Abdominal at, with an abnormally high waisthip ratio, is generally associated with
obesity in type 2 diabetes. T is visceral obesity correlates with insulin resistance, whereas
subcutaneous at seems to have less o an association
Demographics
~22 million Americans have type 2 diabetes
raditionally occurred in middle-aged adults but now more requently encountered in
children and adolescents
No gender predominance
471
472
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Hyperglycemia
Endocrinopathies
ype 1 diabetes mellitus
Cushing syndrome
Acromegaly
Pheochromocytoma
Glucagonoma
Somatostatinoma
Drugs
High-dose corticosteroids
T iazides
Phenytoin
Niacin
Oral contraceptives
Pentamidine
Pancreatic insu ciency
Subtotal pancreatectomy
Chronic pancreatitis
Hemochromatosis (bronze diabetes)
Hemosiderosis
Other
Gestational diabetes
Cirrhosis
Schmidt syndrome (polyglandular ailure: Addison disease, autoimmune thyroiditis,
diabetes)
Polyuria
Diabetes insipidus
Hypercalcemia
Psychogenic polydipsia
Nondiabetic glycosuria (benign)
Genetic
Fanconi syndrome
Chronic kidney disease
Pregnancy
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory Tests
Fasting plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L) or 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) 2 hours
a er glucose load ( able 68-1)
Urine glucose (Clinistix, Diastix)
Urine ketones (sometimes without serum ketones) (Acetest, Ketostix)
Impaired Glucose
Tolerance
Diabetes Mellitusb
100125 (5.6-6.9)
126 (7.0)
140199 (7.8-11.0)
200 (11.1)
HbA1c (%)
< 5.7
5.76.4
6.5
Give 75 g of glucose dissolved in 300 mL of water after an overnight fast in persons who have been receiving
at least 150200 g of carbohydrate daily for 3 days before the test.
b
A fasting plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol) or HbA1c of 6.5% is diagnostic of diabetes if confirmed by
repeat testing.
7. Treatments
Medications
ables 68-2, 68-3, and 68-4
Drugs that stimulate insulin secretion
Sul onylureas (acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliclazide, glipizide, glyburide,
tolazamide, tolbutamide)
Meglitinide analogs (meglitinide, repaglinide)
D-phenylalanine derivative (nateglinide)
Drugs that primarily lower glucose levels by their actions on the liver, muscle, and adipose
tissue
Biguanide (met ormin)
T iazolidinediones (pioglitazone, rosiglitazone)
Drugs that principally a ect glucose absorption: -glucosidase inhibitors (acarbose,
miglitol, voglibose)
Drugs that mimic incretin
Oral glucose provokes a three old higher insulin response than an equivalent dose
o glucose given IV due to the release o gut hormones that ampli y the insulin
release (glucagon-like peptide 1 [GLP-1] and glucose-dependent insulinotropic
polypeptide [GIP1]
T is incretin e ect is reduced in patients with type 2 diabetes
Current GLP-1 receptor agonists:
Exenatide: f xed-dose pens (5 or 10 g) injected 60 minutes be ore break ast and
dinner; not or patients with a GFR <30 mL/min; in patients already taking met ormin,
sul onylurea, or both, lowered the HbA1c value by 0.4% to 0.6% over a 30-week trial;
patients also experienced weight loss o 3 to 6 pounds; a once-weekly, long-acting
ormulation lowered the HbA1c level a little more than the twice daily dose
Liraglutide is a once-daily injection; trials lasting 26 and 52 weeks, adding liraglutide
to the therapeutic regimen (met ormin, sul onylurea, thiazolidinedione) lowered the
HbA1c by 0.6% to 1.5% with weight loss o 1 to 6 pounds
473
474
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Tablet Size
Daily Dose
Duration of Action
Sulfonylureas
Acetohexamide (Dymelor)
824 h
Chlorpropamide (Diabinese)
2472 h
80 mg
12 h
Glimepiride (Amaryl)
1, 2, and 4 mg
Up to 24 h
(Glucotrol)
5 and 10 mg
612 h
(Glucotrol XL)
2.5, 5, and 10 mg
Up to 24 h
Up to 24 h
(Glynase)
1.5, 3, and 6 mg
Up to 24 h
Tolazamide (Tolinase)
Up to 24 h
Tolbutamide (Orinase)
612 h
5 and 10 mg
2h
Repaglinide (Prandin)
0.5, 1, and 2 mg
3h
60 and 120 mg
1.5 h
Metformin (Glucophage)
712 h
Extended-release metformin
(Glucophage XR)
Up to 24 h
Pioglitazone (Actos)
1545 mg daily
Up to 24 h
Rosiglitazone (Avandia)
2, 4, and 8 mg
48 mg daily(can be divided)
Up to 24 h
Acarbose (Precose)
50 and 100 mg
4h
Miglitol (Glyset)
4h
4h
Exenatide (Byetta)
6h
2 mg (powder)
1 wk
Liraglutide (Victoza)
24 h
Albiglutide (Tanzeum)
1 wk
Dulaglutide (Trulicity)
1 wk
Alogliptin (Nesina)
24 h
Saxagliptin (Onglyza)
2.5 and 5 mg
24 h
Glipizide
Glyburide
Meglitinide analogs
d-Phenylalanine derivative
Nateglinide (Starlix)
Biguanides
Thiazolidinediones
Alfa-glucosidase inhibitors
DPP-4 inhibitors
(continued)
475
Tablet Size
Daily Dose
Duration of Action
Sitagliptin (Januvia)
24 h
50 mg
24 h
Linagliptin (Tradjenta)
5 mg
5 mg daily
24 h
Canagliflozin (Invokana)
24 h
Dapagliflozin (Farxiga)
5 and 10 mg
24 h
Empagliflozin (Jardiance)
10 and 25 mg
24 h
Bromocriptine (Cycloset)
0.8 mg
24 h
Colesevelam(Welchol)
625 mg
24 h
Pramlintide (Symlin)
2h
SGLT2 inhibitors
Others
Onset of Action
Peak Action
515 min
11.5 h
34 h
Human regular
3060 min
2h
68 h
Human NPH
24 h
67 h
1020 h
Insulin glargine
1.5 h
Flat
~24 h
Insulin detemir
1h
Flat
17 h
515 min
1h
3h
Effective Duration
476
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Reduces HbA1c by 0.6% to 1% when used alone or in combination with other oral
agents or insulin
Results in modest weight loss o 2 to 5 kg
Usual dose is 100 mg/d but up to 300 mg/d can be used in patients with normal kidney
unction
Contraindicated in patients with estimated GFR < 45 mL/min/1.73 m 2
Modest increase in upper limb ractures observed with canagli ozin therapy (it remains
unclear i this is due to an e ect on bone strength or related to alls due to glucosuriainduced reduction o intravascular volume and hypotension)
Empagli ozin
T e usual dosage is 10 mg daily but a higher dose o 25 mg daily can be used.
Reduces HbA1c levels by 0.5% to 0.7% when used alone or in combination with other
oral agents or insulin
Results in modest weight loss o about 2 to 3 kg
Main side e ects are increased incidence o genital in ections and urinary tract
in ections
Others: bromocriptine, colesevelam, pramlintide (islet amyloid polypeptide analog)
Insulin: indicated or persons with type 2 diabetes with insulinopenia and hyperglycemia
unresponsive to diet and oral hypoglycemic agents
Preprandial rapid-acting insulin plus basal insulin replacement with an intermediate- or
long-acting insulin used to attain acceptable control o blood glucose ( able 68-3)
Inhaled Insulin
Dry-powder ormulation o recombinant human regular insulin, delivered by
inhalation (technosphere insulin, A rezza) is approved or use in adults with diabetes
Rapidly absorbed with maximum e ect at 1 hour, declining to baseline by about 3 hours
Combined with basal insulin was as e ective in glucose lowering as rapid acting
insulin analogs combined with basal insulin
Formulated as a single use cartridge delivering 4 or 8 units immediately be ore the meal
T e most common adverse reaction was cough a ecting 27 % o subjects
A small decrease in pulmonary unction ( orced expiratory volume in 1 second [FEV1])
was persistent at 2 years; spirometry recommended prior to initiation; contraindicated
in smokers and patients with chronic lung disease
Combination oral agents: several drug combinations o thiazolidinediones with met ormin or sul onylureas; sul onylureas with met ormin are available but these limit optimal
dose adjustment o individual drugs
See Figure 68-1
Nonpharmacologic Approach
Diet
Limitations
Cholesterol to 300 mg daily
Protein intake to 10% o total calories
Surgery
See able 68-5
Many patients with type 2 diabetes who are taking insulin do well perioperatively without
insulin or a ew hours
Ideally, patients with diabetes should undergo surgery early in the morning
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Sel -monitoring
HbA1c quarterly
Screen or microalbuminuria annually
Serum lipids
477
478
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
FIGURE 68-1. Algorithm for the treatment of type 2 diabetes based on the 2012 and 2015
recommendations of the consensus panel of the American Diabetes Association/European Association
for the Study of Diabetes.
Type of Diabetes
479
480
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Daily vigorous exercise prevents accumulation o visceral at, which can prevent the
development o diabetes
Screen with asting glucose at 3-year intervals beginning at age 45; screen earlier and more
requently i risk actors present
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
ACCORD Study Group; Gerstein HC et al. E ects o intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes.
N Engl J Med. 2008 Jun 12;358(24):25452559. [PMID: 18539917]
ADVANCE Collaborative Group; Patel A et al. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes
in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008 Jun 12;358(24):25602572. [PMID: 18539916]
American Association o Diabetes Educators. https://www.diabeteseducator.org/
American Diabetes Association. http://www.diabetes.org
American Diabetes Association. Standards o medical care in diabetes2015. Diabetes Care. 2015
Jan;38(suppl):S8S16. [PMID: 25537706]
American Dietetic Association. http://www.eatright.org
Bennett WL et al. Comparative e ectiveness and sa ety o medications or type 2 diabetes: an update
including new drugs and 2-drug combinations. Ann Intern Med. 2011 May 3;154(9):602613.
Erratum in: Ann Intern Med. 2011 Jul 5;155(1):6768. [PMID: 21403054]
Blumer I et al. Diabetes and pregnancy: an endocrine society clinical practice guideline. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Nov;98(11):42274249. [PMID: 24194617]
Chin JA et al. Diabetes mellitus and peripheral vascular disease: diagnosis and management. Clin
Podiatr Med Surg. 2014 Jan;31(1):1126. [PMID: 24296015]
Cryer PE. Mechanisms o hypoglycemia-associated autonomic ailure in diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2013
Jul 25;369(4):362372. [PMID: 23883381]
Duckworth W et al; VAD Investigators. Glucose control and vascular complications in veterans with
type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2009 Jan 8;360(2):129139. [PMID: 19092145]
Gaede P et al. E ect o a multi actorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008
Feb 7;358(6):580591. [PMID: 18256393]
Holman RR et al. 10-year ollow-up o intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008
Oct 9;359(15):15771589. [PMID: 18784090]
Inzucchi SE et al. Management o hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes, 2015: a patient-centered approach:
update to a position statement o the American Diabetes Association and the European Association
or the Study o Diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2015 Jan;38(1):140149. [PMID: 25538310]
Juvenile Diabetes Foundation. http://jdr .org/
Kansagara D et al. Intensive insulin therapy in hospitalized patients: a systematic review. Ann Intern
Med. 2011 Feb 15;154(4):268282. [PMID: 21320942]
Nyenwe EA et al. Evidence-based management o hyperglycemic emergencies in diabetes mellitus.
Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2011 Dec;94(3):340351. [PMID: 21978840]
Savage MW et al. Joint British Diabetes Societies guideline or the management o diabetic ketoacidosis.
Diabet Med. 2011 May;28(5):508515. [PMID: 21255074]
Singleton JR et al. he diabetic neuropathies: practical and rational therapy. Semin Neurol. 2012
Jul;32(3):196203. [PMID: 23117944]
Stitt AW et al. Advances in our understanding o diabetic retinopathy. Clin Sci (Lond). 2013 Mar
13;125(1):117. [PMID: 23485060]
he Diabetes Control and Complications rial Research Group. he e ect o intensive treatment o
diabetes on the development and progression o long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med. 1993 Sep 30;329(14):977986. [PMID: 8366922]
urnbull FM et al. Intensive glucose control and macrovascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes.
Diabetologia. 2009 Nov;52(11):22882298. [PMID: 19655124]
UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas
or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk o complications in patients with type 2
diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet. 1998 Sep 12;352(9131):837853. [PMID: 9742976]
UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. ight blood pressure control and risk o macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. BMJ. 1998 Sep 12;317(7160):
703713. [PMID: 9732337]
Waanders F et al. Current concepts in the management o diabetic nephropathy. Neth J Med. 2013
Nov;71(9):448458. [PMID: 24218418]
481
482
69
Hyperaldosteronism
(Aldosteronism)
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Le rn the clinic l
ni est tions nd objective f ndings o hyper ldosteronis th t
di erenti te it ro essenti l hypertension
Underst nd which p tients need screening or hyper ldosteronis
Know the di erenti l di gnosis o hyper ldosteronis
Underst nd how to per or testing or hyper ldosteronis
nd interpret the pl s
ldosterone:renin r tio
Le rn the tre t ents or hyper ldosteronis nd their side e ects
QUESTIONS
1. Wh t re the s lient e tures o this p tients proble ?
2. How do you think through his proble ?
3. Wh t re the key e tures, including essenti ls o di gnosis, gener l consider tions, nd
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
de
Wh
Wh
Wh
Wh
Wh
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Hypertension, including di stolic blood pressure elev tion; tigue; polyuri ; hypern trei ; hypok le i ; elev ted seru bic rbon te
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hypertension th t y be severe or drug resist nt
Hypok le i (in
inority o p tients) y c use polyuri , polydipsi , nd uscle we kness
Elev ted pl s
nd urine ldosterone levels nd low pl s renin level
General Considerations
Excessive ldosterone production
Incre ses sodiu retention nd suppresses pl s renin
Incre ses ren l pot ssiu excretion th t c n le d to hypok le i
Should be suspected with e rly onset (be ore ge 50 ye rs) hypertension nd/or stroke
C rdiov scul r events re ore prev lent in p tients with hyper ldosteronis (35%)
th n in those with essenti l hypertension (11%)
Hyper ldosteronis
y be c used by
An ldosterone-producing dren l deno
(Conn syndro e), 40% o which h ve
been ound to h ve so tic ut tions in gene involved with the pot ssiu ch nnel
Unil ter l or bil ter l dren l hyperpl si
Bil ter l hyper ldosteronis
y be corticosteroid suppressible due to n utoso ldo in nt genetic de ect llowing AC H sti ul tion o ldosterone production
Hyper ldosteronis
y r rely be due to
lign nt ov ri n tu or
T e Endocrine Societys Clinic l Pr ctice Guidelines reco
end screening in p tients
with ny o the ollowing
Blood pressure over 160/100
Hg
Drug-resist nt hypertension
E rly-onset hypertension
Hypertension with spont neous or diuretic-induced hypok le i
Hypertension with dren l incident lo
Hypertension with
ily history o e rly-onset hypertension or cerebrov scul r
ccident be ore ge 40 ye rs
Hypertension with f rst-degree rel tive with pri ry hyper ldosteronis
Demographics
Accounts or 5% to 10% o ll c ses o hypertension nd or 20% o c ses o resist nt
hypertension
P tients o ll ges y be ected, but the pe k incidence is between 30 nd 60 ye rs
483
484
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Essenti l hypertension
Hypok le ic thyrotoxic periodic p r lysis
Ren l v scul r hypertension (hypertension nd hypok le i , but pl s
renin ctivity
is high)
Hypok le i ro nother c use, eg, diuretic use
Second ry hyper ldosteronis (dehydr tion, he rt ilure)
Congenit l dren l hyperpl si : 11-hydroxyl se def ciency, 17-hydroxyl se def ciency
Cushing syndro e
Excessive re l licorice ingestion
Syndro e o cortisol resist nce
7. Treatments
Medications
Spironol ctone or eplerenone
Long-ter ther py is n option or Conn syndro e
Used to tre t bil ter l dren l hyperpl si
Spironol ctone
H s nti ndrogen ctivity nd requently c uses bre st tenderness, gyneco sti ,
or reduced libido
Initi l dose: 12.5 to 25 g once d ily or lly
Dose y be titr ted upw rd to 200 g d ily
Contr indic ted in pregn nt wo en
Eplerenone
Does not h ve nti ndrogen e ects
Must be given twice d ily in or l doses o 25 to 50 g due to short h l -li e
A iloride (10 to 15 g or lly d ily) is e ective nd pre erred or resist nt hypertension
c used by hyper ldosteronis during pregn ncy
Suppression with low-dose dex eth sone or glucocorticoid-re edi ble hyper ldosteronis (which is very r re)
Surgery
L p roscopic dren lecto y or Conn syndro e (unil ter l ldosterone-secreting
dren l deno )
8. Outcomes
Complications
T e incidence o c rdiov scul r co plic tions ro hypertension is higher in pri ry
hyper ldosteronis th n in idiop thic hypertension
Following unil ter l dren lecto y or Conn syndro e, suppression o the contr l ter l
dren l y result in te por ry postoper tive hypohyper ldosteronis , ch r cterized by
hyperk le i nd hypotension
Prognosis
Hypertension re its er surgery in bout two-thirds o c ses but persists or returns
despite surgery in one-third
Prognosis uch i proved by e rly di gnosis nd tre t ent
Only 2% o ldosterone-secreting dren l tu ors re lign nt
485
486
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ch o C et l. Di gnosis nd
n ge ent o pri ry ldosteronis : n upd ted review. Ann Med.
2013 Jun;45(4):375383. [PMID: 23701121]
Fourkiotis V et l; Mephisto Study Group. E ectiveness o eplerenone or spironol ctone tre t ent in
preserving ren l unction in pri ry ldosteronis . Eur J Endocrinol. 2012 Dec 10;168(1):7581.
[PMID: 23033260]
H rvey AM. Hyper ldosteronis : di gnosis, l ter liz tion, nd tre t ent. Surg Clin North Am. 2012
Jun;94(3):643656. [PMID: 24857581]
J nsen PM et l. est ch r cteristics o the ldosterone-to-renin r tio s screening test or pri ry
ldosteronis . J Hypertens. 2014 J n;32(1):115126. [PMID: 24018605]
Krysi k R et l. Pri ry ldosteronis in pregn ncy. Acta Clin Belg. 2012 M rApr;67(2):130134.
[PMID: 22712170]
Monticone S et l. Pri ry ldosteronis : who should be screened? Horm Metab Res. 2012
M r;44(3):163169. [PMID: 22120135]
Rossi GP et l. Clinic l n ge ent o pri ry ldosteronis : 2013 Pr ctic l Reco
end tions o the
It li n Society o Hypertension (SIIA). High Blood Press Cardiovasc Prev. 2014 M r;21(1):7175.
[PMID: 24464387]
S lv M et l. Pri ry ldosteronis : the role o con ir tory tests. Horm Metab Res. 2012
M r;44(3):177180. [PMID: 22395800]
Steichen O et l. Outco es o dren lecto y in p tients with unil ter l pri ry ldosteronis :
review. Horm Metab Res. 2012 M r;44(3):221227. [PMID: 22395801]
487
Hypercalcemia
70
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o hypercalcemia
Understand the diseases and medications that predispose to hypercalcemia
Know the di erential diagnosis and etiology o hypercalcemia
Understand how to use laboratory testing to di erentiate the cause o hypercalcemia
Learn the long- and short-term treatments or hypercalcemia
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o hypercalcemia?
What are the symptoms and signs o hypercalcemia?
What is the di erential diagnosis o hypercalcemia?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in hypercalcemia?
What are the treatments or hypercalcemia?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, prognosis, and prevention,
o hypercalcemia?
When should patients with hypercalcemia be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
488
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Constipation, nausea, polyuria, weakness, depression, ectopy; known malignancy; elevated
serum calcium; elevated serum P H-rP and low serum P H levels
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Serum calcium level > 10.5 mg/dL (> 2.6 mmol/L)
Serum ionized calcium > 5.3 mg/dL (> 1.32 mmol/L)
Primary hyperparathyroidism and malignancy-associated hypercalcemia are the most
common causes
Hypercalciuria usually precedes hypercalcemia
Most o en, asymptomatic, mild hypercalcemia ( 10.5 mg/dL [or 2.6 mmol/L]) is
due to primary hyperparathyroidism, whereas the symptomatic, severe hypercalcemia
( 14 mg/dL [or 3.5 mmol/L]) is due to hypercalcemia o malignancy
General Considerations
Primary hyperparathyroidism and malignancy account or 90% o cases
Chronic hypercalcemia (over 6 months) or some other mani estations such as nephrolithiasis suggest a benign cause
umor production o P H-rP is the most common paraneoplastic endocrine syndrome,
accounting or most cases o hypercalcemia in inpatients
Granulomatous diseases, such as sarcoidosis and tuberculosis, cause hypercalcemia rom
production o active vitamin D3 (1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3) by the granulomas
Milk-alkali syndrome has had a resurgence related to calcium ingestion or prevention o
osteoporosis
Hypercalcemia can cause nephrogenic diabetes insipidus and volume depletion, which
urther worsen hypercalcemia
CHAPTER 70 HYPERCALCEMIA
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Etiology of Hypercalcemia
Endocrine disorders
Primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism
Acromegaly
Adrenal insu ciency
Pheochromocytoma
T yrotoxicosis
Neoplastic diseases
umor production o P H-rP (ovary, kidney, lung)
Multiple myeloma (osteoclast-activating actor)
Lymphoma
Miscellaneous causes
T iazide diuretics
Granulomatous diseases
Paget disease
Hypophosphatasia
Immobilization
Increased calcium intake or absorption: milk-alkali syndrome, vitamin D or A excess
Familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia
Complications o kidney transplantation
Lithium intake
489
490
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Imaging Studies
Chest radiograph: to exclude malignancy or granulomatous disease
Diagnostic Procedure
Electrocardiogram: shortened Q interval
7. Treatments
Medications
Emergency reatment
Establish euvolemia to induce renal excretion o Na+, which is accompanied by excretion
o Ca2+
In dehydrated patients with normal cardiac and renal unction, in use 0.45% saline or
0.9% saline rapidly (250500 mL/h)
Furosemide intravenously is o en administered but its e cacy and sa ety were questioned
in one meta-analysis
T iazides can actually worsen hypercalcemia (as can urosemide i inadequate saline is given)
In the treatment o hypercalcemia o malignancy
Bisphosphonates are the mainstay, although they may require up to 48 to 72 hours
be ore reaching ull therapeutic e ect
Calcitonin may be help ul to treat hypercalcemia be ore the onset o action o
bisphosphonates
Denosumab is indicated or hypercalcemia rom solid tumor-associated bone metastases
T erapeutic Procedures
In emergency cases, dialysis with low or no calcium dialysate may be needed
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Monitor serum calcium at least every 6 months during medical therapy o
hyperparathyroidism
Complications
Pathologic ractures are more common in individuals with hyperthyroidism than the
general population
Renal calculi
Chronic kidney disease
Peptic ulcer disease
Pancreatitis
Precipitation o calcium throughout the so tissues
Gestational hypercalcemia produces neonatal hypocalcemia
Prognosis
Depends on the underlying disease
Poor prognosis in malignancy
Prevention
Prevent dehydration that can urther aggravate hypercalcemia
CHAPTER 70 HYPERCALCEMIA
When to Admit
Patients with symptomatic or severe hypercalcemia require immediate treatment
Unexplained hypercalcemia with associated conditions, such as acute kidney injury or
suspected malignancy, may also require urgent treatment and expedited evaluation
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Crowley R et al. How to approach hypercalcaemia. Clin Med. 2013 Jun;13(3):287290. [PMID: 23760705]
Hu MI et al. Denosumab or treatment o hypercalcemia o malignancy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014
Sep;99(9):31443152. [PMID: 24915117]
Marcocci C et al. Clinical practice. Primary hyperparathyroidism. N Engl J Med. 2011 Dec
22;365(25):23892397. [PMID: 22187986]
Rosner MH et al. Electrolyte disorders associated with cancer. Adv Chronic Kidney Dis. 2014
Jan;21(1):717. [PMID: 24359982]
491
492
71
Primary
Hyperparathyroidism
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o mild and severe hyperparathyroidism and resulting hypercalcemia
Understand the primary, secondary, tertiary, and genetic causes o hyperparathyroidism
Know the di erential diagnosis o hyperparathyroidism
Learn the treatments or hyperparathyroidism and its complications
Know which patients to re er or surgery
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o hyperparathyroidism?
What are the symptoms and signs o hyperparathyroidism?
What is the di erential diagnosis o hyperparathyroidism?
What are laboratory and imaging f ndings in hyperparathyroidism?
What are the treatments or hyperparathyroidism?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o
hyperparathyroidism?
When should patients with hyperparathyroidism be re erred to a specialist or admitted
to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Female sex; atigue; weakness; bone pain; renal stones; elevated serum calcium
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Hypercalcemia is requently detected incidentally by screening
Renal stones, polyuria, hypertension, constipation, mental changes
Bone pain
Urine calcium is elevated; urine phosphate is high with low or normal serum phosphate;
serum alkaline phosphatase is normal or elevated
Elevated or high-normal serum P H level
General Considerations
Primary hyperparathyroidism
P H hypersecretion is usually caused by a parathyroid adenoma, less commonly, by
hyperplasia or carcinoma (< 1%; more common in amilial hyperparathyroidism or
multiple endocrine neoplasia [MEN])
I age < 30 years, there is a higher incidence o multiglandular disease (36%) and parathyroid carcinoma (5%) responsible or hyperparathyroidism
Secondary or tertiary hyperparathyroidism
Chronic kidney disease (CKD): hyperphosphatemia and diminished renal vitamin D
production decrease serum ionized serum calcium, thus stimulating the parathyroids
Renal osteodystrophy: bone disease o secondary hyperparathyroidism and CKD
MEN
Hyperparathyroidism is amilial in about 10% o cases; parathyroid hyperplasia may
arise in MEN types 1, 2, and 4
In MEN 1, multiglandular hyperparathyroidism is usually the initial mani estation and
ultimately occurs in over 90% o a ected individuals
Hyperparathyroidism in MEN 2 is less requent than in MEN 1 and is usually milder
MEN 4 patients develop adenomas o the parathyroid and pituitary glands, neuroendocrine tumors o the pancreas, as well as adrenal tumors, renal tumors, testicular
cancer, and neuroendocrine cervical carcinoma
Hyperparathyroidismjaw tumor syndrome is autosomal dominant and associated with
recurrent parathyroid adenomas (5% malignant), benign jaw tumors, and renal cysts
493
494
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Demographics
Hyperparathyroidism is the most common cause o hypercalcemia, with a prevalence o
1 to 4 cases per 1000 persons
It occurs at all ages but most commonly in the seventh decade and in women (74%)
Be ore age 45, the prevalence is similar in men and women
It is more prevalent in blacks, ollowed by whites, then other races
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Hypercalcemia o malignancy (most requently with breast, lung, pancreatic, uterine, and
renal cell carcinomas, paraganglioma, and multiple myeloma)
Hypercalcemia rom other conditions
Vitamin D intoxication
Granulomatous diseases (sarcoidosis, tuberculosis)
Immobilization
Hyperthyroidism
High-dose corticosteroid therapy in patients taking thiazide diuretics
Milk-alkali syndrome
Vitamin D def ciency can cause high serum P H with normal serum calcium
T e serum adjusted total calcium = measured serum calcium in mg/dL + [0.8 (4.0
patients serum albumin in g/dL)]
Elevated or high-normal P H conf rms the diagnosis. Immunoradiometric assay (IRMA)
or P H is most specif c and sensitive
Serum phosphate is o en low (< 2.5 mg/dL) in primary hyperparathyroidism
Serum phosphate is o en high in secondary hyperparathyroidism (CKD)
Urine calcium excretion is high or normal (average 250 mg/g creatinine), but low or the
degree o hypercalcemia
Urine phosphate is high despite low to low normal serum phosphate
Serum alkaline phosphatase is elevated only i bone disease present
Plasma chloride and uric acid may be elevated
Exclude amilial benign hypocalciuric hypercalcemia (FHH) with 24-hour urine or
calcium and creatinine. Discontinue thiazide diuretics prior to this test. In FHH, urine
calcium excretion is low.
Imaging Studies
Ultrasound o the neck
Should be per ormed with a high-resolution transducer (515 MHz) and should scan
the neck rom the mandible to the superior mediastinum in an e ort to locate ectopic
parathyroid adenomas
Has a sensitivity o 79% or single adenomas but only 35% or multiglandular disease
Sestamibi scintigraphy can help locate parathyroid adenomas preoperatively
C and MRI are not as sensitive as ultrasound or sestamibi imaging
However, our-dimensional C has been developed and is use ul or preoperative
imaging in patients who have had prior neck surgery and in those with ectopic glands
MRI may also be use ul or repeat neck operations and when ectopic parathyroid
glands are suspected; it also has the advantage o delivering no radiation and showing
better so tissue contrast than C
Noncontrast-enhanced C scanning o the kidneys recommended or all patients to
determine whether calcium-containing stones are present
Bone radiographs
Usually normal and not required
However, may show demineralization, subperiosteal bone resorption, loss o
lamina dura o the teeth, cysts throughout skeleton, mottling o skull, or pathologic
ractures
Articular cartilage calcif cation (chondrocalcinosis) is sometimes ound
In renal osteodystrophy, bone radiographs may show
Ectopic calcif cations around joints or so tissue
Osteopenia
Osteitis f brosa
Osteosclerosis
Bone densitometry o wrist, hip, and spine may reveal low bone mineral density
7. Treatments
Medications
Bisphosphonates
Pamidronate, 30 to 90 mg (in 0.9% saline) intravenously (IV) over 2 to 4 hours
Zoledronic acid 2 to 4 mg IV over 15 to 20 minutes is quite e ective but also very
expensive
Oral bisphosphonates, such as alendronate, are not e ective or treating the hypercalcemia or hypercalciuria o hyperparathyroidism
However, oral alendronate has been shown to improve bone mineral density in the
lumbar spine and hip (not distal radius) and may be used or asymptomatic patients
with hyperparathyroidism who have a low bone mineral density
495
496
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Cinacalcet hydrochloride
Given to patients with severe hypercalcemia due to parathyroid carcinoma
Initial doses is 30 mg twice daily orally
Dose is increased progressively to 60 mg twice daily, then 90 mg twice daily, then to
a maximum o 90 mg every 6 to 8 hours
Usually well-tolerated but may cause nausea and vomiting, which are usually transient
Vitamin D replacement, 800 to 2000 units daily or more to achieve serum 25-OH vitamin
D levels 30 ng/mL or patients with vitamin D def ciency
Calcitriol
Used in secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism associated with azotemia
Given orally or IV a er dialysis, suppresses parathyroid hyperplasia o kidney disease
For patients with near-normal serum calcium levels, it is given orally in starting at
doses o 0.25 g on alternate days or daily
Doxercalci erol
Used in secondary or tertiary hyperparathyroidism associated with azotemia
Administer IV three times weekly during hemodialysis to patients with secondary
hyperparathyroidism due to CKD
Starting dose: 4 g three times weekly to maximum dose o 18 g three times weekly
Alternatively, administered orally three times weekly at dialysis, starting with 10 g
at each dialysis to a maximum o 60 g/wk
Paricalcitol
Used in secondary or tertiary hyperparathyroidism associated with azotemia
Administer IV during dialysis three times weekly in starting doses o 0.04 to 0.1 g/kg
body weight to a maximum dose o 0.24 g/kg three times weekly
Propranolol may prevent adverse cardiac e ects o hypercalcemia
Surgery
Parathyroidectomy is indicated or patients with symptomatic hyperparathyroidism,
kidney stones, or bone disease
Consider parathyroidectomy or asymptomatic patients i
Serum calcium > 1 mg/dL (0.25 mmol/L) above normal and urine calcium excretion
> 50 mg/24 h o thiazide diuretics
Urine calcium > 400 mg/24 h
Creatinine clearance < 60 mL/min
Cortical bone (wrist, hip) density > 2 SD below normal or previous ragility bone racture
Age < 50 to 60 years
Di culty ensuring medical ollow-up
Pregnancy (second trimester)
Minimally invasive parathyroidectomy surgery usually su ces i an adenoma is identif ed
preoperatively
Subtotal parathyroidectomy (3 glands removed) is done or patients with resistant
parathyroid hyperplasia
T erapeutic Procedures
Patients with mild, asymptomatic hyperparathyroidism are advised to
Keep active; avoid immobilization
Drink adequate uids
Avoid thiazides, large doses o vitamin A, calcium-containing antacids, or calcium
supplements
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
In mild, asymptomatic hyperparathyroidism, check
X-ray, ultrasound, or C scan to identi y any nephrolithiasis or nephrocalcinosis
Serum calcium and albumin twice yearly
497
498
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bilezikian JP et al. Guidelines or the management o asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism:
summary statement rom the Fourth International Workshop. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014
Oct;99(10):35613569. [PMID: 25162665]
Diaz-Soto G et al. Primary hyperparathyroidism in pregnancy. Endocrine. 2013 Dec;44(3):591597.
[PMID: 23670708]
Duntas LH et al. Cinacalcet as alternative treatment o primary hyperparathyroidism: achievements and
prospects. Endocrine. 2011 Jun;39(3):199204. [PMID: 21442382]
Kuntsman JW et al. Parathyroid localization and implications or clinical management. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab. 2013 Mar;98(3):902912. [PMID: 23345096]
Marcocci C et al. Medical management o primary hyperparathyroidism: proceedings o the Fourth
International Workshop on the management o asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Oct;99(10):36073618. [PMID: 25162668]
McVeigh et al. Changing practices in the surgical management o hyperparathyroidism. Surgeon. 2012
Dec;10(6):314320. [PMID: 22105046]
Pepe J et al. Sporadic and hereditary primary hyperparathyroidism. J Endocrinol Invest. 2011 Jul;
34(7 suppl):4044. [PMID: 21985979]
aieb D et al. Parathyroid scintigraphy: when, how, and why? A concise systematic review. Clin Nucl
Med. 2012 Jun;37(6):568574. [PMID: 22614188]
Vestergaard P et al. Medical treatment o primary, secondary, and tertiary hyperparathyroidism.
Curr Drug Saf. 2011 Apr;6(2):108113. [PMID: 21524244]
Wei CH et al. Parathyroid carcinoma: update and guidelines or management. Curr Treat Options Oncol.
2012 Mar;13(1):1123. [PMID: 22327883]
499
Hyperthyroidism
72
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o hyperthyroidism
Understand the actors and medications that predispose to hyperthyroidism
Learn how to distinguish the causes o hyperthyroidism
Know the di erential diagnosis o hyperthyroidism
Learn the treatments or each cause o hyperthyroidism
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o hyperthyroidism?
What are the symptoms and signs o hyperthyroidism?
What is the di erential diagnosis o hyperthyroidism?
What are laboratory and imaging f ndings in hyperthyroidism?
What are the treatments or hyperthyroidism?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o
hyperthyroidism?
When should patients with hyperthyroidism be admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Weight loss with increased appetite; tachycardia; moist skin; enlarged thyroid; muscle
weakness; tremor
500
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Sweating, weight loss or gain, anxiety, palpitations, loose stools, heat intolerance,
irritability, atigue, weakness, menstrual irregularity
achycardia; warm, moist skin; stare; tremor; and, in Graves disease, goiter (o en with
bruit) and ophthalmopathy
Suppressed SH in primary hyperthyroidism; increased 4, ree thyroxine (F 4), 3, ree
triiodothyronine (F 3)
General Considerations
Causes
Graves disease (most common)
Autonomous toxic adenomas, single or multiple
JodBasedow disease, or iodine-induced hyperthyroidism, may occur with
multinodular goiters a er signif cant iodine intake, radiographic contrast, or drugs,
eg, amiodarone
Subacute de Quervain thyroiditis: hyperthyroidism ollowed by hypothyroidism
Hashimoto thyroiditis may cause transient hyperthyroidism during initial phase and
may occur postpartum
Lymphocytic (silent) thyroiditis
Also known as subacute lymphocytic thyroiditis or hashitoxicosis
Can occur spontaneously or be triggered by certain medications, such as axitinib,
sora enib, sunitinib, alemtuzumab
Amiodarone-induced hyperthyroidism: can occur quite suddenly at any time during
treatment and may even develop several months a er it has been discontinued
High serum human chorionic gonadotropin levels in f rst 4 months o pregnancy, molar
pregnancy, choriocarcinoma, and testicular malignancies may cause hyperthyroidism
T yrotoxicosis actitia: excessive exogenous thyroid hormone
CHAPTER 72 HYPERTHYROIDISM
5. Di erential Diagnosis
General anxiety, panic disorder, mania
Other hypermetabolic state, eg, cancer, pheochromocytoma
Exophthalmos due to other cause, eg, orbital tumor
Atrial f brillation rom another cause
Acute psychiatric disorders (may alsely increase serum thyroxine)
High estrogen states, eg, pregnancy
Hypopituitarism
Subclinical hyperthyroidism
501
502
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications (by Disease Entity)
Graves Disease
Propranolol
Extended-release ormulation
60 mg orally once or twice daily, with dosage increases every 2 to 3 days to a maximum
daily dose o 320 mg
Long-acting ormulation
Initially given every 12 hours or patients with severe hyperthyroidism, due to
accelerated metabolism o the propranolol
May be given once daily as hyperthyroidism improves
T ioureas (methimazole or propylthiouracil [P U])
Generally used or
Young adults
T ose with mild thyrotoxicosis, small goiters, or ear o radioactive 131I iodine
treatment
Preparing patients or surgery and elderly patients or radioactive 131I treatment
T ioureas reverse hyperthyroidism, but do not shrink the goiter. T ere is a 95%
recurrence rate i the drug is stopped
Methimazole
Initial dose: 30 to 60 mg once daily orally
Some patients with very mild hyperthyroidism may respond well to smaller initial
doses: 10 to 20 mg daily
CHAPTER 72 HYPERTHYROIDISM
503
504
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Atrial Fibrillation
Digoxin and -blockers to control heart rate
War arin
Cardioversion is unsuccess ul until hyperthyroidism is controlled
T yrotoxic Heart Failure
Aggressively control hyperthyroidism
Use digoxin, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers,
diuretics
Graves Disease
T yroidectomy pre erred over radioiodine or
Pregnant women whose thyrotoxicosis is not controlled with low-dose thioureas
Women desiring pregnancy in very near uture
Patients with extremely large goiters
T ose with suspected malignancy
HartleyDunhill operation
Procedure o choice
otal resection o one lobe and a subtotal resection o the other lobe, leaving about
4 g o thyroid tissue
oxic Solitary T yroid Nodules
Partial thyroidectomy or patients aged < 40
131I or those aged > 40 years
Surgery is the def nitive treatment or patients with large toxic nodular goiter; pathology
reveals unsuspected di erentiated thyroid cancer in 18.3% o cases.
T erapeutic Procedures
Surgery
reat preoperatively with methimazole
Six hours later, give ipodate sodium or iopanoic acid (500 mg twice daily orally) to
accelerate euthyroidism and reduce thyroid vascularity
Iodine (eg, Lugol solution, 2 to 3 gtts daily orally or several days) also reduces
vascularity
Give propranolol preoperatively until serum 3 or ree 3 is normal
For thyrotoxic patients undergoing surgery, larger doses o propranolol are required
perioperatively to reduce possibility o thyroid crisis
Radioactive 131I therapy
Patients usually only take propranolol
However, those with coronary disease, aged > 65 years, or severe hyperthyroidism are
usually f rst rendered euthyroid with methimazole
Contraindicated in pregnancy
Discontinue methimazole 4 days be ore 131I treatment
Methimazole given a er 131I or symptomatic hyperthyroidism until euthyroid
8. Outcome
Follow-Up
In patients taking thioureas, check WBC periodically to exclude agranulocytosis,
particularly in those with sore throat or ebrile illness
Obtain ree 4 levels every 2 to 3 weeks during initial treatment
Hypothyroidism is common months to years a er 131I therapy or subtotal thyroidectomy
surgery
Li elong clinical ollow-up, with SH and ree 4 measurements, is indicated in all patients
Complications
Osteoporosis, hypercalcemia
emporary decreased libido, diminished sperm motility, gynecomastia
CHAPTER 72 HYPERTHYROIDISM
9. When to Admit
T yroid storm
Hyperthyroidism-induced atrial f brillation with severe tachycardia
T yroidectomy
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Bahn RS et al. Hyperthyroidism and other causes o thyrotoxicosis: management guidelines o the
American hyroid Association and American Association o Clinical Endocrinologists. Thyroid.
2011 Jun;21(6):593646. [PMID: 21510801]
Barbesino G et al. Clinical review: clinical utility o SH receptor antibodies. J Clin Endocrinol Metab.
2013 Jun;98(6):22472255. [PMID: 23539719]
Bogazzi F et al. Amiodarone and the thyroid: a 2012 update. J Endocrinol Invest. 2012 Mar;35(3):
340348. [PMID: 22433945]
De Groot L et al. Management o thyroid dys unction during pregnancy and postpartum: an Endocrine
Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012 Aug;97(8):25432565. [PMID:
22869843]
Falhammar H et al. hyrotoxic periodic paralysis: clinical and molecular aspects. Endocrine. 2013
Apr;43(2):274284. [PMID: 22918841]
Franklyn JA et al. hyrotoxicosis. Lancet. 2012 Mar 24;379(9821):11551166. [PMID: 22394559]
Melcescu E et al. Graves orbitopathy: update on diagnosis and therapy. South Med J. 2014 Jan;107(1):
3443. [PMID: 24389785]
Minakaran N et al. Rituximab or thyroid-associated ophthalmopathy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev.
2013 May;5:CD009226. [PMID: 23728689]
Nakamura H et al. Analysis o 754 cases o antithyroid drug-induced agranulocytosis over 30 years in
Japan. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Dec;98(12):47764783. [PMID: 24057289]
Seigel SC et al. hyrotoxicosis. Med Clin North Am. 2012 Mar;96(2):175201. [PMID: 22443970]
Smith JJ et al. oxic nodular goiter and cancer: a compelling case or thyroidectomy. Ann Surg Oncol.
2013 Apr;20(4):13361340. [PMID: 23108556]
Sundaresh V et al. Comparative e ectiveness o therapies or Graves hyperthyroidism: a systematic
review and network meta-analysis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Sep;98(9):36713677. [PMID:
23824415]
Wirth CD et al. Subclinical thyroid dys unction and the risk or ractures: a systematic review and metaanalysis. Ann Intern Med. 2014 Aug;161(3):189199. [PMID: 25089863]
Zhu W et al. A prospective, randomized trial o intravenous glucocorticoids therapy with di erent
protocols or patients with Graves ophthalmopathy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Jun;99(6):
19992007. [PMID: 24606088]
505
506
73
Hypothyroidism
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the common and uncommon c inica mani estations o hypothyroidism
Understand the dif erence between primary and secondary hypothyroidism, and the
causes or each
Know the dif erentia diagnosis o hypothyroidism
Learn the treatments and monitoring or hypothyroidism and myxedema
Know the medications and supp ements that af ect the metabo ism o l -thyroxine
QUESTIONS
1. What are the sa ient eatures o this patients prob em?
2. How do you think through her prob em?
3. What are the key eatures, inc uding essentia s o diagnosis and genera considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o hypothyroidism?
What are the symptoms and signs o hypothyroidism?
What is the dif erentia diagnosis o hypothyroidism?
What are aboratory ndings in hypothyroidism?
What are the treatments or hypothyroidism?
What are the outcomes, inc uding o ow-up, comp ications, and prognosis, o
hypothyroidism?
When shou d patients with hypothyroidism be re erred to a specia ist or admitted to the
hospita ?
CHAPTER 73 HYPOTHYROIDISM
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Midd e-aged ema e; weight gain; constipation; menorrhagia; thinning hair; dry skin;
bradycardia; de ayed re axation phase o deep tendon re exes
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Weakness, co d into erance, constipation, depression, menorrhagia, hoarseness
Dry skin, bradycardia, de ayed re axation phase o deep tendon re exes
Anemia, hyponatremia, hyper ipidemia
Free tetraiodothyronine (F 4) ow
SH e evated in primary hypothyroidism
General Considerations
Primary hypothyroidism is due to thyroid g and disease
Secondary hypothyroidism is due to ack o pituitary SH
Maternal hypothyroidism during pregnancy resu ts in cognitive impairment in the chi d
Radiation therapy to the head-neck-chest-shou der region can cause hypothyroidism
with or without goiter or thyroid cancer many years ater
SH may be mi d y e evated in some euthyroid individua s, especia y e der y women
(10% incidence)
Amiodarone, with its very high iodine content, causes c inica hypothyroidism in 15% to
20% o patients receiving it.
High iodine intake rom other sources may a so cause hypothyroidism, especia y in those
with under ying ymphocytic thyroiditis
Myxedema is caused by interstitia accumu ation o hydrophi ic mucopo ysaccharides,
eading to uid retention and ymphedema
507
508
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
SH eve s or
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Causes o hypothyroidism with goiter
Hashimoto thyroiditis
Subacute (de Quervain thyroiditis) (a er initia hyperthyroidism)
Riede thyroiditis
Iodine de ciency
Genetic thyroid enzyme de ects
Hepatitis C
Drugs
Amiodarone, inter eron-a a, inter eron-beta, ithium, methimazo e, propy thiouraci ,
su onamides
Food goitrogens in iodide-de cient areas
Periphera resistance to thyroid hormone
In trating diseases
Causes o hypothyroidism without goiter
T yroid surgery, irradiation, or radioiodine treatment
De cient pituitary SH
Severe i ness
6. Laboratory Findings
Laboratory Tests
Serum SH is increased in primary hypothyroidism but ow or norma in secondary
hypothyroidism (hypopituitarism)
CHAPTER 73 HYPOTHYROIDISM
7. Treatments
Medications
Levothyroxine ( 4)
reatment o choice a er exc uding adrena insu ciency and angina, which require
treatment rst
raditiona y taken be ore break ast; consistent timing o the dose is important
ake at east 4 hours be ore or a er binding substances, eg, iron, a uminum hydroxide
antacids, ca cium supp ements, or soy mi k; or with bi e acid-binding resins
(eg, cho estyramine)
Starting dose
25 to 75 g ora y every morning i no coronary disease and age < 60 years
100 to 150 g ora y every morning i hypothyroid during pregnancy
25 to 50 g ora y every morning i coronary disease or age > 60
Dose titrated up by 25 g every 1 to 3 weeks unti patient is euthyroid, usua y at
100 to 250 g every morning
E evated SH usua y indicates underrep acement
Be ore increasing 4 dosage, assess or angina, diarrhea, or ma absorption
Once a maintenance dose is determined, continue with the same brand owing to s ight
dif erences in absorption
4 requirements increase with ora estrogen therapy
Increase 4 dose 30% as soon as pregnancy is con rmed
4 dosage requirements can rise, owing to increased hepatic metabo ism o thyroxine
induced by certain medications
Carbamazepine
Phenobarbita
Primidone
509
510
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Phenytoin
Ri abutin
Ri ampin
Sunitinib and other tyrosine kinase inhibitors
4 dosage may need to be titrated downward or patients who start taking tedug utide
or short bowe syndrome
4 dosages must usua y be reduced or women who experience decreased estrogen
eve s a er de ivery, a er bi atera oophorectomy or natura menopause, a er cessation
o ora estrogen rep acement, when switching rom ora to transderma estrogen
therapy, or during therapy with GnRH agonists
Suppressed SH may indicate 4 overrep acement
Assess or severe nonthyroida i ness
Assess other medications (eg, nonsteroida anti-in ammatory drugs, opioids,
ni edipine, verapami , and corticosteroids)
Hypothyroid patients with ischemic heart disease shou d begin 4 af er coronary artery
angiop asty or bypass
Some otherwise hea thy hypothyroid patients taking evothyroxine with a norma serum
SH continue to have hypothyroid-type symptoms
A er ru ing out concurrent conditions, a serum 3 or ree 3 eve is o en he p u
Low serum 3 eve s may re ect inadequate periphera deiodinase activity to convert
inactive 4 to active 3
Consider a c inica tria o a higher dose o evothyroxine that resu ts in a norma serum
3 but a s ight y ow serum SH
More controversia is the supp ementation o evothyroxine with triiodothyronine
(5 to10 g/d)
Dessicated natura porcine thyroid preparations containing both 4 and 3
(eg, Armour T yroid, Nature-T roid, NP T yroid) are discouraged by pro essiona
medica societies, but some patients pre er them
Amiodarone-induced hypothyroidism: treat with just enough 4 to re ieve symptoms
Myxedema crisis
Levothyroxine ( 4) sodium, 400 g intravenous (IV) oading dose, then 50 to 100 g
IV once dai y
T e ower dose (50 g) is or patients with coronary artery disease
Myxedema coma
Liothyronine ( 3, riostat) can be given in doses o 5 to 10 g IV every 8 hours or the
rst 48 hours
I hypothermic, warm on y with b ankets
I hypercapnic, institute mechanica venti ation
reat in ections aggressive y
I adrena insu ciency is suspected, give hydrocortisone, 100 mg IV, then 25 to 50 mg
IV every 8 hours
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Continue 4 or i e; reassess dosage requirements periodica y by c inica examination
and by serum SH
Survei ance or atria arrhythmias and or osteoporosis, especia y in patients who require
high doses o 4
Monitor patients with subc inica hypothyroidism or subt e signs (eg, atigue, depression,
hyper ipidemia)
C inica hypothyroidism ater deve ops in ~18%
Complications
Cardiac comp ications may occur as a resu t o preexistent coronary artery disease and
heart ai ure, which may be exacerbated by 4 therapy
CHAPTER 73 HYPOTHYROIDISM
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
A mandoz JP et a . Hypothyroidism: etio ogy, diagnosis, and management. Med Clin North Am. 2012
Mar;96(2):203221. [PMID: 22443971]
Biondi B et a . Combination treatment with 4 and 3: toward persona ized rep acement therapy in
hypothyroidism? J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012 Ju ;97(7):22562271. [PMID: 22593590]
De Groot L et a . Management o thyroid dys unction during pregnancy and postpartum: an Endocrine
Society c inica practice guide ine. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012 Aug;97(8):25432565. [PMID:
22869843]
Kou ouri O et a . Pit a s in the measurement and interpretation o thyroid unction tests. Best Pract Res
Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Dec;27(6):745762. [PMID: 24275187]
Samue s MH et a . he e ects o evothyroxine rep acement or suppressive therapy on hea th status,
mood, and cognition. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Mar;99(3):843851. [PMID: 24423358]
Wiersinga WM. Paradigm shi ts in thyroid hormone rep acement therapies or hypothyroidism.
Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2014 Mar;10(3):164174. [PMID: 24419358]
511
512
74
Obesity
A 53-year-old woman came to the clinic to get help managing her weight.
She has been overweight since childhood and has continued to gain
weight throughout her adult life. She has tried numerous diets without
lasting success. She initially loses weight, but then regains it after a few
months. She is otherwise healthy and is not taking any medications.
Other family members are also overweight or obese. She does not do
any regular exercise and has a sedentary o ce job. On examination, she
is 5 feet 3 inches tall and 260 pounds, with a body mass index (BMI) of
46.2 (normal < 25).
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o obesity
Understand the actors that predispose to obesity
Know the di erential diagnosis o obesity
Learn the treatment or obesity
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o obesity?
What are the symptoms and signs o obesity?
What is the di erential diagnosis o obesity?
What are laboratory and procedural f ndings in obesity?
What are the treatments or obesity?
What are the outcomes, including complications and prognosis, o obesity?
When should patients with obesity be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the
hospital?
CHAPTER 74 OBESITY
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Long-standing obesity; multiple ailed diets; amily history o overweight or obesity;
sedentary li estyle; elevated BMI
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Def ned as excess adipose tissue; BMI = weight (in kg)/height (in m 2) > 30
Upper body obesity (abdomen and ank) is o greater health consequence than lower
body obesity (buttocks and thighs)
Obesity is associated with health consequences, including diabetes mellitus, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia
General Considerations
Quantitative evaluation involves determination o BMI, calculated by dividing measured
body weight in kilograms by height in meters squared
BMI accurately re ects the presence o excess adipose tissue
Normal: BMI = 18.5 to 24.9
Overweight: BMI = 25 to 29.9
Class I obesity: BMI = 30 to 34.9
Class II obesity: BMI = 35 to 39.9
Class III (extreme) obesity: BMI > 40
Increased abdominal circum erence (> 102 cm in men and > 88 cm in women) or high
waist/hip ratios (> 1.0 in men and > 0.85 in women) con ers greater risk o
Diabetes mellitus
Stroke
Coronary artery disease
Early death
Obesity is associated with signif cant increases in morbidity and mortality
Surgical and obstetric risks greater
513
514
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
T e relative risk associated with obesity decreases with age, and excess weight is no longer
a risk actor in adults aged > 75
Demographics
68% o Americans are overweight
33.8% o Americans are obese
Approximately 60% o individuals with obesity in the United States have the metabolic
syndrome (obesity plus hypertension, hyperlipidemia and insulin resistance [diabetes
mellitus])
As much as 40% to 70% o obesity may be explained by genetic in uences
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Increased caloric intake
Fluid retention: heart ailure, cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome
Cushing syndrome
Hypothyroidism
Diabetes mellitus (type 2)
Drugs, eg, antipsychotics, antidepressants, corticosteroids
Insulinoma
Depression
Binge eating disorder
7. Treatments
Medications
Catecholaminergic or serotonergic medications
Amphetamines (high abuse potential)
Nonamphetamine schedule IV appetite suppressants (phentermine, diethylpropion,
benzphetamine, and phendimetrazine) are approved or short-term use only and have
limited utility
T ese medications are sometimes used in patients with BMI > 30 or in patients with
BMI > 27 who have obesity-related health risks
Average weight loss approximately 3 to 5 kg more than placebo
No evidence o long-term benef t
CHAPTER 74 OBESITY
515
516
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Wound in ections
T romboembolic disease
Nutritional def ciencies
GI symptoms
Surgical mortality (30 day) ranges rom nil to 1%; 1-year mortality is higher, especially in
high-risk and older patients
T erapeutic Procedures
Multidisciplinary approach
Hypocaloric diets
Behavior modif cation
Exercise
Social support
Limit oods that provide large amounts o calories without other nutrients, ie, at, sucrose,
and alcohol
No special advantage to carbohydrate-restricted or high-protein diets, nor to ingestion o
oods one at a time
Plan and keep records o menus and exercise sessions
Aerobic exercise use ul or long-term weight maintenance
For BMI > 35
Consider very low-calorie diets (typically 800 to 1000 kcal/d) or 4 to 6 months
Side e ects include atigue, orthostatic hypotension, cold intolerance, and uid and
electrolyte disorders
Less-common complications include gout, gallbladder disease, and cardiac arrhythmias
8. Outcomes
Complications
Hypertension
ype 2 diabetes mellitus
Hyperlipidemia
Coronary artery disease
Degenerative joint disease
Psychosocial disability
Cancers (colon, rectum, prostate, uterus, biliary tract, breast, ovary)
T romboembolic disorders
Digestive tract diseases (gallstones, re ux esophagitis)
Skin disorders
Prognosis
Only 20% o patients will lose 20 lb and maintain the loss or > 2 years; only 5% will
maintain a 40-lb loss
With very low-calorie diets, patients lose an average o 2 lb/wk; long-term weight
maintenance ollowing meal replacement programs is less predictable and requires
concurrent behavior modif cation and exercise
Orlistat, 120 mg orally three times daily with each at-containing meal, or up to 2 years
results in 2 to 4 kg greater weight loss than placebo
Roux-en-Y gastric bypass leads to substantial weight lossclose to 50% o initial body
weight
CHAPTER 74 OBESITY
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Gloy VL et al. Bariatric surgery versus non-surgical treatment or obesity: a systematic review and metaanalysis o randomised controlled trials. BMJ. 2013 Oct 22;347: 5934. [PMID: 24149519]
Gray LJ et al. A systematic review and mixed treatment comparison o pharmacological interventions
or the treatment o obesity. Obes Rev. 2012 Jun;13(6):483498. [PMID: 22288431]
Jensen MD et al. 2013 AHA/ACC/ OS guideline or the management o overweight and obesity in
adults: a report o the American College o Cardiology/American Heart Association ask Force on
Practice Guidelines and he Obesity Society. Circulation. 2014 Jun 24;129(25 suppl 2):S102S138.
[PMID: 24222017]
Johansson K et al. E ects o anti-obesity drugs, diet, and exercise on weight-loss maintenance a ter a
very-low-calorie diet or low-calorie diet: a systematic review and meta-analysis o randomized controlled trials. Am J Clin Nutr. 2014 Jan;99(1):1423. [PMID: 24172297]
Johnston BC et al. Comparison o weight loss among named diet programs in overweight and obese
adults: a meta-analysis. JAMA. 2014 Sep 3;312(9):923933. [PMID: 25182101]
Kushner RF et al. Assessment and li estyle management o patients with obesity: clinical recommendations rom systematic reviews. JAMA. 2014 Sep 3;312(9):943952. Erratum in: JAMA. 2014 Oct
15;312(15):1593. [PMID: 25182103]
Ogden CL et al. Prevalence o obesity in the United States. JAMA. 2014 Jul;312(2):189190. [PMID:
25005661]
sai AG et al. In the clinic: obesity. Ann Intern Med. 2013 Sep 3;159(5):I C3-115. [PMID: 24026335]
Unick JL et al; Look AHEAD Research Group. he long-term e ectiveness o a li estyle intervention in
severely obese individuals. Am J Med. 2013 Mar;126(3):236242. [PMID: 23410564]
Yanovski SZ et al. Long-term drug treatment or obesity: a systematic and clinical review. JAMA. 2014
Jan 1;311(1):7486. [PMID: 24231879]
517
518
75
Osteoporosis
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the common presentations and objective f ndings o osteoporosis
Understand the patient characteristics, diseases, and medications that predispose to
osteoporosis
Know how to screen or osteoporosis and to rule out causes o bone loss
Learn the treatments o osteoporosis, including medications or patients intolerant o
oral bisphosphonates
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
demographics, o osteoporosis?
What are the symptoms and signs o osteoporosis?
What is the di erential diagnosis o osteoporosis?
What are laboratory and imaging f ndings in osteoporosis?
What are the treatments or osteoporosis?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, complications, and prognosis, o
osteoporosis?
CHAPTER 75 OSTEOPOROSIS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Elderly; emale sex; sex; long-term glucocorticoid use; all with racture o hip; radiograph
shows low bone mass
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Propensity to racture o spine, hip, pelvis, and wrist rom demineralization
Serum P H, calcium, phosphorus, and alkaline phosphatase are all usually normal
Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D level is o en low as a comorbid condition
General Considerations
Osteoporosis causes approximately 2 million ractures annually in the United States,
mainly o the spine and hip
Morbidity and indirect mortality rates are very high
Bone densitometry screening is recommended or all postmenopausal women, men over
age 70 years, and younger patients who have pathologic ractures or radiographic evidence
o diminished bone density
Rate o bone ormation is o en normal, but rate o bone resorption is increased
Most common causes
Aging
High-dose corticosteroid administration
Alcoholism
Smoking
Sex hormone def ciency, particularly menopause in women
See able 75-1
Osteogenesis imper ecta
Caused by a major mutation in the gene encoding or type I collagen, the major collagen
constituent o bone
Causes severe osteoporosis
519
520
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
Genetic disorders
Aromatase deficiency
Collagen disorders
EhlersDanlos syndrome
Homocystinuria
Hypophosphatasia
Idiopathicjuvenile and adult osteoporosis
Marfan syndrome
Osteogenesis imperfecta
Miscellaneous
Anorexia nervosa
Celiacdisease
Copper deficiency
Diabetes mellitus (uncontrolled)
Hyponatremia (chronic)
Liver disease (chronic)
Mastocytosis (systemic)
Protein-calorie malnutrition
Rheumatoid arthritis
Vitamin Cdeficiency
Demographics
Clinically evident in middle li e and beyond
Women are more requently a ected than men
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Rickets (eg, rom vitamin D def ciency in childhood)
Osteomalacia (inadequate mineralization o existing bone matrix [osteoid])
Multiple myeloma
Metastatic cancer
Paget disease o bone
Renal osteodystrophy
CHAPTER 75 OSTEOPOROSIS
7. Treatments
Medications
Calcium and vitamin D to prevent or treat osteoporosis
Calcium: the daily recommendation o 1200 mg or postmenopausal women and men
older than age 70 years is achieved with most healthy diets, though supplementation
is recommended i dairy products, dark lea y greens, sardines, to u, or ortif ed oods
are not included
Calcium citrate causes less gastrointestinal intolerance and does not require acid or
absorption (recommended with concurrent acid suppression treatment)
Vitamin D (600 to 800 U/d) is di cult to obtain with diet and sun exposure alone;
supplement with daily vitamin D3 (cholecalci erol) (800 to 2000 IU or in doses titrated
to achieve serum levels o 25-hydroxyvitamin D between 30 and 60 ng/mL) or both
prevention and treatment
Bisphosphonates
Increase bone density, reduce racture risk
Reduce corticosteroid-induced osteoporosis
ake in morning with 8 oz water, 30 to 60 minutes be ore any other ood or liquid
Must remain upright or 30 minutes a er taking to reduce risk o pill-induced esophagitis
Doses:
Alendronate, 70 mg orally every week
Risedronate, 35 mg orally every week
Ibandronate sodium, 150 mg orally once monthly
Zoledronic acid, 5 mg, can be administered intravenously every 12 months i patient
cannot tolerate oral bisphosphonates
All patients taking bisphosphonates should receive oral calcium with evening meal and
vitamin D
Consider estrogen or raloxi ene or women with hypogonadism
Raloxi ene, 60 mg once daily orally, decreases risk o vertebral, but not nonvertebral,
ractures
eriparatide
Stimulates production o new collagenous bone matrix that must be mineralized
Patients must have su cient intake o vitamin D and calcium
Administer 20 g/d subcutaneously or 2 years, then discontinue and substitute a
bisphosphonate
May also be used to promote healing o atypical emoral chalkstick ractures associated
with bisphosphonate therapy
Avoid in patients with
Increased risk o osteosarcoma
Hypercalcemia
Use with caution in patients taking corticosteroids or thiazide diuretics along with oral
calcium supplementation therapy because hypercalcemia may develop
Denosumab
Dose: 60 mg subcutaneously every 6 months
Its e cacy is comparable to bisphosphonates
521
522
ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC DISORDERS
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
DEXA bone densitometry every 2 to 3 years
Monitor patients taking corticosteroids or thiazides or who have kidney disease or
development o hypercalcemia when given calcium supplements
Reduce bisphosphonate dosage in chronic kidney disease, and monitor serum phosphate
Complications
Fractures common, especially emur, vertebrae, and distal radius
Calcium supplements (with and without coadministered vitamin D) are associated with
a modest increased risk o myocardial in arction in some reports, though not in the
Womens Health Initiative
Bisphosphonates
Oral can cause esophagitis, gastritis, and abdominal pain
Oral and intravenous can cause atigue, bone, joint, muscle pain, or osteonecrosis o
the jaw
Bone, joint, muscle pains can be migratory or di use, mild to incapacitating
Onset o pain occurs 1 day to 1 year a er therapy is initiated, with a mean o 14 days
Pain can be transient, lasting several days and resolving spontaneously, but typically
recurs with subsequent doses
Most experience gradual pain relie when medication is stopped
Osteonecrosis o the jaw is a rare (1:100,000) complication o bisphosphonate therapy
or osteoporosis. A pain ul, necrotic, nonhealing lesion o the jaw occurs, particularly
a er tooth extraction.
Raloxi ene
Increases the risk or thromboembolism
Aggravates hot ashes
Nausea
Weight gain
Depression
Insomnia
Leg cramps
Rash
eriparatide
Orthostatic hypotension
Asthenia
Nausea
Leg cramps
CHAPTER 75 OSTEOPOROSIS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Ensrud KE et al; Osteoporotic Fractures in Men Study Group. Implications o expanding indications or
drug treatment to prevent racture in older men in United States: cross sectional and longitudinal
analysis o prospective cohort study. BMJ. 2014 Jul 3;349:g4120. [PMID: 24994809]
Khosla S et al. Bene its and risks o bisphosphonate therapy or osteoporosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab.
2012 Jul;97(7):22722282. [PMID: 22523337]
Knopp-Sihota JA et al. Calcitonin or treating acute and chronic pain o recent and remote osteoporotic
vertebral compression ractures: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Osteoporos Int. 2012
Jan;23(1):1738. [PMID: 21660557]
Leder BZ et al. wo years o denosumab and teriparatide administration in postmenopausal women
with osteoporosis ( he DA A Extension Study): a randomized controlled trial. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab. 2014 May;99(5):16941700. [PMID: 24517156]
Lekamwasam S et al; Joint IOF-EC S GIO Guidelines Working Group. A ramework or the
development o guidelines or the management o glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis. Osteoporos
Int. 2012 Sep;23(9):22572276. [PMID: 22434203]
Moyer VA et al. Vitamin D and calcium supplementation to prevent ractures in adults: U.S. Preventive
Services ask Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2013 May 7;158(9):691696.
[PMID: 23440163]
Murad MH et al. Clinical review. Comparative e ectiveness o drug treatments to prevent ragility
ractures: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012
Jun;97(6):18711880. [PMID: 22466336]
Salam SN et al. Fragility ractures and osteoporosis in CKD: pathophysiology and diagnostic methods.
Am J Kidney Dis. 2014 Jun;63(6):10491059. [PMID: 24631043]
Scott LJ. Denosumab: a review o its use in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis. Drugs Aging.
2014 Jul;31(7):555576. [PMID: 24935243]
Sugerman D . JAMA patient page. Osteoporosis. JAMA. 2014 Jan 1;311(1):104. [PMID: 24381978]
Sun LM et al. Calcitonin nasal spray and increased cancer risk: a population-based nested case-control
study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Nov;99(11):42594264. [PMID: 25144633]
523
Skin Disorders
Pulmonary/Ear, Nose, &Throat Disorders
Heart/Hypertension/Lipid Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Gastrointestinal/Liver/Pancreas Disorders
Gynecologic/Urologic Disorders
Musculoskeletal Disorders
Kidney/Electrolyte Disorders
Nervous System/Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrine/Metabolic Disorders
Infectious Disorders
526
76
Fever
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings that can suggest an etiology or
the ever
Understand the patient actors that predispose to the di erent causes o ever
Know the in ectious and nonin ectious causes o ever
Learn how to diagnose the etiology o ever
Know which patients with ever to treat empirically with antibiotic therapy
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
o ever?
What are the symptoms and signs o ever?
What is the di erential diagnosis o ever?
What are laboratory, imaging, and procedural f ndings in ever?
What are the treatments or ever?
What is the outcome, including prognosis, o ever?
When should patients with ever be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
CHAPTER 76 FEVER
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Young woman; ever accompanied by systemic symptoms; myalgias; sore throat without
tonsillar exudates; unprotected sex; lymphadenopathy; negative HIV ELISA with positive
viral load indicating acute HIV in ection
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
In patients with ever, inquire about
Age
Localizing symptoms
Weight loss
Joint pain
Injection substance use
Immunosuppression or neutropenia
History o cancer
Medications
ravel history
Sexual contacts history
General Considerations
Fever is a regulated rise to a new set point o body temperature mediated by pyrogenic
cytokines acting on the hypothalamus
T e ever pattern is o marginal value, except or the relapsing ever o malaria, borreliosis,
and lymphoma (especially Hodgkin disease)
Most ebrile illnesses are
Caused by common in ections
Short-lived
Relatively easy to diagnose
527
528
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Common Causes
In ections
Bacterial (including tuberculosis)
Viral
Rickettsial
Fungal
Parasitic
Autoimmune diseases
CNS diseases
Head trauma
Mass lesions
Malignant disease
Renal cell carcinoma
Primary or metastatic liver cancer
Leukemia
Lymphoma
Cardiovascular diseases
Myocardial in arction
T rombophlebitis
Pulmonary embolism
Gastrointestinal diseases
In ammatory bowel disease
Alcoholic hepatitis
Granulomatous hepatitis
CHAPTER 76 FEVER
Miscellaneous diseases
Drug ever
Sarcoidosis
Familial Mediterranean ever
issue injury
Hematoma
Factitious ever
Hyperthermia
Peripheral thermoregulatory disorders
Heat stroke
Malignant hyperthermia o anesthesia
Malignant neuroleptic syndrome
7. Treatments
Medications
Antipyretic therapy with aspirin or acetaminophen, 325 to 650 mg every 4 hours orally
A er obtaining blood and urine cultures, empiric broad-spectrum antibiotic therapy is
indicated in patients who are
Clinically unstable
Hemodynamic unstable
Neutropenic (neutrophils < 500/L)
Asplenic ( rom surgery or sickle-cell disease)
Immunosuppressed (including persons taking systemic corticosteroids, azathioprine,
cyclosporine, or other immunosuppressive medications, and those who are HIV
in ected)
529
530
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
8. Outcome
Prognosis
A er extensive evaluation
25% o patients with FUO have chronic or indolent in ection
25% have autoimmune disease
10% have malignancy
T e remainder have other miscellaneous disorders or no def nitive diagnosis
Long-term ollow-up o patients with initially undiagnosed FUO demonstrates that
50% become symptom- ree during evaluation
20% reach a def nitive diagnosis (usually within 2 months)
30% have persistent or recurring ever or months or years
CHAPTER 76 FEVER
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
A ronti M et al. Low-grade ever: how to distinguish organic rom non-organic orms. Int J Clin Pract.
2010 Feb;64(3):316321. [PMID: 20456171]
Hocker SE et al. Indicators o central ever in the neurologic intensive care unit. JAMA Neurol. 2013
Dec;70(12):14991504. [PMID: 24100963]
Kim YJ et al. Diagnostic value o 18F-FDG PE /C in patients with ever o unknown origin. Intern
Med J. 2012 Jul;42(7):834837. [PMID: 22805689]
Siikamki HM et al. Fever in travelers returning rom malaria-endemic areas: dont look or malaria
only. J Travel Med. 2011 JulAug;18(4):239-244. [ PMID: 21722234]
Worth LJ et al; Australian Consensus Guidelines 2011 Steering Committee. Use o risk strati ication to
guide ambulatory management o neutropenic ever. Intern Med J. 2011 Jan;41(1b):8289. [PMID:
21272172]
531
532
77
HIV-AIDS
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o HIV
Understand the actors that predispose to HIV
Know the di erential diagnosis o HIV
Learn the treatment or HIV
Know how to prevent HIV and related complications
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
demographics, o HIV?
What are the symptoms and signs o HIV?
What is the di erential diagnosis o HIV?
What are laboratory and procedural f ndings in HIV?
What are the treatments or HIV?
What are the outcomes, including ollow-up, prognosis, and prevention, o HIV?
When should patients with HIV be re erred to a specialist or admitted to the hospital?
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Injection drug use; 1-month duration o intermittent evers and night sweats; pneumonia
symptoms (slowly progressive dyspnea, ever, tachycardia, hypoxia) and abnormal chest
radiograph suggesting a possible opportunistic in ection
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Risk actors include
Sexual contact with an in ected person
Parenteral exposure to in ected blood by trans usion or needle sharing
Perinatal exposure
Prominent systemic complaints such as sweats, diarrhea, weight loss, and wasting
Opportunistic in ections
Due to diminished cellular immunity
O en li e-threatening
Aggressive cancers, particularly Kaposi sarcoma, and extranodal lymphoma
Neurologic mani estations
Dementia
Aseptic meningitis
Neuropathy
General Considerations
Etiology: HIV-1, a retrovirus
Def nition: Centers or Disease Control and Prevention AIDS case def nition ( able 77-1)
Demographics
An estimated 1,201,100 Americans aged 13 years or older are in ected with HIV
T ere are about 50, 000 new in ections each year
An estimated 494,602 persons in the United States are living with AIDS
O those, 76% are men, o whom 64% were exposed through male-to-male sexual
contact, 15% were exposed through injection drug use, 11% were exposed through
heterosexual contact, and 8% were exposed through male-to-male sexual contact and
injection drug use
533
534
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Table 77-1. CDC AIDS case de inition or surveillance o adults and adolescents.
Definitive AIDSDiagnoses (With or Without Laboratory Evidence of HIVInfection)
1. Candidiasis of the esophagus, trachea, bronchi, or lungs
2. Cryptococcosis, extrapulmonary
3. Cryptosporidiosis with diarrhea persisting > 1 mo
4. Cytomegalovirus disease of an organ other than liver, spleen, or lymph nodes
5. Herpes simplexvirus infection causing a mucocutaneous ulcer that persists longer than 1 mo; or bronchitis, pneumonitis, or esophagitis of anyduration
6. Kaposi sarcoma in a patient < 60 yof age
7. Lymphoma of the brain (primary) in a patient < 60 yof age
8. Mycobacteriumaviumcomplexor Mkansasii disease, disseminated (at a site other than or in addition to lungs, skin, or cervical or hilar lymph nodes)
9. Pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia
10. Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy
11. Toxoplasmosis of the brain
Definitive AIDSDiagnoses (With Laboratory Evidence of HIVInfection)
1. Coccidioidomycosis, disseminated (at a site other than or in addition to lungs or cervical or hilar lymph nodes)
2. HIVencephalopathy
3. Histoplasmosis, disseminated (at a site other than or in addition to lungs or cervical or hilar lymph nodes)
4. Isosporiasis with diarrhea persisting > 1 mo
5. Kaposi sarcoma at anyage
6. Lymphoma of the brain (primary) at anyage
7. Other non-Hodgkin lymphoma of Bcell or unknown immunologic phenotype
8. Anymycobacterial disease caused bymycobacteria other than Mycobacteriumtuberculosis, disseminated (at a site other than or in addition to lungs, skin, or cervical or hilar
lymph nodes)
9. Disease caused byextrapulmonaryMtuberculosis
10. Salmonella (nontyphoid) septicemia, recurrent
11. HIVwasting syndrome
12. CD4 lymphocyte count below200 cells/Lor a CD4 lymphocyte percentage < 14%
13. Pulmonarytuberculosis
14. Recurrent pneumonia
15. Invasive cervical cancer
Presumptive AIDSDiagnoses (With Laboratory Evidence of HIVInfection)
1. Candidiasis of esophagus: (a) recent onset of retrosternal pain on swallowing; and (b) oral candidiasis
2. Cytomegalovirus retinitis. Acharacteristicappearance on serial ophthalmoscopicexaminations
3. Mycobacteriosis. Specimen fromstool or normallysterile bodyfluids or tissue froma site other than lungs, skin, or cervical or hilar lymph nodes, showing acid-fast bacilli of a
species not identified byculture
4. Kaposi sarcoma. Erythematous or violaceous plaque-like lesion on skin or mucous membrane
5. Pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia: (a) a historyof dyspnea on exertion or nonproductive cough of recent onset (within the past 3 mo); and (b) chest x-rayevidence of diffuse
bilateral interstitial infiltrates or galliumscan evidence of diffuse bilateral pulmonarydisease; and (c) arterial blood gas analysis showing an arterial oxygen partial pressure of
< 70 mmHg or a lowrespiratorydiffusing capacityof < 80%of predicted values or an increase in the alveolar-arterial oxygen tension gradient; and (d) no evidence of a
bacterial pneumonia
6. Toxoplasmosis of the brain: (a) recent onset of a focal neurologicabnormalityconsistent with intracranial disease or a reduced level of consciousness; and (b) brain imaging
evidence of a lesion having a mass effect or the radiographicappearance of which is enhanced byinjection of contrast medium; and (c) serumantibodyto toxoplasmosis or
successful response to therapyfor toxoplasmosis
7. Recurrent pneumonia: (a) more than one episode in a 1-yperiod; and (b) acute pneumonia (newsymptoms, signs, or radiologicevidence not present earlier) diagnosed on
clinical or radiologicgrounds bythe patients clinician
8. Pulmonarytuberculosis: (a) apical or miliaryinfiltrates and (b) radiographicand clinical response to antituberculous therapy
Women account or 24% o living persons with HIV in ection, o whom 69% were
in ected through heterosexual contact, and 28% were exposed through injection drug use
535
536
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Biliary
Cholecystitis
Sclerosing cholangitis
Papillary stenosis (CMV, Cryptosporidium, and Microsporidia)
Central nervous system (CNS)
Intracerebral space-occupying lesions
oxoplasmosis
Bacterial and Nocardia abscesses
Cryptococcomas
uberculomas
HIV encephalopathy
Meningitis
CNS (non-Hodgkin) lymphoma
Progressive multi ocal leukoencephalopathy (PML)
Spinal cord: HIV myelopathy
Peripheral nervous system
In ammatory polyneuropathies, sensory neuropathies, and mononeuropathies
CMV polyradiculopathy
ransverse myelitis (herpes zoster or CMV)
Endocrinologic
Adrenal insu ciency rom in ection (eg, CMV and MAC), inf ltration (Kaposi
sarcoma), hemorrhage, and presumed autoimmune injury
Isolated mineralocorticoid de ect
T yroid unction test abnormalities (high 3, 4, and thyroxine-binding globulin, and
low reverse- 3)
Gynecologic
Vaginal candidiasis
Cervical dysplasia and carcinoma
Pelvic in ammatory disease
Malignancies
Kaposi sarcoma
Non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin lymphoma
Primary CNS lymphoma
Cervical dysplasia and invasive cervical carcinoma
Anal dysplasia and squamous cell carcinoma
Skin
Viral
Herpes simplex
Herpes zoster
Molluscum contagiosum
Bacterial
Staphylococcus olliculitis, uruncles, bullous impetigo, dissemination with sepsis
Bacillary angiomatosis caused by Bartonella henselae and B quintana
Fungal
Candida
Dermatophytes
Malassezia ur ur/Pityrosporum ovale seborrheic dermatitis
Neoplastic (Kaposi sarcoma)
Nonspecif c (psoriasis, severe pruritus, and xerosis) dermatitides
Musculoskeletal
Myopathy
Arthritis o single or multiple joints, with or without e usions
Reactive arthritis (Reiter syndrome)
Psoriatic arthritis
Sicca syndrome
Systemic lupus erythematosus
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Depends on mode o presentation
Constitutional symptoms
Cancer
uberculosis
Endocarditis
Endocrinologic diseases (eg, hyperthyroidism)
Pulmonary processes
Acute and chronic lung in ections
Other causes o di use interstitial pulmonary inf ltrates
Neurologic disease
Causes o mental status changes
Causes o neuropathy
Diarrhea
In ectious enterocolitis
Antibiotic-associated colitis
In ammatory bowel disease
Malabsorption syndromes
Significance
HIVenzyme-linked immunosorbent
assay(ELISA)
Screening test for HIVinfection. Of ELISAtests, 50%are positive within 22 d after HIV
transmission; 95%are positive within 6 wkafter transmission. Sensitivity> 99.9%; to avoid
false-positive results, repeatedlyreactive results must be confirmed with Western blot
Western blot
HIVrapid antibodytest
Screening test for HIV.Produces results in 10 to 20 min. Can be performed bypersonnel with
limited training. Positive results must be confirmed with standard HIVtest (ELISAand Western
blot)
Percentage maybe more reliable than the CD4 count. Riskof progression to an AIDS
opportunisticinfection or malignancyis high with percentage < 14%in the absence of
treatment
These tests measure the amount of activelyreplicating HIVvirus. Correlate with disease
progression and response to antiretroviral drugs. Best tests available for diagnosis of acute HIV
infection (prior to seroconversion); however, caution is warranted when the test result shows
low-level viremia (ie, < 500 copies/mL) as this mayrepresent a false-positive test
537
538
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Diagnostic Procedures
For P jiroveci pneumonia
Arterial blood gases
Serum lactate dehydrogenase
Chest radiograph
WrightGiemsa stain o induced sputum
Bronchoalveolar lavage
Di using capacity o carbon monoxide (DLco)
High-resolution C scan
For CNS toxoplasmosis
Head C scan
Stereotactic brain biopsy
For cryptococcal meningitis
Cerebrospinal uid (CSF) culture
CSF, serum cryptococcal antigen (CRAG)
For HIV meningitis: CSF cell count
For HIV myelopathy
Lumbar puncture
Head MRI or C scan
For AIDS dementia complex, depression: neuropsychiatric testing
For myopathy
Serum creatine kinase
Muscle biopsy
For hepatic dys unction
Percutaneous liver biopsy
Blood culture
Biopsy o a more accessible site
For enterocolitis
Stool culture and multiple ova and parasite examinations
Colonoscopy and biopsy
7. Treatments
Medications
Fever: antipyretics
Anorexia: megestrol acetate, 80 mg our times daily orally or dronabinol, 2.5 to 5.0 mg
three times daily
Weight loss
Food supplementation with high-calorie drinks
Growth hormone, 0.1 mg/kg/d subcutaneously or 12 weeks, or anabolic steroids
oxandrolone, 15 to 20 mg orally in 2 to 4 divided doses
estosterone enanthate or cypionate, 100 to 200 mg intramuscularly every 2 to 4 weeks,
or testosterone patches or gel
Nausea
Prochlorperazine, 10 mg three times daily orally be ore every meal
Metoclopramide, 10 mg three times daily orally be ore every meal
Ondansetron, 8 mg three times daily orally be ore every meal
Dronabinol, 5 mg three times daily, or medical cannabis
Empiric oral anti ungal agent
It is now recommended that antiretroviral treatment be started in all HIV-in ected persons regardless o CD4 count due to the recognition that HIV damages the immune system rom the beginning o in ection even when the damage is not easily measured by
conventional tests
Resistance testing is recommended or all patients prior to initiating AR
Presence o an acute opportunistic in ection does not preclude the initiation o AR
( able 77-3)
539
Dose
Special Monitoringa
No special monitoring
400 mg orallydaily(enteric-coated
capsule) for persons 60 kg
Emtricitabine (Emtriva)
No special monitoring
No special monitoring
Zidovudine (AZT)
(Retrovir)
No special monitoring
Gastrointestinal distress
Rash
No special monitoring
Efavirenz (Sustiva)
600 mg orallydaily
Neurologicdisturbances, rash
No special monitoring
Etravirine (Intelence)
No special monitoring
Nevirapine (Viramune)
Rash
No special monitoring
Rilpivirine
(Edurant)
25 mg daily
Depression, rash
No special monitoring
Fosamprenavir (Lexiva)
Gastrointestinal, rash
No special monitoring
Indinavir (Crixivan)
Renal calculi
Lopinavir/ritonavir
(Kaletra)
Diarrhea
No special monitoring
Nelfinavir (Viracept)
Diarrhea
No special monitoring
Ritonavir (Norvir)
No special monitoring
Gastrointestinal distress
No special monitoring
Atazanavir (Reyataz)
Hyperbilirubinemia
Darunavir/ritonavir
(Prezista/Norvir)
Rash
No special monitoring
Tipranavir/ritonavir
(Aptivus/Norvir)
Gastrointestinal, rash
No special monitoring
(continued )
540
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Dose
Special Monitoringa
Entry inhibitors
Enfuvirtide (Fuzeon)
90 mg subcutaneouslytwice daily
No special monitoring
Maraviroc(Selzentry)
150300 mg orallydaily
No special monitoring
No special monitoring
Dolutegravir (Tivicay)
Treatment-nave or integrase-nave
patients: 50 mg daily.
When administered with efavirenz,
forsamprenavir/ritonavir, tipranavir/
ritonavir, or rifampin: 50 mg twice daily.
When administered to integraseexperienced patients with suspected
integrase resistance: 50 mg twice daily.
Hypersensitivity, rash
No special monitoring
Integrase inhibitors
Raltegravir (Isentress)
Standard monitoring is complete blood count (CBC) and differential, serum aminotransferases every 34 mo, and cholesterol (total, LDL, HDL), and
triglycerides 6 mo after starting ART and annually among those over age 40 y.
Average wholesale price (AWP, for AB-rated generic when available) for quantity listed. Source: Red Book Online, 2013, Truven Health Analytics, Inc.
AWP may not accurately represent the actual pharmacy cost because wide contractual variations exist among institutions.
Antiretrovirals should never be used alone as a single agent, and at least three active agents
should be used at all times
Most clinicians use f xed-dose combinations (see ables 774 and 77-5) which can be
given once a day.
T e primary goal o therapy should be complete suppression o viral replication as measured by the serum viral load
See Figure 77-1 or an approach to initial and subsequent antiretroviral therapy.
See able 77-6 or treatment o common opportunistic in ections and malignancies
Components
Truvada
Tenofovir 300 mg
Emtricitabine 200 mg
One pill dailywith an NNRTI, protease inhibitor, integrase inhibitor, or maraviroc (entryinhibitor). Most
commonlyused nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor backbone
$1539.90
Epzicom
Abacavir 600 mg
Lamivudine 300 mg
One pill dailywith a NNRTI, protease inhibitor, integrase inhibitor, or maraviroc (entryinhibitor)
$1324.93
Trizivir
Abacavir 300 mg
Lamivudine 150 mg
Zidovudine 300 mg
One tablet twice dailywith a NNRTI, protease inhibitor, integrase inhibitor, or maraviroc(entryinhibitor).
Although it contains three medications it does not constitute a complete treatment
$1931.64
Atripla
Tenofovir 300 mg
Emtricitabine 200 mg
Efavirenz 600 mg
$2402.04
Stribild
Tenofovir 300 mg
Emtricitabine 200 mg
Elvitegravir 150 mg
Cobicistat 150 mg
One pill dailyconstitutes a complete regimen. Although it contains four medications, one component
(Cobicistat) is a medication booster only
$2948.70
Complera
Tenofovir 300 mg
Emtricitabine 200 mg
Rilpivirine 25 mg
One pill dailyconstitutes complete regimen. Onlyfor patients with HIVviral load < 100,000/mL
$2463.37
Advantages
Disadvantages
Atripla (tenofovir/
emtricitabine/efavirenz)
Epzicom(abacavir/lamivudine)
+ efavirenz (600 mg daily)b
Complera (tenofovir/
emtricitabine/rilpivirine)
Once-a-dayregimen
Limited riskof resistance with poor adherence
Resistance to atazanavir generallydoes not
confer resistance to other PI
Potent boosted PI
Can be given once daily
Limited riskof resistance with poor adherence
Metabolicallyneutral
Superior to Atripla over 5-yof follow-up
Stribild (emtricitabine/
tenofovir/elvitegravir with
cobicistat boosting)
These 10 regimens have been recommended by the USA Panel of the International Antiviral Society.
b
Usual medication doses are supplied when not part of a fixed dose preparation
541
542
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Repeatedly positive ELISA and western blot conf rmation of HIV
Perform HIV viral load and resistance testing and begin a recommended
antiretroviral treatment regimen (Table 775)
Intolerance to regimen
Change to alternative
drug or regimen
Mycobacteriumaviumcomplex
infection
Treatment
Complications
Toxoplasmosis
Lymphoma
Cryptococcal meningitis
Hepatitis
(continued )
543
Treatment
Complications
Esophageal candidiasis or
recurrent vaginal candidiasis
Herpes simplexinfection
Nausea
Nausea
Nausea
Nausea
Extensive or aggressive
cutaneous disease
Herpes zoster
Kaposi sarcoma
For moderate-to-severe P jirovecii infection (oxygen saturation < 90%), corticosteroids should be given with specific treatment. The dose of
prednisone is 40 mg orally twice daily for 5 d, then 40 mg daily for 5 d, and then 20 mg daily until therapy is complete.
c
When considering use of dapsone, check glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) level in black patients and those of Mediterranean origin.
CHOP, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin (hydroxydaunomycin), vincristine (Oncovin), and prednisone; G-CSF, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor
(filgrastim); GM-CSF, granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (sargramostim); modified M-BACOD, methotrexate, bleomycin, doxorubicin
(Adriamycin), cyclophosphamide, vincristine (Oncovin), and dexamethasone.
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
CD4 cell count and HIV viral load 1 to 2 months a er initiation or change in AR , then
every 3 to 6 months in stable patients
Health care maintenance (see able 77-7)
Prognosis
T e e cacy o antiretroviral treatmentsespecially protease inhibitors and nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitorshas improved prognosis
T e li e expectancy o HIV-in ected persons approaches that o the unin ected i treatment is initiated early in the course o the disease
544
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Prevention
Primary Prevention
Precautions regarding sexual practices and injection drug use (sa er sex, latex condoms,
and clean needle use)
Perinatal HIV prophylaxis
Screening o blood products
In ection control practices in the health care setting
Besides preventing progression o HIV disease, e ective antiretroviral therapy likely
decreases the risk o HIV transmission between sexual partners
Postexposure prophylaxis or sexual and drug use exposures to HIV
Secondary Prevention
For MAC in ection when CD4 counts < 75 to 100 cells/L: azithromycin (1200 mg orally
every week), or clarithromycin (500 mg twice daily orally)
For M tuberculosis in ection when positive PPD reactions > 5 mm o induration: isoniazid, 300 mg once daily orally plus pyridoxine, 50 mg once daily orally or 9 to 12 months
For toxoplasmosis when positive IgG toxoplasma serology when CD4 counts
< 100 cells/L: trimethoprimsul amethoxazole (1 double-strength tablet once daily
545
Dose
Side Effects
Limitations
Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole
Dapsone
Anemia, nausea,
methemoglobinemia,
hemolyticanemia
Atovaquone
Aerosolized pentamidine
300 mg monthly
Bronchospasm(pretreat with
bronchodilators); rare reports of
pancreatitis
orally), or pyrimethamine, 50 mg orally every week plus dapsone, 50 mg once daily orally
plus leucovorin 25 mg every week orally
For P jiroveci pneumonia when CD4 counts < 200 cells/L, a CD4 lymphocyte percentage
< 14%, or weight loss or oral candidiasis: trimethoprimsul amethoxazole, dapsone, or
atovaquone (see able 77-6)
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
AIDSin o. Guidelines or the prevention and treatment o opportunistic in ections in HIV-in ected
adults and adolescents. 2014 Oct 28. http://aidsin o.nih.gov/content iles/lvguidelines/adult_oi.pd
Baeten JM et al; Partners PrEP Study eam. Antiretroviral prophylaxis or HIV prevention in heterosexual men and women. N Engl J Med. 2012 Aug 2;367(5):399410. [PMID: 22784037]
Eron JJ et al; BENCHMRK Study eams. E icacy and sa ety o raltegravir or treatment o HIV or
5 years in the BENCHMRK studies: inal results o two randomised, placebo-controlled trials. Lancet
In ect Dis. 2013 Jul;13(7):587596. [PMID: 23664333]
Gnthard HF et al. Antiretroviral treatment o adult HIV in ection: 2014 recommendations o the
International Antiviral Society-USA Panel. JAMA. 2014 Jul 2330;312(4):410425. [PMID: 25038359]
Marrazzo JM et al. HIV prevention in clinical care settings: 2014 recommendations o the International
Antiviral Society-USA Panel. JAMA. 2014 Jul 2330;312(4):390409. Erratum in: JAMA. 2014 Aug
13;312(6):652. [PMID: 25038358]
New York State Department o Health AIDS Institute. HIV prophylaxis ollowing non-occupational
exposure. October 2014 update. http://www.hivguidelines.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/
hiv-prophylaxis- ollowing-non-occupational-exposure.pd
Patel DA et al. 48-week e icacy and sa ety o dolutegravir relative to commonly used third agents in
treatment-naive HIV-1-in ected patients: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. PLoS One.
2014 Sep 4;9(9):e105653. [PMID: 25188312]
Ra i F et al; extended SPRING-2 Study Group. Once-daily dolutegravir versus twice-daily raltegravir
in antiretroviral-naive adults with HIV-1 in ection (SPRING-2 study): 96 week results rom a randomised, double-blind, non-in eriority trial. Lancet In ect Dis. 2013 Nov;13(11):927935. [PMID:
24074642]
Saunders KO. he design and evaluation o HIV-1 vaccines. AIDS. 2012 Jun 19;26(10):12931302.
[PMID: 22706011]
546
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
U.S. Department o Health and Human Services. Guidelines or the use o antiretroviral agents in HIV1-in ected adults and adolescents. http://aidsin o.nih.gov/guidelines/html/1/adult-and-adolescentarv-guidelines/11/what-to-start
U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Drug Sa ety Communication: interactions between certain
HIV or hepatitis C drugs and cholesterol-lowering statin drugs can increase the risk o muscle injury.
http://www. da.gov/Drugs/DrugSa ety/ucm293877.htm
U.S. Preventive Services ask Force. Screening or HIV: U.S. Preventive Services ask Force
Recommendation Statement. April 2013. http://www.uspreventiveservicestask orce.org/uspst 13/
hiv/hiv inalrs.htm
U.S. Public Health Service. Preexposure prophylaxis or the prevention o HIV in ection in the United
States2014: a clinical practice guideline. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/pd /PrEPguidelines2014.pd
Walmsley SL et al; SINGLE Investigators. Dolutegravir plus abacavir-lamivudine or the treatment o
HIV-1 in ection. N Engl J Med. 2013 Nov 7;369(19):18071818. [PMID: 24195548]
547
Health Care-Associated
Infections
78
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o health care-associated
in ections
Understand the actors that predispose to hospital-associated in ections and how they
di er rom community-acquired in ections
Know the di erential diagnosis o health care-associated in ections
Learn how to treat common health care-associated in ections and when to replace venous
and urinary catheters
Know the strategies to prevent health care-associated in ections
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
548
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Recurrent symptoms o sepsis while hospitalized despite initial improvement; central
venous catheter with erythema and drainage; blood cultures growing MRSA; resolution
with vancomycin
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Health care-associated in ections are acquired during the course o receiving health care
treatment or other conditions
Health care-associated in ections are def ned as those not present (or incubating) at the
time o hospital admission and developing at least 48 hours or more a er admission
Most health care-associated in ections are preventable
Hand washing is the most e ective means o preventing health care-associated in ections
and should be done routinely even when gloves are worn
General Considerations
Although most evers are due to in ections, about 25% o patients will have ever o nonin ectious origin
Many in ections are a direct result o the use o invasive devices or diagnosis, monitoring
or therapy such as
Intravenous catheters
Foley catheters
Catheters placed by interventional radiology or drainage
Orotracheal tubes or ventilatory support
Duodenoscopes used in cholangiopancreatography
Early removal o such devices reduces in ection
Proper sterilization o equipment used repeatedly with di erent patients is key
Patients in whom health care-associated in ections develop
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Nonin ectious
Drug ever
Nonspecif c postoperative evers (tissue damage or necrosis)
Hematoma
Pancreatitis
Pulmonary embolism
Myocardial in arction
Ischemic bowel
Urinary tract in ections
Pneumonia
Bacteremia, eg, indwelling catheter, wound, abscess, pneumonia, genitourinary or gastrointestinal tract
Wound in ection, eg, pressure ulcer, C dif cile colitis
549
550
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
Empiric therapy with vancomycin, 15 mg/kg intravenously twice daily, should be given i
there is normal kidney unction
Empiric gram-negative coverage may be considered in patients who are immunocompromised or who are critically ill ( ables 78-1 and 80-1)
Antibiotic lock therapy
Involves the instillation o supratherapeutic concentrations o antibiotics with heparin
in the lumen o catheters
Purpose is to achieve adequate concentrations o antibiotics to kill microbes in the
biof lm
Can be used or catheter-related bloodstream in ections caused by coagulase-negative
staphylococci or enterococci and when the catheter is being retained in a salvage
situation
T erapeutic Procedures
Remove catheters i
T ere is purulence at the exit site
T e organism is S aureus, a gram-negative rod, or Candida species
T ere is persistent bacteremia (> 48 hours while receiving antibiotics)
Complications, such as septic thrombophlebitis, endocarditis, or other metastatic disease exist
Central venous catheters may be exchanged over a guidewire provided there is no erythema or purulence at the exit site and the patient does not appear to be septic
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
Monitoring o high-risk areas by hospital epidemiologists detects increases in in ection
rates early
Prevention
Universal precautions against potential blood-borne transmissible disease
Hepatitis A, hepatitis B, and varicella vaccines should be considered in the appropriate
setting
Peripheral intravenous lines should be replaced every 3 days
Arterial lines and lines in the central venous circulation (including those placed peripherally) can be le in indef nitely and are changed or removed when
T ey are clinically suspected o being in ected
T ey are non unctional
T ey are no longer needed
551
Table 78-1. Examples of initial antimicrobial therapy for acutely ill, hospitalized adults pending identification of causative
organism.
Suspected Clinical Diagnosis
Drugs of Choice
Meningitis, postoperative
(or posttraumatic)
Brain abscess
Osteomyelitis
Saureus
Septicarthritis
Saureus, Ngonorrhoeae
Ceftriaxone, 12 g intravenouslyevery24 h
Silver alloyimpregnated Foley catheters reduce the incidence o catheter-associated bacteriuria, and antibiotic-impregnated (minocycline plus ri ampin or chlorhexidine plus
silver sul adiazine) venous catheters reduce line in ections and bacteremia
Whether the increased cost o these devices justif es their routine use should be determined by individual institutions based on local in ection rates
Preoperative skin preparation with chlorhexidine and alcohol (but not povidone-iodine)
has been shown to reduce the incidence o in ection ollowing surgery
Attentive nursing care (positioning to prevent pressure ulcers, wound care, elevating the
head during tube eedings to prevent aspiration) is critical
9. When to Refer
Any patient with multidrug-resistant in ection
Any patient with ungemia or persistent bacteremia
552
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Baron EJ et al. A guide to utilization o the microbiology laboratory or diagnosis o in ectious diseases:
2013 recommendations by the In ectious Diseases Society o America (IDSA) and the American
Society or Microbiology (ASM)(a). Clin In ect Dis. 2013 Aug;57(4):e22e121. [PMID: 23845951]
Cannon CM et al. he GENESIS Project (GENeralized Early Sepsis Intervention Strategies): a multicenter quality improvement collaborative. J Intensive Care Med. 2013 NovDec;28(6):355368.
[PMID: 22902347]
Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). CDC Statement: Los Angeles County/UCLA investigation o CRE transmission and duodenoscopes. 2015 Feb 20. http://www.cdc.gov/hai/outbreaks/
cdcstatement-LA-CRE.html
Centers or Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Healthcare-associated In ections (HAIs):
Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE) in ection. 2015 Feb 23. http://www.cdc.gov/hai/
organisms/cre/cre-clinicians.html
Epstein L et al. New Delhi metallo--lactamase-producing carbapenem-resistant Escherichia coli associated with exposure to duodenoscopes. JAMA. 2014 Oct 8;312(14):1447-1455. [PMID: 25291580]
Ferrer R et al. Empiric antibiotic treatment reduces mortality in severe sepsis and septic shock rom the
irst hour: results rom a guideline-based per ormance improvement program. Crit Care Med. 2014
Aug;42(8):17491755. [PMID: 24717459]
Harris AD et al. Universal glove and gown use and acquisition o antibiotic-resistant bacteria in the
ICU: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2013 Oct 16;310(15):15711580. [PMID: 24097234]
Huang SS et al; CDC Prevention Epicenters Program; AHRQ DECIDE Network and HealthcareAssociated In ections Program. argeted versus universal decolonization to prevent ICU in ection.
N Engl J Med. 2013 Jun 13;368(24):22552265. Erratum in: N Engl J Med. 2013 Aug 8;369(6):587.
[PMID: 23718152]
Lo E et al. Strategies to prevent catheter-associated urinary tract in ections in acute care hospitals: 2014
update. In ect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2014 Sep;35(suppl 2):S32S47. [PMID: 25376068]
Oostdijk EA et al. E ects o decontamination o the oropharynx and intestinal tract on antibiotic resistance in ICUs: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2014 Oct 8;312(14):14291437. [PMID: 25271544]
Sinu
et al; Canadian Critical Care rials Group. Implementation o clinical practice guidelines or
ventilator-associated pneumonia: a multicenter prospective study. Crit Care Med. 2013 Jan;41(1):
1523. [PMID: 23222254]
553
Infective Endocarditis
79
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings o in ective endocarditis (IE),
di erentiating autoimmune and embolic phenomena
Understand the actors that predispose to developing IE
Learn the di erences between acute and subacute presentations o IE
Know the di erential diagnosis o IE
Learn the medical treatments or IE based on causative organism and antibiotic
susceptibilities
Know the indications or surgical intervention in IE
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through his problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis, general considerations, and
demographics, o IE?
554
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Constitutional symptoms ( ever, chills, night sweats, malaise); likely history o prior rheumatic heart disease; poor dentition; ever and tachycardia; pain ul Osler nodes; splinter
hemorrhages, painless Janeway lesions; Roth spots on ophthalmoscopy; cardiac murmur
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Risk actors: preexisting organic heart lesion, prosthetic valve, injection drug use
Fever
New or changing heart murmur
Evidence o systemic emboli
Positive blood cultures
Evidence o vegetations on echocardiography
General Considerations
Important actors that determine the clinical presentation
Nature o the in ecting organism
Valve that is in ected
Route o in ection
Acute presentation
Caused by more virulent organisms, particularly Staphylococcus aureus
Rapidly progressive and destructive in ection
Acute ebrile illnesses
Early embolization
Acute valvular regurgitation
Myocardial abscess
Subacute presentation
Caused by viridans strains o streptococci, enterococci, and other gram-positive and
gram-negative bacilli, yeasts, and ungi
Systemic and peripheral mani estations may predominate
Patients may have underlying cardiac disease, but its prevalence as a risk actor is
decreasing
T e initiating event is in ection o the valve by bacteria during a transient or persistent
bacteremia
Native Valve Endocarditis
Most commonly due to
S aureus (~40%)
Viridans streptococci (~30%)
Enterococci (5%10%)
Gram-negative organisms and ungi account or a small percentage
Injection drug users
S aureus in at least 60% o cases and 80% to 90% o tricuspid valve in ections
Enterococci and streptococci comprise the balance in about equal proportions
Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis
Early in ections (within 2 months o valve implantation) are commonly caused by
Staphylococciboth coagulase-positive and coagulase-negative
Gram-negative organisms and ungi
Late prosthetic valve endocarditis
Resembles native valve endocarditis
Most cases caused by streptococci, though coagulase-negative staphylococci cause a
signif cant proportion o cases
Demographics
Endocarditis occurs in individuals with
Injection drug use
Underlying valvular disease (eg, congenital or rheumatic heart disease)
Prosthetic valve replacement
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Valvular abnormality without endocarditis
Rheumatic heart disease
Mitral valve prolapse
Bicuspid or calcif c aortic valve
555
556
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
7. Treatments
Medications
For penicillin-susceptible viridans streptococcal endocarditis (ie, MIC 0.1 g/mL)
Penicillin G, 2 to 3 million units intravenously (IV) every 4 hours or 4 weeks
Duration o therapy can be shortened to 2 weeks i gentamicin, 1 mg/kg intravenously
every 8 hours, is used with penicillin (do not use 2-week regimen i symptoms are
present or at least 3 months or there are complications such as myocardial abscess or
extracardiac in ection)
Ce riaxone, 2 g once daily IV or intramuscularly or 4 weeks, is also e ective therapy
and is a convenient regimen or home therapy
For the penicillin-allergic patient, vancomycin, 15 mg/kg IV every 12 hours or 4 weeks,
is given
For penicillin-resistant viridans streptococci (ie, MIC > 0.1 g/mL but 0.5 g/mL)
reat or 4 weeks
Penicillin G, 3 million units intravenously every 4 hours, is combined with gentamicin,
1 mg/kg intravenously every 8 hours or the f rst 2 weeks
In the patient with IgE-mediated allergy to penicillin, vancomycin alone, 15 mg/kg IV
every 12 hours or 4 weeks, should be administered
Streptococcus pneumoniae sensitive to penicillin (MIC < 0.1 g/mL) can be treated with
penicillin alone, 2 to 3 million units IV every 4 hours or 4 to 6 weeks
Vancomycin should be e ective or endocarditis caused by strains resistant to penicillin
Group A streptococcal in ection can be treated with penicillin, ce riaxone, or vancomycin or 4 to 6 weeks
Groups B, C, and G streptococci
end to be more resistant to penicillin than group A streptococci
Some experts recommend adding gentamicin, 1 mg/kg IV every 8 hours, to penicillin
or the f rst 2 weeks o a 4- to 6-week course
For enterococcal endocarditis
Penicillin alone is inadequate; either streptomycin or gentamicin must be included
Gentamicin is the aminoglycoside o choice, because streptomycin resistance is more
common
Ampicillin, 2 g IV every 4 hours, or penicillin G, 3 to 4 million units IV every
4 hours (or, in the penicillin-allergic patient, vancomycin, 15 mg/kg intravenously
every 12 hours), plus gentamicin, 1 mg/kg IV every 8 hours, are recommended or
4 to 6 weeks
Ampicillin, 2 g IV every 4 hours, plus ce riaxone, 2 g intravenously every 12 hours, or
46 weeks may be as e ective and less toxic than the combination o ampicillin and an
aminoglycoside
For methicillin-susceptible S aureus (MSSA)
Na cillin or oxacillin, 1.5 to 2 g IV every 4 hours or 6 weeks, is the pre erred therapy
Uncomplicated tricuspid valve endocarditis probably can be treated or 2 weeks
with na cillin or oxacillin alone
For penicillin-allergic patients, ce azolin, 2 g IV every 8 hours, or vancomycin, 30 mg/
kg IV divided in 2 or 3 doses, may be used
For methicillin-resistant S aureus (MRSA), vancomycin remains the pre erred agent
For prosthetic valve in ection, a combination o vancomycin, 30 mg/kg/d IV divided in
2 or 3 doses or 6 weeks, ri ampin, 300 mg every 8 hours or 6 weeks, and gentamicin,
1 mg/kg IV every 8 hours or the f rst 2 weeks, is recommended
For endocarditis caused by HACEK organisms
Ce riaxone (or some other third-generation cephalosporin), 2 g IV once daily or
4 weeks is the treatment o choice
Prosthetic valve endocarditis should be treated or 6 weeks
In the penicillin-allergic patient, experience is limited, but trimethoprim
sul amethoxazole, quinolones, and aztreonam should be considered
557
558
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Surgery
Valve replacement surgery is indicated or
Regurgitation resulting in acute heart ailure that does not resolve promptly a er institution o medical therapy (even i active in ection is present), especially i the aortic
valve is involved
In ections that do not respond to appropriate antimicrobial therapy a er 7 to 10 days
(ie, persistent evers, positive blood cultures despite therapy)
Valve replacement is nearly always necessary or ungal endocarditis
Valve replacement is more o en necessary with
Gram-negative bacilli
In ection involving the sinus o Valsalva
In ection producing septal abscesses
Recurrent in ection with the same organism, especially with prosthetic valves
Continuing embolization when the in ection is otherwise responding
T erapeutic Procedures
Colonoscopy should be per ormed to exclude colon cancer in patients with endocarditis
caused by S bovis
8. Outcomes
Follow-Up
De ervescence occurs in 3 to 4 days on average i in ection is caused by
Viridans streptococci
Enterococci
Coagulase-negative staphylococci
Patients may remain ebrile or a week or more i in ection is caused by
S aureus
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Complications
Destruction o in ected heart valves
Myocardial abscesses leading to conduction disturbances
Systemic embolization
Metastatic in ections
Mycotic aneurysms
Right-sided endocarditis, which usually involves the tricuspid valve, o en leads to septic
pulmonary emboli, causing pulmonary in arction and lung abscesses
Prognosis
Higher morbidity and mortality is associated with nonstreptococcal organisms, and with
aortic or prosthetic valvular in ection
Prevention
Prophylactic antibiotics are given to patients with predisposing congenital, prosthetic or
valvular anomalies ( able 79-1) who are to have any o a number o procedures ( able 79-2)
Current recommendations or endocarditis prophylaxis are given in able 79-3
Table 79-1. Cardiac conditions with high risk of adverse outcomes from endocarditis for
which prophylaxis with dental procedures is recommended.a,b
Prosthetic cardiac valve
Previous infective endocarditis
Congenital heart disease (CHD)c
Unrepaired cyanoticCHD, including palliative shunts and conduits
Completelyrepaired congenital heart defect with prostheticmaterial or device, whether placed bysurgeryor bycatheter
intervention, during the first 6 mo after the procedured
Repaired CHDwith residual defects at the site or adjacent to the site of a prostheticpatch or prostheticdevice
Cardiactransplantation recipients in whomcardiacvalvulopathydevelops
a
Reproduced, with permission, from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2007;116(15):17361754.
b
See Table 79-3 for prophylactic regimens.
c
Except for the conditions listed above, antibiotic prophylaxis is no longer recommended for other forms of
CHD.
d
Prophylaxis is recommended because endothelialization of prosthetic material occurs within 6 mo after
procedure.
Prophylaxis Recommended
Dental procedures
All dental procedures that involve manipulation of gingival tissue or
the periapical region of the teeth or perforation of the oral mucosa
Respiratory tract procedures
Onlyrespiratorytract procedures that involve incision of the
respiratorymucosa
Procedures on infected skin, skin structure, or
musculoskeletal tissue
Dental procedures
Routine anestheticinjections through noninfected tissue, taking
dental radiographs, placement of removable prosthodonticor
orthodonticappliances, adjustment of orthodontic appliances,
placement of orthodonticbrackets, shedding of deciduous teeth,
and bleeding fromtrauma to the lips or oral mucosa
Gastrointestinal tract procedures
Genitourinary tract procedures
Reproduced, with permission, from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2007;116(15):17361754.
Table 79-3. American Heart Association recommendations for endocarditis prophylaxis for
dental procedures for patients with cardiac conditions.ac
Oral
Amoxicillin
2 g 1 h before procedure
Penicillin allergy
Clindamycin
or
Cephalexin
or
Azithromycin or clarithromycin
Parenteral
Ampicillin
Penicillin allergy
Clindamycin
or
Cefazolin
559
560
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Chirouze C et al. In ective endocarditis epidemiology and consequences o prophylaxis guidelines
modi ications: the dialectical evolution. Curr Infect Dis Rep. 2014 Nov;16(11):440. [PMID: 25233804]
Chu VH et al; International Collaboration on Endocarditis (ICE) Investigators*. Association between
surgical indications, operative risk, and clinical outcome in in ective endocarditis: a prospective study
rom the international collaboration on endocarditis. Circulation. 2015 Jan 13;131(2):131140.
[PMID: 25480814]
Dayer MJ et al. Incidence o in ective endocarditis in England, 200013: a secular trend, interrupted
time-series analysis. Lancet. 2015 Mar 28;385(9974):12191228. [PMID: 25467569]
Desimone DC et al; Mayo Cardiovascular In ections Study Group. Incidence o in ective endocarditis
caused by viridans group streptococci be ore and a ter publication o the 2007 American Heart
Associations endocarditis prevention guidelines. Circulation. 2012 Jul 3;126(1):6064. [PMID:
22689929]
Duval X et al; AEPEI Study Group. emporal trends in in ective endocarditis in the context o prophylaxis guideline modi ications: three successive population-based surveys. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2012
May 29;59(22):19681976. [PMID: 22624837]
Krzyciak W et al. he pathogenicity o the Streptococcus genus. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2013
Nov;32(11):13611376. [PMID: 24141975]
Ohlsson A et al. Intrapartum antibiotics or known maternal Group B streptococcal colonization.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013 Jan 31;1:CD007467. [PMID: 23440815]
huny F et al. In ective endocarditis: prevention, diagnosis, and management. Can J Cardiol. 2014
Sep;30(9):1046-1057. [PMID: 25151287]
561
Sepsis
80
A 65-year-old woman is admitted to the hospital with communityacquired pneumonia. She is treated with intravenous antibiotics and is
given oxygen by nasal cannula. A Foley catheter is placed in her bladder.
On the third hospital day she is switched to oral antibiotics in anticipation
of discharge. On the evening of hospital day 3, she develops fever and
tachycardia. Blood and urine cultures are obtained. The following morning,
she is lethargic and di cult to arouse. Her temperature is 35C, blood
pressure 85/40 mm Hg, heart rate 110 bpm, and respiratory rate 25/min.
Lung examination is unchanged from admission, with rales in the left base.
Cardiac examination is notable for a rapid but regular rhythm, without
murmurs, gallops, or rubs. Abdominal examination is normal. Extremities
are warm. Neurologic examination is nonfocal. The patient is transferred to
the ICU for management of presumed sepsis and given intravenous uids
and broad spectrum antibiotics. Blood and urine cultures are positive for
gram-negative rods.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Learn the clinical mani estations and objective f ndings that are diagnostic o systemic
in ammatory response syndrome (SIRS), sepsis, and septic shock
Understand the actors that predispose to higher mortality in sepsis and the common
in ectious sources or gram-negative organisms
Know the di erential diagnosis o sepsis
Learn the empiric treatment or sepsis
Know the possible complications o sepsis
QUESTIONS
1. What are the salient eatures o this patients problem?
2. How do you think through her problem?
3. What are the key eatures, including essentials o diagnosis and general considerations,
o sepsis?
4. What are the symptoms and signs o sepsis?
5. What is the di erential diagnosis o sepsis?
562
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
6.
7.
8.
9.
ANSWERS
1. Salient Features
Foley catheter placement; hypothermia, tachycardia, tachypnea; hypotension; warm
extremities suggesting decreased systemic vascular resistance (SVR); presumptive treatment with antibiotics and IV uids; bacteremia; blood and urine cultures are diagnostic
3. Key Features
Essentials of Diagnosis
Fever, tachycardia, and/or increased respiratory rate; elevated white blood cell (WBC)
count
Proven or probable source o in ection
Bacteremia with positive blood cultures
Elevated lactate or end-organ dys unction in severe disease
Hypotension in septic shock
General Considerations
Sepsis is def ned as meeting SIRS criteria with a known source o in ection
SIRS is def ned by meeting two or more o the our ollowing criteria: temperature < 36C
or > 38C; heart rate > 90 bpm; respiratory rate > 20/min or Paco2 < 32 mm Hg; WBC
count < 4000/L or > 12, 000/L or di erential with > 10% immature polymorphonuclear
leukocytes (bands)
Gram-negative bacteremia usually originates rom the genitourinary system, hepatobiliary tract, gastrointestinal tract, and lungs, though may also be rom wounds and decubitus
ulcers
Mortality rate is signif cantly higher in those with underlying serious diseases
CHAPTER 80 SEPSIS
5. Di erential Diagnosis
Gram-positive sepsis
Fungal in ection
Acid- ast bacillus in ection
SIRS due to another cause
rauma
Burns
Pancreatitis
Myocardial or bowel ischemia
Adrenal insu ciency
Pulmonary embolism
Aortic aneurysm rupture
Anaphylaxis
Cardiac tamponade
oxic ingestion
Shock rom another cause
Cardiogenic
Neurogenic
Hypovolemic
Anaphylactic
7. Treatments
Medications
Antibiotic therapy should be given as soon as the diagnosis is suspected, as delayed antibiotic therapy leads to increased mortality rates
Initial antibiotic therapy should cover both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria
able 80-1 lists examples o initial antimicrobial therapy or acutely ill, hospitalized adults
pending identif cation o causative organism
A er initial empiric therapy, narrow antibiotics based on culture and sensitivity data
Aggressive initial intravenous uid repletion; vasopressors to maintain blood pressure i
not responsive to IV uid repletion
Institute goal-directed therapy early using a set protocol or the treatment o septic shock
by adjusting the use o uids, vasopressors, inotropes, and blood trans usions to meet
563
564
INFECTIOUS DISORDERS
Table 80-1. Examples of initial antimicrobial therapy for acutely ill, hospitalized adults
pending identification of causative organism.
Suspected Clinical Diagnosis
Drugs of Choice
Meningitis, bacterial,
community-acquired
Pneumococcus,a meningococcus
Cefotaxime,b 23 g intravenouslyevery6 h;
or ceftriaxone, 2 g intravenouslyevery12 h plus
vancomycin, 15 mg/kg intravenouslyevery8 h
Meningitis, postoperative
(or posttraumatic)
Brain abscess
Pneumonia, acute,
community-acquired, nonICUhospital admission
Pneumonia, postoperative or
nosocomial
Endocarditis, acute
(including injection drug
user)
Septicthrombophlebitis (eg,
IVtubing, IVshunts)
Osteomyelitis
Saureus
Septicarthritis
Saureus, Ngonorrhoeae
Ceftriaxone, 12 g intravenouslyevery24 h
Ceftriaxone, 1 g intravenouslyevery24 h; or
ciprofloxacin, 400 mg intravenouslyevery12 h (500 mg
orally); or levofloxacin, 500 mg once daily
(intravenously/orally)
Fever in neutropenicpatient
receiving cancer
chemotherapy
CHAPTER 80 SEPSIS
hemodynamic targets (MAP > 65 mm Hg, CVP 812 mm Hg, ScvO2 > 70%,) and provides a signif cant mortality benef t; however, some data exist that the blood trans usion
goals may do more harm than good
Corticosteroids
Based on available data, cosyntropin stimulation testing is not recommended in
patients with septic shock
Stress-dose hydrocortisone may benef t patients with severe septic shock (systolic
blood pressure < 90 mm Hg or > 1 hour despite adequate uid resuscitation and vasopressor administration)
However, such corticosteroid administration is unlikely to benef t those with lesssevere septic shock
Surgery
May be required to control source o bacteremia, depending on etiology
T erapeutic Procedures
Drainage or removal o source o bacteremia, eg, central venous catheter removal, abscess
or empyema drainage
Management o any associated DIC
8. Outcomes
Complications
DIC
Acute lung injury/ARDS
End-organ dys unction, eg, acute kidney injury
Prognosis
Mortality is < 5% in patients with no underlying disease; 15% to 20% in patients with
cancer (solid tumors), cirrhosis, or aplastic anemia; 40% to 60% in patients with neutropenia or immunocompromised and underlying atal conditions
9. When to Admit
All patients who meet sepsis criteria should be admitted to the hospital or management
and intravenous antibiotics
SUGGESTED REFERENCES
Caironi P et al; ALBIOS Study Investigators. Albumin replacement in patients with severe sepsis or
septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2014 Apr 10;370(15):14121421. [PMID: 24635772]
Dellinger RP et al; Surviving Sepsis Campaign Guidelines Committee including the Pediatric Subgroup.
Surviving Sepsis Campaign: international guidelines or management o severe sepsis and septic
shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013 Feb;41(2):580637. [PMID: 23353941]
Havel C et al. Vasopressors or hypotensive shock. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;(5):CD003709.
[PMID: 21563137]
Patel GP et al. E icacy and sa ety o dopamine versus norepinephrine in the management o septic
shock. Shock. 2010 Apr;33(4):375380. [PMID: 19851126]
Patel GP et al. Systemic steroids in severe sepsis and septic shock. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2012 Jan
15;185(2):133139. [PMID: 21680949]
Peake SL et al; ARISE Investigators; ANZICS Clinical rials Group. Goal-directed resuscitation or
patients with early septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2014 Oct 16;371(16):14961506. [PMID: 25272316]
Rivers E et al. Early goal-directed therapy in the treatment o severe sepsis and septic shock. N Engl J
Med. 2001 Nov;345(19):13681377. [PMID: 11794169]
Russell JA et al; VASS Investigators. Vasopressin versus norepinephrine in usion in patients with septic
shock. N Engl J Med. 2008 Feb 28;358(9):877887. [PMID: 18305265]
Society o Critical Care Medicine. Surviving sepsis campaign. http://survivingsepsis.org
Yealy DM et al; ProCESS Investigators. A randomized trial o protocol-based care or early septic shock.
N Engl J Med. 2014 May 1;370(18):16831693. [PMID: 24635773]
565
Index
Acute Myocardial In arction, 8693
Adrenocortical Insuf ciency,
448455
Altered Mental Status, 380386
Aortic Regurgitation, 9498
Aortic Stenosis, 99104
Asthma, 1828
Atopic Dermatitis, 26
Back Pain, Low, 292297
Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia,
274279
Breast Cancer, Female, 264273
Chest Pain, 105110
Cholecystitis, Acute, 180184
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary
Disease, 2936
Cirrhosis, 185192
Colorectal Cancer, 193198
Contact Dermatitis, 711
Cough, 3742
Crohn Disease, 199204
Cushing Syndrome, 456462
Deep Venous T rombosis and
T romboembolism, 168174
Dementia, 387393
Depression, 394400
Diabetes Mellitus, ype 1,
463469
Diabetes Mellitus, ype 2,
470481
Diarrhea, 205215
Dyslipidemia, 111116
Dysmenorrhea, 280283
Dyspnea 4347
Epilepsy, 401407
Fever, 526531
567